Sa epre toeeirebIeK? “ah ah ocr eerie he seeomnione a i se et e oer & 3 ek bow mss “ie So Soar tos aA Ie etree rhe Anes teenie ssectownn> ele 32 Mente Ms eb phim anthod aban NRE aes ae Ta PROCEEDINGS OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY it LOAN DIO NE 1906, pp. 1-462. (JANUARY—APRIL.) PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE, LONDON: MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, PATERNOSTER ROW. LS 2 OF THE COUNCIL AND OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1906. COUNCIL. His Grace Tus Duxke oF BeprorpD, K.G., President. Sir ALEXANDER Barrp, Br. JOHN : M.D.,. D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice- President. ) Major The Hon. WiuuiAm E. CAVENDISH. F, Dawtrey Drewirt, M.A., M.D. CHARLES Drummonp, KEsq., Treasurer. Sir Epwarp DurAnD, Br., C.B. FREDERICK GILLert, Esq., Vice- President. W. R. Oeitvie-Graxt, Esq. Major Tur Marquis or Hawitron, M.P. Ksq., Rose Braprorp, Esq., | { JosEPH JAcKSOoN ListER, HsqQ., M.A., F.R.S. Sir EpmMunpD Gites Lopsr, Br., Vice-President. E. G. B. Meapre-Wa po, Esq. P. CHauMers MircHey, Esq., M.A.,D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary. E. Lort Puiuuips, Esa. HowarpD SAUNDERS, Esq., Vice- President. Davip Seru-Suirn, Esa. | OLDFIELD THomas, Hsq., F.R.S. CHARLES 8S. Tomes, Esq., M.A., E.R.S., Vice-President. Avueustus F. Wiener, Esq. Henry Woopwarp, Hsq., Li.D., F.RS., Vice-President. PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. P. Cuatmers MircHett, Hsq., M.A.,D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary. Frank H. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., F.B.S., Prosector. R. I. Pocock, Esq., F.LS., Superintendent of the Gardens. CHARLES GABRIEL SELIGMANN, Hsq., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Pathologist. Mr. F. H. Wateruouss, Librarian. Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant. Mr. W.. H. Coz, Chief Clerk. Mr. Grorce Arruur Doupiepay, Clerk of Publications. Ep) Mr. Arruur THomson, Assistant Superintendent of the Fardens. LIST OF CONTENTS. January 16, 1906. The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1905 ......... Prof. E. A. Minchin, F.Z.8. | Exhibition of a living specimen olga pluemury (Galago) trom" Oeandaaseata-9 9.4 ceee eee Dr. F. G. D. Drewitt, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a white variety Omi he Coummrom MOLE, wari: ccccsssqe che tecee seen a ec Myr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, bhelskullNofatmew, Hotest-l1e a sqcsasss snes oe eas 1. On Mammals from South Johore and Singapore collected by Mr. C. B. Kloss. By J. Lewis Bonuore, M.A., By VARS, WEI oa | ene ae ee aL Contributions to the Anatomy of the Ophidia. By Franx K. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society bo 3. On the Minute Structure of the Teeth of Creodonts, with especial reference to their suggested resemblance to Marsupials. By Cuaruzs S. Tomss, M.A., F.R.S., Vice- JERSE ANS ke BNA s AUCH AOL Aa ORY Se ele EEG ae RAIN sl a, Page 2 bo iv Page 4, Synopsis of the Toads of the Genus ectophryne B. & P., with special Remarks on some known Species and Description of a new Species from German East Africa. By Dr. Jean Roux, Curator in the Basle Museum of Natunal “Eistory.:\ (Plate Tle) ce wusctests tees eelslaes 58 5. On some Bones of the Lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire. By Wy. STORRS WHlox, WIMOA A MHEZ iS) Aa secie een ase estar 65 February 6, 1906. Mr. Frederick Gillett, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a case of mounted culbbsrofithen Mina ber JWiolt maou asceenu eet iisaee eee ae occ 73 Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.Z.S. Exhibition of some models of the skulls and mandibles of Meritherium and Paleo- mastodon Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of lantern- slides of sections of skin from the palmar and plantar Suchacessors animal Ssian mtr eee ne enn een 73 1. Notes on the Histology and Physiology of the Placenta in Ungulata. By J. W. Jenkinson, M.A., D.Sc., Assistant to the Linacre Professor of Comparative ‘Anatomy, Osetordsy (Pla te ey ses vie Ga am One aia eae 73 2. Note on the Cavies of the Genus Dolichotis, and on Living Specimens of D. salinicola. By Sir Epmunp Lover, Ieee hey Aion (led itey] WAN) Re serie an My) ee eee 96 3. Description of a new Fly of the Family Zabanide. By GERTRUDE RicaRDO Bee eee eesereeeseer sess ees cen seseoseseesessesese 4, On Trichorhiza, a new Hydroid Genus. By E.S. Russew. CR Ta GeV ED) atremner stacy sities a8. carton wns cca ae ana 99 On . A List of the Mammals obtained by Messrs. R. B. Woosnam and R. KH. Dent in Bechuanaland. By Haroxp SCHWANN EE ZS. 5) (late tVill) iv. eeeeincn mane e rire amen 101 Vv 6. On a Central African Ratel and Water-Chevrotain. By R. LypexKer. (Plate VII.) CO i ee ei ee a i iy 7. The Articulation of the Vertebrate Jaw. By H. Grores EK. SPURRELL i i eo i i ee ee i ee re iy February 20, 1906. The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1906 eee e se seecce Sir Reginald Talbot, K.C.B. Extract from a letter from, concerning the supposed breeding of a Mule Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a photograph of a Ring-tailed Lemur carrying its young on its back eeecee Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S8., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a drawing of the skeleton of Rhynchosaurus articeps ...... 1. On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera. By L. Don- caster, M.A., F.Z.S., Mackinnon Student of the Royal Society, and the Rev. G. H. Raynor, M.A., F.ES. (Plate Vn) ae eee cis craiehs dcla Glendale acted cid slacclda natal 2. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part VIII. The ““'Tracheophone ” Passeres; with Remarks on Families allied thereto. By W. P. Pyorart, F.Z.8., A.LS., &.. 3. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—IV. List of Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant at Knysna. By Op- FIELD THomaAs, F.R.S., and Harotp ScHwann, F.Z.S. ... 4. Notes on the Living Specimens of the Australian Lung- fish, Ceratodus forsteri, in the Zoological Society’s Collection. By BasHrorp Dean, Ph.D. (Plate IX.)... March 6, 1906. Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. Exhibition of a specimen of, and remarks upon, a giant Frog from Wane rOonmerasarsa ence sememaseckecae dee snoneones ceaoe se oneen seis 114 123 123 133 159 168 ial Mr. R. T. Giinther. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, Medusze from ake-Wangamyikayyoieessss. essed cesses se Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.8., V.P.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir entitled ‘Report on the Collection of Fishes made by Dr. W A. Cunnington during the Third Tanganyika IM xpecntion «ll QOL 0d) Aan rean ce ceeer nace ce cecmem a sancees 1. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dy. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905. Report on the Mollusca. By Epaar A. Surru, I.8.0., HZ SN Pa Ge ea eras er, sick Meta atte aol aars wisete wists ete chee bo . Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.— Report on the Macrurous Crustacea. By W. T. CatmaNn, D.Sc., British Museum (Natural History). (EilatesteNel: -SXThV9) | apres alias tus Be eee ali eidig eh eee 3. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904—1905.— Report on the Oligocheta. By Frank E. Brpparp, HRS Ubrosectornto ithe) SOclebywaateaaee cesta ose: 4, Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr.-W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.— Report on the Porifera, with Notes on Species from the Nile and Zambesi. By R. Kirgparricr, F.Z.S. (Bla Ces XN OX VAL) Ue We uaa aeee ac ee ieah eter cee 5. A Note on “ Flying” Snakes. By R. Suetrorp, M.A., CME ZS hh Sa Gata ache i ie SM anh at anes a array March 20, 1906. The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie during the month of February 1906 ......... ; The Secretary. Exhibition of a paper cutting representing the print of the foot of an Indian Elephant ............... Mr. John Bowes, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a tooth of the Mammoth) trom near Herne Bay e060)... eee 180 180 187 206 218 230 vil Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.S. Exhibition of lantern-slides of sections of skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces ote IN Tenia ANS ss ey eR tia mer pL eee 2) Desai A ee a ae Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Description of a new sub- species of Bear, Ursws aretos shanoruny ccc eee n eerste et aseese Mr. R. E. Holding. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens illustrating anomalies and variations in teeth. 1. Note on Deaths occurring in the Society’s Gardens during 1905. By C. G. Seniemann, M.B., M.R.C.P. ..........-. 2. A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Sciobwus Schh. (Curculionide). By Guy A. K. MarsHatt, F.Z.8. (Plates X VIDE. & XUX.) 0.00.2... cece eeeeesecteesesencen: 8 A Contribution to the Study of Evolution based upon the Mexican Species of Cnemidophorus. By Hans GaDow, F.RS., F.Z.S. (Plate XX.) Pisielclelelelaleteielelele/sjieieiejele eeialeleise(sielelejeje, April 10, 1906. Mr. F. E. Beddard, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a dissected specimen of the Lizard Trachysaurus rugosus showing abdominal ribs ......-..-seeereeeeee sees tees ‘ Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S. Exhibition of the skull of a Horse showing preorbital pits SIAICICROICECRCHCNC ICRC HO NCRO NCTC NC HONG HONC NCIC HOC IC NC ILIG) 1. On the Fresh-water Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, based on the collection, notes, and sketches made by Mr. Lech- mere Guppy, Junr. By C. Tare Ruean, B.A., F.Z.S. (Plates XXT—XXV.) .....ccceeseeeescessseeesseeeetererssecces 9. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British Kast Africa, from Collections made by Cyril Crossland, M.A., 1B SO, F.Z.8., in the Years 1901 and 1902. — Alcyonaria. By Prof. J. ArtHur THoMsoN, M.A., University of Aberdeen, and W. A. HENDERSON, M.A., B.Sc., Car- negie Fellow, University of Aberdeen. (Plates XX VI.— XOX XG eine PUNE eats eA ee Sere oc Mb eh eran co Drea 234 ON) ~~ f=sp) Oi 318 393, Vill 3. On Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes. By JAamres F. GEMMILL, IM CAC NEDSS (late: DXONOXOINTIA Ws connie Wei novation 443 4, Notes on Supernumerary Eyes, and Local Deficiency and Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Embryos. By James E. Gemminy, M.A., M.D. (Plate XX XIIT.). 449 5. On Three New Forms of Butterfly of the Genus Heli- conius. By Percy I. Laray, F.Z.S., F.E.S. (Plate PRONG NATIVE R esa SRO PL aabn a ai RAE AM nete yo ees aC 452 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF THE ChOoN CER, Ue OR Ss With References to the several Articles contributed by each. Page ANDREWS, CHARLES WiLL1AM, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8., of the British Museum (Natural History). Exhibition of some models of the skulls and mandibles of Meritherium and Paleomastodon ..........6.c.ccee ccc eneees 73 BEDDARD, FRANK E., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Ophidia ......... 12 Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904—1905.—Report onthe Oligochsetay se. . cssassdee cdaanncaueeytyacae ceerenlsbis neces 206 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a dissected specimen of the Lizard Trachysaurus rugosus showing abdominal SE1)01S}, eS che SSt EE cig SP ae ena ve PSA eR BSE 376 x Bonuotet, J. Lewis, M.A., F.LS., F.Z.8. On Mammals from South Johore and Singapore collectedtbyaMa C2 B Mloss! (Plate) aa he. asec. BouLencer, Grorce ALBERT, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. Exhibition of a specimen of, and remarks upon, a giant Frog from Camevoon Ce ee ce cr Notice of a Memoir entitled ‘“ Report on the Collection of Fishes made by Dr. W. A. Cunnington during the Third Tanganyika Expedition, 1904-05” Bowes, Joun, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a tooth of the Mammoth from near Herne Bay Pee reece e weer oro ese toes e se seeeemaseseseeeeserseseessesesene Caiman, Wiutiam Tuomas, D.Sc., F.Z.8., of the British Museum (Natural History). Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.— Report on the Macrurous Crustacea. (Plates XI.—XIV.)......... DEAN, BasurorD, Ph.D., of Columbia University, New York. Notes on the Living Specimens of the Australian Lung-fish, Ceratodus forsteri, in the Zoological Society’s Collection. (Plate xa) Bae sais aie eel tered Sin eae ian Doncaster, Leonarp, M.A., F.Z.8., Mackinnon Student of the Royal Society, and Raynor, Rev. G. H., M.A., On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera. (Plate VIII.) seem mercer see eer essence rcosereseseseeeoeereeeoseresseoe Page 180 168 ll 4 Page Drewitt, FrepEeRic Grorce Dawtrey, M.A., M.D., He Clb HZ.S. Exhibition of a white variety of the Common Mole ... 2 Fox, Wruttam Storrs, M.A., F.Z.S. On some Bones of the Lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire. 65 Gapow, Hans, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8. A Contribution to the Study of Evolution based upon the Mexican Species of Cnemidophorus. (Plate XX.) ... 277 GemmitL, JAMES F., M.A., M.D., Embryological Laboratory, University, Glasgow. On Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes. (Plate XXXII.) ...... 443 Notes on Supernumerary Hyes, and Local Deficiency and Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Embryos. (Ge erL ele NONE XOITIT si see tet ate cat seaes Ua ate wclsten ae 2 ieee 449 GILLETT, FREDERICK, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a case of mounted cubs of the Timber- Wiolitepeetecy ecto ston saacne tt qucte RON tBu br ahh A yaatoa tae 73 Ginter, R. T., of Magdalen College, Oxford. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, Medusz from Lake plPenrncreatmny ace A raciopaaise. e keiclc Seiten ccetenke c MOM Nala ain Bsyats ia eevee ele ae 179 Henperson, W. A., M.A., B.Sc., Carnegie Fellow, Uni- versity of Aberdeen, and THomson, Prof. J. ARTHUR, M.A., University of Aberdeen. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa, from Collections made by Cyril Crossland, M.A., B.Sc., F.Z.S., in the Years 1901 and 1902.—Alcyonaria. (Giles bes ENONGV I ONENOXET 3) ih sues ces ameuoeieean set aaidte 393 Ho.prine, R. E. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens illustrating anomalies and variatlons imi Lectin nienes.seosteneatnes cece JENKINSON, J. W., M.A., D.Sc., Assistant to the Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy, Oxford. Notes on the Histology and Physiology of the Placenta ra Ofavewul eq) (Leiba) IMME) es nhsrandnsoaoadeonouuocesoacuceoss Kipp, Waurrr, M.D., M.R.C.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides of sections of skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of Mammals IAB UE Sek ee Te EUR Ae aT UY SEAN ERAT: A cic RES a Exhibition of lantern-slides of sections of skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of Mammals .................. Kirkpatrick, RANDOLPH, F.Z.8., of the British Museum (Natural History). Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.— Report on the Porifera, with Notes on Species from the Nile and Zambesi. (Plates XV.—X VII.) seco eerste eee es one Laruy, Percy I., F.Z.8., F.E.S. On Three New Forms of Butterfly of the Genus Helaconm tates. (Plate PXOXERUDIV A) Wate, scp) OSH ARUEL A G4, od mena Lopsr, Sir Hpmunp Giuss, Bt., V.P.Z.S. Note on the Cavies of the Genus Dolichotis, and on Living Specimens of D. salinicola. (Plate IV.)............ Page 73 231 218 96 Xili LypekKer, Ricwarp, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.5. On a Central African Ratel and Water-Chevrotain. (Plate AWG) sd cae poebeboe aacbodeeb sous Simdocauendbegedoebeomcanhe Marsuaxt, Guy A. K., F.Z8. A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Sciobius Schh. (Curculionide). (Plates XVIII. & XIX.) Mincaw, Prof. E. A., F.Z8. Exhibition of a living specimen of a Lemur ((alago) from Wanda ...2..--.ecccrsee tee eeee cc eee tte eeeceer cae cans MircHety, P. CHALMERS, M.A., D.Sce., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December TUCKS) OO ooidseemonsasoucocesqcs Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie during the month of January IIGY OC ne seaerccaodnaccads arco Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February DROOG eee Aenecner te Exhibition of a paper cutting representing the print of the foot of an Indian Elephant.........-.-.++:sseeeseseeeeeees Pocock, RearnaLD INNEs, F.L.S., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens. Exhibition of a photograph of a Ring-tailed Lemur carrying its young on its [DeVoe Cops rogaeAbbnconntedencnoocceo bs Exhibition of the skull of a Horse showing preorbital TOES. UL cecashsne ssboneeesabaeedae ence thn 9 Seeub 3eHy0 ee ces sie ak a ce Pycrarr, WiLLiAM PLANE, F.ZS., A.LS., of the British Museum (Natural History). Part VIII. The ‘“‘ Tracheophone” Passeres ; with Remarks on Families Contributions to the Osteology of Birds. siNerael 7AaVerReLtO) Uap ao anuc anSORedanbne Ion 4c odan GceuucnGr paced acyao: Dan Page 112 236 bo XiV Raynor, The Rev. G. H., M.A., F.E.S., and Doncasrsr, LeonarD, M.A., F.Z.S., Mackinnon Student of the Royal Society. On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera. (TEN) WU) iene ab tells Sone h a Ron hinahagscndscumauocdusdaudddosood Reean, C. Tare, B.A., F.Z.8., of the British Museum (Natural History). On the Fresh-water Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, based on the collection, notes, and sketches made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, Junr. (Plates XXI.—XXYV.,)...... Ricarpo, Miss GERTRUDE. Description of a new Fly of the Family Zabanide...... Roux, Dr. Jnan, Curator in the Basle Museum of Natural History. Synopsis of the Toads of the Genus Wectophryne B. & P., with special Remarks on some known Species and Description of a new Species from German East Africa. (BLa te TNO ee Me ie mslctitaliiee cls acc. «se sia sae RN Dane eee RUSSELL, H.8., of the Embryological Laboratory, University of Glasgow. On Trichorhiza, a new Hydroid Genus. (Plate V.) ... ScHwANN, Haron, F.Z.8. A List of the Mammals obtained by Messrs. R. B. Woosnam and R. H. Dent in Bechuanaland. (Plate VI.) ScHwann, Haroup, F.Z.8., and: THomas, OLprimyp, F.R.S., B.ZS. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—IV. List of Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant at Knysna ........... bbe Page 378 97 58 we) 101 159 BxaVi Srnremann, OC. G., M.B., M.R.C.P., Pathologist to the Society. Note on Deaths occurring in the Society’s Gardens during 1905........cc..ceecec eee e een e eee sence eeneeeeeeaenecs SipLForRD, Ropert, M.A., F.L.8., C.M.Z.S8. A Note on “ Flying” Snakes.....-.......-..-seecseeeeseceee . Surra, Epear A., 1.8.0., F.Z.8. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904—1905.—Re- port on the Mollusca. (Plate DG Render unoobdcoaducsspueo5un SpuRRELL, H, GeorcE F. The Articulation of the Vertebrate Jaw ...............-+ Tanpor, Maj.-Gen. Sir REGINALD, K.C.B., F.Z.S., Governor of Victoria. Extract from a letter from, concerning the supposed breeding of a dN) Ernie oat sea kts RAS DO AE Mc de Re eats THoMAs, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a new Tilgiasiielbee byasoges see -oee veeb seer cose oeenadedeensecbpLecoonoseHnen: Description of a new subspecies of Bear, Ursus arctos el UGTPTITTD one tsdaaclotaepbenedeeepabdeqdecundoseoouc opuaGtSes0e025cI0005 Tomas, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Scuwann, HARoLp, E.Z.8. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa. —IV. List of Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant at Knysna ..........--.-- 1) bo ~y 180 il4 bo Xvi THomson, Prof. J. AntHUR, M.A., University of Aberdeen, and Henperson, W. A., M.A., B.Sc., Carnegie Fellow, University of Aberdeen. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibarand British Hast Africa, from Collections made by Cyril Crossland, M.A., B.Sc., F.Z.8., in the Years 1901 and 1902.—Alcyonaria. (Gates BNO NOV EIEIO OETA aun Le ae ee Tomes, CuaAruss 8., M.A., F.R.8., V.P.Z.S. On the Minute Structure of the Teeth of Creodonts, with especial reference to their suggested resemblance to IMVar spies Vie Weel coe ek kd Cl PLR Ab a aca Woopwarb, ArvHurR Situ, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a drawing of the skeleton of Ahyncho- SCUUSNETUICE DS Nei M CN tes Wiis ua Hal Ll ON eee ee fe uios eee ile ah Page 393 45 SO Sey AS. 1906, pp. 1-462. Plate Page EU Matsacras meee TMCS eLOSSIn, ois ciahe sl ciate skate os ene ewe 4 II. 1. Nectophryne hosti. 2. N. everettt. 3. N. macrotis. APNE RU OMIUCT Unt saw fectec shee speuncncustiansceies erty aiecch oes) eel ements 58 III. Histology of the Placenta of the Cow and Sheep ...... 73 JW eh TOO IIS SUMCOUA: ls SER OmA iy ACs An CASEI S carats 96 Wo TROMORUEG URGE obReb bg ob cube Hb bo aon Does Ab odboe 99 WLS” SUS DOD SIGHOORS G 3 OE WEB Bene DOD AED ROTO Ono oot a 101 VII. The Black Ituri Ratel (Mellivora cottont) ............ 112 VIII. Figs. 1-38. Angerona prunaria and var. sordiata. Figs. 4,5, Abraxas grossulariata and vay. lacticolor .........05. 125 IOS OG R OCIS TOT SROPC Hie PSO OS 6 IID Oo COM nO hans 168 X. Mollusca from Lakes Tanganyika and Victoria ........ 180 XI. 1-la. Palemon moore. 2-8. Limnocaridina retiarius.\ QELS) CRU ULC Von yet ts ust waiel saelte ere ene tee ee XIT. 15-22. Limnocaridina similis, 23-29. L. latipes. 80-37, | ID SOLIE SOO ar BAIS TA ORINE LIAS SRO O ae RED es AD 7187 XIII. 388-44, Limnocaridina spinipes. 45-52. Caridella cunning- GOMDs ESD Oh WOE Ba a eon Bide OG blo Ricci a aoe XIV. 57-64. Atyella brevirostris, 65-72. A. lungirostris .... ) SVE XVI. | Atiricanphireshwater SpOUsesy. lan \snis aie ele)setraciene 218 XVII. oe Caleopters ot theGemus Scerobiis s.2 +0. 260524412 clea 236 XX. Distribution of Cnemidophorus in Mexico..........+443 277 Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1906, Vou. I. b XVill Plate Page XXI. Tetragonopterus guppyt. 2. Haplochilus harti. 3. Curi- | UID CPYEAORMISS Soha coo oneoosdtadoudae dogo dooUS XXIL. Girardinus guppyi, 3. la. 2. 2. Chiredon pulcher. 3. Corynopoma riisn, 3. 3a. 9. 4. Tetragonopterus L378 6 pe Mere pole tenvwurus. 5. Tunineatus (3. 050...5. oul asin RONG eho naucherplerizs PAase@ Wavaebtaaienyas cieiakolpeetete skates eee) | DOING © TENA WINANS URTY OIE Susie Hho heb a oom sol nnon ao | XXV. 1. Acara pulchra. 2. Polycentrus schomburghtt ...... J} XXVI. ) XXVILI. ae Alcyonartansiirom) Zanzibar yal dedi. sacle cl cclelctas 303 XXXI. J oO Bay clopis in Osscousiishes tara ce tenersisieatvalccelerete eieisrelats 443 XXXII. Supernumerary Eyes and absence of Notochord in Trout 449 PROXOMIN SING We Orms (Ol LEU COMtUS = e cieterciicisnisi alee «mies eel sia meaaeelas Hm CoD Ou LIST OF TEXT-FIGURES. 1906, pp. 1-462. . a, upper, and 4, lower right molars of Hylochawrus rimator . Region of umbilicus in newly-born Anaconda (Lwnectes noteus) . Region of umbilicus in a young Anaconda (Lunectes note@us) .. . Kidney and adjacent organs in newly-born Anaconda (Eunectes DOLCUS) Rnrunn vedere tous n) oh ads fay eiae aay WS see Stee oa nc ae . Renal afferent vein of left side of body and its connections in newly-born Anaconda (Hunectes not@us).... 0... cece eee 6 . Kidneys of newly-born Anaconda (Lunectes noteus) ..... Seats . Liver and portal veins of young Anaconda (Hunectes tiers) Sie . Region of umbilicus in newly-born Bitis nasicornis .....,.... Veins of neck of newly-born Bitis nasicornis ..... MAAR GT; . Veins in region of kidney of newly-born Britis nasicornis ...... . Portal veins of newly-born Bitis nasicornis...........0.+000% . Hypsiprymnus. Longitudinal section of dentine and enamel .. . Thylacinus. V.ongitudinal section of dentine and enamel...... . Dasyurus. Longitudinal section of dentine and enamel ...... . Hyzna. Longitudinal section near apex of cusp ............ ee laiyccom ae bran sverse Se CilONer ies jel eran eae ae apetstes heysaolcnt ae . Ocelot. The enamel-prisms are not shown, but some dentinal tubes pass a little way into the enamel .................. . Hyenodon. Transverse section........ dS OE Kod onelbes coe , Aiesoanis, lbortsremalinell secon Ge oooes sald souodaateuene su MPROCHi CCH Cam Dente ETISHe Guy myvis a nietete ty Ile a, upper, and 4, lower right molars of Hylocherus rimator. Type. Old female skull. B.M. No. 6.2.21.1. Collected by Mr. G. L. Bates. Native name “ Engak” (G. L. Bates). The remarkable character of the suppression of p* and persistence of mp’, described in the typical specimens of H. meinertzhagent, was present in this specimen, as in other examples of the genus since received, and was evidently normal. Another interesting point to be noticed was that the prenasal bone in all fully adult specimens of Hylocherus was firmly united to an ossified mesethmoid. The following papers were read :— 1* 4 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON MAMMALS [Jan. 16, 1. On Mammals from South Johore and Singapore collected by Mr. C. B. Kloss. By J. Lewis Bonnorz, M.A., PEE Seeks. [Received December 7, 19085. } (Plater) The following is an account of a small collection of mammals collected by Mr. C. B. Kloss in the southern part of Johore and the island of Singapore. From the latter place, which has been for long the emporium of that portion of the East, and from. which many new species have been described, genuine wild collected ecimens are most welcome, and up to the present but few ecimens have been received from Johore. During the last few years several collections from the Malay Region have been received in both London and Washington, so that the number of novelties in the present collection is not so large as it might otherwise have been, but nevertheless, of the 17 species sent home, two are new and represent Jus ochraceiventer and M. whiteheadi of Borneo. In my former paper on Messrs. Annandale and Robinson’s collection, the synonymy of the various species was brought up to date, and in the present paper reference is given only to those papers that have been published since. TUPAIA FERRUGINEA Rafiles. Tupaia ferruginea Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 256 (2822) ; Flower, P. Z.8. 1900, p. 336; Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiii. p. 193 (1900); id. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xxvi. p. 472 (1903). a-e. 3. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905. f-h. 2. Pulai, 8S.W. Johore, Nov. & Dec. 1905. i-l. 9. Johore Bahru, Feb. & March 1904. m. 2°. Woodlands, Singapore, 2nd Aug., 1904. : This species occurs as far north as Tenasserim, where it meets with 7. f. belangeri, a paler form. TuPAIA MALACCANA Anders. Tupaia malaccana Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 134 (1879); Bonhote, Fase. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 13 (1903); Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. 11. p. 230 (1900); id. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1902, p. 157; id. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xxvi. p. 472 (1903). a. $6. Kangka Aming, 3rd June, 1905. 6. 2. Kangka Kuli, 25th Nov., 1904. c. 2. 8. Malaya, 24th June, 1904. A series of very typical specimens. Ratura AFFINIS (Rafil.). Sciurus affinis Rafil. (nee Horsf.) Trans. Linn. Soe. xiii. p, 259 (1822). * For explanation of the Plate, see p. 11. 1906. ] FROM JOHORE AND SINGAPORE. 5 Ratufa afinis typica (Rafiles) Bonh. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) vol. v. p. 495 (1900). Ratufa affinis (Raftles) Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. vol. ii. pp. 73 & 77 (1900). a,b. & 9. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905. With reference to a note by Mr. Miller (loc. cit. supra), I believe that his 2. affinis is undoubtedly the same as my R. affinis typica. In my description of this species I noted that the hairs “when newly-grown” were annulated; but this annulation dis- appears extremely quickly, so that it is very seldom that a specimen in annulated pelage is procured. With regard to Miller's 2. pyrsonota described in the same paper, this is the Malayan form of 2. ephippium from Borneo and is, as Mr. Miller notes, quite distinct from &. affinis. It should really be known as &. ephippium pyrsonota, which saves any possibility of confusion. Mr. Miller has since 1900 described many new Species representing island forms or local races of R. affinis or ephippium, but, from his strict adherence to binomial nomenclature, which has prevented him from recognising the true specific difference between affinis and ephippiwm, it is impossible to tell to which of these species his new races belong, and in consequence to determine the true specific range. I am, however, inclined to believe that they are all races of R. ephippiwm, and that the true R. affinis will be found to have a very restricted range, confined to the Malay Peninsula and possibly Java. Sciurus TENuIS Horsf. Sciurus tenuis Horsf. Zool. Res. (1824); Thos. P.Z.S. 1886, p. 76; Flower, P.Z.8. 1900, p.357; Mill. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. ii. p. 211 (1900); id. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1902, p. 51°; id. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. p. 452 (1908). a—-b. 29. Gunong Pulai, 1500’, Nov. & Dec. 1904. ce. Qimm. Mt. Austin, 8. Johore, 31st Aug., 1904. d. 2. S. Malaya, 8S. Johore, 24th June, 1904. e,f. 2. Woodlands, Singapore, June & Aug. 1904. These specimens, which are practically topotypes, are therefore of the typical form. This species, however, appears to be a remarkably stable one, Mr. Miller stating that specimens from Sumatra were indistinguishable from topotypes. At the same time S. tenuis surdus Mill., from the north of the Peninsula, is distinctly paler and greyer. SCIURUS VITTATUS Raflles. Sciurus vittatus Rafiles, Trans. Linn. Soc. xii. p. 259 (1822) ; Bonh. Fase. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 22 (1903). Sciurus notatus miniatus Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. ii. p- 79 (1900). Sciurus peninsularis Miller, Smithsonian Miscell. Coll. vol. xly. p. 10 (1903). 6 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON MAMMAIS [ Jan. 16 3 2. Pelepak, Johore, 27th March, 1905. a, 0. ce. 2. Kangka Aming, Johore, 26th May, 1905. d. 6. Mount Austin, Johore, 31st Aug., 1905. e. 2. Johore Bahru, 10th May, 1904. f. 2. Pasir Gudang, Johore, 26th Feb., 1904. g. 2. Pasir Gudang, Johore, 11th May, 1905. h. 2. Woodlands, Singapore I., 15th Aug., 1904. i,k. 6 2. Singapore L., June & Aug. 1904. Mr. Miller has made two new species of the Peninsula forms of Sc. vittatus. He first separated the N. Malayan form from those in the south under the name miniatus, and more recently the Southern Peninsula form has been named peninsularis, to distinguish it from the typical Sumatran race. The series sent home by Mr. Kloss has enabled me to re- consider the matter very thoroughly, and has still further confirmed my opinion that this very variable species cannot be split up into the geographical races proposed by Mr. Miller. To take the case of S. v. miniatus first of all. Itis characterised, compared with specimens from Singapore Island, by having the red of the under parts much darker and the terminal pencil or sometimes the entire distal half of the tail uniform red beneath. The type locality of this subspecies is given as Trong in Lower Siam, but its exact distribution is not stated. In the British Museum there are specimens auswering to this description from various localities along the whole length of the Peninsula including Singapore Island, so that its distribution would appear to be identical with that of the paler form, as in many localities they are found side by side. S. miniatus therefore can on no account be considered as a geographical race or true subspecies, and it must be either a distinct species or a mere colour-variety. The fact that inter- mediates in all stages occur renders its status as a true species impossible; and there are specimens showing on the under parts the deep red of miniatus as well as the lighter orange of true vittatus. These, then, are the reasons for regarding miniatus merely as a colour-variety of S. vittatus. Now as regards S. peninsularis. The characters distinguishing it from the true S. vittatus of Sumatra are said to be as follows: ‘more yellowish under parts, less yellowish cheeks,” 7. e. a paler variety. The types of S. vittatus, which are in the British Museum, are absolutely indistinguishable from specimens taken in the Penin- sula. It should, of course, be noted that Tapanuli Bay, whence Mr. Miller procured his series, which he regarded as typical of S. vittatus, is a considerable distance from Bencoolen, the type locality ; and the 'Tapanuli Bay specimens may represent a distinct race, but this 1s most improbable, as this species also varies con- siderably in Sumatra, since darker specimens with the red tail are also to be found there. The fact therefore emains that Malay specimens may be 1906. ] FROM JOHORE AND SINGAPORE. 7 identical in all respects with the types of vittatws, and since this is the case Mr. Miller’s peninsularis cannot stand. It should always be remembered that among truly variable species, of which there are not many, but of which S. finlaysoni is another good example, geographical forms are very unlikely to be found: for the fact that it is variable means (i) that natural selection does not restrict it to a particular type; (ii) that in consequence it almost certainly does not breed true. So that, although the majority of individuals in any one place may show a tendency to a particular form of coloration, other varieties will be so frequently appearing as to prevent the fixing of any particular character. Now a true geographic race, to which forms alone trinomials should be restricted, should be the only race found in its type locality, intermediates being found only in the country approaching that of another race. It is therefore evident that S. vittatus is, as regards colour, a very variable species, and as such it behoves all systematists to be extremely cautious before naming any races thereof. It is only fair to add that the type of miniatws came from the hills ‘at an altitude of about 1000 feet, and may represent a hill form; but at present there is no evidence of this, and such evidence as there is, namely the dark and light under parts being found on the same individual, tends to disprove it. SCIURUS NIGROVITTATUS BILIMITATUS Mill. Sciurus bilimitatus Mill. Smithsonian Mise. Coll. vol. xlv. p. 8 (1903). Sciurus nigrovittatus Horsf., Bonh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. p. 452 (1901); id. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 23 (1903). a. 2. Pelepak, Johore, 24th March, 1905. b,c. 6. Kangka Aming, Johore, 26th May, 1905. d. g. Johore Bahru, 20th Feb., 1905. CO a. 5 18th June, 1904. Mr. Miller has separated the Peninsula and Javan forms chiefly on account of the almost entire absence of the light stripe in the latter. I have been able to examine only one specimen from Java, in which the stripe is certainly almost obliterated. This is, however, by no means the case with the Sumatran form, in which the stripe is very well marked. FUNAMBULUS INSIGNIS PENINSULE Miller. Funambulus peninsule Mill. Smithsonian Mise. Coll. vol. xlv. p- 25 (1903). a,b. 6 @. Kangka Aming, Johore, 29th May, 1905. I have placed these examples under Mr. Miller’s name, al- though his description does not exactly agree with specimens from the Peninsula, and it is probable that his single specimen is hardly typical of the Malay form. I was, however, in error 8 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON MAMMALS [Jan. 16, when I stated (Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 26) that the Malay and Sumatran animals were indistinguishable, since they are undoubtedly distinct, the former being of a much yellower and warmer tint. On the other hand, Messrs. Stone and Rehn (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1902, p. 133) mention a Sumatran specimen as approaching /’, 7. diversus Thos., in which the colours generally are much brighter and the sides of the body nearly pure chestnut. Further Sumatran material is, however, necessary before this matter can be satisfactorily settled. The following are the races of Funambulus insignis hitherto described :— FF’. insignis typicus F. Cuv. Mamm. 1821, pl. 233. Sumatra. F.%. diversus Thos. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. 11. p. 248 (1898). Baram, Sarawak. ,, ntobe Thos. ibid. p. 249 (1898). Pajo, Sumatra. 5, castaneus Mill. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. vol. ii. p. 217 (1900). Anambas I. ,, jalorensis Bonh. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vel. i. p. 25 (1903). Bukit Besar, Jalor. », peninsule Mill. Smithson. Mise. Coll. vol. xlv. p. 25 (1903). Trong, L. Siam. » rostratus Mill. ibid. p. 24 (1903). Tina Balu, Batu I. » obscurus Mill. ibid. p. 23 (1903). S. Pagi I., Sumatra. Mus vocrrerans, Miller. Mus vociferans Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. vol. xu. p. 138 (1900); Bonhote, Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 33. a-k.73,492. Mt. Pulai S. Johore, Nov. & Dec. 1904 and Jan. 1905. As stated by Mr. Miller in his original description, this species is similar to Mus sabanus Thos., but brighter and with a very long tail. The extreme length of the tail is sufficient to distinguish it from all other members of the jerdoni group. It would appear to be somewhat local, as the specimens in this collection are all from Mount Pulai. The following is a short description that may enable this species to be recognised :— Colour of upper and under parts sharply divided. Above rufous buff, thickly grizzled with black, the black being almost absent on the flanks. Under parts white. Feet brownish with white margins. ‘Tail bicolor and with its terminal portion white. Skull of typical jerdont group, 7. e. rather elongated, small for size of animal, bulle very small. Dimensions. Head and body 229 mm.; tail 382; hind foot 45; ear 24. Skull—greatest length 56 mm.; zygomatic breadth 26. Since the publication of my paper quoted above, Mr. Miller has described several island forms of this species in Smithsonian Misc. Coll. vol. xlv. pp. 28 e¢ seq. (1903). 1906. | FROM JOHORE AND SINGAPORE. 9 Mts surirer Mili, Mus surifer Mill., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiii. p. 148 (1900) ; Bonh. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. 1. p. 26 (1903). 236,792. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905. 12 6,182. Pulai, Johore, Dec. 1904 to March 1905. 39. Kangka Kuli, Johore, 28th Nov., 1904. ®. Kangka Aming, Johore, 29th May, 1905. 3. Mt. Lun Chu, Johore, 13th May, 1905. @. Johore Bahru, 21st May, 1905. ¢. Kangka Ketcho, Tebraun. This large series of Mus surifer calls for little comment; the examples show a slight variation in size, and the young are much duller in colour, being of a uniform brown (hair-brown, Ridgw.). The adult pelage first appears along the flanks. Mr. Muiller’s distinction of the white of the foot being cut off from the white of the inside of the thighs owing to the brown colour encircling the ankle, appears to be a perfectly constant feature. Mus InAs, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 1.) Mus whiteheadi Thos., Bonh. P. Z.8. 1900, p. 880. The Malayan representative of J/us ochraceiventer Thos. Fur long and thickly interspersed with spines. General colour above uniform grizzled rufous (ochraceous rufous, Ridgw.), fading to pale ochraceous (pinkish buff, Ridgw.) on the under parts. Feet and hands brownish white. Tail rather shorter than the head and body, almost naked and bicolor. Skull. The only skull available is in such a bad state of preservation that a description is impossible. Dimensions of type (in flesh). Head and body 162 mm.; tail l52e hind! tootral: Habitat. Gunong Inas, Perak. Also found in Johore. Type. B.M. 2.11.15.2. Adult 9. Gunong Inas, December Is), The type specimen of this species was erroneously referred by me some years ago to MW. whiteheadi. The advent of another specimen in the present collection proves it to be sufficiently distinct from the Bornean form to merit description. It may be distinguished from J/us ochraceiventer by its more rufous colour above and paler colour beneath, while the tail is very much more markedly bicolor. It is distinguishable from J. whitehead: by its larger size. Mus KLogsi, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 2.) The Malayan representative of Jus whiteheadi Thos. Fur short, thickly interspersed with spines. General colour above rufous-buff (orange-buff, Ridgw.), grizzled with dark brown, the buff colour becoming purer on the flanks and shading to pale ochraceous (cream-buft, Ridgw.) on the under parts. Feet and hands white. Tail shorter than the head and body, almost naked and bicolor. 10 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON MAMMALS [ Jan. 16, Skull of the Mus jerdoni type with small bulle, very similar to that of Mus whiteheadi but smaller. Dimensions (of type in flesh). Head and body 120 mm. ; tail 105; hind foot 26; ear 17. Skull. Greatest length 32 mm.; basilar length 24; palatal length 7; diastema 8; length of incisive foramina 5; length of nasals 11; zygomatic breadth 9 ; interorbital breadth 5°5 ; breadth of brain-case at roots of zygomata 13; length of molar series 5. Habitat. JSohore, Malay Peninsula. Type. Coll. C. B. Kloss, No. 218. Adult 9. Collected on Mount Pulai, 8S. Johore, 1600’, on the 31st December, 1904. This species may be easily distinguished from Mus whiteheadi, the only species with which it might be confused, by its paler and yellowish coloration and slightly smaller size. Mr. Kloss has sent over 5 specimens altogether, viz. :— a,b. 6 2. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905. ce. 6. Mt. Lun Chu, Johore, May 1905. d,e. 9 (one the type). Mount Pulai, Johore, Dec. 1904. Mus vauipus Mill. Mus validus Mill. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. vol. xii. p. 141 (1900); Bonh. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. 1. pp. 34 & 37 (1903), a,b. 6 2. Kangka Kuli, Johore, 24th Nov., 1905. This species is probably the Malay form of J/us muellert. Mr. Miller in his original description states that this species bears a great external resemblance to Jus bowersi; but this is hardly the case, for the general colour of Jus bowersi is greyish and its fur is fairly soft, whereas in the species under consideration the general colour is dark brown, each hair having lighter annulations, and the fur is very harsh. J/ws bowerst has in addition the terminal portion of the tail white, whilst in J/ws validus the tail is uni- colorous and dark. There are no skulls with these specimens, but the cranial characters have been carefully given by Mr. Miller. Mus sarAk Bonh. Mus jarak * Bonh. Journ. Fed. Mal. States, vol. i. no. 3 (1905). a. 2. Pelepak, Johore, 6th Jan. 1905. b,c. 6 2. Kangka, Senibong, 8.W. Johore, 10th July, 1905, and 12th Sept., 1904. dh. 3. Pasir Gudang, 8.W. Johore, 10th May, 1905. A series of eight skins sent home by Mr. Kloss proves this species, which I had supposed to be an island form, to occur in * Mus jarak nearly allied to Mus jalorensis, but darker on the upper parts, the fulvous tips being browner and greatly diminished in size. Type locality, Pulau, Jarak, Str. of Malacca. A full description of this species is published by the Selangor Museum. 1906. | FROM JOHCR® AND SINGAPORE. WW the south of the Peninsula. Individuals vary somewhat amongst themselves, some being rather lighter in their general coloration than others, but the lightest havea considerably darker appearance than Jus jalorensis. They belong, as I pointed out in my former paper, to the Pyctoris sub-group of Wus rattus, and may be distinguished by their soft fur, medium size, short tail, an pure white under parts, the hairs being white to their bases. MUS GRISEIVENTER Bonh. Mus griseiventer Bonh. Fase. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 30 (1903). a-c.2 6,1 9. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905. d-Gi 37 Oe Eula sin) Johore, Nov. 1904 and Jan. 1905. h. 3. Johore Bahru, 3rd April, 1905. i-n. 3 6,2 9. Kangka Senibong, Johore, Sept. 1905. o. 3. Pasir Gudang, Johore, 11th May, 1905. This is the really common House-rat of the Peninsula; its greyish or yellowish under parts enable it to be easily recognised from M, jalorensis or M. jarak, the hill forms of Jus rattus. In size, too, it is rather larger than the preceding species. Mus norvecicus Erxl. Mus norvegicus Erxleben. Mus decumanus Pall., Flower, P.Z.S. 1900, p. 362. 73,9 @, Johore Bahru, April, June, and August, 1904. So far as can be judged, this Rat is apparently found only on the Peninsula in the neighbourhood of shipping. Mus concotor Blyth. Mus concolor Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xxviii. p. 295 (1859); Bonh. Fase. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 38 (1903). a-c. 6. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905. d. g. Tebraun, Johore, Sept. 1905. é. 6. Johore Bahru, July 1904. fg. 6 2. Kangka Senibong, Sept. 1905. h. 2. Pasir Gudang, May 1905. Mus muscuuus Linn. Mus musculus Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. p. 83 (1776); Flower, P.Z.S. 1900, p. 362. a. 3. Johore Bahru, Feb. 1904. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Mus inas, p. 9. Mus klossi, p. 9. 12 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, 2. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Ophidia. By Frank KE. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S8., Prosector to the Society. [Received December 7th, 1905. | (Text-figures 2-11.) CoNTENTS. (1) On the Vascular System of the Anaconda, on the Characters of the newly-born Young of Eunectes noteus, and on the Differences between the two Species of the Genus Eunectes, viz. E. murinus and EB. noteus: p. 12. (2) Some Notes upon the Venous System of Python sebe: p. 27 (3) Some Notes upon the Anatomy of Ilysia scytale, bearing upon its systematic position: p. 3l. (4) The Structure of the Young Bitis nasicornis, with Notes on other Vipers: p. 34. (5) Considerations respecting the Primitive Structure of the Lungs in the Squamata : p. 41. (1) Notes on the Vascular System of the Anaconda, on the Characters of the newly-born Young of Kunectes noteus, and on the Differences between the two Species of the Genus Eunectes, viz. E. murinus and E. noteus. The opportunity of examining two newly-born* examples of a little-known species of Anaconda, viz. Humnectes noteus, is so unlikely to be of frequent occurrence, that I have thought it desirable to make as detailed a study as possible of the veins, while the fact that comparatively little is known of the venous system in the genus Humnectes seemed to me to render this study still more desirable. So far as I am aware, some notes by myself upon the intercostal arteries and the anterior abdominal vein are all that has been published upon this genus of Boine snakes so far as concerns the vascular system. On the other hand, there is abundant material for comparison with the anatomy of the vascular system of Pythonz, and less with that of Hrya$ and Boa||. External characters of Young.—The newly-born young of this snake retain some of the embryonic veins and the yolk-sac is not completely absorbed. This woulda ppear to be a great disadvantage until we reflect that the Anaconda is so very aquatic an animal that the young are possibly born in the water]. The navel is a very large aperture in the ventral median line, measuring 14 mm. x9mm.or1l2mm.x7 mm. It lies 44 or 54mm. from the vent. * These young Anacondas were born on Sept. 27, 1905, and one of them was just living when it came into my hands. + * Notes upon the Anatomy of certain Snakes of the Family Boide,” P. Z.S. 1904, vol. 11. p. 107. { Hopkinson & Pancoat, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soe. v. 1837, p. 121; Jacquart, Ann. Seit Nat. (4 ee Ls p- 321; Retzius, K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1830 ; Beddard, P. Z. S. 1904, vol. . 362 Panizza, ‘Sopra ‘il systema linfatico dei Rettili,’ Pavia, 1833 (I have a sea this memoir). § Beddard, P. Z. S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 107. || Gadow, incorporated i in Bronn’s Thier. vi. Abth. iii. { Tam indebted to Mr. Pocock for reminding me of this. 1906. ] ; ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 13 The whole lengths of the two specimens which I have examined were as follows :—Specimen A, 2] inches; Specimen B, 194 inches. The distance between umbilicus and vent was naturally greater in the larger specimen, and the umbilicus itself larger. In the above given measurements [regard as the navel not merely the actual aperture in the skin through which the yolk-plug* pro- trudes, but the whole area which is devoid of scaling. The yolk- plug in the interior of the body extends from the gall-bladder anteriorly to the end of the kidneys posteriorly, and lies above the fat-body. It isa dense solid plug. Meckel’s diverticulum arises from it just behind the umbilicus, and enters the small intestine about an inch behind the pancreas. The umbilicus itself is so exactly median in position (text-fig. 2) that it has divided the epigastric vein, which, instead of lying to one side or the other, forms a loop surrounding it. As elsewhere this vein is single, the position of the umbilicus could, I imagine, be detected in a more fully adult snake by this splitting and rejoining of the epigastric vein. Text-fig. 2. Region of umbilicus in newly-born Anaconda (Eunectes noteus). umb. Umbilical area; V.S. Ventral scales anterior to umbilicus, which are still divided into two; V.S’. Similar ventral scales behind the umbilicus. In the two newly-born Anacondas the area of the navel em- braced nine of the ventral scales, which are split into halves, each half lying on either side of the soft median area. Anteriorly and posteriorly two scales showed a median groove, indicating, it is to * Messrs. Mole & Urich (P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 505) mention the existence of “ traces of the umbilical cord” in newly-boin Hunectes murinus. 14 MR F. E. BEDDARD ON THE | [Jan=ler be presumed, that they had been originally split, but that the two halves had come together in the course of the gradual obliteration of the area of the navel. Both specimens were practically identical in the disposition of the scales. It is remarkable, however, that in an individual of the same brood measuring 227 inches long, and older by three weeks (it died on Oct. 17), the median furrowing of the ventral scales was continued for a long way behind the navel (text-fig. 3). The actual area of the navel, much narrower in this specimen, corresponds to seven scales. This older individual is a male, as shown by the shape of the cloacal claws; I did not dissect it. Text-fig. 3. Region of umbilicus in a young Anaconda (Hunectes noteus). Lettering as in text-fig. 2. (=) to} Current treatises on Zoology have largely ignored the fact that among the Boide the rudiments of hind limbs offer sexual characters which are unmistakable. They are obvious, for instance, in the genus Hryx, and in the species with which I am concerned, viz. Hunectes noteuws. That this fact is obviously not generally known is perhaps due to Duméril and Bibron. These 1906. | ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 15 authors, in their classical ‘ Erpétologie Générale,’ vol. vi. 1844, remark, in a general sketch of the Pythons and Boas, upon the investigations of Mayer on the rudimentary hind limb, but say nothing as to sexual differences in form of the ‘ ergots,” 7. e., claws in which these limbs terminate. Later on they write of Hunectes murinus (p. 531) :---“ Ergots coniques, courts, recourbés et pointus,” stating also that they are “ (une tres petite dimension chez des femelles ayant plus d’un metre de long.” In Bow again (p. 503) it is said that these claws are present, but ‘‘ néanmoins plus développés chez les males chez les femelles.” The inference from these observations would surely be that while sexual differ- ences exist between individuals in respect of those claws, they are merely a matter of varying magnitude. It was possibly for this reason that text-books, at least those which I have referred to, have not noticed the matter. In the adult male Hunectes notwus there is a very conspicuous pair of claws, which are sharply pointed, compressed, and curved, the lower surface being ridged. In the adult female there is not a claw at all, but a bluntly conical straight process, quite unlike the claw of the male. In both cases, however, this terminal process is ensheathed in two bract-like scales. In the young individuals the differences are as well marked as in the adult. The mental groove in the young Anacondas differs from that of theadult male. In both adults the mental groove was bordered by five scales on each side. The two individuals, a male and a female, appeared to be identical in the disposition of these scales. In the two youngest individuals, which died immediately on birth, the conditions were as follows :—In one snake, on the right side the mental groove was bordered by only three scales; but the middle one was very large, and indentations appeared to show that it was in reality composed of three. On the left side there were only four scales bordering the mental groove, but the anterior one of these was partly divided into two; thus the total on both sides is really five as in the adult. The second specimen was identical on the right side, but on the left the second scale, and not the first, was obviously composed of two. In the young Anaconda which lived for three weeks* there is a still closer approximation to the conditions observable in the adult. On the left side of the mental groove all five scales are separated; on the right there were four scales, the second being much the largest and obviously representing two. Kidneys.—The kidneys of these young Hunectes have a form which is remarkable. It is illustrated in the accompanying figure (text-fig. 4,p.17). The part of the kidney which apparently corre- sponds to the whole kidney of other Snakes has the usual form which is characteristic of Serpents and needs no particular remark. The kidney does not, however, end off in front without much diminution of diameter. It suddenly narrows to form a slender * This specimen shed its skin at any rate once, which doubtless accounts for the change, not therefore referable to individual variation. 16 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, forward prolongation, which is as long as, or longer than, the posterior region of the kidney. There is no break whatever between these two sections; and their appearance as regards texture and colour is identical. The thinner anterior part of the kidney may pehaps be a mesonephros, persistent in these young forms. On the two sides of the body the two kidneys differed very considerably in dimensions. ‘The right kidney is, as in other Snakes, more advanced than the left kidney, and its anterior end actually passes a trifle beyond the gall-bladder and all but reaches the liver. This kidney is altogether 108 mm. long, of which 44 mm. belong to the posterior broad region of the gland, the slender anterior portion being thus much the longer. The right-hand kidney is altogether only 92 mm. long, and the broader posterior region is here the longer of the two sections, measuring as it does 48 mim. The slender anterior prolongation of each kidney is not, of course, to be confounded with the adrenal body. This latter is plainly distinguishable from the kidney-tissue by its yellow colour and different texture. It lies in the middle section of the anterior region of the kidney. The gonads were not visible in either specimen. But I believe them both to be females. This conclusion was arrived at owing to the nature of the gonad-ducts. These ducts were of com- paratively large calibre and without the close windings of the male ducts Moreover they were prolonged forward in the case of the right-hand one to a point anterior to the gall-bladder where the duct appeared to end freely. In the region of the anterior portion of the kidney the duct was attached by an evident though narrow mesentery to the substance of the kidney. The actual course of the gonad-duct of the right side is shown in the figure annexed (text-fig. 4, p. 17). Anteriorly it lies to the outside of the kidney. At the junction between the anterior more slender and the posterior stouter region of the kidney it crosses over and lies to the inside of the kidney. The diameter of this tube appears to me to be too great to allow of its being identified with the sperm-duct. Another and, as I believe, very strong reason forbids this identification. To the inside of each kidney, along the anterior thinner region of that organ only, is a more slender duct than the gonad-duct, which, however, presents the same general appearance. This duct com- mences some way in front of each kidney, but the exact mode of its commencement I have been unable to ascertain. It follows the kidney fairly closely, lying on the opposite side to that occupied by the gonad-duct, to a point some little way in front of the junction between the anterior and posterior sections of the gland, and there gradually disappears. It seems to me that this structure must be unquestionably homologised with the mesonephrie duct ; and if so, the gonad-duct can hardly be the sperm-duct. That it is the mesonephric duct seems to be necessary from the impossi- bility of identifying it with anything else; and if so, then the 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. ef section of kidney along which it lies is possibly to be looked upon as mesonephros, the incorporation of which with the metanephros has perhaps caused the withering of the end of the tube, no longer needed as a secretory conduit. Text-fig. 4. Text-fig. 5. Od L Text-fig. 4. Kidney and adjacent organs in newly-born Anaconda (Bunectes not«us). g.b. Gall-bladder ; KK. Kidney; 1. Mesentery attaching oviduct to mz, mesonephros ; Od. Oviduct ; P.c. Posterior cardinal vein arising on kidney (?) ; Sr. Suprarenal portal veins; U. Ureter; v.¢.2. Vena cava posterior or renal efferent vein ; Wad. Wolffian duct. Text-fig. 5.—Renal afferent vein of left side of body and its connections in newly-born Anaconda (Hunectes not@us). Ant.Abd. Anterior abdominal veins; F.B. Fat-bodies from one of which the right anterior abdominal seems to arise; Int. Intestine; P. Parietal branches of R.aff., venal afferent, which is seen to reach kidney anteriorly. Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. Il. 2 18 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, I have had the opportunity of comparing the structure of the kidneys in the two young Eunectes noteus with the structure of those of an adult male of the same species. There is in the adult no forward prolongation of a narrower region of the kidney. The organs are of the normal Ophidian form, of equal diameter throughout, and ending anteriorly in a blunt rounded extremity. That there may have been some microscopic traces in the tissues surrounding the sperm-duct is of course possible ; but there was nothing obvious to the naked eye. This state of affairs in the adult snake confirms, as I think, my opinion that the narrow anterior region of the renal organ in the newly-born young is to be looked upon as mesonephros. I may observe that the testes are very long bodies, and that that of the right side extends as far forward as the gall-bladder. The growth of the testis may account for the disappearance of the mesonephric portion of the renal organ. With the disappearance of the supposed mesonephros there is correlated, perhaps in this species but not in some other Boids, the disappearance of the posterior cardinal vein, which, as I describe in this paper, accompanies that gland in the young snakes. Umbilical Vein.—The umbilical vein was not absorbed in either specimen. I was able to trace it along its whole course in the body from the navel onwards to the anterior end. The conditions which obtain in this snake show that Prof. Hochstetter’s discovery of the independence of the umbilical vein from the anterior abdo- minal of the adult applies to Huwnectes as well as to the reptiles (Lacerta and Tropidonotus) whose development he studied. There were two veins to be seen running from the umbilical aperture. The right-hand vein had the longest course, and is, I take it, the representative of the right umbilical vein. The second vein was traced along Meckel’s diverticulum to the alimentary canal, where it joined the portal system. This vein is, as I think, the omphalo- meseraic. The umbilical vein pursues a straight course between the two fat-bodies and over the gall-bladder. Arrived at the liver, it passes beneath this organ, between it and the ventral body-wall. There were no branches to be detected anywhere, and. there was certainly no connection between the vein and the two anterior abdominal veins at any point that I could ascertain. Indeed it was easy to observe the umbilical vein running across the anterior abdominals. The vein is fairly closely attached to the ventral parietes in the region of the liver. It gives off no branches to the liver, with which it has no relations save those of superposition. At the extreme anterior end of the liver the umbilical vein joins the vena cava posterior just where the latter emerges from the liver. The two then run as one vessel to the heart. It is for the reason that the umbilical vein joins the vena cava that I regard it as the right-hand of the two primitive umbilicals. For in Hochstetter’s figure* illustrating the relation of these various veins * Morph. Jahrb. xix. 1892, pl. xvii. fig. 15, V.u.d. and V.u.s. 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 19 in the fcetal snake, the right-hand vein is depicted as joining the vena cava, while the left-hand vein is lost in the liver plexus. The umbilical vein was turgid with blood and of equal calibre with the efferent renals or other principal blood-vessels of the reptile. It is noteworthy that the umbilical vein until it reaches the region of the liver appears to run in an accurately median course. This clearly suggests that only one umbilical vein is present. In any case only this vein is obvious, unless the vein identified by me above with the ophalomeseraic be really the left umbilical. Tn any case it is clear that this vein belongs to the foetal cireu- lation, inasmuch as it passes through the navel to the feetal membranes, and that it has nothing to do with what are usually held to be the equivalents in the Ophidia of the anterior abdominal vein or veins in other reptiles. A remarkable fact about this vein is not merely its presence in the young when born and able to feed for themselves, but its persistence in the fully adult snake. In an Anaconda* (Humnectes murinus 3) dissected in May 1904, which was acquired by the Society in 1899 as an adult, I found a vein ending on the fat-body posteriorly which ran over the liver (7. e. ventrally of it), but did not draw blood from that organ anywhere, and emptied itself into the vena cava anteriorly shortly after that vein had freed itself from the liver. It is plain that this vein is that which I call umbilical in the young Anacondas. I have no record of such a vein in Python, nor is one figured by Jacquart fT nor by Gadow ¢ in Boa. Tt seems quite certain that this vein is the homologue of that vein in Birds which passes between the lobes of the liver, recurring in the falciform ligament. Hochstetter has proved $ that the vein in question, variously termed ‘anterior abdominal,” “ epi- gastric,” and “umbilical,” is the persistent umbilical vein of the embryo. It follows therefore that it cannot be the homologue of the anterior abdominal vein of the Lacertilia, which has been shown to be a new structure, having nothing to do with the feetal umbilical vein. Thereare therefore among Sauropsida two morphologically distinct veins or systems of veins which convey blood along the ventral surface from the posterior region of the abdomen to the liver or to the hepatic vein, and which are undoubtedly super- ficially similar, so much so that embryology alone has been able to decide the question of their distinctness. The coincidence of these two veins in Hwunectes solves the problem so far as concerns that species. At present so little is known of the venous system in the Ophidia, so few types have been examined from this point of view, that so far the Anaconda is the only snake in which the two forms of abdominal vein have been met with together. It is impossible therefore to build up * Since this paper was written I have found the vein in a second adult male HH. murinus. + Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) iv. 1855. Bronn’s Thierreich, Bd. vi. Rept. Abth. iii. Schlangen. Morph. Jahrb. xiii. 1888, p. 575. a 20 MR. F E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, much in the way of an attempted explanation without further facts. In the meantime the facts suggest that Munectes offers a transitional state of affairs between the retention of the umbilical vein as the vein of the abdomen and its replacement by the sub- sequently developed anterior abdominal. It is exactly analogous to the relations between the posterior cardinals and the vena cava. In the primitive Ceratodus we have one cardinal persisting in its entirety and at the same time an undoubted vena cava posterior of In higher types the posterior cardinals are more or less rudi- mentary, and the vena cava alone is concerned with the circulation of the region of the body formerly served by the cardinals. Replacements of this kind are familiar to morphologists in connection with many organs. It is not without significance, in my opinion, that this state of affairs has been discovered in a snake, and especially in an un- doubtedly primitive snake. That the Squamata form one group is probably the opinion of every zoologist at present. It is further clear that no existing group of Lizards is much nearer to the snakes than any other. The origin of the Ophidia must have been from some earlier type. This may land us some way back in the history of a group which with Hatteria appears to me to represent the archaic reptilian structure more than any existing group of Reptiles. It is possible that in the extensive fat-body of snakes we have the cause of the origin of the double anterior abdominal veins. The only fragment of evidence, however, which points to a large fat-body as a character of the ancestral Squamata is its large size in Amphisbenat. But this evidence is not to be neglected. The growth of the abdominal veins would render the umbilical superfluous, they taking on its function of drawing blood from the body-walls. System of Anterior Venw Cave.—tThe veins of the anterior region of the body consist of four main trunks, which of course unite in pairs to form the two superior cave. The left tracheal unites with the left anterior vertebral and each right-hand vessel. It is noteworthy that the two anterior vertebral veins run super- ficially at equal distances from the median anterior vertebral artery. Each vessel lies in a furrow between longitudinal bands of musculature. The vertebral vein receives a large branch from the parietes just before joining the tracheal vein; the conjoined vein then receives just before its entrance into the heart the azygos, which is only present upon this side of the body. The azygos is short, and only collects blood from four intercostal spaces. Of the four branches which constitute it, one is especially large, and comes off exactly opposite to the point of entrance of the azygos into the Ductus Cuvieri. In the second specimen the azygos was much the same. Epigastric Vein.—This vein has already been referred to in * See W. B. Spencer, in “The Macleay Memorial Yolume” published by the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 1893. + v. Bedriaga, Arch. f. Naturgeschichte, Jahrg. 50, 1885, pl. iv. fig. 2, Fk. 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 21 connection with its perforation by the umbilical aperture. It is as well developed as in the Ophidia generally, and lies, as in other snakes, immediately above the middle line of the body. Its posterior connection I did not see in either of the specimens. In the region of the liver, this vein has two connections with the hepatic portal system, and two only that were visible, which were identical in both specimens and which therefore may be looked upon as distinctive of the species. One branch from the vein joined the main portal stem a little behind the point where it reaches the liver. The other branch of the epigastric connected with the hepatic portal system lies a long way anteriorly and enters the liver-substance approximately in the middle line, a very little way behind the anterior termination of the liver. I saw no other veins passing from the epigastric to the liver. But in an adult Hunectes murinus there were four or five veins entering the liver between these two. It may be that the existence of two only in the young Hwnectes noteus is a mark of immaturity. Afferent Renal Veins.—The caudal vein emerging from the tail receives branches from the cloaca, of which I am not able to give a particular account, as this region got damaged in displaying the course of the main trunk of the vein. The vein runs close to the large intestine on the left side, and receives in its course to the left kidney a series of veins from the parietes to the left of the dorsal median line (text-fig. 5, p.17). I counted altogether twelve of these before the vein enters the kidney, of which it is the afferent renal. On the right side the afferent renal seems to have no direct connection with the caudal vein, but the anastomoses between veins in this region are so numerous that there is doubtless an actual connection between them. Still there is no such direct continuity as obtains on the left side. It is also to be remarked that the right renal afferent vein is a very distinctly smaller vein than its fellow of the left side, and in correspondence with this the affluents from the parietes which join it are much less conspicuous than those of the left side. The figure (text-fig. 5, p. 17) shows the series of veins from the parietes which enter the left renal afferent vein. And an inspection of this figure will render unnecessary a detailed de- scription of the veins in question. It may be remarked, however. that there is a tendency for them to be connected together by a longitudinal trunk which is not present throughout the whole extent of the series, but gets to be more pronounced anteriorly. These parietal veins moreover vary in importance, some being much more slender than others. The most prominent of the whole series enters the afferent renal just before the latter enters the left kidney. This vein is connected with a very conspicuous longitudinal trunk (text-fig. 6, p. 23) which runs along the whole length of the kidney, being stouter at the two ends of that organ and more slender in the middle; it is, however, nowhere deficient. There is a general correspondence between the numbers of these 22 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Jan, 16, parietal veins on the two sides of the body; but, as has been remarked, the most noteworthy difference is that the veins of the right side are more slender than those of the left, and this applies also to the section of the parietal system which runs along the outer border of the kidney. In the second specimen, the longitudinal vessel running to the outside of each kidney was not marked, at least on the right side of the body. The same large vein enters the afferent rena! just before the latter reaches the kidney. Towards the anterior end of the kidney the veins of five or six intercostal spaces join together and form a single trunk, which does not extend beyond the kidney but appears to plunge into the substance of that organ, There is thus an accessory renal portal system formed which is exactly like that which characterises Amphisbena*. These vessels are represented in the first of the two specimens which I dissected; but in that individual they are connected with the thinner anterior section of the kidney and with a vein which runs along that region of the kidney. In the second specimen, the vein distinctly opens into the posterior thicker region of the kidney and some way behind its anterior termination. In this example, moreover, the right afferent renal is traceable back along the intestine for a much shorter distance than in the other specimen. The posterior continuation indeed assumes the form of an in- conspicuous branch of the stout parietal vein which joins the renal afferent just before its entrance into the kidney. The afferent renal trunk is also partly fed from the intestinal walls. Slender branches enter the transversely running affluents of that vein. It is evident that the renal afferent system shows the same asymmetry that we see in the hepatic-portal system ; that is to say, that the system of longitudinal parietal vessels connected with the afferent veins are developed only upon the left side of the body. Afferent Suprarenal Veins.—These veims arise, as in other reptiles, from the dorsal parietes, near to the middle, and are a continuation of the series which supply the liver in front and the kidneys behind. They are, however, unlike the hepatic series, developed upon both sides of the body. These vessels are con- nected with a slender vein which runs from the anterior end of the broader region of the kidney along the ‘‘ mesonephros ” to the neighbourhood of, and behind, the gall-bladder. This vessel, which exists in other reptiles, is, as [ think, a portion of the right posterior cardinal, the corresponding vessel on the left side of the body being of course the left cardinal vein. I am not positive that this vessel is continuous all the way along the mesonephros ; but it is to be found at any rate for considerable stretches. Into this longitudinal vein open the afferent vessels from the parietes. I counted five of them altogether, of * P. Z.S. 1905, vol. il. p. 485. t+ E.g. Amphisbena, ct. Beddard, P. Z.S. 1905, vol. ii. p. 486. 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA, 23 which two at any rate are fed each from two intercostal spaces, Inasmuch as the actual suprarenal body does not extend along Text-fig. 6. Text-fig. 7. Text-fig. 6.—Kidneys of newly-born Anaconda (Hunectes noteus), showing their lobulation and veins (a & @), which run parallel with each, receiving aftluents from body-wall. L.R.aff., R.R.aff. Left and right renal afferent veins. Text-fig. 7.—Liver and portal veins of young Anaconda (Hunectes noteus). LZ. Liver; P. Portal vein running along surface of liver and receiving, p, branches from parietes, which unite on their own account to form a continuous lon- gitudinal trunk, and branches, St., trom stomach. 24 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, the whole of the mesonephros, and as the blood-vessels arising from the parietes do extend along at any rate very nearly the whole of the mesonephros, as does the longitudinal vein into which they pour their contents, it would appear that these suprarenal afferent portals are also concerned with the blood-supply of the mesonephros, vid the remains of the posterior cardinal. The suprarenal portals are thus not veins especially destined for the suprarenal circulation, but originally merely the parietal branches of the cardinal. On the left side I found only three of these veins. Precisely the same series of modifications appear to have pro- ceeded in the case of the liver and of the parieto-hepatic portals. In the Anaconda for example, and for the matter of that in all snakes, as it appears, that have been hitherto examined ana- tomically, the portal vein extends along the liver nearly to its anterior end. This is shown plainly in the figure of the circulatory system of the Python given by Jacquart*. Into this portal, which runs along the lower surface of the liver, open all or most of the vessels bringing blood to the liver from the parietes. In the same way in certain Lizards (for instance, Amphisbena, Ophisaurus, and Hatteria) there are at least considerable traces of the same forward extension of the portal. Finally we get the stage which characterises the majority of the Lacertilia, so far as existing knowledge allows us to say, in which the portal enters the liver at its posterior extremity and is not continued forward as a continuous trunk. In these lizards the parieto-hepatic portal veins enter the liver directly, instead of indirectly through the portal vein. Dorsal Parieto-hepaticVeins.—These veins are entirely developed upon the left side of the body in both specimens. They are, as in other snakes, very highly developed, and a great portion of the blood of the whole body must be contained in them. I describe them only in one specimen; they appeared to be much the same in the other. The first of these veins, advancing from behind forwards, joins the portal vein about on a level with the extreme end of the liver, one lobe of which reaches considerably further back than the other. It is one of the largest of the dorsal parieto- hepatic veinsand on reaching the neighbourhood of the body-wall divides into a forwardly running and a backwardly running branch. Just before this division the vein receives twigs from the stomach. The backwardly running branch supplies seven intercostal spaces. The forwardly running branch supplies nine intercostal spaces before the second trunk arises which joins the portal vein just in front of the end of the shorter liver-lobe. Asin other snakes, the portal vein runs superficially along the liver, giving off twigs right and left to the liver itself and receiving the dorsal parieto-hepatic vessels. Of these vessels (see text-fig. 7, p. 23) I counted nine in addition to the two that have already been described. At their * Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) iv. p. 321. 1906.] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 25 dorsal extremities these vessels are put into communication with each other by a continuous longitudinal vessel which is an extension forwards of the first dorsal parieto-hepatic already mentioned. Some, if not all, of the dorsal parieto-hepatic veins (which vary considerably in calibre) are joined by branches from the stomach. In addition to these special branches reach the stomach from the parietal longitudinal trunk. Although the parietal longitudinal trunk which collects blood from the parietes and transmits it to the liver runs on the left side only and has no fellow on the right side, it receives intercostal twigs from the right side. It is to be noted that the continuous longitudinal trunk lying on the parietes is characteristic of the Boide in general, though I am not able at present to assert that it differentiates them from other snakes. Note upon certain Structural Differences between the Species of Anaconda, Kunectes murinus and Kunectes notzeus. Hitherto the species Hunectes noteus, the Southern Anaconda, has been distinguished from its ally the more common form by its lighter colour and by the markings generally, into which I have no occasion to enter, as they have been dealt with by its describer, the late Prof. Cope *. I have found in dissecting examples of the two species that there are certain differences in the viscera which seem to distinguish also the two species from each other. Upon one of these differences I lay more stress than upon the other, because I have been able to verify it in two examples of Hwnectes murinus and three examples of Hunectes notewus, including among the three the two young specimens which form the subject of the present communi- cation. This difference concerns the pancreas and spleen. In Eunectes noteus the pancreas is a large bilobed gland which lies in close contact with the duodenum and remote from the spleen, which is on a level with the front end of the gall-bladder. In two specimens of Hunectes murinus I find the following arrangement of these two viscera:—In both the pancreas is divided into two parts, of which one is situated, as is the whole pancreas in Z. noteus, close to the intestine. There is also another piece of pancreas lying in front of and in contact with the spleen, which itself has much the same position that it has in 4. noteus. The duct from the anterior part of the pancreas runs to and buries itself in that piece of the pancreas which lies in juxta- position to the gut. In addition to this difference, I find in both specimens of ZH. mwrinus one or two splenculi in the neighbourhood of the spleen and anterior portion of the pancreas. I presume these to be splenculi on account of their colour and general appearance. A dissociation therefore of the pancreas into discrete portions is accompanied by that of the spleen. Upon this anatomical difference I lay some stress, inasmuch as it is to be found in more than one example of each species. * P, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1862, p. 70. 26 MR. F. BE, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, Another apparent difference I mention, although I have only noted it in one specimen of each of the two species under consider- ation, as it could hardly be ascertained in the case of the newly-born young. This fact concerns the gall-bladder. In Hunectes noteus the gall-bladder gives rise to two ducts lying side by side and arising independently from the bladder. These branch and anastomose in a moderate way with each other and with the hepatic duct. The latter is single, but in the neighbourhood of its junction with the cystic ducts it gives off twigs which form a network alongside of the main duct which is obviousassuch. Threeducts pierce the pancreas on theirway to open into the gut. In #. murinuws, onthe other hand, four cystic ducts arise from the bladder and form in the same way but a slight rete. There are, however, two distinct hepatic ducts running side by side from theliver. Three of the cystic ducts join almost immediately to form a single duct, so that the difference from 2. noteus is not so very marked. In showing difference in the structure of the pancreas between different species this genus is like Python, where the discrete multilobate pancreas of “ P. bivittatus”* contrasts with that of some other species. Résumé. It may be convenient to briefly recapitulate the main facts in the foregoing pages. (1) The young of Hunectes noteus are produced alive and with considerable remains of the yolk-sac. (2) They possess a mesonephros quite continuous with the kidney, and (female) a mesonephric duct extending along the greater part of the mesonephros and reaching beyond it anteriorly. (3) The umbilical vein of the newly-born young persists in the adult (Hunectes murinus) and is quite independent of the anterior abdominals. (4) The anal “claws” in Hunectes noteus (and in some other Boidee) offer distinct sexual characters, differing in form in the two sexes. ‘These characters are recognisable in the newly-born young. (5) The suprarenal portal vessels open into a continuous slender trunk running along the mesonephros and ending on the kidney posteriorly. Their “portal” character is thus secondary. (6) The vessels which collect blood from the parietes and join the portal systems, whether of the liver, kidneys, or suprarenal bodies, are mainly, and in the case of the liver exclusively, aftluents of the left-hand system of veins and arise exclusively or almost so from the left parietes. (7) Both the liver and the left kidney are supplied from a continuous longitudinal parietal vessel which receives the branches from the body-wall and transmits the blood by a series of branches to the portal vein or to a longitudinal vein connected with the * See fig. in Bronn’s Thierreich, Bd. vi. Abth. iii. pl. cxyxii. fig. 6 (copied from Poelman). The identity of the species seems uncertain. 1906. | ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 27 kidney. These longitudinal parietal vessels are upon the left side of the body. (8) As in Hunectes murinus, the left anterior abdominal trunk only is connected with the afferent renal of its side ia The vight-hand trunk arises from a plexus on the gut. (9) The azygos vein is short and developed on the right side only. (10) Attention is called to anatomical differences between the two species of Hunectes, which concern the division of the pancreas and spleen in #. murinus, these organs being im one piece in EH. noteus. (2) Some Notes upon the Venous System of Python sebee. It might perhaps be supposed that after the apparently exhaustive survey of Jacquart t hardly anything concerning the venous system of Python remained for description. Nevertheless M. Jacquart has not dealt fully with a few points of which the importance was perhaps less apparent at the time when he wrote than at present. Since M. Jacquart’s memoir, which is abun- dantly illustrated, nothing concerning the vascular system in this genus has been published except a few notes by myself = ina paper dealing mainly with the arteries of a number of genera of Ophida. Those notes, however, refer to Python spilotes. My present communication refers, as did the memoir of Jacquart, to Python sebe. LT have dissected during the past year or two three individuals of this snake, of which one only was specially favourable for the study of the venous system, owing to its fresh condition and the turgescence of the veins. It was possible in this individual to follow the smaller branches of the veins with ease, and no injection could have produced so favourable a state of affairs for examining the relations of veins. Having so recently studied in detail the anatomy of the venous system of the Anaconda §, my object has been to compare and is to set down the differences and resemblances between these two genera of Boide—types as they are of the two subfamilies, Boine and Pythonine, into which systematists have divided the family. The validity of comparisons having a purely classificatory aim is of course to some extent affected by the undoubted fact that species of the same genus among the Boidee may show rather important differences in their veins, as I have been able to demonstrate in the case of Hrys ||. Afferent Renal Veins and Posterior Cardinals. In Amphisbena 4 * It is necessary to emphasise this agreement between two species of the same genus, since in Hry« there are specific differences in this respect between Eryx jaculus and BH. conicus, as I have shown (P. Z. 8. 1904, vol. ii. p. 119). + Ann. Sci. Nat. loc. cit. + P.Z.S. 1904, vol. 1. p. 362. § See above. | P. Z. S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 107. @ Pp. Z. S. 1905, vol. ii. p. 485. 28 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, and Hunectes* I have described a vein running along the sperm- duct and receiving branches from the parietes which are the equivalents of the supra-renal portal vessels of other Reptiles. This vein in the two genera mentioned is no doubt the equivalent of a vein described and figured by Hochstetter in Varanus T which also accompanies the sperm-duct. In both Amphisbena and Hunectes, as it appeared to me, the vein gradually died away anteriorly and arose posteriorly from the substance of the kidney, being not in any direct communication with any of the principal longitudinal veins of the body. It appeared to me nevertheless to be probably the homologue of the posterior cardinal veins of the embryo, diminished in size and functionally replaced by the renal efferent veins or vene cave posteriores or inferiores. It was the general relations of this vein on either side to the mesonephric region and to the parietes which led to this opinion. The conditions which obtain in Python sebe amply confirm this point of view, and, as I think, settle the matter as certainly as it can be settled in the absence of embryological data. The surface of the kidney shows in this specimen the course of the various vessels which traverse it in the clearest fashion. The single renal artery comes to le on the kidney close to the anterior end, and can be traced back beyond the kidney to the ureter. The efferent renal vein begins quite near to the posterior end of the kidney, and runs forward, increasing in volume. It is quite distinct, of course, from the afferent renal, which runs not only to the extreme anterior end of the kidney, diminishing in volume as it proceeds, but is continued beyond ; it becomes, in fact, the vein which I have already spoken of as the probable equivalent of part of the posterior cardinal. The anatomical facts which have just been detailed seem to me to prove that this inter- pretation of the vein is the just one. It is quite possible that the examination of rather better material of the two genera to which I have referred in comparison with Python might show a continuity in their case also. In any case it is quite obvious in Python sebe and beyond the possibility of error. The only instance of this forward extension of the afferent renal in another snake (Zamenis gemonensis) has been recorded by myself t, where, however, it is short and plunges at once into the body-wall, this portion being, of course, the equivalent of the parietal branches of Python and Hunectes. Umbilical Vein—I have pointed out that in Hunectes the umbilical vein is not merely a vein of the feetal circulation, but that it persists in the adult, at least in Hunectes murinus, where T noted the existence of the vein before the study of the newly- born Lunectes noteus enabled me to fix its homologies. It becomes, therefore, a matter of interest to enquire how far this vein 1s represented in other Snakes. I have found in Python * See above p. 21. + Morph. Jahrb. xix. 1892, pl. xvi. fig. 17. f P. Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 117. 1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 29 sebcee what I believe to be the remains of this vein. Along the course of the vena cava posterior, about midway from the anterior termination of the liver and the entrance of the vein into the auricle, is a branch of the vena cava, which is of some thickness and runs for a very short distance ventrally. Here its calibre lessens abruptly, and it becomes continuous with slender veins which run to the ventral parietes and are a part of the epigastric system. It is the large size and the sudden alteration in the calibre of the part of this affluent of the epigastric which joins the vena cava which lead me to infer that this end portion is the persistent umbilical. It is, however, further away from the liver than the umbilical vein is in Hwnectes. I am not able, therefore, at present to do more than suggest the homology which further facts may substantiate *. Anterior Abdominal Vein.—The condition of this vein in Python sebe presents one feature of considerable interest. In an earlier communication + I pointed out that the observations of Jacquart as well as myself tended to show that it is only among the Boine Snakes that the anterior abdominal vein is directly connected with the renal afferent veins, as they always are among the Lacertilia. In Hunectes (both HL. murinus and £. noteus) ib is only one of the two roots of the anterior abdominal which is thus connected, and that of the left side. The right origin of the anterior abdominal is from a plexus of venules upon the gut. i quoted Jacquart to the effect that this also is the arrangement in Python. Waving examined Python sebe with great attention in regard to this important matter, T am able to state that that snake differs from Hunectes and agrees with Lryx jaculus in that both roots of the anterior abdominal are connected each with one of the two renal afferents. The veins in question can be easily observed on dissection to lie dorsally of the forwardly-directed rudiment of the pelvic arch, which thus conceals a portion of each vein when seen after the serpent is opened in the usual way from the ventral surface. Python, at least P. sebe, is therefore quite Lacertilian in the disposition of these vessels, and the opinion that the Boide generally come nearer to the common starting- point of both Ophidia and Lacertilia is strengthened by this observation. Tn view of accumulating facts concerning the venous system of Snakes, it is important to notice all variations so as to arrive at the normal characteristics. I may therefore mention that, as Jacquart and I have previously stated, the anterior abdominal of Python sebe divided to form two tubes during its course. In the individual upon which I report here, the division commenced at a point about opposite to the middle of the left kidney. The tubes reunited behind the gall-bladder. The anterior abdominal, as in other individuals, unites with the portal a little way in front of the gall-bladder It is to be * See below, p. 35. + P.Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 116. 30 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16, noted, therefore, that Python differs from Humnectes in that the anterior abdominal of the latter remains double for some distance forwards after its origin, while in Python the roots join at once to separate and rejoin later. Azygos Vein.—As in Hunectes, the azygos vein of Python sebe is retained upon the right side only, but it is less extensive in the former than in the latter snake. The azygos vein just before it enters the right heart receives a stout branch running up verti- cally from the parietes and a thinner branch coming from the neck-region. Posteriorly the vein passes backwards, and soon divides into two trunks which are thin. The more dorsal of these runs close to the body-wall and receives twigs from each intercostal space. The upper branch runs in close connection, or rather contact, with the lung, for it does not appear to receive any branches from that viscus. After the termination on the parietes of the lower branch of the azygos, this upper branch bends down and supplies, or rather receives, blood from the inter- costal spaces some way down the body, though not so far as the region of the hepatic parietal vessels, which will be dealt with immediately. It takes up blood from the next intercostal space to that which furnishes the last branch to the lower of the main branches of the azygos. Thereis thus no break in the circulation of this region of the body. Vessels of Neck.—Although the facts concerning the vessels of the neck have been made known by Jacquart, | may take this opportunity of pointing out that in their disposition there is an obvious difference from the corresponding vessels of Humectes. In the latter snake all the four typical vessels are present *, viz., two running along the trachea, and two anterior vertebrals ; whereas in Python (at least in P. sebe) there are only three of these main venous trunks present, the left vertebral being absent. There is also a disproportion between the two tracheal or jugular trunks, the left being very much smaller in Python. I did not observe such a difference in Humectes. This series of facts shows that it is not possible to place the two genera of Boide in ascending relations to each other in respect of the venous system; for while Hwnectes is more primitive in the arrangement of the main veins of the neck, this genus is less primitive in the fact that the anterior abdominal has only one posterior connection with the veins of the posterior region of the body, whereas both are present in Python. Hepatic Portal Veins.—These veins are constituted in Python sebe upon the plan which is to be found in Hunectes and Hryx. In all of these genera the parietal system (7. e. longitudinal veins running along the parietes and collecting the blood from the several intercostal branches before rendering it up to the liver circulation) is much developed. There are, however, differences in the way in which this system is formed in these various Boine * Only three are figured by Gadow in Boa madagascariensis (loc. cit. pl. exxxv.). 1906.] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 31 Snakes. I have already dealt with Hryx* and Hunectes+. I do not find that Jacquart’s illustrations conform absolutely to my own observations; but it may be, of course, that this system shows some variations. I find that, as in other Boide, the system of longitudinal parietal vessels is chiefly developed upon the left side of the body, but not so exclusively so in Python as in Hunectes. The left parietal vessel commences posteriorly at about the end of the lung, that is to say very considerably behind the liver. Anteriorly it ends at about the level of the bifurcation of the aorta into its right and left moieties. Between these two points the vessel is almost, if not absolutely, continuous. It receives the intercostals as they emerge from the parietes, and sends off branches to the liver and to the alimentary canal in this region. These branches are at least partly in- dependent of each other; that is, separate branches pass to each viscus or perhaps rather from one to the other. The veins which pass to the liver enter the anterior extension of the portal vein lying upon the liver, and there are at any rate nine of them. Anteriorly the longitudinal parietal ends in a bifurcation, and behind this there is another branch, which, like one half of the anterior bifurcation, lies upon the right side of the body, distri- buting its branches to the intercostal spaces of that side of the body. In Hunectes, although the left longitudinal parietal vessel is the only one developed, it receives twigs from both sides of the body, but there is no development of a longitudinal trunk or trunks upon the right side. As in other Snakes, a particularly strong branch from the longitudinal parietal passes up to the portal trunk just before the latter reaches the liver. The main points in the foregoing notes upon the veins of Python sebe to which I desire to call attention are the following :— (1) The double origin of the anterior abdominal vein, one root from each renal afferent vein, as in Hryax jaculus and in the Lacertilia without exception. (2) The prolongation of the renal afferent vein beyond the kidney along the sperm-duct, this region being, like the renal afferent, a persistent posterior cardinal. (3) The existence of a trace of the umbilical vein, which persists in its entirety in Lunectes. (4) The paired main trunks of the neck distinguish Hunectes from Python, where, as has been also shown by others, there are only three trunks and the paired jugulars are not symmetrical in size. (3) Some Notes upon Ilysia scytale. The following notes are the result of the examination of a single specimen of Jlysia scytale which has been in my possession for some time. * P.Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 118. + Above, p. 24. 32 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE (Jan. 16, Tt measures 19? inches in length. The base of the heart lies 44 inches from the tip of the snout. The liver, which is 7 inches long, commences just at the heart as in Vipers. The gall-bladder lies 14 inches behind the tip of the snout. The kidneys are elongated, and not particularly shortened as in EHry«. The right kidney, 23 mm. long, ends 21 mm. in front of cloaca. The left kidney, 21 mm. long, ends 11 mm. in front of cloaca. Theright testis begins 10 mm. behind the gall-bladder; the left testis begins 9 mm. behind end of right testis. The lung of Ilysia is single*, and the vascular part, which is of considerable thickness, extends for a considerable way down the liver, being some 2} inches in length. The windpipe, as is usual, is formed of incomplete rings, a fibrous fold connecting them along its entire length. Just before the trachea opens into the lung there is a minute orifice which represents the 2nd bronchus; but there is no approximation to an equality between the two bronchi such as exists in the Boine snakes. The end of the trachea, that is, of course, of the only functional bronchus, extends some little way into the lung before it disappears. This disappearance is not quite abrupt; the rings of the bronchus cease just before the end to be circular, transversely-arranged cartilages; they anastomose with each other, and finally assume a honeycomb disposition, precisely like the lining-membrane of the ensuing lung. Still the bronchial region can be distinguished from the pulmonary by its bluish colour. Alimentary Canal.—The condition of preservation of the spe- cimen which I have dissected, and the comparatively empty _ alimentary canal, render it possible to give an accurate account of the ruge and plications of the different regions, which is not always so easy. There are, moreover, obvious differences between Ilysia and some other snakes, both in the structure and pro- portions of the several regions of the alimentary tube. The esophagus extends to the posterior end of the liver, where it more or less suddenly passes into the stomach. Internally the demar- cation is quite abrupt. It is shown, in fact, by the different nature of the folds of mucous membrane which line the two sections of the anterior part of the alimentary canal. The stomach in its anterior part is lined by three, and three only, thick longitudinally-running folds. At the junction of stomach and cesophagus these thick folds disappear as such, and are either nearly or quite continuous, with at least six similar but much smaller folds. There is thus a perfectly obvious demarcation between cesophagus and stomach. The stomach itself is 56 mm. (or about 2 inches) long, and is plainly divisible into two regions : the first of these is much the larger and measures 48 mm.; the second is about coextensive with the gall-bladder, which is attached to it and measures 8 mm. The larger anterior region of the * As Mr. Butler (P. Z.S. 1895, p. 704) and others have noted. 1906. | ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 33 stomach is, as already mentioned, traversed by three thick folds, which show here and there an interesting trace of a reticular arrangement. There are occasional short branches of the folds, which, although they do not reach another fold, indicate an approach towards, or a reminiscence of, a reticular arrangement. Towards the posterior end of the anterior part of the stomach the folds lose their importance and smaller folds between them appear. But the whole series of folds dies out upon a cushion- like elevation. Then follows the shorter posterior region of the stomach, which is entirely free from ruge of any kind. The small imtestine is short as compared with that of some other serpents. Not counting its windings, it measures in a straight line from the end of the stomach to the beginning of the large intestine 51 mm., or 2 inches. About half of this consists of a closely-folded section, which commences immediately after the circular valve separating the stomach from the intestine. Then follows a straight section, which just before its opening into the dilated commencement of the large intestine bends once or twice abruptly upon itself, thus constituting another shorter coiled region. The intestine is lined with fine wavy folds. _ The large intestine is also 51 mm. in length to the anus. Vascular System.—Though it is impossible to elucidate the arrangement of the vascular trunks in a spirit-preserved specimen in a thorough fashion, I have nevertheless been able to ascertain certain facts which are of importance from a systematic point of view. I have been able to follow the abdominal branches of the aorta, and find that the first hepatic branches are disposed as follows :—The first branch which arises supplies the stomach, and reaches that organ at about its middle. On a level with the gall- bladder a second equally stout branch is given off which divides into two trunks: one of these runs forward and is gastric; the other has a posterior course and is intestinal. The next branch of the aorta is that of the right testis; 1t is of course very slender. I did not discover the corresponding branch to the other testis. The next artery to arise is the raght renal, which enters the kidney near to its anterior end. . St 2. No tarsal fold. a. Tympanum hidden .......... B. Tympanum visible, its diameter less than that of the eye; two metatarsal tubercles. * Fingers very slightly webbed at the base, the first equal to 2 of the second .... ** Wingers very distinctly webbed at the base, the first equal to about 4 of the second wate #** Fingers 4 webbed, the web extending as a margin to their tips; the first equal to } of the second .. : y. Tympanum visible, equal to the diameter of the eye; NX FROM DEKBYSHIRE, N. hosii. N. parvipalmata. NN, everetti. NV. tuberculosa. N. guentheri. only one metatarsal tubercle ......... NV. macrotis. . Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching at least the end of the ~ snout. a. Tympanum visible, equal to 2 the diameter of the eye ... 6. Tympanum hidden; tibio-tarsal articulation reaching beyond the end of the snout...........0 ccc cece ce cee cee cence N. signata. NN. maculata. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IT. Fig.1. Nectophryne hosii Blgr., p. 59, female. $nat>size. la. Side view of head. 2. Nectophryne everetti Blgr., p. 61, type. Nat. size. 2a. Side view of head, X 13. 3. Nectophryne macrotis Blgr., p. 63, type. Nat. size. 3a. Side view of head, X 2. 4, Nectophryne tornieri Roux, p. 63, type. Nat. size. 4a. Side view of head, X 14. 5. On some Bones of the Lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire. By W. Storrs Fox, M.A., F.Z.S8. [Received October 25, 1908. | (Text-figure 26.) Remains of the Lynx have so rarely been found in the British Isles, that the recent discovery of some in a Derbyshire cave will, I hope, be considered to be worth recording. The history of the two former finds may be briefly stated. About the year 1866, the hinder portion of a skull and the right ramus of the lower jaw of this species were discovered in Pleasley Vale, on the borders of Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire, and are now in the Nottingham University Museum. Some fourteen years later a humerus anda metatarsal of the same species were found in Teesdale by the late Mr. James Backhouse, and are still in his son’s museum at York. Thus, until the Cales Dale cave was worked, only four bones of Lynx had been found in the British Islands, I have been unable to obtain any information about the excavation in Cales Dale previous to 1897, but my own find there consists of 36 bones ard teeth of Lynx, about half of this number being metapodials and phalanges. The cave lies on the west side of Cales Dale, a small dale branching from the south side of Lathkil Dale, at a point about Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1906, Vor. T. No. V. 5 66 MR. W. STORRS FOX ON BONES [Jan. 16, half a mile below the source of the river Lathkil. It is 800 ft. above sea-level, and takes the form of a narrow passage, running almost due east and west, in the Carboniferous Limestone. It possesses two entrances. The lower one is almost square in section, measuring 2 feet 8 inches across and 2 feet 9 inches high. By crawling through this, and along a passage of similar dimensions, for a distance of 63 feet, a dome-shaped chamber is reached 9 feet in height and 4 or 5 feet in diameter. It is into the side of this chamber that the second entrance opens, at about 5 feet above the floor. This second or upper entrance, almost a perfect oval in shape, is 2 feet 10 inches high and 1 foot 8 inches wide. For the next 18 feet the cave consists of a passage averaging 3 feet high and 3 feet wide; it then widens out into a chamber 6 feet long and nearly 6 feet wide. It was in this chamber that the bones were found. Beyond this chamber the passage rapidly narrows to an impassable fissure. In March 1894 I was informed that Lynx-bones had been found in the cave; but it was not until the spring of 1897 that I asked and obtained leave to excavate. In the chamber, or den, a thin layer of stalagmite was found. First, all the earth—mixed with bones and stones—lying above the stalagmite was removed ; then the layer itself was blasted, and all that had been sealed up by it was cleared away. But, unfortunately, no notes were taken as the work proceeded, so that it is impossible to say now whether any bones were found beneath the stalagmite. As the contents of the cave were dug out, they were carried to a neighbouring spring and were there carefully washed in a one-eighth-inch sieve ; and in this way even very small bones were secured. Both Professor Boyd Dawkins, in his account of the Pleasley * Lynx, and Mr. Wiliam Davies, when describing the bones from Teesdale +, used for comparison the skeleton of the Northern Lynx in the British Museum (12304). Accordingly, the Cales Dale bones have been compared with the same skeleton. Of jaw-bones and teeth Cales Dale has produced :—a right ramus of the lower jaw (text-fig. 26 B); the right upper carnassial tooth, imbedded in a fragment of the maxilla (text-fig. 26 A); the right premaxilla containing its three incisors; and three canines. ‘The ramus is incomplete, most of the bone behind the molar tooth being absent ; and the upper part of the socket for the canine is * ‘British Pleistocene Mammalia,’ part ii. pp. 172-176 (Paleontographical Society, volume for 1868). + ‘Geological Magazine,’ volume for 1880, pp. 346-348. Explanation of Text-fig. 26 (opposite). Remains of Felis lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire. A, A’. Right upper carnassial tooth, outer and lower veiws, p. 68. B. Right mandibular ramus, inner view, p. 68. C, C’. Axis vertebra, left lateral and lower veiws, p. 69. D. Left os innominatum, outer view, p. 70. KE, E’. Proximal end of left femur, posterior and anterior views, p. 70. A-C, nat. size; D, E, two-thirds nat. size. OF THE LYNX FROM DERBYSHIRE. OFT 1906.) 68 MR. W. STORRS FOX ON BONES [Jan. 16. very much worn down. When this bone was found the canine was not in situ, but a tooth has been placed in the socket, into which it exactly fitted. The third premolar is missing altogether ; and, as the bone has entirely closed over the socket, this tooth must either have been lost some time before the death of the animal, or it could never have existed at all. The fourth premolar, when found, was separate from the jaw, but the molar was in position in the bone. Taking into consideration the shrinkage caused by the absence of the third premolar, this ramus closely corresponds in general outlines with the Pleasley one described hy Professor Dawkins. The following table of measurements, the last two columns of which are taken from ‘ British Pleistocene Mammalia,’ shows this correspondence. The measurements throughout are given in inches and tenths. The total length of the canine now fixed in the jaw could not be measured ; and as the tip is broken off, the original height of the crown must remain uncertain. But the two odd Cales Dale canines are respectively in length: 1:65 ins. and 1:9 ins., whereas the Pleasely specimen is 1°85 ins.; and the height of the crowns of these two Cales Dale teeth is exactly the same as that of the right lower ramus of Felis lynx (borealis) in the British Museum, namely, *8 inch, as compared with ‘75 inch in the Pleasley animal. Measurements of right ramus of Lower Jaw. bi ee thi | F.lynex. | F.lynx. | (borealis). | Cales Dale. | Pleasley. | Brit. Mus. | | | esoniiem [——_— —- | |—_——— Circumference behind M.1 ......... . 2°37 22 | 20 | 55 before Pm.3........ 7D 1d 24. | 2-0 | Antero-posterior extent of M.1l...... 63 | “65 | 63 | Antero-transverse ,, is ts 25 26 | 25 | Postero-transverse ,, 55 Suances 26 24 | 23 | Height of crown of M.1_............ 2 “46 | 385 | “35 Antero-posterior extent of Pm. 4 ....... 5 | “49 | “46 | Antero-transverse ,, Hr : 3 18 19 | 19 | Postero-transverse _,, ss ; : | 27 27 23 | Height of crown of Pm. 4 ................. | “BA “35 “35 The measurements of the upper carnassial (text-fig. 26 A) and of the incisors show that there is very little difference between the Cales Dale teeth and those of F. lynx (borealis). * As Pm. 3 is lacking in the Cales Dale specimen, the measurement is taken behind the socket of the canine. This absence of Pm. 3 accounts for the relatively small circumference here. ‘ 1906. | OF THE LYNX FROM DERBYSHIRE. 69 Measurements of Right Upper Carnassial Tooth = Pm. 4. FP, lye. F. lynx (boreclis). | Cales Dale. Brit. Mus. 1230 a. | Antero-posterior extent ................0...5 73 “72, Antero-transverse extent .............0....: 35 10) | Postero-transverse extent ...... ats | 22 23 | } | | TEL@R@I OE GE GROAN coocor coc ooduaycousnoyenadeese | £39 “41 | Measurements of Upper Incisors (imbedded in right premavxilla). F. lynn. | F. lynx (borealis). Cales Dale. | Brit. Mus. 1230 a. | | Cento OAS UGS sop oconas ssevadesoduceaecnneee “34, | 33 | Maximum across crown of 1.3 ............ ‘18 18 5 back to front of 1.3 ......... “21 | 20 | TSIGEIYs OH GROGMD goons sonobs upp obs cob aboceoose AH | 27 There were two portions of bones of the fore limb in this cave, namely, the shaft and distal end of a humerus and the proximal end of an ulna. As the bones of the British Museum skeleton are wired together, it is practically impossible to measure the anconeal fossa of the ulna; but, so far as could be seen, the Cales Dale fragment agrees in form with the corresponding part of the skeleton in question, though it is somewhat larger. An axis vertebra (text-fig. 26 C) from Cales Dale agrees gene- rally with that of the Northern Lynx (B.M. 12304), and only differs to an extent which might be expected in the bone of a rather larger and more powerful animal. Measurements of Axis Vertebra. | | Cales Dale. | Brit. Mus. 1230 a. Fr. lynx. | F. lynx (borealis). | | | | Base of odontoid process to inferior posterior | JAAN PET AL Gar ame at cece aapencbaEREMenGede cassctoc anes * 1:23 134 Minimiumitransverseliys @iees-eccce-cer assesses eel "84 | “78 Extreme length of neural spine..................) IerAl 1-45 * The inferiority of length here is due to the abseuce of the epiphysis. The Cales Dale humerus appears to have belonged to a more 70 MR. W. STORRS FOX ON BONES powerful animal than /. lynx (borealis) in the British Museum and the dweller in the Teesdale cave; for in it the deltoid ridge is strongly developed, but is not markedly so in the other two specimens. The supinator ridge is prominent in all three. If the Cales Dale bone had been complete it would have exceeded the Teesdale one in length. Jn the following table the last two columns are taken from Mr. Davies’s article. [Jan. 16, Measurements of Humerus. F. lynx. | F. lynx. | F. lynx (borealis). Cales Dale.| Teesdale. | Brit. Mus. 1230 a. Transverse diameter of distal end... 1:56 1:40 1:50 . Ps trochlea...... 108s "87 10) Smallest circumference of shaft...... 2°05 1°75 175 One nearly perfect left os innominatum (text-fig. 26 D) and a fragment of a right-side one do not appear to have belonged to the same animal, for the fragment seems to belong to a less recent date than the other, and to a larger animal. The bone from the left side lacks only the epiphyses on the extremities of the ilium and ischium. It has the roughened ridge above the acetabulum more pronounced than the corresponding bone of the British Museum skeleton, and is generally rather heavier in build, but in all other respects the two are exactly similar in every detail. Measurements of Os innominatum. F. lynx F'. lynx Hi. Tyna: 5 b borealis) | (left). | (right), | (6% | Cales Dale,/Cales Dale, BUt, Mus. Minimum circumference of ilium............... 2°46 2°71 2°24, Minimum across ilium (from pubic to ischial] SUBLACE)) ieee anette Mr IMAL He dletecne TL Dineen a ae 96 112 “90 Minimum circumference of ischium (between acetabulum and ischial tuberosity) ......... 1:96 2°05 171 ipAcrossyacetabulumiyterteetee eee) eee ene 79 81 81 | Maximum length—between extremities of ilium and ischium *590 618 * The apparent shortness is due to the loss of the epiphyses, The hind limb is represented by two fragments of femur, namely, the proximal end and part of the shaft of one from the left side (text-fig. 26 E); and the head of another, also from the left side. The larger fragment is perfect except that the lesser 1906. | OF THE LYNX FROM DERBYSHIRE. 71 trochanter is broken off. It is distinguished from the corre- sponding bone of the Northern Lynx (B.M. 1230 4) by the greater development of the ridge which travels down the outer side of the shaft from the great trochanter. Measurements of Left Femur. j | F. lynx F. lynx. | F. lynx. | (borealis).| Cales Dale.’ Cales Dale. Brit. Mus. 1230 A Maximum width at proximal end ............... 1°89 1°62 35 ry | mls) DYCHVG Lio auaneetguadanteconbsaaes 2 mee| 83 | ‘78 Circumference of shaft, taken 3 ims. from TOROSaMAl GNC! o.nasd cance eaueenose0se c6p copocao8e 2°12 hes 2:0 * In the B.M. specimen this was the minimum circumference. There are five tarsal bones, including an astragalus and a ealeaneum; and also one carpal—which I take to be a pisiform, though it differs somewhat from the pisiform of the Northern Lynx. Of metapodial bones there are two complete metacarpals, namely, the second of the right and the third of the left manus; one complete metatarsal (mt. 5—left), and another lacking the distal end (mt. 5—right). Besides these there are two fragments, which are specially interesting owing to their size and stoutness of build. A comparison with Mr. Davies’s measurements of the Teesdale and British Museum metatarsals is misleading, but 1s given for what it is worth. Measurements of Metapodials. F. lynx,| F. lynx, | F. lynx, | F. lyne, | F. lyne. | EF. lyne,| F. lye | me. 2. | me. 3. | mt. 5. | mt. od. mt. 3. | (borealis). Cales Cales Cales Cales Cales | Brit. Mus, | Dale. Dale. Dale. Dale. Dale. | Teesdale. 1230 A. 2°75 2°94; 3°50 fa pee 3°80 4:07 | LETEAIN sscocascossanens| Transverse diameter) (proximal end) ... 58 ‘A7 “47 SPA CMe Pine Is) "55 Transverse diameter) | (distal end)......... | sil “46 “AL re “5A | AS “52 Least circumference | Git SINEVAH Coeeeonanonel| 93 93 80 | “25 | | | ( | — The measurements of the phalanges, taken in order of size, are as follows :— a. First series—proximal ends bifid : 1G 2 Teaiaye less a loay b. Second series—distal end on the twist : Lease Wels Weeeie Woes Ione EOE We. ON BONES OF THE LYNX FROM DERBYSHIRE. [Jan. 16, There is also a terminal phalanx. In form these phalanges are similar to those of the corresponding series in the British Museum Lynx. In that skeleton the longest and stoutest phalanx is that which articulates with the third metatarsal bone and measures 1:71 inches; but it is not nearly so stout in build as the Cales Dale phalanx, which is 1°65 inches long. Moreover, the British Museum bone in question is rounded on The under side, whereas the Cales Dale one widens out into ridges at the distal end on the under side. Measurements of Metapodials of . lyna (borealis). Brit. Mus. 1230 a. Left manus. Left pes. | me.2. | me. 3. | mt.2. | mt. 3. | mt. 4. | mt. 5. eee : IlGengrtlileee er es ERE Sl BRO oii 4°08 4-1 Bry | | Transverse diameter) | | | | (proximal end) 55 45 “4, 52 3 31 Tran: verse diameter | (distal end).........) 42483 5 5 Aa | Ail | Least circumference! | | Ob shanties wee 8 8 SOE [hy als} ‘95 | o7) In the British Museum skeleton the longest phalanx of the manus is that which articulates with the third metacarpal, and it measures 1°62 inches. The other mammalian bones found with those enumerated above throw no fresh light upon the question of the period at which the Lynx lived in this country. They include Wild Cat, Fox, and another species of Canis (probably Wolf), Badger, Hare, Rabbit, Water- Vole, Bank- Vole, Sheep, Goat, and Ox. “Wild Cat is represented by a fragment of the left ramus of the mandible, containing the third and fourth premolars and the first molar. Mr. E. T. Newton, F.R.S., kindly identified the bird and amphibian bones, which are as follows :—small Domestic Fowl] (or possibly Pheasant), small Grouse, Raven, Jackdaw, Kestrel, Common Gull, Toad, and Frog Among the unidentified bones is the premaxilla of a fetal carnivore, and a number of phalanges of a very young or foetal animal. In conclusion, I desire to thank Dr. C. W. Andrews for the practical advice and help which he has given with regard to the identification of the mammalian bones. And my thanks are also due to Mr. Newton for the assistance given by him, as already mentioned. at Af 2 at in ae PEAS. USOG,, wrolky tie, JUL. o | GS © : Zz SOc 5 ° af : . S cap. an ne a = : gl. 8. J.W. Jenkinson del - Bale & Danielsson, L@ lth, HISTOLOGY OF THE PLACENTA OF THE COW AND SHEEP 1906. ] ON THE PLACENTA IN UNGULATES, 73 February 6, 1906. G. A. Boutencer, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. Frederick Gillett, F.Z.S., exhibited a case of mounted cubs of the Timber-Wolf (Canis occidentalis) which he had obtained in the Province of Keewatin, Canada. He remarked that this wolf though abundant in that district seldom showed itself, being seen only occasionally in the winter and scarcely ever in the summer. Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.Z.8., exhibited and made remarks upon some restored models of the skulls and mandibles of Meritheriwm and Paleomastodon. The models were prepared by Mr. F. O. Barlow from the original specimens collected from the Upper and Middle Eocene beds of the Faytim, Egypt, and now preserved in the British Museum and the Geological Museum, Cairo. Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.S., exhibited lantern-slides of sections of skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of twenty-four species of Mammals, and the plantar surfaces of seven species of Buds. The functions of the papillary ridges and the papillary layer of the corium in connection with the sense of touch were alluded to. The following papers were read :— 1. Notes on the Histology and Physiology of the Placenta in Ungulata. By J. W. Jenginson, M.A., D.Sc., Assistant to the Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy, Oxford. [Received November 27, 1905. } (Plate ITI.* and Text-figures 27-33.) Our knowledge of the minute anatomy of the Ungulate placenta may be said to have begun with the publication in 1882 of Bonnet’s paper on the constitution of the so-called “ uterine milk” in these mammals. According to Bonnet, the uterine milk of the Sheep is a yellow viscid mass like pus, and consists of a granular coagulable matrix full of masses of degenerating cells and nuclei, of red blood-corpuscles, and of leucocytes which have emigrated through the uterine epithelium. It also contains small rod-like or needle-shaped bodies—the ‘Stiibchen”—of an albuminous substance, and fat and cholesterin may be demon- strated in it. As this author rightly insists, this material forms a very * For explanation of the Plate, see p. 96. v4 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6, valuable food for the developing feetus ; not only can the tropho- blast be shown to be absorbing fat even while the blastocyst is still floating freely in the lumen of the uterus, but the cells of this foetal membrane are also phagocytic and actively ingest the solid particles of the uterine milk. This food-material is of maternal origin; fat is secreted by the uterine epithelium and glands, the red blood-corpuscles are extravasated from superficial capillaries, while the leucocytes emigrate through the epithelial cells, the Stibchen are formed by the cells of the maternal epi- thelium, and the degenerating cellular masses result from the extensive disintegration of epithelial and subepithelial tissue. More recently the studies of Kolster on the placentation of the Horse, Cow, Sheep, Pig, Roe-deer, and Red-deer have thrown additional light on the mode of manufacture of this valuable food- supply. This author, while fully corroborating Bonnet’s account of the secretion of fat in the extra-cotyledonary uterine epithelium and its glands, and of the copious emigration of leucocytes through the epithelium during the greater part of gestation, has given a more detailed description of the histological nature of these and other processes. In fat-secretion the outer end of the cell with the fat-globules it contains is protruded into the lumen of the uterus or of the gland, pinched off, and ejected; exactly the same process, which evidently resembles very closely the formation of milk ina mammary gland, occurs in the secretion of fat in the crypts of the maternal cotyledons. The fat so secreted is quickly absorbed by the trophoblast. Another very interesting phenomenon described by Kolster is the production by the glands of a “cellular secretion,” in addition to the thin coagulable liquid substance usually found in them; here and there small tracts of the epithelial wall become invaginated into the gland-lumen, and being cut off degenerate and are ejected by the mouths and added to the uterine milk. The epithelial cells so cast out are often accom- panied by connective-tissue corpuscles and leucocytes. Bonnet has recently demonstrated a similar ‘cell-secretion” in the uterine glands of the bitch. These ejected gland-cells form a very important though not an only source for the cellular constituents of the milk. Considerable masses of disinte- grating maternal tissue are added to the whole, as well as quantities of red corpuscles. All this material is ingested by the phagocyctic trophoblast ; the fcetus is thus able to obtain a large amount of proteid food and—from the red corpuscles—the essential iron as well. The result of the intra-trophoblastic digestion of the hemoglobin is the formation of pigment-masses in the cells of this layer; these masses will sometimes give an iron reaction, but usually not. The pigment was not further investi- gated by Kolster. A very similar pigment is formed by the extravasation of blood from subepithelial capillaries at the time of heat, the blood-corpuscles being taken up by wandering cells od 1906.] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 15 and digested ; as a result pigment appears in the cells, while iron can be demonstrated in the fluid in the uterine cavity. A recent examination of a fairly complete series of stages of the placentation of the Cow and Sheep has enabled me to confirm Kolster’s valuable observations in all essential particulars: the secretion of cells in the uterine glands, the secretion and absorp- tion of fat in the cotyledons (I have never succeeded in finding fat in the extra-cotyledonary uterus, though it is abundant in the overlying trophoblast), the disintegration of large masses of maternal tissue, the extravasation of red corpuscles and their in- gestion by the trophoblast with consequent formation of pigment, the emigration of leucocytes through the uterine epithelium,— certainly all occur in the manner described by this author. At the same time there are one or two small points on which I am unable to agree with him, such as the disappearance of the epi- thelial cilia and the mode of formation of the accessory cotyledons ; and others where his description or figures are deficient—the histology of the trophoblast, for example. Further, the pigment was not examined spectroscopically by Kolster, and neither Kolster nor Bonnet has paid the slightest attention to a highly important substance, the glycogen of the placenta. Lastly, I have made one or two interesting observations on the anatomy of the “ diverticulum allantoidis” and on the origin of the allantoic bodies or hippomanes. My material includes pregnant uteri containing embryos of from 4 em. to 60 cm. in length in the case of the Cow, from 14 em. long to full time in the case of the Sheep, of the after-birth feetal membranes of the Cow, and non-pregnant uteri both virgin and post-partum. The preservative fluids used were aceto-corrosive, picro-corro- sive, Flemming, and 90 per cent. alcohol. It may be pointed out that for the proper preservation of the maternal epithelial tissues it is essential that the uterus should be pinned out, with the overlying trophoblast and allantois, before it is placed in the fixative. 1. The Formation of Accessory Cotyledons. It is well known that im the Cow and Sheep the maternal cotyledons are formed in certain definite areas which can be dis- tinguished in the virgin uterus (even of the unborn uterus) as rounded prominences of the mucosa—the cotyledonary caruncles. These caruncles consist of a dense mass of vasifactive sub-epi- thelial connective tissue, and are covered by a columnar epithelium continuous with that which lines the rest of the uterine cavity. They contain no glands. After impregnation has taken place the caruncles are converted— upon the attachment of the blastocyst to the uterine wall—into the maternal cotyledons, becoming pitted by the crypts in which the foetal villi le. The number of cotyledons thus formed is therefore predetermined and definite; but in addition to these 76 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6, principal ones accessory cotyledons of smaller size are formed in the intervening regions throughout the later periods of gestation. The exact mode of their formation presents some points of interest. The process has been thus described by Kolster: “ Die erste Anlage einer solchen accessorischen Placenta diussert sich darin dass eine nicht all zu weite wohl aus einer einfachen Chorionzotte hervorgehenden Epitheltasche in die subepitheliale Kernschicht hineinwichst.” With this account I am obliged, in two respects, to disagree : in the first place the new crypt is not formed under the influence of an ingrowing villus, and in the second it does not, in the first instance, grow down into the subepithelial tissue. By carefully preserving maternal and feetal tissues together, the exact mode of origin of the structures can be made out without difficulty (text-figs. 27 ae). The first sign of such an accessory crypt (in the Cow) is to be found in the pitting of the uterine epithelium, the underlying subepithelial tissue remaining perfectly smooth and taking no part in the process. The cells which line the bottom of these pits are shorter, the cells which make their sides rather taller than the cells of the surrounding unmodified epithelium. It may be noticed that mitoses are frequently met with in the cells of these pits, though rare in other parts of the epithelium (text-figs. 27a, c). Presently, the under layer of connective tissue still remaining perfectly smooth, a few wandering cells make their way throngh into the walls of the pit (text-fig. 27 6), and this is soon followed either by the formation of connective fibres around these wandering cells or by the extrusion of fibres from the layer below (text-fig. 27c). A small pitted area—with connective tissue and capillaries in the walls of the pits—thus becomes raised above the general level of the uterine surface (text-fig. 27 c) and by a continuation of the process a cotyledon is formed. Only after the pits have attained a considerable degree of development do the foetal villi begin to dip into them; that this is the case is very clearly shown by the fact that while the pits are being formed the overlying trophoblast is absolutely smooth and non-villous. The cells of the pits, like those of the general epithelium, are at first ciliated (though this is denied by Kolster) and more or less Explanation of Text-fig. 27 (opposite). [Norr.—Text-figs. 27, 28, 29, & 31 are from drawings made with the Camera Lucida, obj. Zeiss 2 mm. achr., oc. comp. 4. | Details of the formation of an accessory cotyledon in a Cow’s placenta of the 6th month. Fiz. a. A small epithelial pit is formed; fig. 6, the wall separating two pits is growing up above the level of the surrounding epitbelium. the underlying connective-tissue layer is at present quite undisturbed; fig. ec, the connective tissue begins to grow up into the pit or crypt-wall. Notice the mitoses. Fig. d shows the soinewhat cubical but still ciliated epithelium lining a crypt in one of these newly formed accessory cotyledons; and fig. e the continuity of the ciliated with the modified vacuolated epithelium of a rather older crypt. 1£06.] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. Text-fio. 27. “1 78 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6, columnar, but as the pits develop the lining cells lose their cilia, become cubical, and exhibit a fatty vacuolation of their cytoplasm (text-fig. 27). At no stage, however, in the formation of these accessory cotyledons is the continuity of the cells lining the crypts with the general uterine epithelium ever lost; on this matter sections of properly preserved material do not allow of a moment’s doubt. Whether the epithelium lining the crypts of the principal cotyledons is also derived in like manner from the epithelium covering the cotyledonary caruncles, is a point which can only be definitely settled by an examination of the early stages of formation of these organs. Apart, however, from the analogy of the accessory cotyledons, strong evidence can be brought forward in favour of such a view. In both the Cow and the Sheep the epithelium lining the crypts, however much altered it may be, and in the Sheep the alteration is very great, is still continuous at the edges of the cotyledon with the unmodified epithelium outside: this can be made out with the very greatest ease in the case of even the oldest and largest cotyledons of the Sheep, not quite so obviously in the Cow. In passing from the extra-cotyledonary columnar cells (Pl. TI. fig. 7) to the flat cells which line the erypts, all transitional forms can be found uninterruptedly adjacent to one another (text-fig. 28). The cells become cubical, then flat, and finally extremely attenuated. Further, places may be found in the crypts where this extreme alteration of the cells has not occurred ; small nests of cells were to be seen, particularly at the summits of the erypt-walls and in the deepest portions of their cavities, in which the cubical or even the columnar form is still preserved; and it is interesting to notice that it is from these patches that new diverticula are given off by the solid ingrowth of masses of cells, in which a lumen is subsequently developed, into the connective tissue below (text-figs. 29 a—e, p. 81). So far as my own knowledge goes, Iam able to support fully Kolster’s contention that in the principal as in the accessory cotyledon the crypts are lined by a secretory epithelium which arises by modification of the cells which clothe the surface of the non-pregnant uterus. 2. The Histology of the Trophoblast. (a) The trophoblast consists in the extra-cotyledonary regions of rather tall columnar cells; the outer ends are protruding and apparently ameeboid, the cells themselves, as Kolster and Bonnet have recognised, decidedly phagocytic. At the bases of the villi very tall columnar cells are found (Pl. IIT. fig. 1), which are the principal agents in the ingestion of extravasated maternal red corpuscles, as hemorrhage of the maternal capillaries takes place most frequently at the summit of the walls separating the main crypts. On the villi the cells are more cubical. It is noteworthy that the foetal capillaries make their way into the trophoblast and are often separated from the uterine lumen by only the thinnest of cytoplasmic partitions. 1906. | PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 79 Text-fig. 28. a Sheep.—Detail of cotyledonary crypt. The columnar epithelium of fig. 7, Plate III., is here seen to pass without a break into the flat or cubical epithelium lining one of the peripheral crypts of the cotyledon. This is taken from the same preparation. 80 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6, (3) In addition to these typical cells I have found in the Cow elements which look remarkably like goblet-cells. They are to be seen (Pl. IIT. fig. 8, gl.) wedged in between the ordinary cubical cells which cover the villi. Each cell contains a goblet-cavity filled with a granular coagulum; the nucleus is small and pressed against the side of the goblet. I have not succeeded in getting the granules to stain with muci-carmine or muchzematein. (y) The large oval binucleate cells (Pl. III. fig. 8, 67.), found in both the extra-cotyledonary trophoblast and upon the vill, have been described by both Bonnet and Kolster. Hach cell has a very definite superficial membrane, a dense finely granular cytoplasm, and two large oval nuclei provided with a rich reticulum of coarse chromatin granules and two or more plasmosomes. The nuclei may divide mitotically. According to Kolster, these cells are maternal leucocytes which have migrated through the uterine epithelium, grown at the expense of the cell-débris accumulated in the lumen uteri, doubled their nuclei by amitotic division, and become incorporated in the trophoblast. It is true that these or closely similar cells are occasionally found free between the fcetal and maternal tissues ; but apart from that I do not believe there is the least evidence for the view put forward by Kolster. That leucocytes migrate in large numbers during gestation through the maternal epithelium and are found in the ‘“ uterine milk” is certainly an indisputable fact; these cells are, however, far larger than any leucocytes that Ihave ever found, and quite dissimilar to any that I am acquainted with. Moreover, Kolster does not figure a good series of the alleged intermediate stages between the unmodified white corpuscles and these very peculiar cells. The question must remain an open one until the mode of first appearance of these elements in the unattached blastocyst has been ascertained *, 3. The “ Diverticula Allantoidis.” The ends of the chorionic sac—placed in the cornua uteri—are produced into long, tapering filaments, supposed by the earlier embryologists to be diverticula of the allantois pushed through perforations in the chorion. Bonnet has shown (for the Sheep) * Assheton has now shown that these cells are of foetal origin. See postscript to this paper. Explanation of Text-fig. 29 (opposite). Sheep.—Formation of new crypt-cavities by the downgrowth of cell-masses from patches of unmodified—not flattened—epithelium. In fig. a the solid downgrowth is shown in continuity with the crypt epithelium ; in fig. 6 it is cut across; in fig.e it has a lumen communicating with the crypt- cavity above; in fig. d the lumen though well-developed is not yet open; and in fig. ¢ the lumen is as yet exceedingly small. All the figures taken from the basal crypts of a cotyledon of a fcetus measuring 14m. (3rd month according to Kolster.) PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 81 Text-fig. 29. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. VI. 6 82 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6, that in these terminal processes the chorion as well as the allantois is involved ; according to this observer, the chorion is here not vascular, and quickly degenerates and crumples up; it is then “von gelblich kiisigem Aussehen,” a very apt description of its appearance. Text-fig. 30. eS | ie Section through one side of the chorionic ring and base of the diverticulum allan- toidis of the Sheep, d.a.; the degenerate trophoblast and degenerate allantoic epithelium are indicated in dotted outline. At the base of the diverticulum allantoidis its connective-tissue lamella passes between the two muscular sphincters (sph.) to join the thick connective-tissue of the chorionic ring; here the allantoic epithelium (a//.) and the trophoblast (¢i.) are intact. 6.v., blood- vessel, Sections (text-fig. 30) show that outer trophoblastic and inner 1906. | PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 83 allantoic epithelium are alike involved in the process of degenera- tion, the disintegrating cells being added to the mass of uterine milk in which the twisted crumpled filament is embedded, all, indeed, that remains is the fibrous connective-tissue lamella which separated the two epithelial layers. The structure, however, to which I wish here to draw attention is a thickened fibrous ring which lies at the base of the terminal filament and surrounds the narrow aperture by which the central communicates with the terminal portion of the allantoic cavity. The ring arises by a dense local hypertrophy of the connective tissue (splanchnopleuric and somatopleuric) separating the epithelia of the allantois and trophoblast : on the central side of the ring blood-vessels (6.v.) are found in this connective tissue, and the two epithelia (é. and all.) persist; on the terminal side the epithelia degenerate and the blood-vessels are absent, the supporting lamella of connective tissue alone remains. This lamella springs from the thickened ‘chorionic ring,” as I will call it, and at its base are two rings of muscular tissue forming a sphincter (sph.), which apparently serves to prevent the escape of allantoic fluid after the disintegration of the terminal portion. The figure, in which one half of the chorionic ring only is shown, is taken from a section of the membranes of an embryo sheep measuring 27 em. (last month of pregnancy). 4, The Distribution of Glycogen in the Placenta. The presence of this body in the Ruminant feetal membranes did not escape the notice of its discoverer, Claude Bernard. Bernard showed that the rounded or irregular, flattened or papilliform bodies with which the internal surface of the amnion is covered contained large quantities of glycogen, the quantity increasing up to about the fifth month of gestation and then slowly diminishing towards the end ; with the diminution of the glycogen he described a fatty degeneration of the amniotic bodies and the deposition of crystals of calcium oxalate. He further demonstrated the presence of glycogen during the earlier stages of pregnancy in many embryonic tissues—the skin, lungs, intestinal villi, uterus, bladder, ureters, renal tubules, and muscles; not, however, in the liver until late in foetal life, when it had disappeared from the other organs. Bernard regarded the amniotic bodies as a store- house of reserve carbohydrate, and pointed out that the percentage of sugar (dextrose) found in the amniotic fluid steadily increased as the glycogen in the amnion diminished. Creighton has stated that glycogen may be found also in the feetal cartilages, especially during bone-formation, and in the choroid plexuses of the brain. To these facts I am able to add but little. I have, however, succeeded in finding glycogen in the uterine epithelium, both superficial and glandular (in the Cow), and in the subepithelial connective tissue in the Sheep, and further in the uterine milk. 6* 84 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6, Moreover, it occurs in the trophoblast, in the connective-tissue cells of the chorion, and in the allantoic epithelium. It appears to be absorbed mainly by the extra-cotyledonary trophoblast, if not entirely so. J have not found it in the vill, Text-fig. 31. a and 6. Amniotic epithelial thickening of a Cow of 4 months. Notice the abundant glycogenic vacuolation. a, the superficial ; 6, the deep strata. c. Glycogenic epithelium of the allantoic stalk. (Length of foetus 30 cm., 5th month according to Kolster.) d, e. Glycogenic connective-tissue cells in the walls of one of the umbilical blood- vessels of the same foetus as the last. The only other case, which I am aware of, in which glycogen has been found in the uterine epithelium is the human uterus. Langhans has described it here in the cells of the superficial epithelium and of the glands. It occurs, of course, in abundance 1906. ] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 85 in the subepithelial tissue of the Rodent uterus (Mouse and Rabbit), and in the former animal is absorbed and stored by special trophoblastic glycogenic cells in much the same fashion as by the amniotic bodies of the Ungulata. The glycogen secreted by the Ungulate uterus is, however, not nearly sufficient to account for the very large quantity found in the body and adnexa of the foetus; most of this must be formed synthetically. Finally, I have ventured to give figures (text-figs. 31 a, 6) of the stratified epithelium of the amniotic bodies. The lowest layer is cubical; this is succeeded by sheets of polyhedral cells, which become larger and flatter towards the surface. All the cells, even the cubical cells of the bottom layer, are vacuolated with glycogen. The vacuoles are separated by ex- cessively delicate walls; these may break down and the cell thus become converted into a bag containing but one large mass of glycogen. In older stages, when the glycogen is used up, the cells become flattened and the nuclei stain faintly. Text-figs. 31 c-e show the glycogenesis in the epithelium of the allantoic stalk, and in the connective-tissue cells of the coats of the umbilical blood-vessels. 5. The Pigment of the Placenta. Kolster has very rightly emphasised the great physiological importance of the ingestion of extravasated maternal red cor- puscles by trophoblastic cells. The hemoglobin so taken up is digested and split into an iron-containing and an iron-free constituent. The former is carried away by the foetal blood-vessels and stored up in large quantities, principally in the liver of the embryo, as a reserve to be used during lactation *, as the milk contains little or no iron. The latter is deposited in the cells as a pigment, occurring in such quantities as to give—especially in the later stages of gestation—a deep brown colour to the foetal cotyledons. The extravasation, and consequently the ingestion, of blood- corpuscles takes place mainly in the cotyledons ; the hemorrhages occur principally at the summit of the walls separating the primary crypts, and the trophoblastic cells, which are actively concerned in the ingestive process, are the long columnar elements which lie at the bases of the large villi. The stages of ingestion and digestion of the blood-corpuscles are * Bunge has shown that the percentage of iron in the new-born puppy (‘72 per cent. of the ash) is six times as great as that in the dog’s milk (12 per cent.), and further that the proportion of iron in the new-born puppy is five to nine times that im the adult dog. Of the assimilation of iron by the foetus Bunge remarks: “If the bulk of the organic compounds of iron were afforded by the mammary gland, it might become a prey to bacteria in the alimentary canal before it had time to be absorbed. But if it enters the infant organism through the placenta its safety is assured.” 86 DR. J, W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6 as follows:—The cells in question have outwardly-protruding ameeboid processes, by which they engulf the corpuscles (Pl. III. figs. 1-3); the ingested corpuscles are often so numerous as to almost entirely fill the body of the cell. Inside the cell the corpuscles—often aggregated in small clumps (fig. 3)—become gradually paler, and change their staining reaction and their form. In picro-nigrosin the freshly-ingested corpuscles, like those outside, take up the picric acid, but gradually gain a stronger affinity for the nigrosin, and stain blue or grey; at the same time their shape becomes irregular. These irregular masses seem to be enclosed in small cavities or food-vacuoles. Presently small granules of a yellowish-brown pigment are seen to have been deposited on the surface (fig. 5) of the included masses, and this process continues until the whole is converted into an irregular dark brown mass (fig. 6). Both freshly-ingested corpuscles and pigment may be observed in one and the same cell (figs. 2 & 3). Of the nature of this pigment Kolster says little beyond the statement that it is a hemoglobin derivative, and that some of the granules will give an iron reaction. Such granules are probably similar to the iron-albuminate particles which I have described in the uterus of the Mouse, and which commonly occur in old blood-extravasates. Bonnet alludes to them as hematoidin crystals. I myself have not been able to get an iron reaction with these masses in any case. If sections are treated with warm nitric-acid alcohol (by Macallum’s method) for 24 hours, and then with acid ferrocyanide of potassium, the nuclei of the cells become an intense blue, but the pigment remains unchanged except that it is a little paler. I am, however, able to bring forward a certain amount of evidence as to the nature of the hemoglobin derivate with which we have here to deal. 1 did not attempt to make a chemical analysis of the pigment, but merely to extract it by different solvents. I proceeded by a twofold method :— (1) I soaked the feetal cotyledons in water (to get rid of the hemoglobin in the blood), ground up the tissues in a mortar, filtered, and dried the pigment which had been collected on the paper. This was then dissolved in hot absolute alcohol, and gave a greenish-yellow solution, which, however, showed no absorption- bands. I failed to get the residue to dissolve in ether or chloro- form (although, as will be seen below, Dr. MacMunn has shown that it will dissolve in these media) or boiling water, although soluble with a greenish colour in 6 per cent. aqueous potash ; in solution in 5 per cent. nitric or sulphuric acid in 90 per cent. aleohol it turned reddish. (2) I dried the cotyledons thoroughly, then pulverised in a mortar and dissolved in absolute alcohol. ‘The solution was reddish brown, and, on examination with the spectroscope, showed two dark bands very nearly in the position of the bands of oxy- hemoglobin. I supposed that these bands were due to the hemo- 1906. ] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 87 globin of the fcetal blood which was included, of course, in the powder. This, however, is not the case. At Dr. MacMunn’s suggestion I took some pure hemoglobin (from centrifugalised blood) and treated it in exactly the same way—that is, dried, pulverised, and boiled it in absolute alcohol. The alcohol turned only a faint straw-yellow colour and showed no bands whatever. I sent my solutions to Dr. MacMunn, who has most kindly sub- mitted them to a thorough spectroscopic investigation. I take this opportunity of expressing my great indebtedness to him for the trouble he has taken, and for his courtesy in permitting me to publish his report, which I now give verbatim. I. Solution obtained by the first of the two methods described above from the fcetal cotyledons of the Cow. ‘Solution greenish yellow, shows no bands, absorbs small bit of violet end. This fluid evaporated down on water-bath leaves a greyish-brown residue with a peculiar smell and resinous appear- ance. This residue is soluble in ether, yellowish solution, giving no bands but absorbing a little bit of the violet end as before. On evaporating this a brownish residue is left, this soluble in chloroform, yellowish solution. This solution shows no bands, only absorbs a little bit of violet end. “On adding fuming nitric acid, no colour change and no spectrum change. It is not, therefore, bilirubin, nor biliverdin, nor a lipochrome.” TI. A solution obtained by the second of the above-described methods from the virgin uterus of the Sheep. “The solution is greenish yellow, has no absorption-bands, but cuts off a little bit of the violet end; is probably identical with above from Cow.” III. A solution obtained by the second method from the fetal cotyledons of the Sheep. “ Filtered, filtrate has a yellowish-red colour. “On spectroscopic examination two faint bands are seen in the green, looking at first sight like the oxyhemoglobin bands ; there is also a slight shading in the red end of the spectrum. ‘Evaporated down by heat, it leaves a brownish oily-looking residue ; a considerable portion of this is soluble in rectified spirit. This solution has a yellow colour with a tinge of red; this shows two faint bands, which seem to occupy the position of the oxy- hemoglobin bands. The relative intensity of shading of these bands was not, however, the same as of the oxyhemoglobin bands. Their measurements are :— (ye sosei= 574s (2) X 5565 — 531. “This spirit solution was now evaporated down on the water- 88 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6, bath and left a brownish residue. On extraction with absolute alcohol the same yellow solution with a reddish tinge is obtained as before, giving the bands with exactly the same readings. “This alcohol solution was again evaporated down and the residue dissolved in ether, which dissolved a considerable portion, giving a yellowish solution with a reddish tint; this gave two bands :— (1) \ 593 or 594°5 — 577, (2) \ 558 — 533-5. “This shifting is due to the influence of the solvent. “There also seems to be a slight shading between \ 516 and 496 2 “This ether solution was evaporated down and the brown residue extracted with chloroform ; this formed a reddish solution, which contained oily-looking red drops floating undissolved on the surface. “The two bands now are :— (1) X 596 — 574, (2) \ 558 — 533°5. “The first is not as dark as the second. “‘ A faint greenish fluorescence seems to be present in all these solutions; it does not disappear on filtering. ‘‘The chloroform solution was next evaporated down and the residue dissolved in rectified spirit. “The addition of ammonia or of caustic soda to this solution causes precipitation, and, in the filtrate, diminishes the intensity of the colour of the solution and the shading of the bands, but does not appear to alter their position. On adding one drop of sulphuric acid the fluid becomes slightly turbid, and the two bands in the filtrate have disappeared to be replaced by two others, (1) before D and (2) in the green, which are difficult to measure, but whose position is approximately as follows :— (1) x 607 — 596, (2) 4 568 — 547. “¢ These recall at once the bands of acid hematoporphyrin, the positions of which are :— (1) & 610 — 591, (2) X 585 — 567°5. “Tt is to be noted, however, that the addition of alkalis does not produce the usual four-banded spectrum of alkaline hemato- porphyrin, but Garrod and others have described in urine a two- banded neutral hematoporphyrin spectrum. “ Fearing that possibly a fowr-banded alkaline hematoporphyrin spectrum might have been present but have been passed over owing to the weakness of the solution, a layer of fluid (absolute 1906. ] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 89 alcohol and ammonia) 50 mm. deep was examined in a long spectroscope bottle, but no bands except the following could be seen :— (1) \ 594°5 — 572°5, (2) X 5565 — 531. ‘“‘ Other experiments were made to prove that the pigment was not hematin; e. g. ammonium sulphide was added, but no reduced hematin spectrum appeared. Caustic alkalis also failed to change the spectrum into that of alkaline hematin, acids into that of acid hematin, which would have occurred if that pigment had been present. “¢ Let us now compare the spectrum of the pigment in alcoholic solution with that of an as equally as possible dilute aqueous solu- tion of oxyhemoglobin :— Placenta pigment. Oxyhemoglobin. (1) 593 — 574, (1) X 586 — 568, (2) X 556-5 — 531, (2) . 552 — 525. “(See Hoppe-Seyler, Handbuch, 1903.) “This pigment therefore appears to be more nearly related to hematoporphyrin than to any other known decomposition-product of hemoglobin.” TV. Solution obtained from the foetal cotyledons of the Cow by the second method. “The alcoholic solution shows the two-banded spectrum, is the colour of fairly deep sherry; filtered, the filtrate is reddish yellow and shows two bands :— (1) A 593 — 577, second reading A 594°5 — 575, (2) X 556°5 — 534:5, second reading d 556°5 — 533°5, and in addition a faint shading nearer the violet. “The solution was evaporated on the water-bath, but owing to the presence of some fatty matter remained fluid while hot. “¢ An aqueous solution of the residue is faintly yellow, but shows no bands or fluorescence. “‘ The residue was brownish, in thin parts brownish yellow. The absolute alcohol solution of this residue is reddish yellow with a suspicion of greenish fluorescence ; it gives two faint bands :— (1) 4 593 — 574, (2) X 558 — 536. “The violet end of the spectrum is cut off at 487. “ Ammonia produces turbidity, and diminishes, in the filtrate, the intensity of the bands, but their position is unaltered. “On adding a little H,SO, to an alcoholic solution slight precipitation is produced. The filtrate is of a deep yellow sherry- colour and the bands referred to above (in the Sheep) resembling 90 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6, those of acid hematoporphyrin are seen; the violet end is also cut off. “This pigment seems evidently to be identical with the banded one obtained from the Sheep. “Tt is to be noted that none of the solutions in the case of either the Sheep or Cow was coloured the deep red characteristic of hematoporphyrin. This was probably due (a) to the small amount of the hematoporphyrin-like pigment present, and () to Impurities.” From this report of Dr. McMunvn’s it seems quite clear that two distinct pigments are present in the Ungulate placenta: (1) a pigment soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform, which shows no bands, but absorbs a little of the violet end of the spectrum ; (2) a pigment soluble in the same three media, but giving in neutral solution two bands very nearly but not quite in the position of the bands of oxyhemoglobin, in acid solution two bands almost exactly in the position of the bands of acid heematoporphyrin, but in alkaline solution showing only two bands, in the same position as in the neutral solution, and not the four bands of alkaline heematoporphyrin. The first of these was obtained from the cotyledons of the Cow by crushing the tissues, after removal of (at any rate most of) the hemoglobin by water, and from the virgin uterus of the Sheep by drying the tissues, with the contained hemoglobin,and powdering ; the second was obtained from the cotyledons of both Cow and Sheep by the second method, involving the retention of hemoglobin with the pigment. It seems probable that the first pigment is present as well as the second, though masked by it, in the cotyledons of the Sheep. That the second pigment is not produced from the included hemoglobin by the treatment adopted is proved, first, by its absence in the virgin uterus of the Sheep, and, second, by the failure to get a solution showing the bands by boiling dried hemoglobin in absolute alcohol. This second pigment then, if not the first, would appear to be new to physiology, though related to hematoporphyrin. The name hematophein may be provi- sionally given to it. Itis a hemoglobin derivative and from it bile-pigments may be formed. This will be shown in the next section. 6. The ‘ Hippomanes” or Allantoic Bodies. Although the curious rounded or elongated, often flattened, sometimes soft, sometimes hard and brittle bodies found floating in the allantoic fluid have been familiar objects for many centuries, the exact mode of their formation has not, to the best of my knowledge, been yet accurately described. They occur in both the Cow and the Sheep, being larger in the latter. Their colour in the former case is whitish or pale yellow, in the latter a dirty brown. Their origin will be considered first in the Sheep. From 91 PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 1906. | the fact that they are often found attached by a pedicle to Text-fig. 32. A TTT yy = =O Xi Trt CS tim, . Str ances == ~ (FY Aim gc hag i —So GIMQSE WO” z o—= am sel E SFT z — — 2 8 .B CAC ADNAN Ky SSS Sz ———_ This is an early stage in the formation of a all., allantoic epithelium. hoblast (é7.). Nlantoic body. pocket of the trop Section through a mass (h.) of uterine cellular and nuclear débris embedded in a hippomanes or a 92 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE | Feb. 6, the wall of the allantois, and that sometimes they may be seen in the connective tissue of the chorion, it has been supposed that they originated in this position (Bonnet, Turner). It has apparently escaped the notice of these observers that exactly similar bodies are to be found outside the chorion, between it and the wall of the uterus. It has already been remarked that the lumen of the uterus is, during gestation, occupied by a considerable mass of slimy cellular débris, the so-called uterine milk. The disintegrating cells com- posing this viscid mass are derived in part from the cellular secretion of the glands, in part from the extensive degeneration of tracts of maternal epithelial and connective tissue ; it includes quantities of extravasated blood, and is permeated by leucocytes. Tt is by the local accumulation of this matter that the allantoic bodies are formed. Such aggregations may be found lying either freely between foetal and maternal tissues or enclosed in pocket- like diverticula of the trophoblast (text-fig. 32, p.91). This is the first stage of their incorporation into the allantois ; and from this the transition to the following steps is easy—their situation in the connective tissue of the chorion, their attachment by a stalk to the allantoic wall, and their liberation into the allantoic cavity. Sections show that inside and outside the allantois these bodies have always the same structure—a granular coagulum containing quantities of cell-detritus, with degenerating nuclei which either stain very faintly or are broken up into dense homogeneous spherules, globules of fat and small masses of glycogen, and infiltrated by leucocytes. Sometimes a delicate cellular mem- brane—the remains possibly of the trophoblastic pocket, or more probably of the allantoic epithelium—-still surrounds these bodies after they have found their way into the allantoic cavity. Whether the allantoic bodies of the Cow are also formed in this way I do not know, as I have never observed them lying in pockets of the trophoblast. Bodies quite similar to those of the allantois are certainly found between the trophoblast and the uterus, both in and between the cotyledons; but the remarkable thing about them is that they have exactly the structure of the degenerate epithelial thickenings of the amnion, and, like these latter, are impregnated with typical “ envelope” crystals of calcium oxalate. The bodies found in the allantois, as well as the allantoic fluid itself, contain the same salt, as Lassaigne showed nearly a century ago. It is possible, therefore, that in the Cow the disintegrating epithelial thickenings of the amnion pass on the one hand into the allantoic cavity, on the other into the uterus, and not from the uterus into the allantois in the manner described for the Sheep. It may be noticed here that the hippomanes of the Mare are also saturated with calcium oxalate. Lastly, the bodies found between the trophoblast and the uterus of the Cow are often, especially when small, infiltrated with bilirubin. With fuming nitric acid the succession of colours characteristic of Gmelin’s reaction is at once obtained. 1906. ] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 93 Thave found exactly similar bodies in the Pig, although, as I only obtained these with the after-birth, I cannot say whether they were inside the allantois or on the outside of the chorion. From these T succeeded, by drying, dissolving in chloroform, and crystallizing- out, in obtaining small lanceolate and rhomboidal crystals of bilirubin (text-fig. 33). These small bilirubin bodies of the Cow are found principally in the cotyledons. Later on they seem to lose their bile-pigment ; for between the extra-cotyledonary trophoblast and the uterus only bodies of a paler yellow are found. The allantoic bodies are nearly white. Text-fig. 33. Rhomboidal and lanceolate crystals of bilirubin obtained from a chloroform solution of the dried allantoic bodies of the Pig. Drawn with Zeiss obj. 2 mm. achr., comp. oc. 6. The bilirubin appears to arise by further modification of the yellow-brown pigment of the placenta; but whether it is formed inside trophoblastic cells from ingested corpuscles and then passed out, or whether it arises extra-cellularly in the maternal extra- vasations, and if so, whether its formation is due to any digestive activity of the trophoblast or not, I am afraid I am unable to say. Hrom the analogy of what occurs in such extravasations as bruises, it would appear that the hemoglobin derivatives might be formed, not only inside (as is undoubtedly the case), but also outside the cells of the trophoblast; for the yellow- brown pigment described in the last section certainly occurs, not only in the blood-extravasations in the crypts, but even in the maternal tissues and blood-vessels (Plate ITT. fig. 4), List of Works referred to in the Text. BeERNARD, C. Lecons sur les phénoménes de la vie. Paris, 1879. “ Mémoire sur une nouvelle fonction du placenta.” Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) x. 1858. Bonnet, R. “Die Uterinmilch und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Friicht.” Festschrift fiir Bischoff. Stuttgart, 1882. ——. “Beitrage zur Embryologie der Wiederkiuer gewonnen am Schafei.” Arch. f. Anat. u. Phys. (Anat.) 1889. Bunez, G. Text-book of Physiological and Pathological Che- mistry. English translation by L. C. Wooldridge. London, 1890. 94 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6, CreicHton, C. Microscopic Researches on the Formative Pro- perty of Glycogen. London, 1896. Kouster, R. ‘ Weitere Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Embryotrophe bei Indeciduaten.” Anat. Hefte, lte Abth. xx. 1903. LaneHans, T. ‘“ Ueber Glycogen in pathologischen Neubildungen und den menschlichen Hihiuten.” Virchow’s Archiv, ex, 1890! Lassaiene, J. L. “Analyse des hippomanes trouvés dans le liquide contenu dans la membrane de l’utérus de la vache appelée allantoide.” Ann.de Chim. et de Phys. x. 1819. TurNeR, W. Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy of the Placenta. Edinburgh, 1876. Postscript. Since this paper was read, an important memoir has been published by Assheton (‘The Morphology of the Ungulate Placenta, &c.,” Phil. Trans. B. 198, 1906), in which the author describes a very complete series of stages in the formation and development of the placenta of the Sheep. The most interesting point of this description is the origin of the cells which line the crypts of the maternal cotyledons from the binucleate cells of the trophoblast. According to Assheton, the whole of the uterine epithelium degenerates and disappears at about the eighteenth day of pregnancy. In the extra-cotyledonary regions it is eventually regenerated (12th week); but in the cotyledons its place is taken by cells of foetal—trophoblastic—origin, the binucleate cells, which are also, indeed, instrumental in its destruction. The binucleate cells in question are first seen (15th day) to be deeply seated in the trophoblast ; presently, however, they come to the surface and so into contact with the uterine epithelium, between the cells of which they insinuate themselves, and so “pass down to the base of the layer and force themselves between the epithelium and the sublying stroma.” The epithelium thus cut off from its source of nutrition dies, and its room is occupied by a more or less complete layer of flattened cells, which Assheton compares to the plasmodiblast layer of the trophoblast described by Van Beneden in the Bat and Rabbit, and present in many other forms. The formation of this plasmodiblast continues throughout pregnancy. In asserting the trophoblastic origin of these cells, Assheton relies on the following facts :— (1) They resemble the binucleate cells in the staining capacity of their cells and nuclei. (2) The presence in them of vacuoles, which is at this stage a characteristic of these (the binucleate) cells. (3) Nuclei occur in pairs in the lining of the crypts, as in the binucleate cells. (4) The number of binucleate cells in the trophoblast diminishes during gestation. (1906. ] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 95 (5) “The layer in question is clearly not an attenuation of an ordinary epithelium,” and is not secretory, as, ¢.g., is the epithelium lining the crypts in the Cow, which Assheton admits to be of uterine origin. As explained in the body of the paper, my own observations do not permit me to speak at first-hand of the origin of the cells lining the crypts in the principal maternal cotyledons. I am, however, certain that in the accessory cotyledons of the Cow the crypts are lined by an epithelium which is a modified uterine epithelium, and that in the principal cotyledons of both Cow and Sheep the extra- cotyledonary columnar uterine epithelium is perfectly continuous with the modified epithelium of the crypts. The latter in the Cow is simply cubical; in the Sheep it is more seriously altered, flattened, and often interrupted. There are places, however, in which the cells retain, as I should put it, their columnar form ; and from these cell-nests diverticula are produced which line new crypts. From these facts I have inferred that, in the principal cotyledons, the lining is also of uterine origin. Still there is no necessary contradiction between this view and that put forward by Assheton ; for it is perfectly conceivable that the cells in question may originate in different ways in the principal and accessory cotyledons, and that the continuity observed in the former between extra- and intra-cotyledonary epithelia is secondary. I do not think, however, that Assheton has proved his, admittedly difficult, case; for (1) Similarity in staining is not a very safe criterion; other nuclei and cell-bodies—e. g., those of subepithelial cells— often stain intensely; also the nuclei of the binucleate cells are often larger, move spherical, and paler than are those of the cells lining the crypts, and in his fig. 40 Assheton figures nuclei of “ plasmodiblast ” cells which are quite pale. (2) Vacuoles—of fat and glycogen—certainly occur in the uterine epithelial cells, both inside and outside the cotyle- donary caruncles. (3) The nuclei of the layer lining the crypts do not always occur in pairs, but very frequently in heaps, in the cell- nests [ have alluded to, as Assheton’s own figures show. (4) The lining epithelium of the crypts undoubtedly contains fat-globules, and fatty cellular débris is found in the erypt lumen ; these cells are therefore as certainly secretory here as they are in the Cow. (5) The asserted degeneration of the uterine epithelium is very probably largely illusory. Where I had at first supposed that the uterine epithelium had disappeared I have often found subsequently that, by more careful preservation, it could be demonstrated without difficulty. Although there is no inherent improbability in the account given by Assheton, and indeed some such intermediate form 96 ON THE CAVIES OF THE GENUS DOLICHOTIS. [ Feb. 6, between what he calls the plicate and cumulate types of placenta may at least be supposed to have once existed, I must still, for the reasons given above, express, to my great regret, my inability to accept his conclusions until stronger evidence is forthcoming. EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. All the figures were drawn with the Camera Lucida, obj. Zeiss 2 mm. achr., oc. comp. 4. Fig. 1. Cow. Phagocytic columnar trophoblast-cells from the base of a fcetal villus. (Length of foetus 7°5 cm.; about 3rd month.) (pp. 78, 86.) Figs. 2 & 3. Phagocytosis in the trophoblast of the Sheep (nearly full time). In fig. 2 notice the aggregation of the ingested corpuscles into clumps. (p. 86.) Fig. 4. Cow, 4 months. Brown pigment-granules (a) in maternal blood-vessels (on the right) ; (8) in the cubical epithelium of the crypt (in the centre) ; (y) in the trophoblast of a foetal villus (on the left). (p. 93.) 5. Cow, 6th month. Trophoblast at the base of a villus. One of the cells contains an ingested mass (compare fig. 1) ; small brown pigment-granules are forming upon this. (p. 86.) 6. Cow, 4 months. A later stage in pigment-formation. The celis contain large irregular yellow-brown masses. (p. 86.) 7. Full-time epithelium of the Sheep. Normal uterine epithelium from the outer surface of the cotyledon. Note the basal vacuoles and the brown pigment, derived from the hemoglobin of extravasated corpuscles, in the subepithelial connective-tissue cells. (p. 78.) g. A small portion of a section through a villus; from a Calf of about the 3rd month (length 9 em.). Notice, in the trophoblast, cells which look like goblet-cells (gl.), and large oval binucleate cells (62.). The capillaries (cap.) come very close to the surface ; ¢.t., connective tissue. (p. 80.) 2, Note on the Cavies of the Genus Dolichotis and on Living Specimens of D. salinicola. By Sir Epmunp Lover, Bie bees. [Received February 6, 1906. } (Plate IV.*) There had been some little confusion and controversy with regard to the three species or subspecies of Dolichotis until the subject was cleared up by Mr. Oldfield Thomas in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ April 1902. In Proce. Zool. Soc. 1875 there is a paper by Dr. Burmeister, of the Museum at Buenos Aires, in which he describes and gives a figure of one of two specimens which he had secured from Dr. Berg. He recognised them as a new species under the name of Dolichotis salinicola. Both specimens are stated to have been young. In Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1876 there is a second paper by Dr. Burmeister, called ‘‘ Additional Note on Dolichotis salinicola,” * For explanation of the Plate, see p. 97. f we = . 1906. ] MISS G. RICARDO ON A NEW SPECIES OF FLY. 97 in which he describes two fully adult living specimens. He says :— “The two living specimens, which are now under my inspection, show that my former description was taken from very young specimens of about half their full size, and that this northern species comes much nearer in size to the southern species (Dolichotis patagonica) than I was formerly led to suppose.” It is now quite clear from specimens collected by Mr. P. O. Simons in 1901, and described by Mr. Oldfield Thomas, that the living specimens described by Dr. Burmeister in his second paper were Dolichotis magellanicus centricola and not Dolichotis salinicola, and that those described in his first paper were full-grown or nearly full-grown specimens of the dwarf species Dolichotis salini- cola, which I have now alive in my possession. Both these species occur in the same region near Santiago del Kstero in Northern Argentina, so that confusion was easy. The common Patagonian Cavy is conspicuous for a broad dark band above the white rump-patch. This black band is wanting in Dolichotis salinicola and also in the larger Dolichotis magellanicus centricola. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Dolichotis salinicola. 3. Description of a new Fly of the Family Tabanide. By GerrrupE Ricarpo. {Received December 7, 1905. ] MELISSOMORPHA, gen. nov. Formed for a fly from Rungaroom, Sikhim, in the British Museum Collection, which closely mimics Apis dorsata F., an Indian species. The genus belongs to the Pangonine division of the family ff abanidee, which is distinguished by the hind tibiz being furnished with spines, ocelli usually present, and the third joint of the antenne consisting of eight divisions, with no tooth. This genus will come under No. 9 in my table of genera of Pangonine in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 98 (1900): ““Proboscis scarcely extending beyond the palpi,” which dis- tinguished Apatolestes, a North American genus. ‘The two genera may now’ be divided thus :—- Having the appearance of a Bee (Apis). All the tibiz wide andyilattemed! VW) «vila 4ee te Melissomorpha, gen. nov. Not having the appearance of a Bee. The tibie not wide and Harbpeme dig wsas acs teh ible Sher rahe Apatolestes Will. MELISSOMORPHA, gen. nov. Generic description.—Antenne eight-jointed, ocelli present, Proc. Zoou. Soc. Os WAHL 7 98 MISS G. RICARDO ON A NEW SPECIES OF FLY. | Feb. 6, forehead at the vertex protuberant. Head bee-like in shape, the antenne inserted rather more than half way down the head. Abdomen with six segments, the second one the largest. Proboscis short, hardly projecting beyond the palpi. Legs with all the tibie wide and flat, like those of the ordinary hive-bee (Apis mellifera L.), with fringes of black hairs on each side, the bind tibie being largest, not, however, concave as in the bee. Wings with all the posterior cells open and the anal cell closed; no appendix. MELISSOMORPHA INDIANA, Sp. n. The single specimen on which this genus is founded is a marvellously close imitation of Apis dorsata F.: when placed near the latter it has a wonderfully general resemblance to it, though away from all the natural surroundings. The colouring and shape of the abdomen distinguish it and, of course, the absence of the second pair of wings. The type is a female from Rungaroom, 7000 feet, 7 miles from Darjeeling, April 1900 (Col. Bingham). Black. Face brown, with black pubescence and some golden hairs intermixed. Forehead long, equal in width, rather broad, black with brown tomentum and black pubescence and some golden hairs; the vertex is shining black, protuberant, with three large reddish-brown ocelli, thence the forehead slopes down- wards to the antennee, which are reddish brown, the third joint being darker; they are long and slender, the first joint nearly twice as long as the second, both with black pubescence, the third joint with the first division as long as the other five, which are short and equal in size, with the exception of the last one, which is longer and ends in a point. Palpi yellowish, long, the first joint short, stout ; the second long, curved, ending in an obtuse point ; the pubescence is black. Abdomen long: the second segment slightly broader than the rest ; the first and second segments bright fulvous, with yellow pubescence, the remaining segments opaque, black; the third and fourth with a narrow fringe of yellow pubes- cence on the posterior borders, otherwise the pubescence is black ; the under side similar ; the hairs on the sides of the abdomen are black on the black segments, on the second segment yellow, with the exception of a tuft of black hairs towards the under side. Legs dark reddish brown, the front ones blacker; all the tarsi pale yellow, the pubescence black, some yellow hairs on the side of the tarsi which are black at their apices; the pulvilli large, the claws long. Wings rich brown in colour, hyaline at the extreme base, and nearly so on the posterior border ; the brown becomes fainter at the apex, being most intense round the stigma and in the centre of the wing; veins yellowish brown, the first longitudinal vein black, thickened except at its base. Halteres yellowish, the knob brown. Length 17 millim. 2 Zo) 19O6svol le iays MP. Parker lith. Parker & West imp. ES Rel. TRICHORHIZA BRUNNEA. 1906. | MR. E. 8. RUSSELL ON A NEW HYDROID. 99 4. On Trichorhiza, a new Hydroid Genus. By Hi. 8S. Russrun *. [Received November 11, 1905. | (Plate V. +) TRICHORHIZA. Hydranth solitary, attached loosely by the hydrorhiza, which is filiform and branched. Invested by perisarec, which forms a protective cup into which the hydranth is partly retractile. The genus 7'richorhiza is here constituted for a single new species, whose characters are so remarkable as to make the formation of a separate genus for its reception a necessity. The following description of this new species is made from the only specimen which I have seen. TRICHORHIZA BRUNNEA. (Plate V.) Trichorhiza brunnea Russell, Abstr. P. Z. 8. No. 26, p.6, Feb. 13, 1906. Trophosome. Wydrorhiza long and tapering, giving off about half-a-dozen filiform branches along the lower half. The ccenosare apparently does not extend into this lower half nor into the branches. The perisare expands above to form a cup, marked by four transverse grooves. Immediately below this cup several longitudinal lines are present on the perisare. The hydranth is conical upon a moderately long peduncle. ‘Tentacles in two verticils ; the proximal filiform, twelve in number, when extended as long as the hydranth, set with numerous rings of nematocysts; the distal capitate, seven in number, and very short. The latter are inserted on the summit of the hypostome, the former near the base of the conical head of the hydranth. Gonosome. A circlet of 8-10 sessile medusoids, which are developed between the proximal and the distal rows of tentacles and become free. Dimensions :— Total length of hydranth ............ 15 mm. Totai breadth of hydranth............ 0-8 mm, Overall length of hydroid ............ 11:0 mm. Colours. Perisare straw-coloured, except that forming the cup, which is chocolate-coloured. Tentacles translucent white. Body of hydranth pale reddish-brown. Gonophore (at time of liberation). Hemispherical, in systole bell-shaped, slightly contracted in the upper third, and constricted * [The complete account of the new species described in this communication appears here; but since the name.and preliminary diagnosis were published in the ‘Abstract,’ the species is distinguished by the name being underlined.—Eprror. | + For explanation of the Plate, see p. 101. - 100 MR. E. S. RUSSELL ON A NEW HYDROID. | Feb. 6, at opening of umbrella-cavity. Hxumbrella with a few nemato- cysts scattered over it. Velum well developed. Manubrium, when extended, as long as umbrella-cavity, cylindrical, and with narrowed end. Mouth simple, circular, with a ring of bead-like nematocysts closely surrounding it. Four ocellar bulbs, ellipsoid: one of these is somewhat larger than the others. Radial canals four, simple. Dimensions. Length of bell 0-8 mm.; breadth of bell 0:7 mm. Colours. Manubrium tinged with yellow, but very faintly. Ocellar bulbs golden yellow. The type specimen of Trichorhiza brunnea was discovered on June 29th, 1905, clinging to the tentacles of a specimen of Corymorpha nutans Sars, dredged in 17 fath. at Ettrick Bay, Bute, Firth of Clyde. The filiform hydrorhiza with its branches was intertwined among the tentacles of the Corymorpha so as to be with difficulty unravelled from them. The Zrichorhiza was kept alive for a day or two at the Millport Marine Biological Station, and gave off on July Ist the medusoid which has been described. It was usually to be seen half-retracted into its protective cup, with the proximal tentacles much contracted, and the distal ones looking like mere knobs. On the rare occasions on which it was observed in an expanded condition, the tentacles of the outer circle were seen to be held rather stiffly extended. Systematic. On account of its possession of two verticils of tentacles, the proximal filiform and the distal capitate, 7’richorhiza is to be referred to the family Pennaride as constituted by Allman (1). That family contained the following genera :— Pennaria Goldfuss, Halocordyle Allman, Stauridiwn Dujardin, Vorticlava Alder, Heterostephanus Allman, Acharadria Wright, and Acaulis Stimpson. Two other genera have sometimes been associated with the Pennaride, namely blastothela Verrill, which is placed among the Pennaridee by Delage et Hérouard (3), and Ziarella Schulze, which is referred to the same family by G. Herbert Fowler (4). But such an assemblage of genera by no means makes up a homogeneous family. K. C. Schneider (6), in his critical revision of the classification of Hydroids, has removed Stawridiwm to his amended family of the Corynide. J arella, with its three rows of capitate tentacles, has also been referred to this extended family of the Corynide by Mme. Motz-Kossowska (5), who follows Schneidet’s classification in the main. ‘These two genera are rightly separated from the other genera of Pennaridz, as they have little in common with the Pennarian type. The seven which remain of the nine genera mentioned above are all fairly closely allied to one another. Halocordyle certainly must be united with Pennaria, and we may with Schneider also bring under Pennaria the genera Vorticlava, Acharadria, Acaulis, and Heterostephanus. Heterostephanus is allied hy its medusoid with the Corymorpha type. Blastothela too 1906. ] ON MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND. 101 (Verrill, 7) resembles Corymorpha in its possession of root-like fixing-processes at the base. From all these genera of the Pennaride (sensw stricto), however, Trichorhiza is separated by the characters of its hydrorhiza, and also by the possession of a sort of theca, comparable to that of a calyptoblast. The branches of the hydrorhiza may be compared with the filamentous processes of the base in Corymorpha, but there is no real affinity between the two structures. The medusoid of Z'richorhiza, so far as one can judge from an immature specimen, resembles the medusoid of Pennaria tiarella, which, however, has no developed tentacles at all (Ayres, 2), while the medusoid of T'richorhiza seems to have one tentacle-bulb more developed than the other three, and in this respect approaches to the medusoids of the Corymorpha-like forms, most of which bear one developed tentacle. On the whole, 7richorhiza is to be associated with the Pennaria- like forms, though the characters of its hydrorhiza and its “theca” give it a somewhat isolated position among them. References. (1). Auuman, G. J.—Monog. Gymnobl. Hydroids, vol. 11. (1872). (2). Ayres, W. O.—Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. iv. (1852). (3). Dztace et Htrovarp.—Traité de Zoologie Concréte, tome ii. pt. 2 (1900). (4). Fownrr, G. Herserr._In ‘A Treatise on Zoology’ (Lankester), vol. 1. (1900). (5). Morz-Kossowska, S.—Archives de Zool. exper. et gen. sér. lv. tome ili. (1905) p. 39. (6). Scunerper, K. C.—Zool. Jahrb. x. [Syst.] (1898) p. 472. (7). Verritt, A.—Amer. Journ. Sci. (3) xvi. (1878) p. 374. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VY. Fig. 1. Trichorhiza brunnea. Hydroid, p. 99. Vig. 2. Trichorhiza brunnea. Medusoid, p. 100. 5. A List of the Mammals obtained by Messrs. R. B. Woosnam and R. EH. Dent in Bechuanaland. By Haroup Scuwann, F.Z.S. [Received December 15, 19085. | (Plate VI.*) This very interesting collection, made by Messrs. R. B. Woosnam and R. E. Dent in Bechuanaland, was obtained chiefly at two localities, viz. Kuruman and Molopo. ‘The former is situated about 100 miles south-west of Vryburg on the Kuruman River, whose course flows parallel to the range of hills bearing the same * Wor explanation of the Plate, see p. 111. 102 MR. HAROLD SCHWANN ON | Feb. 6, name. The river was originally fringed with dense reeds, providing excellent shelter for game of all kinds; but in some parts clearings have been made by the natives, and the ground drained and cultivated with corn and fruit-trees. The Molopo River, lying considerably to the north of Kuruman, is dry most of the year, but in the rainy season may be as much as 16 feet deep. The water remains in stagnant pools till about mid-August, when it is gradually evaporated, leaving the river- bed dry until next year. The country surrounding the river is covered with dense camel-thorn * forest and patches of soft sand. The particular interest of this collection lies in its providing the British Museum with many valuable topotypes of Dr. Smith’s now well-worn and rather faded specimens, His main collections, described in the ‘ Illustrated Zoology of South Africa,’ were made at Kuruman and Old Latakoo, lying in 8. lat, 27°, E. long. 24°, a place not marked on modern maps, but in his day of considerable importance. As was to be expected, the prevailing colour of the specimens is sandy and considerably lighter than that of animals inhabiting well-wooded areas. Among the species now described for the first time may be mentioned Crocidura deserti, a pale- coloured Shrew, probably a desert form of Sundevall’s argentata, and Mus woosnami, a striking species both in colour and tooth- structure. 1. RHINOLOPHUS DENTI Thos. ¢6. D.7, 8. Kuruman. 2. RHINOLOPHUS AUGUR K. And. Gio Wo One Oe, 0 eI A De eA Giee h (neo Kuruman, ““T found some hundreds of these Bats hanging on the rocks in the shaft of an old gold-mine near Kuruman fountain. Of the fifteen that I caught, curiously enough, only one was a female. These Bats are common here, but seem to be found only in the caves, as I have seen none about the houses or old mission buildings here.”—R, B. W. 3. NYCTERIS THEBAICA Geoff, 3. D.15. Kuruman. 4, VESPERTILIO CAPENSIS Smith, @ D133) SO. W. 56, Kuruman, “T caught this little brown Bat in an old mission building Jt is not an uncommon species here.”—R, B. W, s 5. MINIOPTERUS SCHREIBERSI Kuhl. 3d. W. 30. Kuruman. ‘‘ This little black Bat with a very long tail was caught at night * So called from the Dutch name for the Giraffe, “ kameelpardel,” which is very fond of these: bushes, 1906. | MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND. 103 in the Cape Police canteen and is the first specimen I have met with.”—R. B. W. 6. NycTrINOMUS BOCAGEI Seabra. Goo Oe Wreloe aD Sh Gj keuruman: “One of these long-tailed Bats was caught in our room in the old mission buildings. I have seen some before, but it is not a very common species.”—f. B. W. 7. CROCIDURA DESERTI, sp. n. 36. W.87. 9. W.83. Molopo. A pale-coloured Shrew of medium size, prebably allied to C. argentata Sund. Fur fine and silky, about 6 mm. in length on the centre of back. General colour of upper surface between ‘“ ecru-drab ” and “ drab- grey,” hardly lighter on the flanks. General colour of undersurface from chin to anus silvery cream-colour, contrasting with the colour of the sides; the line of division sharply defined. Individual hairs of back slate-grey basally, subterminal ring dull white, tip between walnut-brown and mars-brown. Hairs of belly light grey basally, creamy white terminally. Head coloured like body ; snout strongly bifid; ears sparsely covered with minute white hairs; fore and hind limbs and feet pure white. Tail about half the length of the head and body, stoutly built, covered with minute white hairs. The lateral gland is well marked in both the specimens. Second and third unicuspids subequal, about half the size of the first. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—Head and body 92 mm.; tail 46; hind foot 14; ear 12. Skull :—Basal length 22 mm.; anterior breadth 7°6 ; posterior breadth 10; interorbital breadth 5:5; length of upper tooth- series 10:2; tip of i° to tip of p’ 5-4. Hab. Molopo, west of Morokwen. Type. Male.. B.M. no. 4.10.1.62. Original number 87. Collected 13th July, 1904. J. W. Grill, who described * the collections made by J. F. Victorin in South Africa, mentions that the type of C. argentata was obtained at Roodeval in the Karroo. “T obtained both these Shrews i the dry bed of the Molopo River, among the long dry grass, in traps baited with dough set in old mole-holes. The owls catch a great many of them, and I think they must be common, but are difficult to get.”—. LD. W. 8. HERPESTES GALERA Hrxl. ©. W.47. Kuruman. “‘ Native name ‘ Moduba.’ “This Mongoose was trapped in the reeds on the Kuruman River. The natives say there used to be a great many about, * Zool. Anteckn. in Vetensk. Ak. Handl. 1858, i. p. 16, no.. 10. 104 MR. HAROLD SCHWANN ON [ Feb. 6, but they are now very scarce and hardly ever leave the tall reeds by the river’s bank to go on to the veldt. They are said to make a nest of reeds, grass, and sticks, which floats in the middle of the thickest reed-bed. On this they rear their ome Their food consists chiefly of fish, frogs, and crabs.’—&. B. W. 9. CYNICTIS PENICILLATA LEPTURA Smith. Ce Wis oa OD Fala Sy Keuasumedmne In view of the close resemblance of the teeth of these specimens to those of the type of Smith’s leptura*, and the proximity of Kuruman to the type locality, it seems best to refer them pro- visionally to that race, although, owing to their immaturity, their identity is rather uncertain. They are, however, smaller and more slenderly built than specimens of the same age from other localities, and it seems probable that a further series from this region would show the existence of a small desert race extending from Kuruman to the northern limit of Bechuanaland. On laying out geographically the British Museum series of Cynictis skins for purposes of comparison, the specimens fell naturally into well-marked local races, as was the case with the Suricates described by Mr. Thomas and myself in the second paper 7 dealing with the Rudd exploration of South Africa, The Namaqualand or western race has already been described as C. penicillata pallidior t, a pale veldt form not found in the low-lying country near the coast. The Great Kayroo possesses, as might be expected, a race, peculiar to itself, of a ight lemon- yellow colour, described by Smith as Cynictis ogilbyi. The type specimen is still the only example in the British Museum of this subspecies, described by Smith in 1849. The type of C. steedmanni ( Jgilby, obtained at Paley 1s Indistin- guishable from the series collected by Major G. _H. Barrett- Hamilton at Vredefort Road in the north of a Orange River Colony. It is possible that Steedman, who travelled through the Orange Colony, made a mistake as to the locality of his specimen, or that the race represented by Major Barrett-Hamilton’s speci- mens extends as far south as Uitenhage. The local race in- habiting central Cape Colony, and represented by Mr. Grant's specimens from Deelfontein, appears to need description. It may be called Cynictis penicillata intensa, subsp. n., and is distinguished by the strong tawny ochraceous suffusion on the back, upper surface of hind limbs, and tail. Individual long hairs of back about 25 mm. in length, basal half light buffy yellow, subterminal ring black, tip tawny ochraceous on the middle line, lighter on the flanks. Under-fur dark smoky-brown basally, terminal half ochraceous. General colour of the whole under surface, including fore and hind limbs and tail, between clay- * Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr. pl. 17 (1849). + P. ZS. 1905, val. i. p. 132. i P-Z.S. 1904, vol. i. p. 175. 1906.] MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND. 105 colour and ochraceous-buff (Ridgway). Forehead coloured like back. Upper lips and cheeks buffy, profusely grizzled with white. Hind surface of ear mummy-brown. Interramia and throat between buff and cream-buff, with no sign of grey. Tail thick and bushy, the hairs ranging in length from 40 mm. at the base to 60 mm. at the tip, terminal inch creamy buff. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh):—Head and body 367 mm.; tail 261; hind foot 76; ear 41. Skull :—Greatest length 74 mm.; basal length 67; zygomatic breadth 40; antero-posterior diameter of bulla 19. Hab. Deelfontein, Cape Colony. Type. Female. B.M. no. 2.9.1.23. Original number 171. Collected 10th March, 1902, by Mr. C. H. B. Grant, and presented by Col. A. IT. Sloggett. ‘“* Native name ‘ Moshe.’ “These Meerkats were trapped in the bush-veldt. They live in holes, generally in the middle of a ‘ wait-a-bit’ thorn-bush, and are common everywhere. Their food consists chiefly of mice and insects.” —/. B. W. 10. PepETES CAFFER Pall. @. W.18. Kuruman. “There are a few of these Hares about here, but not so many as I have seen in other places. They never come out till dark to get their food, which consists of grass and roots, though I think they eat locusts and beetles."—F#. B. W. 11. GRAPHIURUS GRISELDA, sp. n. @. W. 48, 49°66; D. 136,139. 9. D. 137. Kuruman. External proportions as in G. murinwus; molar teeth inter- mediate in size between G'. murinus and G. nanus de Wint. General colour of upper surface uniform olive-grey, the fore- head and median line of back indistinctly suffused with blackish. Individual hairs soft and fine, about 10 mm. in length, basal four-fifths blackish slate, terminal fifth hight grey. General colour of under surface creamy white, bases of hairs slate-grey. A black marking extends from the origin of the whiskers to behind the eye, surrounding the orbit. ars distinctly larger than in G. murinus, covered with minute hairs. Upper lips, cheeks, and interramia creamy white. Several specimens exhibit the rufous suffusion on the throat and chest frequently found in members of this genus. Upper surface of hands and feet snowy white, the hair covering the claws. Tail subcylindrical, thickly haired, much lighter in colour than the back, the tip white. Skull similar to G. mwrinus in general proportions, but with slightly larger bulle and distinctly smaller molars; nasals not extending so far back as the premaxillary processes. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—Head and body 92 mm.; tail 78; hind foot 16°53; ear 16. Skull :—Greatest length 24:5; basal length 20°4; interorbital 106 MR. HAROLD SCHWANN ON [ Feb. 6, breadth 5:2; zygomatic breadth 15:0; depth, top of parietal to base of bulla 10°5; brain-case breadth 11-5; nasals 9°6 x 3:4; palate length 8:4; diastema 6-0; length of upper molar series 3:4. Hab. Kuruman, Bechuanaland. Type. Male. B.M. no. 4.10.1.14. Original number 66. Col- lected 26th May, 1904. This very pretty Dormouse may be distinguished externally from G. murinus, to which it is probably most nearly allied, by its olive-grey colour, and from G. nanus and G. smithi by its larger size and more bushy tail. “These mice live about 20 feet from the ground in the big trees in the gardens by the river. They are especially fond of willow, seringa, apple, and camel-thorn trees. They are well known by the natives, who call them ‘ Peba,’ but then they call all mice ‘ Peba’ and all rats ‘ Tebude’.,—2. B. W. 12. TATERA LOBENGULE Thos. 6. W. 37, 43, 45, 62. 2. W.38; D.5,12,14,140. Kuruman: Ore Wiel8,. 80; 82,96: Oi Wis (ONS soo Sem olonos ‘“¢ This species almost invariably has its burrows in patches of ‘wait-a-bit’ thorn-bush. I faney they are preyed upon by the meerkats, as I have seen scores of rats’ and mice burrows that have been scratched out by them. These rats move about a great deal and do not stay long in any one burrow.”—/f. B. W. 13. GERBILLUS PAEBA scuiINzI Noack. 3. W.76. Molopo. This specimen so exactly matches the small series collected by Mr. Andersson in Damaraland, identified by Mr. Thomas with G. paeba schinzi Noack, that it seems best to regard it for the present as a member of that subspecies. Schinz collected in Ovampoland up to the edge of the Kalahari desert, and gave an account of his itinerary in the ‘ Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin.’ * G. paeba and its synonym tenis afford an example of Dr. Smith’s habit of changing specific names for others that he considered more suitable. ‘“«T have found this species very plentiful wherever I have been in Bechuanaland, These mice are nocturnal, though they are occasionally to be seen on cloudy days.”—R. B. W. 14, DESMODILLUS AURICULARIS Smith. Oa Wats D4 144s OW. 23,24) 31 Gl alee Kuruman. 2. W. 73. Molopo, These specimens constitute the first well-preserved series ever obtained of this very interesting animal. The British Museum’s previous material consisted of Smith’s original example from Namaqualand, now much worn and faded, one specimen taken at * 1887, B. xiv. 7, p. 322. 1906. ] MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND. 107 Deelfontein in Central Cape Colony, and five rather dilapidated skins from Otjimbinque in Damaraland. The South African Museum possesses examples from Douglas in Griqualand West *. This species does not occur in the neighbourhood of Cape Town. “This white-bellied mouse has a white spot behind each ear, and lives in small burrows in open places among the bush. It is not uncommon. After digging one out one day, I dug up many other holes, but only found toads in them.”—2. B. 15, Oromys 1RRoRATUtS Brts. SEV Loam lon 20%) 46. 10533 De 6) 145" | OL W we 145106; Kuruman. ©. W. 69. Setchowane. Lichtenstein mentionst that the specimen on which Brants founded this species came from the east coast of South Africa. The present series agrees very well with the British Museum specimens from Natal and Pondoland, of which the former may be considered the type locality. “¢T found none of these rats on the Molopo River, and I fancy they are only to be found near permanent water.”—k. Lb. W. 16. Mus coucua Smith. So Wolly Zip ID ME, ie Vio thy IPs 1D) Ihe IL AO, Ik qhoaenenen a, These specimens may be taken as topotypes of Smith’s J/us coucha, described by him as coming from the country ‘‘ between the Orange River and the Tropic.” The male specimen, no. 21, exactly matches his type in the British Museum in colour and general proportions. The Zululand form, which has been recently described {, may be distinguished from the typical subspecies by its more fulvous coloration, longer tail, and cream-coloured feet. “‘ These mice were trapped in a fence along the river. I have caught several of them, but the ants nearly always ate the ears off before I arrived. They seem mostly to frequent the water's edge, though they are to be found occasionally in the veldt.”—A. B. W. 17. Mus Auricomis de Wint. @. W. 35, 36, 64, 67, 68. Kuruman. These specimens agree very closely with the series collected by Mr. Darling at Mazoe in Mashonaland, the type locality of de Winton’s auricomis. I take this opportunity of describing a local race of this species collected by Mr, C. H. B. Grant at Deelfontein in Cape Colony, It may be called Mus auricomis centralis, subsp. n. Similar to the typical subspecies in general proportions and in the colour of the upper surface, but with the belly buff instead of * Mamm. South Afr. 1902, vol. ii. p. 24. + Darst. Saug. 1827, Taf. xxx. + Thos. & Schw. P. Z.5. 1905, vol. 1. p. 268. 108 MR. HAROLD SCHWANN ON | Feb. 6, white. The whole of the upper parts buffy yellow strongly suffused with black; cheeks, flanks, and upper surface of hind limbs as far as the ankle-joint pure buft-colour. Individual hairs of dorsal region about 16 mm. in length, basal three-fifths slate- grey, subterminal ring fawn, tip black; the hairs on the flanks without the black tip. Under surface, with the exception of the throat and the inguinal region which are dirty white, bright buffy, the light grey bases of the hairs showing through in places. Tail indistinctly bicolor, covered with fine hair, dark brown above, creamy white below, terminal portion unicoloured light brown, tip with a minute tuft. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—Head and body 114 mm.; tail 152; hind foot 24; ear 17. Skull :—Greatest length 3073; basilar length 23°4; breadth across brain-case 13:7; zygomatic breadth 14°53; interorbital breath 14°5; nasals 13°44; palate length 13-0; diastema 8-0; upper molar series 5°). Hab. Deelfontein, Cape Colony. Type. Female. B.M. no. 3.1.4.51. Collected Ist Sept., 1902, by Mr. C. H. B. Grant and presented to the British Museum by Col. A. T. Sloggett. The buff-coloured belly by which this local race is distinguished from the typical subspecies appears to be a remarkably constant character, all the specimens Mr. Grant collected at Deelfontein possessing it in a striking degree. “« Native name ‘ Tube.’ “These mice chiefly frequent the tops and slopes of the hills, living in the holes and cracks of the rocks with the dassies. I have never seen this mouse except in the Kuruman hills, where it is fairly plentiful. I do not think it is to be found in the flats below.”—f&. B. W. 18. Mus woosnamt, sp. nov. (Plate VI.) BAW. 33, 39, 42. '52- Di 130) O. we 40) Stead Kuruman. Cres Onn (Py WVin LOM A medium-sized species of a pale grey colour with a mammary formula of 3—2=10. General colour of upper surface between ‘“ smoke-grey ” and ‘“ drab-grey ” (Ridgway), more or Jess pencilled with black ; flanks considerably lighter, with no black pencilling. Individual hairs of back about 15 mm. in length, basal half ‘“ slate-grey,” subter- minal ring “ drab-grey,” terminal portion black. Colour of under surface creamy white, the light grey bases of the hair showing through in places. Head coloured like back, occasionally rather lighter; a line extending from the muzzle to the inner side of the fore limb, white. Whiskers soft, fine, and black, about 35 mm. in length. Ears of medium size, oval, the edges covered externally with minute black hairs, internally with white. Upper surface of hands and_feet clothed with fine white hair not extending over 1906. | MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND, 109 the claws. Tail shorter than the head and body ; covered above and below with short white hair, except on the upper surface for a space of about 10 mm. at the distal end, where it is black ; tip not tufted; scale-rings numbering about 33 to 1 em.: mammez three pairs pectoral, and 2 pairs inguinal. Skull smooth and rounded, not ridged. No supraorbital edges, only a faint indication of ridges on the parietals. Anterior edge of anteorbital plate shows considerable variation from strong con- vexity to being nearly straight. Palatal foramina widely open, of medium length, ending opposite the anterior lamina of m!; palate ending 0°5 mm. behind m®. Bulle of medium size. Incisors not visible beyond the nasals when viewed from above, orange in the upper jaw, light yellow in the lower. Mbolars of medium size, broad with well-defined cusps. Anterior median cusp of m’ larger than the two posterior ones, partly fused with the antero-external cusp. M? is a simple circular tooth with one large antero-internal cusp. The simplicity of this tooth is very remarkable and quite different from the typical arrangement found in J. rattus. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh):—Head and body 138 mm.; tail 122; hind foot 26:5; ear 20-5. Skull:—Greatest length 35; basilar length 29-4; zygomatic breadth 17:8; nasals 14 x 3:6; interorbital breadth 4:2 ; brain- case breadth 13; interparietal 4:4 9'4; henselion to back of palate 16:3; palatine foramina 7:6; diastema 10; upper molar series 5°7 ; mandible, height at coronoid 10°7; incisor tips to con- dyle 24:8. Hab. Molopo, Bechuanaland. Type. Male. B.M. no. 4.10.1.83. Original number 86. Col- lected 13th July, 1904. This very distinct species is unlike any rat hitherto known, both in colour and in the structure of the third upper molar. 1 have much pleasure in naming it after Mr. R. B. Woosnam, to whose efforts in company with Mr. R. E. Dent the British Museum is indebted for this very interesting collection. “These rats from Kuruman were trapped in the bush-veldt about half a mile from the river in the mouth of a small hole in a ‘wait-a-bit’ thorn-bush. Unfortunately the black ants damaged a good many of the animals in the traps. At Molopo this rat seemed to be confined to the river pools.”—R. B. W. 19. Mus sp. SoD Om Ale 2 Keema: 3. W. 74, 75, 84, 89, 22, 93,100. 9. W. 85,90. Molopo. Owing to the absence of adult females in the series Jam unable to ascertain the mammary formula of this animal, a factor of great importance in deciding the specific position of mice in the Mus coucha or colonus groups. “These mice are very plentiful among the long dry grass by the Molopo River and in the forest on the banks.” —2. &. W. 110 MR. HAROLD SCHWANN ON [ Feb. 6, 20. LEGGADA MINUTOIDES, Smith. 3. W. 91, 94. Molopo. “These mice were taken in the dry bed of the Molopo River, in an old mole run.”—R. B. W. 21. SACCOSTOMUS HILD#, sp. n. 3. W. 59, 60, 63,65. 9. W. 22, 55, 57, 58. Kuruman. A stoutly-built species, probably allied to S. mashone de Wint., but smaller and greyer. Fur long, thick and very fine in texture, about 13 mm. in length on the middle of back. General colour of upper surface smoke-grey pencilled with black, passing to drab-grey on the flanks. Colour of entire under surface from chin to anus, including fore and hind limbs, pure white, sharply defined laterally. Individual hairs of back slate-colour for basal 10 mm., sub- terminal ring ecru-drab, tips black. Hairs of under surface white to the base, about 8 mm. in length. Tip of muzzle white ; whiskers about 30 mm. in length, black with white tips; ears sparsely covered with white hair. Tail short, thick, bicolor, black above, white below. Skull smaller than in S. mashone ; zygomata more expanded anteriorly, ridges more marked and extending further on to parietals. Antero-external cusp of m* intermediate in develop- ment between mashone and campestris *. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh):—Head and body 124 mm.; tail 51:5; hind foot 18:5; ear 19. Skull :—Greatest length 33°5; basilar length 28; greatest breadth 17; nasals 138°8x 4; interorbital breadth 15; breadth of brain-case 13°5; palatilar? length 16; diastema 9:10; palatal foramina 6°6 x 2°5; upper molar series 4°8. Hab. Kuruman. Alt. 4000 ft. Type. Male. B.M. no 4.10.1.49. Original number 63. — Col- lected 22nd May, 1904. This very well-marked species is distinguishable from S. mashone by its smaller size and generally lighter colour. S. campestris and fuscus Peters are both smaller species. The former was obtained at Tette on the Zambesi, and the latter, the smallest known member of the genus, was taken at Inhambane. S. lapidarius is synonymous with campestris, Peters having renamed the species, as he considered the former name more suitable. S. anderssont de Wint., discovered in Damaraland, may be distinguished from all other species by its sandy coloration. Specimen number 4.10.1.53 possesses an additional minute molar on each side in the upper jaw behind the usual m’. The teeth in the lower jaw are normal both in size and number. An addition to the molar series of rodents is of such rarity, that * De Wint. P. Z.S. 1896, p. 805. + Thomas, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. vol. xviii. 1905, p. 193. 1906. ] MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND. Stat an instance of its occurrence seems worthy of record. Dr. Forsyth Major has recorded instances in other orders in a paper published in the ‘ Proceedings’ *. ‘““ Native name ‘ Koti.’ “These mice were caught in the bush not far from the river. The animal has a pouch on each side of its face, which it fills with seeds, giving it a very curious appearance.” —R. B. W. 22. ARVICANTHIS PUMILIO GRIQUEZ Wrought. Cr WE o DLO n te lO WealO ol 04-e)s 90°" Kuruman: Until the appearance of Mr. R. C. Wroughton’s very carefully thought-out paper on the “Various Forms of much darker. General colour of upper surface and sides dark slaty grey, the hairs dark slaty with fine brown tips, the whole most nearly matching Ridgway’s “ slate-colour” or rather darker ; but the crown and a large area on the centre of the back are even darker still, the tips of the hairs being here quite black. The latter dark area extends backwards to the root of the tail. Colour of sides passing gradually into the dull slaty of the belly, which is near ‘“slate-grey,” the tips of the hairs dull buffy. Skull apparently rather narrower and more lightly built than in specimens of hottentottus of corresponding age, but the age- question is in each case so difficult to settle that larger series will be necessary before a definite statement can be made on the subject. Incisors rather heavy in proportion to the skull. Dimensions of the type :— Head and body 126 mm.; tail 18; hind foot 21. Skull—greatest length 34; basal length 30; condyles to tip of incisors 35°); zygomatic breadth 22-5; interorbital breadth 8°7 ; length of upper molar series (alveoli) 6. Type. Male, fully adult, but not very old. B.M. No. 5.5.7.89. Original number 1068. Collected 2 April, 1905, This mole-coloured Georychus is no doubt the Knysna representative of G. hottentottus, darker than its allies elsewhere, as is usually the case with animals from forest-regions. Mr. Grant’s beautiful skins of this and other Georychi bring out clearly that the crown and dorsal area are generally darker than the rest of the body, a distinct lighter band, coloured like the sides, passing across the back at the shoulders, and separating from each other the darker crown and dorsal patches. 26. LEPUS SAXATILIS. 3. 1056, 1061. Plettenberg Bay. do. 1104. Knysna. ** Fairly common on the open veldt, wherever the hill- sides are more or less stony. A fair number were observed, but mostly in the thick patches of scrub, where it is impossible to shoot them.”— CEE: Gr. 27. Hystrix AFRICH-AUSTRALIS Peters. A young skull. Plettenberg Bay. 28. PRocAVIA CAPENSIS Pall. 3g. 1031, 1032, 1034, 1052,1055. 9. 1035, 1036, 1037, 1038. Plettenberg Bay. This series exhibits unusual variability in colour. 29, CEPHALOPHUS MONTICOLA Thunb. 6. 1028. @. 1072. Knysna. “¢ Blaauw bokje’ or ‘ Numegy’ of the Dutch. “ Very common.’—C!. 1. B. 168 DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON THE [ Feb. 20, 30. NororRAGUS MELANOTIS Thunb. Nototragus, nom. nov., Thos. & Schw. Abstr. P. Z. 8. No. 27, p- 10, Feb. 27, 1906. 3.1051. 2.1059. Plettenberg Bay. wt We are glad to express our agreement with Dr. Jentink * in considering that the Grysbok should be generically separated from the Steenboks on account of its possession of supplementary hoofs. In the skull also it may be distinguished by its larger anteorbital pits, which are shaped very much as in Ourebia, with a marked ridge above them, running across the lacrymals. But in using Sundevall’s name of Calotragus for this animal, Dr. Jentink has not noticed that that author expressly selected his “ species prima” (Calotragus tragulus = Raphicerus campestris) as the type, so that in no case could the name be used for the Grysbok, to which we would therefore propose to apply the above- given generic term. With regard to the use of Raphicerus, we can only reiterate the opinion given in the ‘ Book of Antelopes, that Blainville’s figure of “ Antilope acuticornis,” on which the name hangs, is either the common Steenbok (as we suppose) or at least a species congeneric with it. 31. TRAGELAPHUS SYLVATICUS Sparrm. ©. 1050. Knysna. 4. Notes on the Living Specimens of the Australian Lung- fish, Ceratodus forsteri, in the Zoological Society’s Collection. By Basurorp Dray, Ph.D. ¢ [Received November 6, 1905. ] (Plate IX.t and text-figs. 53-55.) During a recent visit to London, September 1904, I was given the opportunity of examining specimens of Ceratodus in the aquarium of the Zoological Society’s collections. And the following notes are presented, since they add several details to our rather scanty knowledge of the habits of this important and rare form. The following is an abstract of the more important accounts of living» Ceratodus :— Habits in yeneral.—Never goes out of water ,(according to all recent authors), could not be “ made to progress in only a few inches of water ” (Ramsay, similarly Spencer). Passive, helpless out of water (Spencer, Semon, Ilidge), and dies within one or two hours (Semon), or eight to ten hours (Spencer): if kept moist, however, it will live for a long time (O’Connor), e.g. if wrapped in wet water-weed. In general hardy and now acclimated in a number of Australian rivers. Under usual conditions sluggish, “too lazy to get out of the way when about to be handled” * Notes Leyd. Mus. xxii. p. 33 (1900). + Communicated by R. I. Pocock, F.Z.5. + For explanation of the Plate, see p. 178. 1906.] AUSTRALIAN LUNG-FISH. 169 (Ramsay), can be touched (Semon). Apttorest for hours on the bottom, pectoral fins extended at right angles to the body, pelvics parallel with it (Ramsay). Neither diurnal, nor nocturnal, seeking food regardless as to the hour of the day (Semon). Breathing.—Does not open gills when out of water (Ramsay). Rises to the surface to breathe every thirty or forty minutes (Semon), but more frequently at night (Ramsay). Lung especially important when water becomes muddy or foul (many authors). Sounds sometimes emitted, “spouting,” a “ groaning sound ” (Semon), a “ pig-like grunt ~ (lhdge). Swimming.—Progresses chiefly by “ waves of the tail” or “ by paddling with pectoral fin alone.” When disturbed “lashes out with its great strong tail, and turning sideways squeezes in between some tufts of grass.” “ Hel-like in movements ”—not apt to swim straight forward; in this event, however, pectorals are used, not caudals (Ramsay). “Swims a short distance with a jerk, when it will rest again” (Semon). Its movements are, however, best described by Semon, after notes made (1899) upon the present specimens by Arthur Thomson: he distinguishes three kinds of progression—(1) a slow forward movement in which the pectorals play the most prominent part, waving “like a flag in a moderate Desens He (2) arising movement, accomplished almost exclusively by the pectorals, after which the fish sinks slowly to the bottom Tyriton-like; and (3) a rapid strong swimming, accomplished by the caudal, the pectorals and ventrals being opposed to the side of the hottom, as in the case of rapidly swimming amphibians. Thomson observed especially the fish in a position of rest balancing either on its ventromedian line, or partly lifted up supported on its spread out pectorals, or further lifted or supported by both pectorals and ventrals, the last position having been figured (cf. text- fig. 53,3, p. 173). This supporting function is particularly emphasised by Semon asa step important functionally in the evolution of the land-living vertebrate limb. Thomson, however, was unable tov see the alternate movements of the limbs, which had been described in Protopterws, or an elbow-like bending of the base of the pectoral fin. Food.—Many authors emphasize its vegetivorous habits (Ginther, Spencer); Semon, on the other hand, maintained that the food is “essentially animal,” the plant-material furnishes but a vehicle for the animal food, and remains, therefore, undigested. Margo, finally, has determined by microscopical examination that in cases where the plant portion of the food-material is undigested in the anterior part of the gut, in its hinder part there is convincing evidence of complete digestion, leading to the conclusion that the diet of Ceratodus is a mixed one. Colour.— Greenish brown on back, and slaty on belly ”’—after capture “‘ becomes very prettily coloured with red, pink, and violet hues on the abdominal parts,’ colours which disappear after the death. The surface of the fish is ‘‘ oily ” (Ilidge). The present specimens—two in number,—as has already been recorded (P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 492), were secured in the Burnet River, Queensland, during the beginning of 1898. They have accordingly been kept in captivity for upwards of seven years*. Two other specimens, however, which were brought from Australia at the same time and which passed into the possession of the aquarium in Paris, lived, it is understood, but a short time. Itis stated that on one occasion during the transportation of these fishes suitable tanks could not be procured and that the specimens were sent for a * During this interval they appear to have grown at the rate of a little more than an inch a@ year, 2 170 DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON THE | Feb. 20, distance overland wrapped only in wet moss and water-weed—an item which is here referred to since it indicates the air-breathing capability of these fish (ef. O'Connor). At the time that the present notes were prepared both fish appeared to be in good condition, although one of them was darker in colour and more active than the other. The behaviour of the fish indicates that it is distinctly a bottom- living form: it is sluggish in habit, its movements are deliberate, and its general behaviour suggests that of an amphibian, e. g. Necturus. As an example of the passiveness of the fish 1t may be mentioned that when the fish was photographed it was thrust about by the attendant until it was brought into the focus of the camera, and it would usually bear this treatment without excitement, behaving very much as would a Triton under similar circumstances. A feature which one is scon apt to note is a peculiar ventro-median ridge, which suggests that of Chlamydo- selachus. From the behaviour of the fish and from numerous experiments one is given the impression that the eyesight of Ceratodus is poor, or, more accurately, that the reaction of the fish to optical stimuli is remarkably slow. In this connection it was noted that the eyes exhibited numerous and marked move- ments, as though the fish were making an effort to see. From this peculiarity I was led to inquire whether the fish could see better by night than by day; and this I was able to accomplish, thanks to one of the many courtesies of Mr. R. I. Pocock, the Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens. From these observations it was evident that the fish is far more active by night than by day. It was found that the fish which remained quiescent in a dark corner of the tank by day circled uneasily by night. In one instance the fish was observed to pass twice around the tank in the period of one minute ; and on several occasions the fish broke the surface of the water boldly as though seeking to escape. The movements of the fish on these occasions could be adequately seen: for the observer standing in the dark was so placed that he looked through the tank and saw the fishes silhouetted against the skylight of a neighbouringroom. There is accordingly, it appears, but little doubt that Ceratodus is to be regarded as largely nocturnal in habit. Especially was this evident when a living Frog was dropped into the aquarium, for 1t was found that its presence was noted almost at once. Tn colour, one fish was much lighter than the other—somewhat greyish on the sides and back, and of a paler shade on the abdomen. It is possible, by analogy with ganoids, that this specimen may prove to be a female. The other specimen, possibly a male, is much darker—blackish bottle-green, its surface slimy, with a _ velvety bloom like the skin of a Salamander (Plate IX.). The fins are darker in colour than the sides : the head is darker and greener. The light colour on the ventral side of the head and on the lower lip distinctly orange. Of the extreme colours should be noted the darkness of the upper rim of the mouth and the paleness of the 1906. } AUSTRALIAN LUNG-FISH, eal axil. The eye shows a distinct greyish line within the orbit: it is somewhat dull in colour and the iris brown. ‘The scales appear most prominently when the fish exhibits an undulating movement, their lighter-coloured proximal rims, usually covered by the neighbouring scales, then becoming exposed. In its movements the fish suggests an amphibian: it will lift its head from the bottom, raising itself upon the bases of its pectoral fins and will thus pose for several minutes. In this process it exhibits occasionally neck-movements which are distinctly unfish- like. Sometimes it will then push itself back in a way which has been noted in the African Lung-fish, Protopterus. In general, however, the movements of the fish in swimming are more ganoid- like than in the latter form. It swims leisurely about the aquarium, undulating the body and balancing with the pectoral fins, thus operating very much like those of the living Ganoids. In more energetic movement it will sometimes show the pectorals fluttering above the head as it rapidly raises and depresses them, the tips of the fins being flexible. There is, however, less tendency for the alternate movements of the pectoral fins; this, in fact, was rarely observed, and there was very little movement noted in the ventral fins: they are, therefore, far more passive than in Protopterus. It was observed on some occasions, when the fish was swimming near the surface, that it would suddenly cease its movements and slowly sink (horizontally) to the bottom, its fins extended at the sides, acting as parachutes. When alarmed, on the other hand, it is capable of vigorous movements, sweeping forward by strong strokes of its caudal, the pectorals and the ventrals folded tightly against the body, very much, as Semon remarked, as in the case of a rapidly swimming amphibian. The best idea of the usual movements of Ceratodus may perhaps be had by reference to the accompanying figures, which have been copied from pencil sketches. The aquatic respiration of Ceratodus is normally slow and regular: the opercular cavity fills and empties about twelve times a minute, and during the process it may be observed that the mouth is scarcely opened. Occasionally, however, it will open its mouth and “ gasp” spasmodically. It is clear, however, that the fish 1s a nostril-breather. The mouth itself shows no movement of opening or closing; it is indeed hardly open, the gape being scarcely more than 3 millimetres. The nostrils, on the other hand, are widely dilated, and on one occasion a twitching was observed, which was by no means fish-like. It was also noticed that the aquatic respiration became more rapid after. the fish had become excited, e.g. after it had been pushed about the tank in order to be photographed; the number of respirations then became as numerous as thirty in the minute. Breathing by means of the lung takes place at considerable and somewhat irregular intervals: from forty to sixty minutes would include the usual periods. When excited, however, the fish breathes more rapidly, and on one occasion the interval of aerial 172 DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON THE [ Feb. 20, respiration was found to be as brief as eight minutes. Before rising to the surface the fish shows evidence of uneasiness; it will sometimes ‘‘ gasp” several times, move backward, bend its head or twitch its fins: it will then rise to the surface, usually slowly, and “spout,” ze. exhale and draw in a mouthful of air somewhat spasmodically. Sometimes it will make several gulps; it will then close its mouth and sink to the bottom. In this process, bubbles always pass out on either side of the head as the fish sinks. In ohe instance it was observed that the air passed out mainly on the left side, and it was also noticed that the fish will sometimes rock slightly from side to side as it sks. Sometimes a few moments later a large bubble willissue from the mouth. It was also noted that if the fish becomes excited and shows energetic movement, air will be ejected. It may finally be noted that at night the breathing- movements appear more frequent than during the day: air was taken in at an interval of fourteen minutes (cf. Ramsay): this is doubtless correlated with the more active habit at this time. It may be remarked that the air-breathing habit of Ceratodus seems to be closely similar to that of Pr otopter ws. In feeding-habits Ceratodus resembles an amphibian. It will snap at the food in a similar w ay, and shows a movement of the head which is more nearly amphibian than fish-lke. On one occasion it bent its head-to the side very much as would a Sala- mander. Jt has already been mentioned that Ceratodus is slow of sight ; this 1s especially evident when food is taken. In some eases food will remain for ten minutes in the water before it is noticed by the fish, stimulation appearing to come rather from the taste-buds than from the eyes. It will “feel” apparently that there is something edible in its neighbourhood and it will gradually move in the direction of the stimulus. It was noted that if an object were placed on the surface of the water at the opposite end of the tank the fish would not rise in the direction of the food, but would grope its way uncertainly along the bottom until it came under the food ; then it would rise to seize it. The fish impresses one as taking its food blunderingly ; it will some- times snap repeatedly before it succeeds in securing the object. Jt would often seize a mouthful, then eject it, then hunt it up again, mouth it, and finally swallow it. The feedin g of the present specimens indicates convincingly that the diet of Ceratodus is, as Margo maintained, a mixed one. Animal fcod, living and dead, is regularly taken, also vegetables, e. g. lettuce; and that the latter is actually digested and assimilated seems clear, since it is not to be recognised in the feecal material. In the accompanying figures (text-figs. 53 and 54) the fish is represented in positions both of rest and of movement. In fig. 1 the fish appears in a not uncommon pose ; it balances accurately on the pectoral fins and in the anal region, its trunk somewhat arched upward and the head thrust close to the bottom, the pectoral fin extends sideways in such a way that its postaxial border rests against the bottom. Ina somewhat similar position (fig. 2) the fish 1906. | AUSTRALIAN LUNG-FISH. 173 is flattened out more closely to the ground and the pectoral fin lies Text ic. D3, Ceratodus forsteri in various positions of rest and movement, 174 DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON THE [ Feb. 20, almost flat, its preaxial rim supporting the weight. Ina third position (fig. 3) the fish balances delicately on the tips of the fins ; and here the weight of the anterior trunk is borne mainly on the preaxial side of the pectoral fin; the pelvic fins are extended downward, barely touching the bottom, the preaxial margin lowermost. In this position the fish sometimes remains for a long time (30 minutes); and on one occasion it was observed to rock slowly from side to side in a way which suggested strikingly the well-known habit of Cryptobranchus. In this pose the axis of the body is almost straight. In the following figure, however (fig. 4), the axis is bent somewhat upward and the fish is slowly moving forward ; the pectoral fins are flapping up and down in a measured way accompanied by a marked rotation in the plane of the fin, the preaxial border first bending downward, and the undulation here produced passes around the border of the entire fin, terminating at the axil : there is hardly perceptible a movement of undulation of the entire body, and the pelvic fins le closely opposed to the wall of the trunk. A more active type of movement is presented in figs. 5 and 6: in the former the trunk undulates and the paired fins express more active movements. The pectoral is flapping downward and the figure gives an idea of its flexibility ; the pelvic moving less widely ; its plane is vertical as it extends from the side of the body and it attains a position almost trans- verse to the axis of the body. In fig. 6 a somewhat similar position is viewed slightly from above, and it shows particularly the down-sweep of the paired fins: in the pectoral it will be seen that the preaxial border is lowermost. In another position (fig. 7) the undulating pectoral fin is seen somewhat in side view. A rather interesting attitude is shown in fig. 8; here the fish, after a period of rest, moves backward in preparing to change its line of movement; and it will be seen that the fish uses its paired fins (N.B. the functional elbow-joint) as an amphibian uses its legs in pushing backward the weight of the body; the down-bent position of the head is also noteworthy. In figs. 9 and 10 the position of the fish suggests again the amphibian. In fig. 9 the weight of the body is delicately balanced, the fish resting on its fin-tips, its axis bent largely downward in a way strikingly unfish- like. On one occasion, while in this position, it was observed that a single pectoral moved as though the fish was about to ‘ walk” forward. In fig. 10 the fish has risen on the tips of its pectorals, and these are greatly bent on account of the weight supported ; the pelvics, spreading out forward and sideways, aid obviously in supporting the fish. Fig. 11 depicts a characteristic position of the swimming fish: the body is undulating somewhat rapidly ; the pelvics are closely apposed to the sides of the body, and the pectorals are sweeping up and down with pendulum-like regularity. Tn still more rapid movements the pectorals also become apposed to the sides of the body and the propulsion is secured by vigorous undulation of the entire body, reinforced by the sweep of the caudals. In fig. 12 the fish, after a period of swimming, becomes \ { 4 \ 1906. ] AUSTRALIAN LUNG-FISH. 175 less active and sinks to the bottom, a movement which suggests very closely one often observed in Vecturus. The paired fins extend Text-fig. 54. straight out at the sides of the body, the pectorals moving lazily, as though to balance the fish during its descent. A somewhat 176 DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON THE [ Feb. 20, similar movement is shown in fig. 13, the fish viewed from above. In fig. 14 is shown a rather unsuccessful attempt to depict the fish in resting position, viewed from the side and behind, and in the three following figures are shown sketches of the fish made from in front. In fig. 15 the slowly flapping pectorals are shown in a somewhat rare position, paddling alternately : in this position, by the way, one notes the almost closed mouth and the dark openings of the nostrils just within the rim of the upper lip, through which , the major supply of water is passing to the gills. In fig. 16 the fish is represented in somewhat the same position as shown in lateral view in fig. 9: the preaxial border cf the fin is turned inward, and in this sketch the opercular flaps appear well distended. In fig. 17 a forward movement is again indicated ; but in this the undulation of the entire trunk is slowly functioning, and the pectorals are relatively inactive. Im fig. 18 a position of rest is represented, which is not widely different from that shown in fig. 3: in this case, however, the pectoral fins do not quite touch the bottom; the head, however, will shortly sink and the fish assume the position shown in fig. 3. In text-fig. 55 the attempt is made to indicate the move- ments of the fish in the process of coming to the surface to breathe. In fig. 19 it swims slowly to the surface, the paired fins flapping lazily. In fig. 20 a similar position is shown. In fig. 21 the head is shown thrust vigorously above the surface, the mouth widely open in the process of filling the opercular cavity with air. In fig. 22 the fish paddles backward, closes its mouth, and com- mences to contract the opercula. In this process, during which evidently the air is pressed into the lung, bubbles escape through the imperfectly closed opercular slits on either side, and sometimes also through the closing mouth. The behaviour of Ceratodus, in conclusion, is decidedly like that of anamphibian. In the first place, it breathes largely through its nostrils ; in the second place, it is salamandrine in its movements. Not only does it support itself on its fins, as Arthur Thomson observed, but it is able to push itself backward, in this operation indicating that an elbow-like joint is functional. It has also been observed to paddle forward, using alternate movements of the pectoral fins. It is not, however, so amphibian-like in its move- ments as Protopterus, which will “ walk” forward balancing itself on its paired fins. Of exceptional interest in Ceratodus, finally, are the movements of the neck and head, which suggest strikingly those of Salamanders. References to the Habits of CERAfoDUS. 1901. Bruykre. A.—‘‘ Le Ceratodus.” La Nature, An., 29 Sem. 2, pp. 89-91, fig. 1. 1884. CarpweLtL, W. W.—(Ref. to living Ceratodus.) Journ. & Proc. Royal Soc. N.S.W. vol. xviii., & Phil. Trans. R. 8. vol. elxxvili. — tit AUSTRALIAN LUNG-FISH., 1906.] ‘MYPVIAG 07 BOBJANS OY} OF Suto 8zL FO our] or} 4B suorpsod snorwa ut Mlapsvof snpopviay "GG ‘SU-9x9q, We No. SOLD: Wor, We 1906, Proc. Zoon. Soc ON THE AUSTRALIAN LUNG-FISH. [ Feb. 20, . “ Ceratodus acclimatized in new Habitats and in Europe.” Proce. R. 8. Queensland, vol. xiv. p. 9. . “Ceratodus. Attempted Introduction (into Queensland waters) by D. O'Connor.” Queensland Agric. Journal, vol. 111. pp. 173, 238. . Inmiper, THomas.—“ On Ceratodus forstert.” Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, vol. x. pp. 40-44. . Krerrr, G.-—‘ Ceratodus.” Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond pp. 221— 224, . Gtwruer, A. G.—Description of Ceratodus. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1871, vol: vii) p.222) and) “Proc iRoyausoc: 1871, p. 377. . Margo, Ta.—(Ref. to Food of Ceratodus.) Math. u. natur- wiss. Anz. d. Akad. (Budapest), x11. pp. 205-207. . O'Connor, D.—‘‘ Report on the Preservation of Ceratodus.” Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, vol. xii. pp. 101-102. . Ibid.—(Note on the Habits of Living Ceratodus.) Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. pp. 492-493. . Ramsay, E. P.—‘ On the Habits of Living Ceratodi in Captivity.” Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 698. . Scumettz, J. D. E.—“‘ Ceratodus, Colours and Natural Habits.” J. Mus. Godeffr. vol. viii. p. 138. . Scrarer, P. L.—(hiving Ceratodus forsteri in London.) Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. pp. 492-493. . Semon, R.—(Habits Ref.) Denkschr. med.-nat. Gesell. Jena, p- 50. . Ibid.—In the Australian Bush (McMillan), pp. 87-93, 97— 102, 194-200. . [bid.—‘ Weitere Beitrige zur Physiologie der Dipnoanflossen oO . oO ’ auf Grund neuer, von Arthur Thomson, angefangen Exem- plaren von Ceratodus angesteliten Beobachtungen.” Zool. Anz. Bd. xxii. pp. 294-300. . Ibid.—“ Ueber das Verwandschaftsverhiltnis der Dipnoer und Amphibien.” Zool. Anz. Bd. xxiv. pp. 180-188. . Spencer, W. B.—‘‘ A Trip to Queensland m search of Ceratodus.” Victorian Naturalist, p. 16. . Ibid.—“ Note on the Habits of Ceratodus forsteri.” Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (2) iv. pp. 81-84. Tbid.—(Ref. in Memoir on Blood-vessels of Ceratodus.) Proc. Linn. Sec. N. 8. Wales, pp. 2-32. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. The Australian Lung-fish, Ceratodus forsteri, from a coloured sketch by Dr. Bashford Dean of a specimen living in the Zoological Society’s Gardens, ‘Proceedings,’ 1905, Vol. If. Part TT. was published on April 5th, 1906. & February 6, 1906 (continued). wee Page 1. Notes on the Histology and Physiology of the Placenta in Ungulata. By J. W. : Jenkinson, M.A., D.Sc., Assistant to the Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy, PD AEs te) CR Meena eer rere Wie it ars Sichec aie chad as wie ci via tiara eo viuhw'a'e eile wa ti Sard Sale 73 2. Note on the Cavies of the Genus Dolichotis, and on Living Specimens of D. salinicola. DyStsE MOND WoDHR Bb. H.Zios (Blate LV). Sess icllls cece vs corse eecn cle Ob 3. Description of a new Fly of the Family Tabanide. By Gurtrupn Ricarpo.......... 97 4. On Trichorhiza, a new Hydroid Genus. By E.S. Russenn. (Plate V.) ............ 99 5. A List of the Mammals obtained by Messrs. R. B. Woosnam and R. E. Dent in Bechuanaland. By Harozp Scuwany, F.Z.S8. (Plate VI.) ............. plate ote ara of 101 6. On a Central African Ratel and Water-Chevrotain. By R, Lypmxnxer. (Plate VII.) . 112 =I . The Articulation of the Vertebrate Jaw. By H. Georce F. Spurrett .............. 114 February 20, 1906. The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of Pe SEMIRAISN IONS 5! ccetiare\ (a «“ars''ns eit vivid With at abnp al dontacn' yaw AV « aha she wtehaisiietaiatave's “ate ReeN ee ee 125 Sir Reginald Talbot, K.C.B. Extract from a letter from, concerning the supposed breeding PIFMEUM IVT eee ky ice Ne aun tedl Neste thy AAR see Oy ed Fa) Ae A Te CS Oh CLL Ul alan Mg ee ca 1928 Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a photograph of a Ring-tailed Lemur carrying its young on its back..... ARS Sart tte PR ALaas Miran PPT Gr Se A eNpyr ni aL ARM. Omran ht cde le. 3°. 124 Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a drawing of the skeleton of PEALE NGSHUSUT ONCE S .\s pie ei op aleitiacs'c) eft o's lal tec eg pial'slhaiare aie oe) ce aeraie & Seed eae 125 1. On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera. By L. Doncasrur, M.A., F.2.S., Mac- kinnon Student of the Royal Society, and the Rev. G. H. Raynor, M.A. F.ES. (Le lghe2) A TUG EU as ence ain er eae sans a ROT eNO ar ct ea ig caren, steel oh" 125 2. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part VIIL. The ‘‘Tracheophone” Passeres ; with Remarks on Families allied thereto. By W. P. Pycrart, F.Z.8., A.LS., &e. .. 1383 _3. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—IV. List of Mammals obtained by Mr Grant at Knysna. By Oxprintp Troms, F.R.S., and Haronp Scuwann, F.Z.8. .......... 159 4, Notes on the Living Specimens of the Australian Lung-fish, Ceratodus forsteri, in the - Zoological Society’s Collection. By Basnrorp Dray, Ph.D. (Plate IX.) .......... 168 ; 1. Mus inas, 2: Mus klossi eR ARE OO a ae II. 1. Nectophryne hosti. 2. N. everetti. 3. N. macrotis. MOONS Won denen nrcisalel sts stags Wigieyciat aN ara or ani alsin Iil. Histology of the Placenta of the Cow and Sheep ..1.2es< +s +e LV. Dolichotis salinicola «200.001 enue steer ewer se ceteceeten | : ; V. Trichorhiza brunnea BPR Ae BARR Cer CO Ra Bs VI. Wis iebomnand fee sete onic vn care pk een | Osan ae ; - WEL. The Black Ituri Ratel (Mellivora cottoni) ....00...e.000e00 U2 © | VIL Figs. 1-3. Angerona prunaria and vav. sordiata. F igs.4, 0On gee Nite Abraxas grossulariata and var. lacticotor .....- ++ 0s eevee “IX. Ceratodus forsteri .. Pie ese hg) on a MOI. As Gee a NOTICE. oe % The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in ie parts, segs two volumes Be hoe as follows:— Papers read in January and February, in June. 9 March and April, in August. , i Gia : _ 4, May and June, in October. meh - _,, November and December, in April. / ‘Proceedings,’ 1905, Vol. II. Part II. was published on April 5th, 1906, ; a) i r t 2 7 0 Thea Abstracts of the papers read at the Scientific Meet: 3 a January and February are contained i in this Part. PROCEEDINGS OF THE — OF THE OF LONDON. 1906. Paces 179-462. CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN MARCH anp APRIL. AUGUST 1906. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. LONDON : 5 Meta MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., © » PATERNOSTHR-ROW. [Price Twelve Shillings. } GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY _ The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie during the month of TIS T OF CONT ENTS: 1906, pp. 179-462. March 6, 1906. Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.8., V.P.Z.8. Exhibition of a specimen of, and remarks upon, a giant Frog from Cameroon Mr. R. T. Giinther. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, Meduse from Lake Tanganyika .. 179 Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir entitled “ Report on the Collection of Fishes made by Dr. W. A. Cunnington during the Third Tanganyika Expedition, 1904—OB." cc). sip: belek as elaeiesuie os eibi clerked w:e\e le ajc 9ieiaict eta ror! 180 1. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. Ww. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.—Report on the Mollusca. By Epear A. Surru, 1.8.0., B.Z.8. bh . Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.—Report on the Macrurous Crustacea. By W. T. Oanman, D:Sc., British Museum (Natural History). (Plates XI.—XIV.)...........0..0.-e0, 187 3. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905. —Report on the Oligocheta. By Frank E. Bupparp, E.RS., Prosector) to the Society... o)4 tales wie; o cevetera «tole = sues cals aleveie ra aye eee -» 206 4, Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Ixpedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.—Report on the Porifera, with Notes on Species from the Nile and Zamhesi. By R. Kirwrarricn, F.Z.8. (Plates XV.-XVII.) ........%.-....... 218) or . A Note on “ Flying” Snakes. By R. Supurornp, M.A., OM.ZS. ............-0.. 08 207 March 20, 1906. Bisbrianty: LOOG 6 5a vison ais e'al nie) Me! nse: eioge.e) tle 0 wnlst siete stein tgahetsccnlolel tale «(chee eames siete ee 230 i The Secretary. Exhibition of a paper cutting representing the print of the foot of an Midian Mlepliant 26 urate, .jsalesatetaiseie sinitya loin «li heeen neater er 8 oleils io) hee Be Ko TRO 230 a: Mr. John Bowes, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a tooth of the Mammoth from near Herne Bay % 230) Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper. 1906.] ON MEDUS# OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 179 March 6, 1906. Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S8., exhibited a specimen of the largest Frog known, Rana goliath Bler., from South Cameroon, described in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ (1906, xvii. p. 317). This Frog measured 10 inches from snout to vent, and was one of the most interesting discoveries made by Mr. G. L. Bates, C.M.Z.8. Mr. Boulenger stated that an even larger living specimen intended for the Zoological Gardens had been secured by Robertson, the young keeper who had accompanied Mr. Bates to Cameroon last summer in order to collect animals for the Society; but the specimen, which he had kept in a large tin, escaped during the night. Among other Batrachians which Robertson had been able to keep alive, but did not succeed in bringing home, were examples of the large West-African Tree-Frog, Hylambates rufus Reichen., one of which, at the end of August, produced a number of eggs, which were also exhibited before the Meeting. These eggs were remarkable for their large size, 5 or 6 millimetres in diameter, and the absence of pigment. No doubt, to judge by the size of the vitellus, the young of this Frog undergoes at least a consider- able part of the metamorphosis within the egg. On recently opening the mouth of a female Hylambates brevirostris Werner, from South Cameroon, forming part of Mr. Bates’s collection, Mr. Boulenger was surprised to find it contained a few large yellow eggs, 4 millim. in diameter, very similar, except for their size, to those of the larger H. rufus. Other eggs, identical with those in the mouth, were still in the oviducts. This mode of nursing approached that of the Chilian Rhinoderma darwint, in which the male keeps the eggs in the much-distended vocal sac until the young are hatched in the perfect condition. The buccal nursing by the female made a novel addition to the already long list of extraordinary breeding-habits in Batrachians. My. R. T. Giinther exhibited some specimens of the Medusa, Limnocnida tanganice, obtained by Dr. W. A. Cunnington in Lake Tanganyika during the winter months of 1904-05. The collection was of importance, because it clearly demonstrated that the views of Mr. J. E. S. Moore with regard to the life-cycle of the Medusa were erroneous, for whereas in 1897 Mr. Moore thought that he had discovered * that the asexual method of reproduction by budding ceased in June and July (a conclusion which he stated that he had confirmed in 1900 during the months of September and * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, pp. 291-2. In this paper, “Boehm, 1887,” should read “ Boehm, 1883.” Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XIIT. 13 180 MR. EDGAR A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [ Mar. 6, October, when sexually mature individuals swarmed, though none showed any tendency to form buds*), Dr. Cunnington’s carefully collected material, on the other hand, showed that reproduction by budding was continued in August, September, December, and February, and that it might therefore reasonably be supposed that it went on during the greater part of the year—if, indeed, it ever ceased. The discovery of Zimnocnida in other river-basins in Africa had materially weakened the case of those who considered that Lake Tanganyika was the last surviving remnant of a Jurassic Sea. The fact that this Medusa had been found in the Victoria Nyanza by M. Ch. Alluaud and Sir Charles Eliot, and also in the Niger by the late Mr. Budgett, proved that it was another instance of a member of the freshwater fauna characteristic of the Central-African Region, and that it was not peculiar to this one deep-water lake as had been originally supposed. Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., read a paper entitled “ Fourth Contribution to the Ichthyology of Lake Tanganyika. Report on the Collection of Fishes made by Dr. W. A. Cunnington during the Third Tanganyika Expedition, 1904-05.” This paper will be published entire in the ‘ Transactions.’ The following papers were also read :— 1. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905. Report on the Mollusca. By Epcar A. Sutra. [ Received February 6, 1906. ] (Plate X.t) The small collection of Mollusca obtained by Dr. W. A. Cunning- ton in Lake Tanganyika does not contain any important addition to the thalassoid series. There are some interesting specimens of Bythoceras iridescens, tending to show that, like most fresh- water species, it is subject to considerable variation. In two cases, Hdgaria and Giraudia, | have been enabled to describe the opercula, which hitherto were unknown, and the collection also affords one new species of the genus Anceya. The various loca- lities furnished by Dr. Cunnington also add to our knowledge of the distribution of some of the forms. Another matter which may be referred to in these introductory remarks is the occurrence together, at the south end of the lake, of both the keeled and unkeeled varieties of Veothawma tanganyicense, which, according * J. E.S. Moore, ‘Tanganyika Problem,’ 1903, pp. 298-308. + For explanation of the Plate, see p. 186. P.Z.S.1906,vol.T. PC 15) PAC EE Searle, del et ith. 18 19 Bale & Damelsson, LM ; MOM MUSICA FROM LAKES TANGANYIKA & VICTORIA. 1906. | OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 181 to Mr. J. E. 8. Moore *, were found by him, respectively, only at the south end and more northern localities. Living examples were obtained of Limmotrochus, Tiphobia, Bythoceras, Paramelania, Lavigeria, Hdgaria, Giraudia, and Anceya; and these it is proposed to place in the hands of an experienced anatomist for investigation. The last three of these thalassoid genera have not been anatomically examined, and therefore it will be of interest to know their relationship and systematic position, and it will also be interesting to see if the conclusions arrived at, in respect of the rest, coincide with the results of Mr. Moore’s investigations of them. In concluding these prefatory observations on the marine-like forms, I would again f call attention to the fact that M. Bourguignat had em- ployed the term ‘ thalassoid” in connection with them long before the invention of the compound ‘“halolimnic” by Mr. Moore. Among the ordinary freshwater forms, the discovery of a species of Ancylus, the first from the lake, is of interest. This genus has been recorded from the Victoria Nyanza, but not from the other large iakes of Central Africa. Being, however, such small objects, and difficult of observation, they may have easily been overlooked <. Of the few species obtained by Dr. Cunnington in the Victoria Nyanza, two appear to be new, namely, a Corbicula and a Spheriwm, both closely allied to one or other of the few forms already known from this lake. I. Species from Lake Tanganyika. a. THALASSOID SPECIES. 1. CuyTRA KIRKU (Smith). Hab. Tembwi, a little below middle of west coast, 20 fath. 2. BATHANALIA HOwWESI Moore. Hab. Niamkole, south end of lake. The dimensions of this species, which have never been stated, are :—Length 30 millim., diam. 22; aperture 114 long, 10 broad. 3. LIMNOTROCHUS THOMSONI Smith. Hab. Ndanvie, east coast towards the north end of the lake, 10 fathoms, also at south end. 4, 'TIPHOBIA HOREI Smith. Hab. Kala, at south end of lake. * “The Tanganyika Problem,’ p. 149. + See Proc. Malac. Soe. vol. vi. p. 78. { M. Louis Germain has recently briefly described from Tanganyika new species of Planorbis, Vivipara, and Cleopatra. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1905, no. 4, pp. 254-261, aie 182 MR. EDGAR A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA | Mar. 6, 5, ByTHOCERAS IRIDESCENS Moore. (Plate X. figs. 1-3.) Hab. Niamkolo, south end of lake. The series of specimens now available for examination shows that this species, like most freshwater forms, exhibits consider- able variation in size, form, and sculpture. The much enlarged figure in the Proc. Royal Soc. 1898, vol. Ixii. p. 452, fig. 1, reproduced in the Proc. Malac. Soc. vol. ii1. p. 93, fig. 1, exhibits an extreme development of the anterior or basal spine, such as I have not seen in any specimen. The largest example in the present collection is 44 millim. in length, and the spire is much longer in proportion to the length of the body-whorl than in the shell depicted by Mr. Moore, and the sculpture is altogether finer. A smaller variety, but equally adult, is more strongly sculptured than the large form and only 30 millim. in length. 6. ByrHoceras MINOR Moore. (Plate X. fig. 4.) Hab. Tembwi, west coast, a little below middle, in 20 fath. A single specimen only. I am inclined to think that this species will eventually prove to be a variety of Paramelania crassigranulata. In the character of the shells, opercula, and radule there seems to be very little to separate the genera Bythoceras and Paramelania. 7. PARAMELANIA CRASSIGRANULATA Smith. (Plate X. figs. 7, 8.) Hab. South end of the lake. One very large specimen, 37 millim. in length. 8. PARAMELANIA DAMONI Smith. (Plate X. figs. 5, 6, 9.) Hab. Tembwi, near middle of west coast of the lake, 30 fath. ; Mrumbi, south of Tembwi, 40 fath.; Mshale, east coast towards the north end of the lake, 25 fath.; also south end. The single specimen from the last locality resembles the variety imperialis rather than the typical form. 9, LAvicERi4 GRANDIS Bourguignat. (Plate X. figs. 10, 11.) Hab. Mbete, south end of lake, on rocks in shallow water. A few specimens rather smaller than the type (P.Z.8. 1881, pl. xxxiv. fig. 26a), with the oblique plications less strongly developed. 10. Epearia NAssA (Woodward). (Plate X. fig. 19.) Hab. Kirando, east coast of lake towards the south end. A few specimens of a small variety. Operculum similar in character to that of Lavigerta grandis, horny, dark brown, broadly ovate, nucleus marginal, near the lower end, sculptured with fine lines of growth. 11. EpoGaria pAuctcostata Bourguignat. Hab. South end of the lake. Two rather large specimens, 21 millim. in length. 1906. ] OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 183 12. TANGANYICIA RUFOFILOSA (Smith), var. Hab. South end of lake. One very black specimen, having evidently been stained in black mud, It is very different in shape from the type, being more ovate, with a longer spire, and the umbilicus nearly closed. 13. SpexKia zonara (Woodward). Hab. Niamkolo, south end of lake, on stones in shallow water. 14. GiRAUDIA HOREI Smith. (Plate X. fig. 13.) Hab. Mrondwe Bay, south end of lake, 10 fath. A few examples, rather smaller than the type. Operculum ovate, horny, brown, paucispiral in the middle, with concentric lines of growth at the outer margin. 15. GrRaUDIA PRa&CLARA Bourguignat. (Plate X. fig. 14.) Hab. Moliro, west coast of south end of the lake, on rocks in shallow water. A few specimens, rather smaller than the type. The minute horny operculum, 1 millim. in length, consists of a single whorl, the nucleus being subcentral, but nearer the lower end. It is subovate, being rather narrower below than above. 16. ANCEYA RUFOCINCTA, Sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 12.) Shell small, elongate, subulate, imperforate, yellowish horn- colour, with a dark red band at the upper part of the whorls. Whorls 13, slowly increasing, slightly convex; apical whorls probably smooth and convex, the two topmost remaining with two spiral threads round the middle crossing the cost, which are much finer and more numerous than those upon the lower volu- tions. Coste strong, oblique, about twelve or thirteen upon the penultimate whorl, those upon the body-whorl terminating abruptly at a strong spiral ridge which encircles the base. Ina young specimen this ridge is absent, so that probably it only occurs in adult shells. Aperture oblique, broadly sinuated above and below; peristome continuous, brownish, outer margin thickened, a little expanded, columellar side also thickened and reflexed, with a distinct tooth or fold at the upper part, joined to the outer lip by a distinct callus. Operculum none? Length 84 millim., diam. 24; aperture 2 long, 17 broad. Hab. Kirando, towards south end of the east coast, 10 fath. Apparently differing from the two known species of the genus Anceya in colour, form of the aperture, and the character of the coste. A. giraudi Bourguignat has a palatal liration which is absent in the present species. In his figures the outer lips have the appearance of being drawn from broken specimens. If, however, they are normal, they are very different from the labrum of the present species. In a young specimen both the basal keel and the columellar tooth are absent, so that these are probably 184 MR. EDGAR A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA | Mar. 6, features which are only developed in adult shells. Having broken up one specimen, I failed to find an operculum. 6. Non-THALASSOID SPECIES. 1. Limn#A NATALENSIS Krauss. Hab. Swamp at Mbete, south end of lake. 2. ANCYLUS TANGANYICENSIS, sp. n. (Plate X. figs. 17, 18.) Shell very small, roundly ovate, moderately elevated, thin, brown, finely radiately striated across the concentric lines of growth ; apex obtuse, boss-like, circumscribed, radiately striated, subcentral or a trifle towards the right; interior glossy, exhibiting through the semitransparency of the shell the external sculpture. Length 23 millim., diam. 2, height 1. Hab. Onastone dredged in afew fathoms in Niamkolo Harbour, south end of lake. This is the first and only species of Anclyus known from the lake. The genus, however, occurs both in the north and south of the African continent, but with the exception of A. stuhlmannt Martens, from the Victoria Nyanza, no species have been recorded from the great lakes. Being so small it is possible they may have been overlooked. Prof. Gwatkin, who has very kindly examined the radula, observes :—‘“ As I expected, it belongs to the 4. parallelus type, which I have from 8. Africa, Australia, and North and South America. To it belong my ‘Gundlachias’ from Tasmania and New Zealand.” 3. PLANORBIS SUDANICUS Martens. Hab. Swamp at Mbete, south end of lake. 4. NEOTHAUMA TANGANYICENSE Smith. Hab. Kituta, Kala, Moliro, Sumbu, Kalambo. Keeled and non-carinate specimens were found together at the south end of the lake by Dr. Cunnington, so that Mr. Moore’s idea of the local distribution of this species appears to be, ina measure, Incorrect. 5. AMPULLARIA ovata Olivier. Hat. South end of lake. 6. Unto Burtonrt Woodward. Hab. South end of lake, and Kala at south end of east coast. 7. BURTONIA TANGANYICENSIS (Smith). Hab. Kombe, east coast below the middle, and south end of the lake. 8. PLEIODON SPEKEI Woodward. Hab. Sumbua, east coast. 1906. ] OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 185 9. BRAzz#A ANCEYI Bourguignat. fab. Kibanga. One valve only, with five or six radiating ridges down the anterior end. c. Post-PLIOCENE SPECIES. Some shells of species still living in Tanganyika were found embedded in a coarse sandy matrix upon the shore at Sumbua, about halfway up the east coast of the lake. One reef was so weathered that the shells (Weothawma) stood out very con- spicuously, just in the breakers. Three similar reefs occur at intervals inland, on the summits of the former sandy beaches. These shells may be referred to a late Post-Pliocene age. Other specimens occurred in a cliff or ridge, about six feet high, in the north-west part of the Rukwa Valley, where the lake formerly was, but is now dried up. So far as one can judge, none of the shells which are more or less perfect, or of those of which there are only fragments, belong to other than recent species, showing that these ridges are of quite modern origin. Among those from Sumbua, besides the Veothawma, are remains of Rumella, a thalassoid genus, and of Unio; and from the Rukwa Valley are fragments of Lanistes, Vivipara, Melania, Corbicula, and Unio, all ordinary freshwater types. The amount of material at hand, however, is so small, that one cannot say to what extent the thalassoid shells may be represented in the same locality. ~ Il. Species from the Victoria Nyanza. The following species were obtained by Dr. Cunnington at Bukoba on the west shore of the Lake. 1, PLANORBIS SUDANICUS Martens, var. MINOR Martens. . Hah. On water-weed in shallow-water inlet north of the town. 2. PLANORBIS CRAWFORDI Melville & Ponsonby. Wy Hab. Same as that of preceding species. Two specimens were obtained, which appear to be inseparable from this species described from Cape Colony. 3. MELANIA TUBERCULATA (Miller). Hab. Taken in shrimp-net in a few feet of water in the harbour. 4, VIVIPARA CONSTRICTA Martens. Hab. Dredged in about a fathom in the harbour. The specimens of this very variable species from this locality are rather like Martens’s figure (‘ Beschalte Weichthiere Deutsch- Ost-Afrika,’ vol. iv. pl. vi. fig. 20), but they exhibit a third keel between the two represented in the illustration. They are more 186 MOLLUSCA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. [ Mar. 6, strongly spirally striated than other examples which have been examined. 5. Unio LourDELI Bourguignat. Hab. Dredged in about a fathom in the harbour. 6. CoRBICULA CUNNINGTONI, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 15.) Shell small, irregularly ovate, almost equilateral, moderately convex, sculptured with rather distinct and distant concentric ridges, which become almost obsolete on both dorsal slopes ; valves yellow olivaceous, with or without a few brownish rays, more or less deep purplish within; umbones prominent. Length 123 millim., diam. 8, height 11. Hab. Dredged in about a fathom in the harbour. This species may be separated from C’. radiata Parreyss, the only species recorded from the Lake, on account of its somewhat different form, the umbones being more prominent, the more distant concentric ridges, and a difference in colour. None of the specimens exhibit the characteristic dark purple ray proceeding from the umbo down the middle of the valves as in C. radiata. Two out of three examples have little or no trace of markings, but the third is distinctly rayed with brown, the rays being different in the two valves. 7. SPHZRIUM VICTORIA, Sp.n. (Plate X. fig. 16.) Shell roundly subovate, nearly equilateral, greyish yellow, with numerous radiating dark hair-like lines; valves thin, finely con- centrically striated with the lines of growth, which are crossed by minute microscopic radiating strive which are quite invisible to the naked eye ; interior dirty bluish; lateral teeth delicate. Length 9? millim., diam. 54, alt: Sz. Hab. Dredged in about a fathom in the har ‘bour. Larger than S. nyanze Smith, not quite the same shape, different in colour, rayed, and with more delicate hinge-teeth. 8. AlTHERIA ELLIPTICA Lamarck. Hab. Entebbe, north-west end of the lake. EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. Bigs. 1, 2, 8. Bythoceras iridescens : p. 182. 4. es minor: p. 182. 5, 6, 9. Paramelania damon : p. 182. 7, 8. erassigranulata: p. 182. 10. Lavigeri ia grandis: p. 182. ag i operculum. 12. Anceya rufocineta: p. 183. 13. Giraudia horei, operculum : p. 183. 14. 5 preclara, operculum : p. 183. 15. Corbicula cunningtoni' p. 186. 16. Spherium victorie: p. 186. 17, 18. Ancylus tanganyicensis: p. 184. 19. Hdgaria nassa, operculum: p. 182. 1 2 S| WSO) Savell lI i A 7 C— - L7 MMM MOL ALLE Huth, sc. et ump. W.1,G, del, n P _ ane fe as Fi eae ge cc Ge aS dq 4 ae = | (au 9-14, lL. PARVULA. P Z.S 1906, vol. 1. Pl MIL Huth, sc st imp: V5) 222) ) TeIMON @IG ASR INAS SIMILIS. 98599 i LATIF ES, GO av, baa O Gres. P.Z.S 1906, vol 1. Pl XI AMI drs 5 he Wil Gy dell ERA ae eh Sew : 88-44, LIMNOCARIDINA SPINIPES wane AsO) =. BZ. CARIDELLA CUNNINGTONI. De = SE), CG. MINUTA. P.Z.9.1906,vol. Pl. XIV Huth, sc. ot imp SEE pe ttey-u ay Nap AS OSL VAGn IEVSUIS VME O UIC IES 65-72 A, LONGIROSTRIS. 1906. | CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 187 2. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905. Report on the Macrurous Crustacea. By W. T. Catman, D.Sc., British Museum (Natural History). [Received February 5, 1906. | (Plates XL-XIV.*) 1. Introduction. The collection of Macrurous Crustacea obtained by Dr. Cun- nington from the lakes of Central Africa comprises thirteen species, of which only three have been previously described. In Nyasa and Victoria Nyanza only a single species was found, a common and widely-distributed form, already recorded from the latter lake. In Tanganyika, in addition to the two species dis- covered by Mr. Moore, Dr. Cunnington has been fortunate enough to find no less than ten new species, and among them representa- tives of what I regard as two new genera. The following is a list of the species obtained :— Nyasa. Caridina nilotica, var. gracilipes (de Man). TANGANYIKA. Palemon moorer Calman. Linmocaridina retiarius, 1. sp. M4 parvula, n. sp. » tanganyike Calman. se similis, n. sp. if latipes, n. sp. 6 socius, N. Sp. as spinipes, Li. Sp. Caridella cunningtont, n. g. et sp. » mnuta, D. sp. Atyella brevirostris, n. g. et sp. », longirostris, n. sp. Victoria NYANZA. Caridina nilotica, var. gracilipes (de Man). I am obliged to Dr. Cunnington for giving me his notes on the occurrence and coloration of the various forms. These I have incorporated in their proper places. It is right that mention should be made of the excellent state of preservation of the specimens, and of the very careful and methodical manner in which the notes of localities and other particulars were kept. * Wor explanation of the Plates, see p. 205. 188 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS | Mar. 6, ul. Systematic Notes and Descriptions of New Genera and Specves. Family PALZMONIDA, PAL#=MON MooREI Calman. (Plate XI. figs. 1 & 1a.) P. moorei Calman, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 709, pl. xl. figs. 20-24. The numerous and excellently-preserved specimens of this species which Dr. Cunnington has brought home enable me to add some further details to the description which I formerly gave. Of 18 specimens collected only two are males. ‘This is a somewhat remarkable fact, since in this genus, as Coutiére remarks, it is rare for the females to be as numerous as the males. The largest specimen is an ovigerous female, 27 mm. in total length. The 2-34+7-11 at The second pair of pereeopods in the females (Plate XI. figs. 1 & la) differ from those of the male formerly figured, and from those of the two males in the present collection, in having two low rounded teeth or tubercles on the inner edge of each of the fingers close to the proximal end. The males do not differ from the females in the length or stoutness of the chele. The carpus and hand are rough with minute sharp granules or spines, which were not well shown in the figure formerly given. There is some little variation in the relative lengths of the segments of this limb, as the following measurements (in millim.) show :— males are a little smaller. The teeth of the rostrum are Merus. Carpus. Palm. Fingers. Hemale a... 4-0 4-5 3°6 3°9 TS ean 4:3 4-9 4-2 3-7 beaten ee) AT 5-0 3-5 3-9 Sie NT 4-5 As5 45 4-3 IVP aie avert 2°9 333 2°5 30 Baan SSeS ROG eS 3°6 3°6 2°3 Sul The mandible carries a palp which, although short (about half the length of the incisor process), is composed of three distinct segments, and in all other respects the species conforms to the definition of the genus* to which I have referred it. As it is by no means easy to determine what are the affinities of this species among the very numerous and closely allied species of the genus, I have submitted a specimen to Dr. J. G. de Man, whose competence to pass judgment on this point will not be dis- puted. With his accustomed courtesy, Dr. de Man sent me a long letter dealing with the subject, and with his permission I quote some of his remarks. After noticing that P. moored is, without doubt, the smallest species of the genus, and that it has, at first sight, quite the general appearance of some species of * T follow Ortmann, de Man, and the majority of recent authors in retaining the name Palemon for this genus. I am unable to understand the reasons which have led some American authors to follow Spence Bate in using for it the name Bithynis. 1906.] CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 189 the genus Caridina, Dr. de Man goes on to say—“ P. sundaicus Heller, with its varieties, does not seem to me to be the most nearly allied to P. mooret as you suggest. Like Coutiére (Ann. Sci. Nat. 8me sér. xii. p. 324), I think that P. superbus Heller and P. trompi de Man, especially the former, are the most closely allied species. P. scabriculus Heller and P. alcocki Nobili are apparently also related. All these forms, however, are in a greater or less degree different from your species. LP. trompi, from Borneo, is at once distinguished by the few and large eggs, by the shape of the telson, the toothing of the fingers, &e. P. scabriculus differs in the carapace, which is scabrous, in the rostral teeth, of which six are set on the carapace, and in other characters. P. alcocki has the carpus of the second legs almost twice as long as the merus, and little shorter than the chela. P. moorei ought, in my opinion, to be considered as a distinct and interesting species.” To this | may add that P. superbus Heller, as re-described and figured by Coutiére (¢. c. p. 319, pl. xii. figs. 34-37), grows to a very much larger size than P. mooret; and when specimens of about the same size are compared, it seems to differ in having the chele smooth and beset with rather long hairs. P. niloticus Roux, of which a specimen from the Blue Nile has recently been presented to the Museum by Captain Stanley Flower, clearly differs from P. mooret in many characters. It is of much larger size (the specimen before me is 41 mm. in total length); the rostrum has a strongly convex upper edge with eleven teeth, of which only one is on the carapace while the distal one is some distance from the tip; the lower edge of the rostrum bears two teeth (Klunzinger and Heller agree in giving the number as 1- so that Roux’s figure, which shows five, is no doubt incorrect) ; the merus of the second legs is three-fourths of the length of the carpus, which is a very little longer than the chela; the fingers are about equal to the palm, and the whole limb is smoother than in P. mooret. Occurrence.—Off Niamkolo, 12.vii.04. ‘ Dredged in about 12 fathoms, among shells.” About sixteen females and one male. Kalambo, 4.x1.04. ‘‘ Tow-netting, surface, 8.20 p.m.” One very young specimen. Kirando, 1.xii.04. ‘Taken in about 10 fathoms.” One female. Mr umbi, 27.x11.04. ‘ From about 30 fathoms.” One male. Family ATYID#. CARIDINA NILOTICA, var. GRACILIPES (de Man). C. wyckii, var. gracilipes de Man, in Weber’s ‘Zool. Ergeb. Niederliindisch Ost-Indien,’ ii. p. 393 (1891). All the prawns obtained by Dr. Cunnington froifi Lake Nyasa and the Victoria Nyanza belong to the genus Caridina, and to that section of the genus including the forms to which the specific names nilotica, long grostris, and wyckii, as well as a series of varietal names, have been applied. It is not easy to determine 190 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS | Mar. 6, what position the present forms ought to occupy within this group; and even if that question were satisfactorily answered, there would still remain room for discussion as to the appropriate name to be applied to them. It is generally agreed that Milne-Edwavrds’s longirostris, described as coming from Algiers, but not since found there, is identical with the earlier nilotica described by Roux from the Nile. From de Man’s re-examination of Milne-Edwards’s types, we know that it has the carpus of the first chelipeds one and a half times as long as broad. From this Dr. de Man separates as a distinct species, under the name C’. wyckii Hickson, those forms which have the first carpus at least twice as long at broad. Prof. Bouvier (Bull. Sci. France et Belgique, xxxix. p. 79, 1905) has pointed out, however, and I can confirm the statemens, that co-types of Prof. Hickson’s species, from Celebes, have the carpus exactly as in the types of longirostris. Specimens received from Prof. Hickson, and preserved in the British Museum, agree very closely indeed with de Man’s description of his C. ndlotica, var. minahasse (also from Celebes), differing chiefly in the shorter dactylus of the posterior pereeopods, that of the fourth pair being less than one-fifth, and that of the fifth pair one-fourth of the corresponding propodus. It follows that, so far as the characters of the carpal segments are concerned, C. wyckit Hickson must be regarded as a synonym of C. nilotica Roux, while C. wyckii de Man, if it is to be regarded as distinct, must receive a new specific or varietal name. Prof. Bouvier appears to regard de Man’s species as merely a variety of that of Roux and Milne- Edwards (¢. c., table on p. 73; on p. 79, however, he treats it as a separate species); and in this I am disposed to concur, although the material at my disposal is too scanty to enable me to form a definite opinion. At all events the specimens collected by Dr. Cunnington in Lake Nyasa and in Victoria Nyanza, while not agreeing exactly with each other or with any of the described forms, come sufficiently near to the variety gracilipes, which de Man places under the species wyckii, and Bouvier under nilotica; and I therefore record them under the latter name. The following particulars were found to agree in several specimens from each locality, ovigerous females being compared in each case :-— Nyasa.—Total length up to 21 mm. Rostrum reaching beyond antennal scale, teeth ae edge much less than half its length ; one or two sub-apical teeth, and, occasionally, an isolated tooth a little way back from the tip. Carpus of first perzeopods two and a half times as long as broad, that of second pair more than five times as long as broad. Dac- tylus of fourth pair one-fifth of propodus or a little over, bearing 7-9 spines; that of fifth pair a little more than one-fourth of propodus, with about 33-38 spines. Hggs -47 x:27 mm. Victoria Nyanza.—Total length up to 25 mm. Rostrum, except . . 2416-2 in one or two cases, reaching beyond antennal scale, teeth 2 , unarmed terminal part of upper 1906. ] CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 191 unarmed part of upper edge much less than half its length, one or two sub-apical teeth, and occasionally an isolated tooth as above described. Carpus of first perzeopods not more than two and a third times as long as broad (in a series of specimens collected at Entebbe, by Mr. E. Degen, the carpus is only about twice as long as broad, sometimes a little less than twice). Carpus of second pair less than five times as long as broad. Dactylus of fourth pair a little more than one-fifth of propodus, with 8-11 spines; that of fifth pair more than one-fourth of propodus, with 37-50 spines. Eggs -6 x °37 to 62 x°4 mm. Hilgendorf has recorded C. wyckii var. gracilipes from several localities in the Victoria Nyanza (Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, iv. (7) p. 36, 1898) and elsewhere in German East Africa. Prof. Bouvier, who does not quote Hilgendorf’s work, records from Victoria Nyanza and from Doufilé (Dufli) on the Upper Nile (about 3°31’ N. lat.) specimens which he regards as intermediate between the typical CO. wycku of de Man and the South African var. paucipara Max Weber. The eggs in the specimens collected by Dr. Cunnington are rather smaller than those which Prof. Bouvier records from Lake Victoria, and much smaller than in the typical paucipara, while in other respects, such as the number of spines on the dactyli of the ambulatory legs, they show no approach to pauwcipara. Genus LIMNOCARIDINA. Limnocaridina Calman, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 704. To this genus, hitherto represented by only a single species discovered by Mr. Moore, I refer six of the new species found by Dr. Cunnington. As originally defined, the genus was distinguished chiefly by the great reduction of the branchial system, by the presence of a “hepatic” instead of an “antennal” spine on the carapace, and by the characters of the first and second maxille and the first maxilliped. In all the species described below, the branchial formula agrees with that formerly given for L. tanganyike, and there is no epipod on the first maxilliped. The structure of the maxille is also essentially the same, though, in the second maxille, the middle lobe is sometimes more expanded than it is in L. tanganyike, but not overlapping the distal lobe. With regard to the spine on the carapace, however, the new species to be described below show that the difference between L. tanganyike and the species of Caridina is one of position, not of homology. The spine, which in Z. socius and L. spinipes is in the same position as the “antennal” spine of Caridina, is clearly homologous with that which, in ZL. latipes, L. similis, L. parvula, and L. retiarius, corresponds with what I formerly described as the “hepatic” spine of ZL. tanganyike. In the following descriptions therefore I have abandoned the terms “antennal” and “hepatic,” and speak simply of the “antero-lateral spine” of the carapace. In the original description of L. tanganyike itis stated that the carpus of the first perzeopods 192 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS [ Mar. 6, is “slightly excavated distally on the inner side.” While this is quite correct and holds good also for the new species described below, it should be pointed out that this very slight excavation, not visible from the outer side, is very different from the marked excavation of the anterior margin of the carpus found in most of the species, at least, of the allied genera. Since, however, the excavation is about equally slight im some of the species of Caridina, it does not seem advisable to include this character in the generic definition. In all cases the terminal brushes of setze on the fingers of the chele are more scanty than in any species of Caridina which J have seen. Key to the Species of Limnocaridina. A. Fingers of chele five to seven times as long as the palm, with very long marginal sete. a. Rostrum about equal to antennular peduncle......... L. retiarius, 0. sp. b. Rostrum less than half as long as first segment of antennular peduncle ......... L. parvula, n. sp. B. Fingers of chele not more than twice as s long as the palm; sete not very long, confined to distal ‘part. a. Length of sixth abdominal somite more than twice its depth. a. Rostrum much longer than the carapace, with TO=ZOsbeethnbelo wie sey Wee cceeeeeen oak bees cee LD. tanganyike Calman. d. Rostrum about oe to carapace, with 3-6 teeth below ..... LL. similis, n. sp. c. Rostrum less than one-third of length of care apace, unarmed below ....... L, latipes, n. sp. . Length of sixth abdominal somite little more than one and a half times its depth. a. Rostrum nearly equal to carapace; merus of last three legs with one spine .. LD. socius, nu. sp. 6. Rostrum Tittle more than half length of car apace ; 5 merus of last three legs with 2-3 spines ......... L. spinipes, n. sp. LIMNOCARIDINA RETIARIUS, n. sp. (Plate XI. figs. 2-8.) Description.—Body slender; sixth somite of abdomen a little shorter than the carapace, length more than two and a half times its depth. Rostrum (Plate XI. fig. 2) about equal to or a little shorter than antennular peduncle, two-thirds as long as carapace, decurved at base, then horizontal or slightly recurved . 2-44-7-10 . towards tip, teeth —“~;—, unarmed above for nearly half its length from tip. Antero-lateral spine of carapace set well back from front edge. Antennular peduncle reaching to external tooth of antennal scale. Distal edge of scale (Plate XJ. fig. 3) projecting beyond external tooth. Third maxilliped extending to end of second segment of antennular peduncle, exopod not longer than ischium, terminal segment slender but a little shorter than preceding segment. First pereopods (Plate XI. fig. 4) reaching to tip of third maxillipeds, breadth of carpus two-thirds of its length, chela about three times as long as carpus, palmar portion less than one-fifth of length of fingers. Second perzeopods (Plate XI. fig. 5) reaching a little beyond first, breadth of carpus little more than two-fifths of its length; chela a little more 1906. ] CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 193 than twice as long as the carpus, palmar portion about one-fifth of length of fingers. Fingers of both chele slightly spoon-shaped, bearing along the whole length of their opposed edges on the outer and inner sides a single row of very long flexible setz regularly arranged; each seta has a double series of rather widely-spaced barbs. Last three pairs of perzeopods not differing greatly in length, third pair not reaching tip of third maxillipeds ; dactylus of third and fourth pairs (Plate XI. fig. 6) more than half the length of propodus, with 14 spines; that of the fifth pair (Plate XI. fig. 7) nearly two-thirds of length of propodus, with 26 spines. Telson (Plate XI. fig. 8) three-fifths of length of sixth abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods longer than inner. Total length, 9,13°3 mm. Eggs -3x-18 mm. Remarks.—This species is distinguished from all the Atyide hitherto described by the remarkable and beautiful armature of its chele. The sete with which the fingers are furnished, instead of forming apical tufts as in other Atyide, diverge from the outer and inner edges of each finger. As far as can be seen in the preserved specimens, these sete entirely prevent the fingers from being brought together, so that the chele cannot be used for seizing objects inthe ordinary way. On the other hand, each chela forms a kind of double casting-net, no doubt very efficient in the capture of minute living prey. The great length of the dactylus of the posterior legs is also a characteristic feature. In the structure of the mouth-parts and in the branchial formula the species shows no important differences from the other members of the genus. Occurrence.—Mbete, 1.x.04. “Taken in shrimp-net, shore- wading.” Among 17 specimens there are only three females, one of which carries eggs. LIMNOCARIDINA PARVULA, n. sp. (Plate XI. figs. 9-14.) Description.— Body very slender; sixth somite of abdomen as long as the carapace, three times as long as deep. Rostrum (Plate XI. fig. 9) very short, less than half as long as first segment of antennular peduncle, expanded horizontally at the base ; teeth —— Antero-lateral spine of carapace set more than twice its own length from front edge. Antennular peduncle reaching well beyond external tooth of antennal scale. Distal edge of scale projecting beyond external tooth. Third maxilliped extending to end of first segment of antennular peduncle, exopod longer than ischium, terminal segment shorter than preceding segment. First perzeopods (Plate XI. fig. 10) reaching to end of penultimate segment of third maxillipeds, breadth of carpus less than two-thirds of its length ; chela about three times as long as carpus, palmar portion about one-seventh of length of fingers. Second perzopods (Plate XI. fig. 11) reaching a little beyond first, breadth of carpus little more than haif its length, chela two and a half times as long as carpus, palmar portion about 194 DR. W. I. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS | Mar. 6, one-sixth of length of fingers. Shape of fingers and sete much as in LZ. retiariws, but the sete are shorter and are almost smooth, their barbs being extremely short and inconspicuous. Third pair of pereopods reaching beyond tip of third maxillipeds, last pair distinctly shorter. Dactylus of third and fourth pairs (Plate XI. fig. 12) less than half the length of the propodus, without spines, except the terminal one which is long and slender; that of fifth pair (Plate XI. fig. 13) less than two-thirds of length of pro- podus, with a terminal and a short subterminal spine. Telson (Plate XI. fig. 14) a little more than half as long as sixth abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods a little longer than inner. Total length (ovigerous 2) 6°25-6-7 mm. Eggs °26 x°16 mm. remarks.—This species, the smallest of the genus, is closely allied to the preceding by the structure of the chele. It is strikingly distinguished, however, not only by the very short rostrum (which, in some specimens, may be even shorter than in that figured), but also by the very different armature of the dactylus in the posterior pairs of legs. Occurrence.—Kasawa, tow-netting, 8.30 p.m., 7.x.04. Many specimens. Only three ovigerous females. Kalambo, tow-netting, 8.20 p.m., 4.x1.04. Six specimens, including two ovigerous females. Karema, 12.xii.04. “‘tow-netting, surface, 8 30 p.m.” Many specimens. LIMNOCARIDINA TANGANYIK Calman. Limnocaridina tanganyike Calman, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 704, pls. xxxix. & x1. figs. 1-2, 4-19. T have very little to add to the account which I have already given of this species. Some of the specimens in the present collection are larger than any previously seen, reaching about 26 mm. in total length. The distal edge of the antennal scale reaches beyond the external spine. There is a single spine on the merus and another on the carpus of each of the last three pairs of legs. The sixth abdominal somite is about equal to the carapace, and its length two and a half times its depth. Occurrence.—Kasakalawe, 4.viii.04. ‘‘'Taken in rock-pool about tide-mark.” Two ovigerous females. Mtondwe Bay, 10.viii.04. ‘‘ Swampy shallows.” Seven speci- mens, four ovigerous. Mtondwe Bay, Niamkolo, 13.viii.04. “Taken in shrimp-net in a few feet of water.” Kituta, 24.viii.04. ‘Enormous swarms were seen swimming close to the surface in about 10 feet of water on a calm afternoon. Colour uniform bluish-grey.” Dr. Cunnington notes that these specimens differed much in colour and in general aspect from the other specimens of L. tanganyike, and he suspected that they might be a distinct species, but I cannot find any noteworthy structural differences. 1906. ] CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 195 Kituta Bay, 27.vii.04. “Tow-netting, surface, 8.30 p.m.” Two specimens. Mbete, 1.x.04. “Taken shore-wading.” One female. Kasawa, 7.x.04. “Tow-netting, 8.30 p.m.” Many specimens. Kalambo, 4.xi.04. “'Tow-netting, 8.20 p.m.” Three specimens. Kazagga, 7.11.05. ‘Taken close to shore.” One specimen. LIMNOCARIDINA SIMILIS, sp. n. (Plate XII. figs. 15-22.) Description.—Body slender; sixth somite of abdomen shorter than the carapace, its length about two and a half times its depth. Rostrum (Plate XII. fig. 15) a little longer than antennular peduncle, equal to or shorter than carapace, slightly : 3-447-9 arched at base, then horizontal, teeth ‘ —— unarmed above for half its length. Antero-lateral spine of carapace set well back from front edge. Antennular peduncle reaching to external tooth of antennal scale. Distal edge of scale (Plate XII. fig. 16) projecting well beyond external tooth. Third maxilliped not reaching to end of second segment of antennular peduncle, terminal segment little shorter than preceding. First pereeopods (Plate XII. fig. 17) short and stout, reaching to about the first third of first segment of antennular peduncle, breadth of carpus about three-fifths of its length, chela more than one and a half times as long as the carpus, twice as long as broad, fingers equal to the palmar portion. Second pereopods (Plate XII. fig. 18) reaching a little beyond first pair, breadth of carpus about one- third of its length ; chela little longer than carpus, three times as long as broad, palmar portion two-thirds of length of fingers. Third perzeopods extending beyond and fifth pair falling con- siderably short of tip of third maxillipeds; dactylus of last three pairs more than one-third of propodus, that of third and fourth (Plate XII. fig. 19) with 14-15, that of the fifth (Plate XII. fig. 20) with 21 spines. Telson (Plate XIT. fig. 22) four-fifths of length of sixth abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods longer than imner. Total length, 9,165 mm. Eggs :28x-:18 mm. Remarks.—This species is closely allied to L. tanganyike, but is distinguished by the much shorter rostrum. One very remark- able feature is the strongly marked difference between the sexes in the armature of the third and fourth perxopods. In the male (Plate XIT. fig. 21) the marginal spines on these segments greatly exceed in size those of the female. A similar difference, though less strongly marked, is found in the species described below as LZ. sociws, but in the other species of the genus I have not been able to perceive any difference between the sexes in this respect. Ocewrrence.—Kalambo, 4.xi.04. ‘*Tow-netting, 8.20 p.m” One specimen. Rusisi River, close to Tanganyika, 7.11.05. Many specimens, mostly females. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I, No, XIV. 14 196 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS | Mar. 6, LIMNOCARIDINA LATIPES, sp. n. (Plate XII. figs. 23-29.) Description.—Body slender; sixth somite of abdomen a little longer than carapace, length two and a half times its depth. Rostrum (Plate XII. fig. 23) less than one-third of length of carapace, much shorter than first segment of antennular peduncle, horizontal, teeth eee, Antero-lateral spine of carapace set a little way back from front edge. Antennular peduncle reaching to external tooth of antennal scale. Distal edge of scale (Plate XII, fig. 24) projecting beyond external tooth. Third maxilliped hardly extending beyond first segment of antennular peduncle, terminal segment two-thirds the length of preceding segment. First pereeopods (Plate XII. fig. 25) hardly reaching middle of penultimate segment of third maxilliped, breadth of carpus about one-half of its length; chela one and a half times as long as carpus, two and a half times as long as broad, palmar portion a little shorter than the fingers. Second perzopods (Plate XII. fig. 26) reaching a little beyond first, breadth of carpus less than one-third of its length, chela a little longer than the carpus, four times as long as broad, palmar portion a little shorter than fingers. Last three pairs of pereeopods stout, third pair extending well beyond tip of third maxillipeds, fifth pair hardly reaching beyond base of penultimate segment of same. Merus and carpus of last three pairs each with a single spine; dactylus very short and broad, that of fourth pair (Plate XII. fig. 27) about one and a half times as long as broad, and one-fourth of length of propodus, armed with nine large spines; that of fifth pair (Plate XII. fig. 28) hardly twice as long as broad, a little more than one-fourth of length of propodus, with ten spines. Telson (Plate XII. fig. 29) little more than half the length of sixth abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods a little longer than inner. Total length 9°77 mm. Eggs -25x-16 mm. Remarks.—YThis small species is easily distinguished from the other members of the genus by its very short rostrum, and by the short and broad dactyli of the posterior pereeopods. The spines of the dactyli are unusually large, and do not differ in size in the two sexes. According to Dr. Cunnington’s notes, the colour of this species in life was “ greenish, with red and yellow spots.” : Occurrence.—Mbete, 29.1x.04. ‘Shallow water amongst rocks.” Two specimens. Near mouth of Lofu, 6.x.04. ‘Taken on rocks, shallow water.” Four females and eight males. Kalambo, 4.xi.04. ‘Tow-netting, 8.20 p.m.” One specimen. Tembwi, 2.1.05. ‘Taken on rocks, shallow water.” Five specimens LIMNOCARIDINA SOCIUS, sp. n. (Plate XII. figs. 30-37.) Description.—Body stout; sixth somite of abdomen less than 1906.] CRUSTACHA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 197 two-thirds of length of carapace, length about one and a half times its depth. Rostrum (Plate XII. fig. 30) a little longer than antennular peduncle, equal to or a little shorter than carapace, nearly horizontal, teeth ae those of dorsal edge rather long and slender, unarmed above for less than one-third of its length. Antero-lateral spine of carapace set close to front edge. Anten- nular peduncle distinctly shorter than antennal scale. Distal edge of scale (Plate XII. fig. 31) not projecting as far as the long external tooth. Third maxillipeds extending to end of second segment of antennular peduncle, terminal segment shorter than preceding. First perseopods (Plate XII. fig. 32) short and rather stout, not extending beyond middle of first segment of antennular peduncle, breadth of carpus about three-fifths of its length; chela about one and a half times as long as the carpus, about two and a half times as long as broad, palmar portion one and a half times as long as the fingers. Second pereopods (Plate XII. fig. 33) hardly reaching to end of first segment of antennular peduncle, breadth of carpus less than one-quarter of its length; chela little longer than carpus, more than four times as long as broad, palmar portion about equal to fingers. Third perzopods reaching beyond, fifth pair falling considerably short of tip of third mawxillipeds. Merus and carpus of last three pairs each with a single spine; dactylus a little less than one-quarter of length of propodus, that of fourth (Plate XII. fig. 34) with seven, that of fifth (Plate XII. fig. 36) with thirteen spines. Telson (Plate XII. fig. 37) a little shorter than sixth abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods shorter than inner. Total length 12 mm. Eggs :26x°17 mm. Remarks.—This species was twice found in company with L. spinipes, which it resembles in the rather short stout body, in the position of the antero-lateral spine close to the front edge of the carapace, and in having the outer plate of the uropods shorter than the inner. It differs in the shorter rostrum, in the short fingers of the first chele, and in the presence of only one spine on the merus of the posterior legs. In the male, the spines on the dactyli of the third and fourth perzopods are somewhat stronger than in the female (Plate XII. fig. 35). Occurrence.—Niamkolo Harbour, 7.1x.04. “ Dredged in about 3 fathoms among shells.” Many specimens. Utinta, 5.xii.04. “ Dredged in about 10 fathoms among shells.” One specimen. Kirando, 1.xii.04. “Taken in about 8 fathoms of water, among shells.” One specimen. LIMNOCARIDINA SPINIPES, sp. n. (Plate XIII. figs. 38-44.) Description.—Body stout; sixth somite of abdomen less than two-thirds of length of carapace, length about one and a half times its depth. Rostrum (Plate XIII. fig. 38) reaching to end of second segment of antennular peduncle, one-half to nearly two 14* 198 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS | Mar. 6, thirds of length of carapace, horizontal, teeth —— unarmed above for one-fourth of its length. Antero-lateral spine of cara- pace small, set close to front edge. Antennular peduncle a little shorter than antennal scale. Distal edge of scale (Plate XIII. fig. 39) not projecting so far as the externaltooth. Third maxilli- peds not reaching to end of second segment of antennular peduncle, terminal segment a little shorter than preceding. First pereeopods (Plate XIII. fig. 40) short and stout, not reaching middle of first segment of antennular peduncle, breadth of carpus about two- fifths of its length; chela one and a half times as long as carpus, two and a half times as long as broad, palmar portion slightly shorter than fingers. Second pereopods (Plate XIII. fig. 41) not reaching end of first segment of antennular peduncle, breadth of carpus one-fifth of its length; chela equal to carpus, about four times as long as broad, palmar portion little more than half of length of fingers. Third pereopods reaching well beyond, fifth pair falling short of tip of third maxillipeds. Merus of last three pairs with two, sometimes three, spines on distal part of the lower margin, carpus with two spines side by side. Dactylus in each case a little less than one-third of length of propodus, that of third pair (Plate XIII. fig. 42) with five, that of fifth (Plate XIII. fig. 43) with twelve spines. Telson (Plate XIII. fig. 44) a little shorter than sixth abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods a little shorter than inner. Total length 7 mm. EHgegs °25x°15 mm. Remarks.—This species resembles the preceding very closely, but the distinguishing characters are constant in all the specimens examined. Occurrence.—Niamkolo Harbour, 7.ix.04. ‘ Dredged in about 3 fathoms, among shells.” Two specimens. Kirando, 1.xii.04. “Taken in about 8 fathoms of water, among shells.” Many specimens. Utinta, 6.xii.04. “ Dredged in about 15 fathoms among shells.” Twelve specimens. Genus CARIDELLA, gen. nov. Perzeopods without exopods; carpus of first pair excavated distally, that of second pair not’excavated; chele of both pairs with a distinct palmar portion. Epipods on the first three pairs of perzeopods. No pleurobranchia on the last thoracic somite. Type, C. cunningtonz, sp. n. This new genus is intermediate to some extent between Caridina and Limnocaridina. It resembles the former in the general structure of the mouth-parts, in the presence of an outer plate on the first maxilla and of a minute epipod on the first maxilliped. It approaches Limnocaridina in the reduction of the branchial system and especially in the absence of the posterior pleuro- branchia, while several of the gills in the anterior part of the branchial chainber are also absent or reduced to small vestiges. 1906.] CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 199 It is extremely dittcult to determine exactly the number of gills in species so small as those described below; and the following formula for C. cunningtone is given with the reservation that some minute vestiges of gills may have been overlooked. The absence of the posterior pleurobranchia, however, as well as the absence of an epipod from the penultimate legs, are characters which it is comparatively easy to demonstrate and which seem to justify the establishment of the new genus. Branchial formula of Cardiella cunningtoni. mxp. l/mxp. 2);mxp. 3 per. 1 per. 2} per. 3} per. 4| per. 5 | | | Pleurobranchiz ...... 0 6) 0) | Se papas 1 iL 0 | ; | 5 | Arthrobranchie ......| 0 0) ne | Q Ho 0 0) 0 | | | Podobranchie ......... ep. ep. ep. | ep. | ep. | ep. 0 0 | | | j In the case of C. cunningtoni, the large and peculiar first pair of chele and the unarmed dactyli of the third and fourth pairs of legs are striking features. They are not shared by C. minuta, but owing to the small size of this species and the fact that only one adult specimen was found it has not been possible to make a complete examination of its characters, and it may yet prove to belong to a distinct genus. CARIDELLA CUNNINGTONI, n. sp. (Plate XITI. figs. 45-52.) Deseription.—Rostrum (Plate XIII. fig. 45) reaching nearly to end of second segment of antennular peduncle, less than half : 3-58-12 length of carapace, slightly deflexed, teeth —j-=—. Antennular peduncle (Plate XIII. fig. 46) reaching to end of antennal scale, second and third segments longer than broad, external spine of first segment reaching to end of segment, distal spine reaching to middle of sueceeding segment. Distal edge of antennal scale (Plate XIII. fig. 47) hardly projecting beyond external tooth. Third maxilliped not extending to end of antennular peduncle. First perzeopods (Plate XIII. fig. 48) very stout, reaching to about end of penultimate segment of third maxillipeds; merus produced as a blunt tooth above articulation of carpus; carpus less than twice as long as broad, distinctly excavated distally; chela more than one anda half times as long as carpus and much broader, less than two and a half times as long as broad; fingers a little shorter than the palm, gaping widely, a stout curved tooth at base of immovable finger fitting into a notch at base of dactylus, apical brushes scanty and short. Second peropods (Plate XITI. fig. 49) slender, extending beyond tip of third maxillipeds ; carpus about seven times as long as broad; chela shorter than carpus, nearly four times as long as broad, fingers one and a half times as long 200 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS [ Mar. 6, as the palm, a small tooth at base of immovable finger. Third perxopods a little stouter than fourth (Plate XIII. fig. 50); merus in both with three spines below; propodus about three and a half times as long as dactylus, which is unarmed except for the terminal spine. Dactylus of fifth pair (Plate XIII. fig. 51) one- third of length of propodus, with a comb of about 37 slender spines besides the stout terminal spine. Telson (Plate XIII. fig. 52) equal to sixth abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods slightly shorter than inner, with a transverse row of about fourteen spines. Total length 9mm. Eggs 45x62 mm. Remarks.—This species is at once distinguished from all other Atyide known to me by the structure of the first pair of chelee. Tn the absence of spines other than the apical one on the dactyli of the third and fourth pairs of legs, it resembles the species described above as Limnocaridina parvula. | Occurrence.—Kala, 19.xi.04. ‘ Taken on rocks, shallow water.” One specimen. Kirando, 1.xii.04. ‘Taken in about 8 fathoms of water among shells.” Six specimens. Utinta, 6.x11.04. “ Dredged in about 15 fathoms, among shells.” Many specimens. CARIDELLA MINUTA, sp. n. (Plate XIIT. figs. 53-56.) Description.—Rostrum (Plate XIII. fig. 53) hardly reaching beyond first segment of antennular peduncle, about one-quarter . 0+4 of length of carapace, straight, teeth i . Antennular peduncle not reaching to end of antennal scale, second and third segments broader than long, external spine of first segment not reaching end of segment, no distinct distal spine. Distal edge of antennal scale projecting beyond external tooth. Third maxilliped extend- ing beyond antennular peduncle. First pereeopods (Plate XIII. fig. 54) very short and stout; carpus broader than long, strongly excavated distally ; chela nearly three times as long as carpus and a little broader, about twice as long as broad; fingers two-thirds as long as the palm, slightly gaping; no tooth at base of immov- able finger. Second pereopods (Plate XITT. fig. 55) more slender ; carpus twice as long as broad; chela one and a half times as long as carpus, fingers a little longer than palm. Last three pairs of pereopods (Plate XIII. fig. 56) similar and rather stout; dactylus at least one-third of length of propodus, and little more than twice as long as broad, with eight strong spines of which the second, not the terminal one, is the largest. 'Telson equal to sixth abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods slightly shorter than inner, with a transverse row of four spines. Total length 4mm. Eggs 22x15 mm. Remarks.—Owing to the very small size of this species, it is extremely difficult to determine its exact branchial formula, but I have satisfied myself that it has no pleurobranch on the 1906.] CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 201 last thoracic somite and that the epipods extend to the third pereopods. On these grounds I refer it provisionally to the genus Caridella. From the preceding species it is distinguished by the characters of the first pereeopods and the well-armed dactyli of the third and fourth. Occurrence.—Near mouth of Lofu, 6.x.04. ‘Taken on rocks, shallow water. Colour yellowish, with red spots; eggs green.” One specimen, ovigerous. Karema, 12.xii.04. “‘ Tow-netting, surface, 8.30 p.m.” Six immature specimens. Genus ATYELLA, gen. nov. Pereopods without exopods; carpus of first and second pairs excavated distally; chele without any distinct palmar portion. Kpipods on the first three pairs of pereeopods. No pleurobranchia on the last thoracic somite. Type, A. brevirostris, sp. n. This genus bears the same relation to Caridella that Atya bears to Caridina, differing in having the carpus of the second perzeopods excavated and the palmar portion of the chele obsolete. Perhaps the comparison should be with Orémannia (Atyoida) rather than with Atya, for the two fingers of the chele, the propodus and the dactylus, are not exactly alike, though the articulation between them is practically in a straight line with their opposed edges. In any case, the new genus is distinguished from both of those just mentioned by the reduced number of the branchie. In Orimannia potinvirim, the only species, so far as I know, which resembles the present genus in having no epipods on the penul- timate pair of legs, Fritz Miiller states that there are seven gills on each side, one above each of the five thoracic legs, one above the external maxilliped, and a very small one on the second maxilliped (Arch. Mus. Rio de Janeiro, vill. p. 166, 1892). The branchial formula for Atyella is the same as that given above for Caridella. Referring to a bottle containing both the species described below, Dr. Cunnington notes that the specimens were ‘‘red in the dark, changing to light violet in the light; with red-brown sete on the chelz.” Fritz Miiller has described changes of colour in Orimannia (Atyoida) potimirim (é. ¢. p. 155, also Kosmos (Stuttgart), Jahrg. iv. Bd. vill. p. 472, 1881). ATYELLA BREVIROSTRIS, sp. n. (Plate XIV. figs. 57-64.) Description.—Rostrum (Plate XIV. fig. 57) generally less than one-third of length of carapace, reaching just beyond end of first segment of antennular peduncle or nearly to end of second, slightly decurved, teeth ee those on upper edge extending nearly to tip. Matennular spediuinlts (Plate XIV. fig. 58) a little shorter than antennal scale; first segment equal to second and third together, external spine of first not reaching end of segment 202 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS [ Mar. 6, distal spine reaching middle of second segment. Antennal scale (Plate XIV. fig. 59) little more than half length of carapace, ex- ternal spine not reaching beyond distal margin, Third maxillipeds reaching a little beyond tip of antennal scale, terminal segment a little longer than preceding. First and second pereeopods not dissimilar in shape and size; first pair (Plate XIV. fig. 60) hardly extending beyond penultimate segment of third maxillipeds. Carpus of first pair nearly three quarters as broad as long, less than half length of chela; that of second pair (Plate XIV. fig. 61) hardly longer than broad, about two-fifths of length of chela. Third pereeopods (Plate XIV. fig. 62) stouter than the following ; merus with four spines on distal half of lower edge; propodus more than half as long as merus; dactylus, including terminal spine, a little more than one-fifth of propodus, with three spines on its lower edge. Fifth perzeopods (Plate XIV. fig. 63) with propodus longer than merus; dactylus, including terminal spine, about one-fourth of propodus, with about 43 spines on lower edge. Total length, female (not ovigerous) 13°5 mm. Occurrence.—Mbete, 1.x.04. ‘Taken on rocks, shallow water.” Many specimens. Near mouth of Lofu, 6.x.04. ‘Taken on rocks, shallow water.” Many specimens. Kala, 19.xi.04. “Taken on rocks, shallow water.” One specimen. A very small specimen taken in a rock-pool at Kasakalawe, 4.vili.04, is referred with some doubt to this species. ATYELLA LONGIROS©RIS, sp. n. (Plate XIV. figs. 65-72.) . Description.—Rostrum (Plate XIV. fig. 65) about five-sixths of length of carapace, equal to or a little longer than antennular . 5410-11 peduncle, nearly horizontal, teeth at 3» unarmed above and below for one-third of its length from tip, teeth on upper edge becoming long and slender anteriorly. Antennular peduncle (Plate XIV. fig. 66) a little longer than antennal scale, first seg- ment less than second and third together, external spine of first reaching beyond end of segment, distal spine reaching to end of second segment. Antennal scale (Plate XIV. fig. 67) about three- fourths of length of carapace, external spine hardly reaching beyond distal margin. Third maxillipeds not quite reaching tip of antennal scale, terminal segment equal to or a little longer than preceding. First and second pereeopods similar to those of A. brevirostris ; carpus of first pair (Plate XIV. fig. 68) five-eighths as broad as long, about half length of chela; that of second pair (Plate XIV. fig. 69) nearly three-quarters as broad as long, less than half as long as chela. Third pereeopods (Plate XIV. fig. 70) considerably stouter than the following; merus with five stout spines, of which the first is one-third of length of segment from its proximal end; propodus less than two-thirds of length of 1906. ] CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 203 merus; dactylus, including terminal spime, about one-fifth of propodus, with two spines on lower edge. Fifth pereopods (Plate XIV. fig. 71) with propodus longer than merus ; dactylus, including terminal spine, one-fifth of “propodus, with about 26 spines on lower edge. Total length, female (not ovigerous) 15 mm. Remarks.—TVhis species is very similar to the preceding, but appears to be sufficiently distinguished by the longer rostrum, the longer spines on first segment of antennular peduncle, and the smaller number of spines on dactylus of last perzeopods. Occurrence.—M bete, 1.x.04. ‘* Taken on rocks, shallow water.” Two specimens. Kala, 19.x1.04. ‘Taken on rocks, shallow water.” Two specimens. General Remarks. So far as the Macrurous Crustacea are concerned, the chief result of Dr. Cunnington’s Expedition has been to render still more striking the great richness and peculiar character of the fauna of Tanganyika as compared with that of the other lakes of Central Africa. While Nyasa and Victoria Nyanza have yielded only a single species which, with its varieties, has an enormously wide geographical range from the Nile (and perhaps Algiers) to Natal on the south, and to Queensland and New Caledonia on the east, every one of the twelve species found in Tanganyika is, so far as we yet know, peculiar to that lake. Of these, Palemon mooret belongs to a genus having a very wide distribution in the fresh-waters of tropical regions; but while a number of species are known from Hast and West Africa, P. moorei is the only one yet found in the region of the great lakes. Apart from its very small size, the species does not present any very unusual or striking characters, and it is therefore impossible to attach any great importance, from the point of view of zoogeography, to its supposed affinities with other species. It may be noted, however, that all the species with which it is found possible to compare it closely are inhabitants of the Hast African and Oriental regions, and that the species from the Nile, while undoubtedly distinct, does not differ in such a way as to exclude the possibility of phylogenetic connection. With the remaining eleven species, belonging to the Atyide, the case is very different. They represent three genera which, so far as is yet known, are peculiar to Tanganyika, and which differ from all the other genera of the family in having a smaller number of branchie. Whether this smgle common character indicates a phyletic connection between he three genera is doubtful. The resemblances between Limnocaridina and Caridina, and between Atyella and Atya or Ortmannia, would suggest that the reduction of the gills had taken place independently in the two cases. At the same time, Bouvier’s very interesting discovery (C. R. Acad. Sci. exxxviii. p. 446, 1904, and Bull. Sci. France et Belgique, xxxix. 204 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS [ Mar. 6, pp. 57-134, 1905) that certain species occasionally present “mutations” leading at a single step from Caridina to Ortmannia and from Orimannia to Atya, must be borne in mind as suggesting the possibility that the Atya-like characters of Atyella may have arisen independently in the Tanganyika forms. In any case, there can be no doubt that the Atyide of Tanganyika rank among the most highly specialised members of the family and are far removed from such primitive forms as Xiphocaris and Atyaéphyra. When describing the two species of Prawns discovered by Mr. Moore in Tanganyika, I pointed out (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p- 711)* that they threw no light on the general question of the origin of the Tanganyika fauna, inasmuch as they belong to groups which are characteristically inhabitants of fresh-water. Since then, in his book on ‘The Tanganyika Problem’ and elsewhere, Mr. Moore has claimed that the prawns belong to the “ relict,” or as he terms it “ halolimnic,” section of the fauna of that lake. He believes that the members of this section are distinguished by special resemblances to marine forms and by generally primitive characters. He supposes that they represent the descendants of marine species which reached their present habitat not later than the Jurassic epoch, when the present site of the lake was occupied by an arm of the sea. It is necessary, therefore, to state definitely that there is not the smallest ground for supposing that the Macrurous Crustacea of Tanganyika have had such an origin. The groups to which they belong, the genus Palemon and the family Atyide, are widely distributed in the fresh-waters of tropical regions, and the fact that representatives of both occur in Tanganyika is, in itself, no more surprising than the fact that representatives of both occur in the Upper Nile. Nor is it the case that the Tanganyikan species present such primitive characters as would bring them closer to the hypothetical marine stocks from which these groups have arisen. As regards the Atyide, at all events, the reverse is the case, for the Tanganyikan genera are mm some respects the most specialised members of the family. What does distinguish the Macruran fauna of Tanganyika is the great number of species found within a limited and continuous area 7 and their distinctness, so far as we know, from all the species inhabiting adjacent regions. The explanation of these peculiarities is a very difficult problem and one which cannot be profitably considered apart from the similar problems presented by the other elements of the Tanganyikan fauna. For the present, however, * In stating (/.c.) that the genus Caridina was not known to occur in West Africa, I overlooked Hilgendort’s description (SB. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin, 1893, p. 156) of a species from Togoland. Bouvier has since recorded a variety of the same species from the interior of the French Congo and from the neighbourhood of Lake Tchad. + It has lately been suggested by Dr. F. Sarasin (C. R. Congrés Internat. Zool. Berne, 1904 (1905) p. 151) that the peculiar richness in Decapod Crustacea which distinguishes the fresh-waters of Celebes may be directly correlated with the poverty of the fish-fauna of that island. It is plain that this explanation cannot be applied to the case of Tanganyika, where the fish-fauna is remarkably rich. 1906.] CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 205 the characters of the Macrura seem to me to point in the direction of some such explanation as that which has been suggested by Mr. Boulenger in the case of the fishes, namely, that the forms now inhabiting the lake are the result of divergent evolution and specialisation during a very long period while the lake was quite isolated. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XI-XIV. Puate XI. Fig. 1. Palemon moore (p. 188), second pereopod of female. Total length of body 1a. Portion of same, further enlarged. 8 13. 14. Fig. 15 16. We 18. 19. 20. 21. 2. 3 4. 5. 6. 7 27 mm. Limnocaridina retiarius (p. 192), female. Cephalothorax from the side. <. 39 33 29 by) bed 33 female. Antennal scale. bb) 39 female. Perzopod of first pair. Perzeopod of second pair. Perxopod of fourth pair. 6a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. Perxopod of fifth pair. 7a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. 7 6. Spines of dactylus. Tail-fan. 9. Limnocaridina parvula (p. 193), female. Cephalothorax from the side. 10. itt, 12. Peropod of first pair. Perzeopod of second pair. Perxopod of fourth pair. 12a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. Perzopod of fifth pair. 13a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. Tail-fan. Prate XII. . Limnocaridina similis (p.195), female. Cephalothorax from the side. female. 3) male. female. Antennal scale. Perzeopod of first pair. Pereopod of second pair. Perzopod of third pair, dactylus. Pereopod of fifth pair. 20a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. Perxopod of third’ pair. 21a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. Tail-fan. o bb) 39 93. Limnocaridina latipes (p. 196), female. Cephalothorax from the side. ” +) 32 female. 32 3? 29 Antennal scale. Perzopod of first pair. Perseopod of second pair. Perzopod of fourth pair. 27a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. Perwopod of fifth pair. 28a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. Tail-fan. 2 ” 33 39 30. Limnocaridina socius (p.196), female. Cephalothorax from the side. female. Antennal scale. Perxopod of first pair. Pereopod of second pair. Perwopod of fourth pair. 34a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. male (smaller specimen). Dactylus of fourth perao- pod. female. Perxopod of fifth pair. 36a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. Tail-fan. 206 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCHATE | Mar. 6 Prate XIII. Fig. 38. Limnocaridina spinipes (p. 197), female. Cephalothorax from the side. 39. ss si female. Antennal scale. 40. iM a 55 Pereopod of first pair. 41, a me is Pereopod of second pair. 42, is i 43 Pereopod of third pair. 42a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. Perzopod of fifth pair. 43a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. 44, Fe 2B Be Tail-fan. 45. Caridella cunningtoni (p. 199), female. Cephalothorax from the side. 45a. An egg, drawn to same scale. 46. 5 a female. Peduncle of antennule. 47. 35 a 3 Antennal scale. 48. 35 55 Pereopod of first pair. 49. % 5 Perzeopod of second pair. 50. = By y Perzopod of fourth pair, terminal part. 50 a. Dactylus, further enlarged. 51, 5 2» » Perzeopod of fifth pair, terminal part. 52. Tail-fan. 53. Caridella minuta (p. 200), “female. Cephalothorax, from the side. 5A, x6 3 female. Perzopod of first pair. 55. i 7s RA Perxopod of second pair. 56. Fe Ns a Perzopod of fifth pair, 56a. Dactylus, further enlarged. PuatE XIV. Fig. 57. Atyella brevirostris (p. 201), female. Cephalothorax, from the side. 58. 5 as female. Peduncle of antennule. 59. i i se Antennal scale. 60. is is i Pereopod of first pair. 61. % 8 aM Perzopod of second pair. 62. 33 - An Persxopod of third pair. 62a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. 63. ms a 55 Perzopod of fifth pair. 63a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. 64, Tail-fan. 65. Atyella long gir ostiris (p. 202), female. Cephalothorax from the side. 66. 3 5 female. Peduncle of antennule. 67. - $5 5 Antennal scale. 68. 3 a es Perzopod of first pair. 69. 5 ae ss Perzeopod of second pair. 70. 3 ss As Pereopod of third pair. 70a. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. (al 35 ss 3 Pereopod of fifth pair. la. Dactylus of same, further enlarged. 72. oe is 2 Tail-fan. 3. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904—1905.— Report on the Oligocheta. By Frank E. BepDARD, F.R.S., Prosector to the Society. [Received February 12, 1906. | The Oligocheta brought back by Dr. Cunnington from Lake Tanganyika, and which have been submitted to me for study, belong to four new species, which I name Ocnerodrilus (Llyogenia) cunningtont, Alluroides tanganyike, Metschaina tanganyike, and Stuhlmanivia inermis. Of these the first two are types which are 1906.] WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 207 among those Oligocheta lying on the border-line between the purely aquatic forms, like the Lumbriculide, and the purely terrestrial earthworms, such as Luwmbricus. Both these species have been obtained either from the depths of the lake or from the roots of plants growing on its margin. The two remaining species are Eudriline genera, like the majority of Ethiopian terrestrial Oligocheta; and, like the earthworms of Tropical Africa generally, they are semiaquatic in habit, dwelling in very wet places not far from the shores of the lake. Stuhlmannia inermis, sp. n. A number of specimens of a worm dug up in the close neigh- bourhood of the shores of the lake from sandy mud seem to me to belong to an undescribed species of the genus Stuhlmannia. The salient character of this species, viz., the occasional absence or, if present, feeble development of penial sete, has suggested its name. At the same time none of the considerable number of examples collected by Dr. Cunnington is fully mature; so that it is conceivable that the penial setz are as yet undeveloped. Never- theless this view seems to me to be unlikely. The penial sete are often visible in earthworms when other parts of the sexual organs are in a comparatively undeveloped state. On the latter view therefore I venture to regard the species as new, for it seems hardly likely that of three individuals selected at random for anatomical study the penial setee should be fortuitously absent or lost in the course of the dissection or the preparation of micro- scopic sections. In one specimen, however, they were present, but feebly developed. They are hollow in transverse section. The genus Stuhlmannia is one of the most prevalent African genera of Hudrilide, and the present species does not differ from the numerous examples of other species which 1 have had the opportunity of examining in the general outward appearance. It is a long thin worm of about the size of Stuhimannia variabilis. The largest example measured 138 mm. _ All of the speci- mens were immature and showed neither clitellum nor a penis. The spermathecal and the atrial pores were, however, plainly visible and separable from each other by their characters as well as, of course, by their position. The spermathecal pore on the xilith segment was on araised protuberance. The atrial pore on the boundary-line of segments xvii./xvili. was a raised protuberance with a crater-like depression in the middle. The ventral sete of the xviith segment were missing, otherwise both pairs are present in the genital region as elsewhere. The oviducal pores are to the inside of the lateral pair of sete on the xivth segment. The setze are closely paired and upon the ventral surface of the body. The colour of the worms (in formol) is a dark bluish purple, so general a hue among earthworms and the Hudrilide in payr- ticular. The gizzard lies in segment v. The calciferous glands, which have the same rudimentary character as in other members of this 208 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCHZTE | Mar. 6, subfamily of the Eudrilide (Parewdrilacea)*, extend from segment vi. to xii. inclusive. The septa which lie between segments v./xil. are very thick ; those which divide the two following segments are moderately thick and are at least distinguishable by their size from those which follow. It is noteworthy that the septa which enclose segment xiii. approach each other very closely in the middle of the body in immature examples which I have examined in glycerine after dividing them longitudinally. ‘This is not infre- quent in the ovarian segment of earthworms. Although the female reproductive organs were more or less fully developed in two out of the five examples which I studied of this species, I am not able to give a complete account of their structure. There is, however, a median spermathecal sac which opens upon the thirteenth segment to the exterior. This is connected with an egg-conducting apparatus, as in other species of the genus. It is largely the asymmetry of the female generative apparatus which leads me to refer the present species to the genus Stuhlmannia; though it is, of course, not this feature alone which has influenced me. There are obviously other points of similarity. In his account of both Stuhlmannia variabilis and S. gracilis Michaelsen has not noticed the asymmetryt. In examples of a species which I regarded as belonging to that speciest I commented upon the fact that the receptaculum ovorum of one side of the body was rudimentary. Ina more recent and more exhaustive account of the female reproductive system of the genus, and as | thought of the same species, viz. S. variabilis, I described at length$ the same series of facts. Still later I found || in a third species of the genus, viz. S. machael- seni, the same asymmetry. There is some discrepancy in the three accounts given by me of the asymmetry which possibly are not real discrepancies. I have described in some cases the left and in others the right side of the apparatus as partly rudimentary. In the species which forms the subject of the present communication there is no doubt that it is the right side which is fully developed and the left receptaculum ovorum which is rudimentary. This agrees with my account of Stuhlmannia michaelsent and with my earlier statement as to the matter contained in the “ Monograph.” If there is an error I am not now able to rectify it. But I can say positively that in Stuhlmannia inermis I found the receptaculum to be rudimentary upon the left side of the body. The median spermathecal sac gives off a branch upon each side which passes * Beddard, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxxvi., n.s. + “ Beschreibung der von Herr Dr. Fr. Stuhlmann auf Sansibar und dem gegen- iiberliegenden Festlande gesammelten Terricolen,” Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. ix. (1891), and “ Die Regenwiirmer Ost-Afrikas,” in Deutsch Ost-Afrika, Bd. iv. + A Monograph of the Order Oligocheta (Oxford, 1895). § “On some Earthworms from British Hast Africa,” P. Z.S. 1901, vol. i. p. 351. || “On a new Genus and Two new Species, &.,” P. ZS. 1903, vol. i. p. 212. 1906. | WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 209 round the intestine; but whether the two unite above or not, I am unable to say. The “bursa copulatrix,” or terminal chamber of the spermathecal sac which opens directly on to the exterior, may or may not communicate directly with the chamber containing the ovaries. I have no evidence of the communication if it exists. But in any case the sac in which the ovaries lie is different from what is to be found in S’. variabilis *. In the present species of Stuwhlmannia the entire bursa copu- latrix hes within a large sac, which reaches from septum to septum of the xiith segment and completely roofs in the bursa. In this sac attached to the front wall of the segment I have found one ovary. There is no question here as in S. variabilis of a small sac enclos- ing the ovary and communicating by a slender duct with the spermathecal sac and its circumeesophageal diverticula. For this reason I regard S. tmermis as a distinct species from S. variabilis. Dr. Michaelsen’s recently described species Stuhlmannia asymmetrica T is apparently not to be confused with the present species, as indeed the different habitat would lead one to infer. That species has no penial sete at all. Considering that the specimens investigated by Dr. Michaelsen were in a more advanced stage of sexual maturity than those of S. inermis, penial sete, if present, would have been surely visible in some at least of the many specimens in Dr. Michaelsen’s hands. But there is, further- more, the important difference that the asymmetry in Dr. Michael- sen’s new species is carried to a greater extent than in that described here; for the oviduct, receptaculum, and ovary are entirely aborted on the left side of the body, the right hand efferent apparatus of the gonads alone remaining. This feature serves at once to differentiate the two species. Nor does there appear to be a sac surrounding the atrium of the spermatheca, and possibly derived from it, which contains the ovaries, as in the form which T name here Stuhlmannia inermis. Michaelsen’s species represents the last term in the series of species of Stuhlmannia in which asymmetry is developed. Metschaina tanganyike, sp. n. I feel obliged to form a new species for some specimens of an earthworm on account of various characters to which I shall refer in the course of the following description. It seems to belong to Michaelsen’s recently instituted genus Metschaina. This species is much like the Stwhlmannia just described, and, like that worm, was found in wet sand close to Lake Tanganyika. Its dimensions are rather less than those of the largest Stuhl- manma inermis, but quite as great as some individuals of the latter species. It has, too, the same bluish colour. I have examined this worm almost entirely by means of longitudinal * See Beddard, P. Z.S. 1901, vol. i. p. 354, fig. 87. + “Die Oligochaeten Nordost-Afrikas,” Zool. JB. (Abth. f. Syst.) 1903, p. 467. 210 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCHATE [ Mar. 6, sections. The external characters were partly observed by the aid of a lens upon the uninjured worm. The species possesses— and this is quite unusual for an Eudrilid—dorsal pores. This peculiarity is, however, shared by Platydrilus, with which genus I cannot associate the present species. It is not mentioned in Metschaina suctoria. The sete are strictly paired, and do not appear to differ in size anywhere. The male and female pores, each of them single, were quite obvious upon segments xill. and xvii. The clitellum was undeveloped. In the alimentary canal certain characters are to be noted which are useful in defining the species. The gizzard, as is so usually the case in the Hudrilide, lies in segment v. There are no additional gizzards at the commencement of the intestine, such as occur, for example, in Lybiodrilus. The intestine begins in segment xvi., and the transition between cesophagus and intestine is abrupt. The intestine is of greater calibre than the cesophagus. The development of the modified calciferous glands which characterise this section of the Hudrilide is very great, and I believe greater than in any species where they have been described. I find that they extend from segment v. to segment xv. inclusive. As to their structure, they would appear to be quite similar to those which I described in some detail a few years back*. In the type species of this genus, the only one known, the calciferous glands are less extensive, ending as they do in segment xii. The anterior sepia are much thickened. The first of this series is that separating segments v./vi. The last separates xiii./xiv. The last two of these septa are not so very strongly developed as those lying in front of them; but they are, nevertheless, distinguishable from those which follow. The last pair of hearts, as in the Kudrilide generally, but not apparently in IZ. suctoria t, lie in segment xi. It is, of course, by means of the reproductive system that the genera of Hudrilide are mainly to be distinguished. And it is for these reasons that I refer this earthworm to the genus Metschaina. Opening on to segment xiii. is a single median spermathecal pouch. This pouch extends back as far as the fifteenth segment, and the last bit of it has very thin walls, thus contrasting with the anterior thicker-walled portion. The pouch, as is generally the case, can really be separated into a terminal atrium which opens on to the exterior and the sac of thinner texture which follows upon this. This spermathecal sac seems to have no communication whatever with the rest of the female reproductive system. In this im- ortant point the present genus resembles Hudriloides only among other allied Eudrilids. In front of the spermathecal sac and attached to the front wall of segment xiii. lies the ovary or ovaries. I noted only one. A remarkable fact about this gonad, as compared with the ovaries of at least some other earthworms, is the fact that the ripe or * “Oligocheta of Eastern Tropical Africa,’ Quart. J. Micr. Sci. loc. cit. + Michaelsen, Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst. xviii. 1903, p. 465. 1906. ] WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 211 nearly ripe ova are not all to be found at or near the free edge of that gonad. I noted cells far on the way to become ripe ova at some distance in the interior of the gonad, and in front of these was a thick layer of germinal cells not far advanced along the same road. The oviducts, as in Hudriloides also, open freely into the cavity of the xiiith segment. This, however, is a character also shared by Platydrilus. But the present genus (if it be rightly elevated to distinct generic rank) does not show the connection between the oviduct and the spermathecal sac which exists in Platydrilus™. The oviducal funnel is very extensive, more so than in a large number of Oligocheta. The upper lip is very long, extending dorsally into actual contact with the dorsal blood-vessel as 1 traverses the septum. The lower lip of the funnel is pushed into and, as it were, tucked away into the receptaculum ovorum, which lies on the opposite side of the septum in segment xiv. The oviduct itself, instead of running a straight course to the oviducal pore in the xivth segment, projects forward into the cavity of segment xiii. as a loop enclosed in a continuous muscular sheath. This U-shaped region of the oviduct differs in no way in structure from the rest of the tube, which runs an approximately straight course. The oviduct, therefore, is like the sperm-duct of certain Hudrilids (e. g., Stuwhlmannia), in that it passes through the septum xiil./xiv. and, instead of opening into segment xiii. and facing forwards, turns back and for the most part at least faces back again into segment xiv. We have, however, to consider the long tract of cubical epithelium which lies along the anterior face of septum xili./xiv., extending up to the level of the dorsal vessel. That this is continuous with the actual indipping of the funnel of the oviduct is without doubt. At the same time it seems possible to compare this tract of epithelium with the egg- conducting apparatus of other Eudrilids. It represents, as I think, potentially part of the egg-conducting apparatus (the so- called spermatheca) of Hudrilust. I have lately shown that the large sacs in that genus are a development of the septum dividing segments xiil./xiv., and that primitively the epithelium of the oviducal funnel is continuous with a layer of equally cubical epithelium which with the muscular wall behind it is evaginated into the xivth segment to form the sac in question. In early stages such as I studied it is not possible to draw a distinct line between oviducal funnel and the epithelium of this sac. An earlier stage still (which I did not find in Hudrilus) would be, I should imagine, a continuation of the epithelium over the septum without a trace of the evagination. This state of affairs is precisely what we have in the Hudrilid which forms the subject of the present remarks. I do not think, however, that it is a temporary stage, and that the ultimate product would be a sac or sacs like those of Hudrilus, and for the following reasons :— * Here I confirm Michaelsen, who queries the fact. + “The Gonad of Hudrilus,’ P.Z.S. 1902, vol. ii. p. 89. Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XV, 15 212 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCH ETE | Mar. 6 Firstly, Metschaina tanganyike has a definite spermathecal sac which I have already described ; secondly, the worms which I have examined are near to maturity, and not in the very young stages described by me in Hudrilws. Thirdly (perhaps), there is no trace of any sac involving the ovaries. This argument will be clear if the comparison be made with the developmental figures in my paper upon Hudrilus quoted. In comparing more exactly the female reproductive system of this genus with that of Hudriloides, to which it obviously bears a closer likeness than to that of any other genus of Hudrilid, there are differences to be noted. In Hudriloides durbanensis, for example, the oviduct, although, as in the present species, it perforates the septum dividing segments xiil./xiv.twice, depending, therefore, as a loop into segment xil., has no muscular sheath and is a delicate tube as in so many earthworms. In the present speciesthe oviducal tube is thickly ensheathed with muscular fibres. The male organs furnish the principal reason which leads me to refer this worm to the genus Vetschaina. There are, contrary to what is found in EHudriloides*, two pair of testes, which lie, of course, in segments x. and xi. The funnels are opposite to them. The funnels face the opposite wall of the segments into which they open. There is no turning round and facing back into the segment behind such as occurs in several Eudrilide. The sperm-ducts retain their in- dividuality, and after perforating the sheath of the atria on each side open into the cecal extremity of that gland. The two atria or spermiducal glands are quite separate, though opening by the same external pore. The penial seta of each side is long and runs obliquely through two segments. Jam unable to describe its pattern, as I could not reproduce the whole of it from the sections. The sperm-sacs of this Eudrilid are, as is so often the case, attached to the front walls of segments xi. and xii. The above-given account of this species justifies me, as I think, in regarding it as a new species of Metschaina. I do not, how- ever, think it desirable to draw up a diagnosis for comparison with that given by Michaelsen for the other species of the genus, since I am unable to speak positively upon certain features of importance for systematic purposes. The principal points characterising the present species which I have ascertained appear to be the following :—The calciferous glands are more numerous. ‘There are dorsal pores present. The actual form of the oviduct also is not as Michaelsen has described and figured it for Metschaina suctoria. Ocnerodrilus (Ilyogenia) cunningtoni, sp. n. Of this species several examples were preserved. They were * It must be recalled, however, that octasionally two pans of testes have been found in an apparent Hudriloides (cf. Beddard, Q.J. M.S. xxxvi., n.s. p. 212), 1906.] WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 213 found “swarming in great numbers round roots of water-weeds in shallow water.” It will be obvious in the course of the following description that the worm is either rightly referred to this genus and subgenus or that it requires a new genus or subgenus for its reception on account of certain peculiarities which will be duly noted. A specimen which I have selected as the type (as regards external characters) measured 38 mm. in length and consisted of 96 segments. The sete appear of considerable | length in proportion to the diameter of the body. They are of the ‘usual shape, but distinctly bifid at the tip, though it often happens that the upper half of the cleft extremity is worn down and the seta thus appears to be merely hooked. JI believe that the existence of uncinate setze is new to this particular group of Oligocheta. The cltellum is not very extensive, occupying as it does segments Xiv.—xvill. and commencing or ending, as the case may be, towards the middle of each of these segments. The clitellum is saddle-shaped. The generative pores, the actual orifices, are not very plain on the mounted specimen. But from serial sections I have ascertained that the spermathecal pores lie between segments vill./1x.and the male pores upon segment xvii.; the latter nearly in line with the ventral sete, and the former near the lateral sete. It is to be noted that both setze of the ventral as well as the dorsal pair are present upon segment xvil. and that they are not in any way modified. The male pore on each side is just to the outside of the pair of sete, and is borne upon a prominent flap which is not invaded by the clitellar epidermis. Its structure will be dealt with later. The alimentary canal is without a gizzard. In the ixth seg- ment the esophagus is provided with a ventral pouch, which whether single or paired is so characteristic of the subfamily Oenerodriline. In the present species, however, this pouch, which is single, is greatly reduced in size and bifurcates into two after its emergence from the gut. Indeed, if it were much larger there would be, in view of the large size of the spermathece, hardly room for it in the ixth segment. It is a smallish sac lying ventrally to the cesophagus and narrowing at its junction with the esophagus very anteriorly in the ixth segment. It has not a specially glandular appearance, and the lining epithelium is merely folded. There 3s no such complicated folding as occurs, for example, in Gordiodrilus. The ventral pouch of this species appears to be either an incipient or a degenerating structure. A largish blood-vessel is attached to the posterior end of each bifurcation. The septal glands of the present species extend back into the vith segment. The vascular system is noteworthy on account of the extreme vascularity of the integument, which is equally obvious in the specimen mounted entire and in sections. This was especially plain in the anterior region of the body. If the capillaries do not actually penetrate the epidermis, they only cease just below 15* 214 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCH ATE [ Mar. 6, it. But they appear to me distinctly to enter the epidermis itself. As in other species, there are two pairs of strongly muscular hearts in segments x. and xi. The spermathece are very large thin-walled sacs, occupying 2 large portion of the interior of segment ix. The duct of the spermatheca is very narrow and moderately long. I could find no diverticulum. The testes (two pairs) lie in segments X., X1. opposite to the conspicuous sperm-duct funnels. They are both unenclosed by sperm-sacs. ‘These segments contain masses of developing spermatozoa, which suggest at first sight sperm-sacs. They are, however, unenclosed by any membrane. The sperm-sacs lie in segments ix. and xii., and, as in other worms, are developed from the posterior and anterior walls of those segments respectively. The male efferent apparatus conforms to the type seen in other species of this genus. The male pore, as has already been mentioned, is upon segment xvii. This pore is situated upon a prominent hemispherical papilla, which has not the structure of the adjacent clitellum, but consists of tall non-glandular cells, much taller than the cells of the non-clitellar regions of the integument and between which are no glandular cells. Both of the ventral sete are present, and it is to the outside of these that the actual pore is to be found. There is a common pore for the atrium and the sperm-duct; but the two tubes are confluent only within the thickness of the body-wall. The atria extend back for a considerable distance behind their point of opening, for at least ten segments. The minute structure of the atria needs apparently no description ; for they do not seem to differ from those of other species. It must be remarked, however, that the atria are distinctly divisible into the distal glandular region and a proximal thick- walled duct. There is a sharp differentiation between these two regions. The ovaries occupy the usual position in the xiuth segment against the anterior wall of that segment. Opposite to them lie the funnels of the oviducts. The oviducts themselves perforate the body-wall and open to the exterior on the ventral side of the body, as already mentioned. Itis noteworthy that an appreciable region of the oviduct is clearly formed by an invagination from the exterior; for it is distinctly lined with cuticle continuous with the cuticle covering the body. There is no receptaculum ovorum, and this absence I rather presume to be characteristic of this genus and not merely distinctive of this and other species. But although there is no receptaculum ovorum there is an incipient trace of the complicated system of sacs which involve the female reproductive organs in the more highly developed Hudrilidee. This fact is important to note, inasmuch as there are some grounds for looking upon this primitive family or subfamily of Oligocheta, as Michaelsen regards it (which includes the genera Kerria, Nannodrilus, Ocnerodrilus and some others), as lying at the base 1906. ] WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. PALS of the Megascolecid series and as thus possibly effecting a junction with the highly specialised Eudrilids, which are regarded by Rosa and Michaelsen as forming one family with the Megascolecide. This point of view, to which I have not myself adhered in the past, is, I admit, strengthened by certain facts which I shall proceed to describe. The ovary does not lie absolutely freely in the cavity of segment xiii. A sheath of delicate muscles is prolonged forwards asa tube which possesses a narrow lumen and opens finally by a mouth into the cavity of segment xiv. The lower edge of this mouth is thickened by an increased development of muscular fibre and calls attention to the tube. It appears to me that this tube is the equivalent of the delicate sac and tube leading from it which occurs in Hudrilus and in Stuhlmannia &e. (see my figure of the female reproductive system of Hudrilus in P. Z.8. 1902, vol. 11. p. 93, and of Stuhlmannia ibid. 1901, vol. i. p. 354). This tube leads from the sae which involves the ovary to the spermathecal sac. As the latter is developed at least in Hudrilus out of the intersegmental septum, and presumably in Stuhlmannia and other Kudr ilids, there is no difficulty in comparing an open tube in Ocnerodrilus with a tube opening into a sac in Hudrilus Xe. I may conclude with a definition of this new species * :— OCNERODRILUS (ILYOGENIA) CUNNINGTONI, sp. n. Length about 38 mm. Sete strictly paired, bifid at extrenuty. Clitellum saddle-shaped, xiv.—xviii. C@sophageal pouch but little developed, bifid at end. Last pair of hearts in xi. Dissepiments y./xil. thickened. Sperm-sacs in ix. and xii. ; masses of sperm iam x.and xi. Atria rather long, extending in the direction of the tail, with a distinctly separated muscular duct. Male pores opening upon a papilla near to ventral pair of sete, which are not aborted. Oviduct without receptaculum ovorum. Spermathece large and oval, with narrow duct, sharply marked off from pouch. Hab. Lake Tanganyika. Alluroides tanganyike, sp. n. Of this new species I am able to give but an incomplete account, as the collection contains but a single individual. This was mounted entire upon a slide in Canada balsam, and I can only therefore give an account of external charactersand of a few internal features which were visible through the thin body-wall. I refer it to my genus Alluroidest by reason of the position and the structure (so far as I could make it out) of the reproductive organs, and it possesses no character which militates against this placing, as will be evident from the following details which I am abie to * Y do not mention generic and subgeneric characters as defined by Michaelsen. I suspect, however, that the position of the last heart is a generic character, though not used by him. + “A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Oligocheta of Tropical Hastern Africa,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxxvi., n.s. p. 244. 216 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCH ATE { Mar. 6, give of its external and internal organisation. There will be equally no doubt from the facts which I shall relate that this Tanganyika worm is specifically distinct from A. pordaget. Alluroides tanganyike is a more purely aquatic species than the type species of the genus; for it was dredged from about ten fathoms of water, whereas A. pordaget was found in the mud of a swamp. So far as [am aware, nothing further has been discovered about this genus since the publication of my own paper referred to above *. Dr. Michaelsen has, however?, from a consideration of the facts made known by me, placed the genus in a separate family, Alluroidide. The new species to be described here necessitates no alterations in the family characters as given by Michaelsen, and a very slight change in the generic characters, which will be attended to after the description of S06 vole 2iewir Highley ame. P. Highley, del et lith. Si Olin Gin S. lass ion By VTE lel eles SCIEN Eel Oly vole ezville ecg ‘ Highley, imp. P Highley, del et lith. AFRICAN FPRESH-WATER SPONGES. at ag een 1906. | OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, a19 from the Ugalla River, a tributary of the Malagarassi River flow- ing into the lake, viz. S. béhmit Hilgendorf and S. nitens Carter. The number of known species of African Freshwater Sponges is thus brought up to 19. The following is a list of the species referred to in this paper :— Spongilla carteri Bowerbank. Victoria Nyanza. Spongilla mooret Evans. ‘Tanganyika. Spongilla tanganyike Evans. Tanganyika. Spongilla cunningtont, sp.n. ‘Tanganyika. Spongilla biseriata Weltner. Nyasa. Spongilla rousseletii, sp. n. Victoria Falls, Zambesi. Spongilla? zambesiana, sp.n. Victoria Falls, Zambesi. Ephydatia plunosa Carter var. browni, nov. var. White Nile. SPONGILLA CARTERI Bowerbank. (Plate XV. figs. 1-4.) 1848. Spongilla friabilis Lamarck, Carter, Ann. Mag. N. H. (2) 1. p. 310; 1849. Carter, bed. (2) iv. p. 81. 1863. Spongilla carteri Bowerbank, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 469. 1887. Spongilla cartert Potts, Proc. Acad. N. 8. Philadelphia, 1887, p. 194. There are two small specimens of this species, one of which has been removed from a piece of rock, the other from a shell of Aetheria. Unfortunately there are no gemmules present, but the characters of the surface and of the skeletal framework are those of Bowerbank’s species. Plate XV. figs. 2,3, 4 represent the oxeas * of specimens from the Victoria Nyanza, Bombay, and Mauritius respectively ; 1t will be seen that the first (258 x 9-5 yw) is the smallest and has abruptly pointed almost tornote ends. The average size of the oxeas of the type specimen from Bombay is 287 x 11°75 yw and of the Mauritius specimen 349 x 18°5 yp. The thin dermal membrane, perforated by groups of pores, stretches between the sharp-pointed irregular conules formed by the ends of the longitudinal main fibres. Localities.—Entebbe, Victoria Nyanza, shallow water. Bombay ; Mauritius ; Calcutta; Madura I.; N. Java; Lake Balaton, Hungary. SPONGILLA MOORE! Evans. (Plate XV. figs. 5—9.) 1899. Spongilla mooret Evans, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xli. p. 472, pl. xxxvii. figs. 1-5, and pl. xxxviii. figs. 6-8. There are five specimens of this species from five localities in Lake Tanganyika: three come from shallow water, and two from about 10 fathoms. They are all in the form of thin crusts from 3 to 13 mm. thick on stones and shells, and none of them attains * The terms “ oxea,” “tornote,” “strongyle,” clearly defined by Sollas in 1888 (‘ Challenger’ Rep. Tetractinellida, pp. liv, lv), seem to me preferable to “ amphioxea,” &c., because, in addition to having claims of priority and brevity, they leave no doubt as to the form of the spicules they are intended to designate. 220 MR. R. KIRKPATRICK ON THE PORIFERA | Mar. 6, the size of the large nodulated type specimen obtained by Mr. J. E. 8. Moore from deeper water in the same lake. The colour varies: in the case of one specimen (No. 173), preserved in formalin, it is bright green. Dr. Cunnington gives yellowish grey as the colour of ‘another ; the rest are pale buff. The surface appears very finely granulated to the naked eye. Under magnification this appearance is seen to be due to the little projecting ‘tufts of the main columns of Jno ules, each tuft—about "160 mm. in height—being formed of 2-5 spicules shghtly curved away from each other ; in the nearly related Spongilla tanganyike Evans the tufts are only 1—3 spicules thick, and the spicules are not separated at the distal end. Skeleton.—There is some variation in the size of the megascleres. In several of the specimens they average about 160 x 9 p, but in No. 142 they are more slender, being 150 x 6 fu. An interesting feature which is found in this and in two other species, Spongilla tanganyike and S. cunningtoni, sp. n., from Tan- ganyika, lies in the presence of a basal lamella of spongin from which spongin-fibres arise (Plate XV. figs. 6, 7). In a small specimen (No. 593) preserved in picric acid, the spongin-lamella is especially well shown and the bases of the fibres can beseen through the lamella as dark round spots just visible to the naked eye. The spongin-lamella occurs also in another specimen taken from the smooth inner surface of broken Gasteropod shells (Weothawma tanganyicensis), where there could be no question of the presence of the horny layer found on the outer surface of freshwater shells. In the case of Spongilla cunningtowi, the specimen, which likewise has a basal spongin-lamella, was detached from a stone. Plate XV. fig. 7 shows spongin-fibres enclosing a core of spicules. Ata short distance from the basal lamella the skeleton- fibres have only a thin, barely visible, sheath of spongin. In Huspongilla lacustris also the basal skeletal fibres are ensheathed in spongin, which diminishes from the base upwards. This con- dition also is found in the Chalinide. In the marine Sponge Chalina oculata, tor instance, the base of specimens is very rich in spongin, but near the summits of the branches scarcely any of this substance is perceptible, so that sections from the base and summit respectively might almost seem to anyone ignorant of their origin to belong to specimens of different species. In addition to the fibres, there are masses or blobs of spongin enclosing granular matter: one of these (780 x 390 p) is shown in Plate XV. fig. 8. The gemmules occur plentifully at the base of the crust in several of the specimens. They are oval and with a very thin naked chitinous coat, through which the large polygonal statocytes can beseen. On no part of the surface is there any special opening or area through which the contents escape. Localities—Lake Tanganyika. No. 113 from rocks, shallow water, Mbete, 29/9/04; No. 142, from rocks, shallow water, 1906.] OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, Me NL Moliro, 24/10/09; No. 161, from rocks, shallow water, Chamkaluki, 15/11/04 (gemmules plentiful); No. 173, from shells, dredged in 10 fms., Pembe, 23/11/04; No. 593, 10 fms., Mtondwe Bay. SPONGILLA TANGANYIKA Evans. (Plate XV. fig. 10.) 1899. Spongilla tanganyike Evans, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xli. p. 481, pl. xxxviii. figs. 9, 10. There are several small specimens, whole and in fragments, of this species in Dr. Cunnington’s Collection. Two of the specimens (Nos. 163 and 224) are associated with Polyzoa, and although there are, in each case, only a few crumbling fragments, they are interesting, because in some respects they show an inter- mediate condition between S. moorei and the present species. The megascleres are spined as in S. tanganyike, but more nearly resemble the form of those of S. mooret. There are no stron- gyles, for instance, their place being taken by spined tornotes. Plate XV. fig. 10 shows a tornote on the way to becoming a strongyle; the sharp point of the oxea still persists, though it has nearly disappeared ; its complete disappearance would result in the strongylate form. On account of the spined condition of the spicules I have classed the specimens under S. tanganyike. The remaining specimens are in the form of small mcrustations on broken fragments of the shells of the Gasteropod Veothauma tanganyicensis together with incrustations of S. mooret. Specimens of these two species so closely resemble each other externally that 1t is only possible to separate them by an exami- nation of the spicules. The surface is uniformly level and finely eranulated, the granular appearance being due here, as in S. mooret, to the minute projecting tufts of the main longitudinal spicule-bundles. The tufts only project the length of a spicule, and differ slightly from those of S. mooret in “being composed of only 1-3 in place of 2-5 spicules, and in the spicules being adherent to each other along their whole length. As in S. mooret there is a basa! spongin-lamella, but it is very thin, nor are the spongin-fibres arising from it developed to the same extent as in the first species; at the same time, there are here also distinct spongin-fibres enclosing a core of spicules. There are no gemmules in any of Dr. Cunnington’s specimens. Those described by Evans in the type had only a thin chitinous capsule, and were apparently very like those of S. mooret. Localities — Lake Tanganyika, No. 163, associated witha Polyzoan, from rocks, shallow water, Chamkaluki, 16/11/04; No. 224, with Polyzoan, on shells, 20 fms., Mshale, 6/2/05; No. 595, dredged in 10 fms., Mtondwe Bay. SPONGILLA CUNNINGTONI, sp.n. (Plate XVI. figs. 1-6.) Sponge in form of a thin spreading crust. Surface smooth and devoid of projecting spicules. Skeleton a network with triangular and polygonal meshes, without distinct main and secondary fibres; dermal skeleton composed of a definite layer of horizontally 212.2 MR. R. KIRKPATRICK ON THE PORIFERA | Mar. 6, arranged spicules. Spicules of two kinds, viz., thick, slightly curved, sparsely spined strongyles and longer, more slender, smooth strongyles. Gemmules ¢ Description.—Of the new species there are three small specimens in the form of thin crusts, the largest of which is 26x11 mm. in area and ‘5—7 mm in thickness. The crusts, which have been separated from stones, still retain the curvature of the surfaces on which they grew. Their consistence is flexible and elastic, so that when they are pressed flat they immediately resume their convexity when pressure is removed. The surface is uniformly level, and in the dried condition has a glistening aspect, owing to the reflexion of the light from the tangentially disposed dermal spicules. The oscules are nearly circular, and in the specimens quite level with the surface; but probably in the perfect condition each is surrounded by a slightly raised membranous rim, since traces of such a membrane still remain on one of the oscules. Hach oscule leads into a shallow basin, whence the main exhalant canals radiate out horizontally. The skeleton forms a network in which main and secondary fibres are not perceptible; the meshes (about 95 p in diameter) ave irregularly triangular and polygonal, the strands being from 2-3 spicules thick. The dermal skeleton (Plate XVI. fig. 2) forms a lattice-work with triangular meshes, with strands 1-2 spicules thick formed of tangentially arranged spicules. Though the dermal layer is dis- tinct, 1t is not easily separable from the parts beneath. At the base of the sponge is a well-defined lamella of spongin (Plate X VI. fig. 4), whence arise thick horny fibres with a core of one or more siliceous spicules; the fibres attain a thickness of 38. A short distance above the basal plate the spongin disappears, and the core of spicules is continued on into the general spicular network. Spicules.—The strongyles with sparsely and finely granulated surface are 115-145 » long and 5-6 uw broad, with the ends often, but not always, slightly and gradually enlarged (Plate XVI. fig. 5); occasionally also there is a central swelling. The longer and more slender strongyles, 150-170p x 2°75, are smooth and taper towards the blunt rounded ends (Plate XVI. fig. 6). There are no gemmules present in the specimens. Affinities — Although there are no gemmules present, and the megascleres are strongyles, I have placed the species in the genus Spongilla, rather than in Uruguaya (Potamolepis), because ius affinities seem to be with certain species of Spongilla, viz. S. bohmiw Hilgendorf*, S. nitens Carter, and S. permiata Weltner, * Possibly Potamolepis weltneri Moore (‘ The Tanganyika Problem,’ 1903, p. 323) may be synonymous with Spongilla bohmii. J find the shape and size of many of the strongyles of the skeletal framework to be absolutely identical in the two species. Moore’s figures (7. c. p. 323) of the spicules of P. weltneri are not quite correct, in 1906. ] OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 223 in all of which there is a skeleton of strongyles. In none of these, however, are there two kinds of strongyles. In SS. loricata Weltner, in addition to large strongyles (220-2604 x 20) there is a smaller kind of megascleres (124 uw x 7) with finely gra- nular surface and swollen ends; here the very different sizes of the two kinds of spicules will at once serve to distinguish the respective species. Locahity.—From stones dredged in a few fathoms, Niamkolo Harbour, Lake Tanganyika. SPONGILLA BISERIATA Weltner. 1895. Spongilla biseriaia Weltner, Arch. Naturg. 1895, (1) p.138. 1897. Spongilla biseriata Weltner, Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, Bd. iv. Die Coelenteraten und Schwamme des siissen Wassers Ost- Afrikas, p. 6. 1898. Spongilla biseriata Weltner, Mittheil. naturhist. Mus. Hamburg, xy. Beiheft, p. 1. Dr. Cunnington’s collection contains an example of this species from Lake Nyasa. The specimen is in the form of an irregular clump about 4 cm. in diameter, growing round the stem of a reed. The sponge, which is in spirit, is dirty grey in colour, and is full of pale yellow gemmules. An interesting additional fact to record is Dr. Cunnington’s observation that the colour of this specimen was bright green when alive. The large dry type specimen from Cairo is described by Dr. Weltner as dirty white. Localities—From swamp, Karonga, Lake Nyasa, 2/7/04 (Cunnington). From a pool at Cairo ((nez and Stuhlmani). SPONGILLA ROUSSELETH, sp.n. (Plate XVII. figs. 1-5.) Sponge in form of a whitish incrustation. Skeleton a network with longitudinal main and tranverse and oblique secondary fibres formed of bundles of oxeas with very little spongin. Spicules curved oxeas, 214 x 18°5y. Gemmules spherical, with one or several pore-tubes, with a thick coat of spongin and with gemmule-spicules in form of spined micro-strongyles arranged tangentially in one or two layers. Locality.— Above Victoria Falls, Zambesi. (Collected hy Mr. C. F. Rousselet, Sept. 13, 1505.) Description.—The new species is represented only by some small fragments of dirty-white colour. Mr. Rousselet, who kindly entrusted me with the material for description, informed me that that the general surface of the spicules is not smooth, but fine-spined or granular all over, just as in S. béhmii. There are no amphidisk flesh-spicules in the tiny scrap which represents, I believe, the type specimen of Moore’s species. S. béhmii and P. weltneri both come from the same region, the former from the Ugalla River. a tributary of Tanganyika, and the latter trom the lake itself. It would be well, however, to wait till more material is available for examination before deciding whether Potamolepis weltneri is a good species or otherwise. 224 MR. R. KIRKPATRICK ON THE PORIFERA [ Mar. 6, ‘the specimen covered the submerged surface of a large stone to the extent of over a square foot in area; the crust was closely adherent and very thin.” The thickness of the crust is 2mm. There are no oscules on the fragments of the specimen. The surface is level and provided with tufts of spicules -16 mm. in height, formed by the ends of the main fibres. The skeleton is formed of main longitudinal fibres about 6 spicules thick; at varying levels these fibres give off transverse secondary fibres 2-3 spicules thick, which meet the extremities of those from other main fibres; in parts where the main fibres are closer together the secondary bundles reach across from one main fibre to another, and the secondary bundles are thicker. There are traces of a basal spongin-lamella in the form of broken scale-like fragments; but the spongin-fibres are reduced to mere cushions, into which the ends of the basal oxeas are immersed. Spicules.—The megascleres are smooth curved oxeas 214 x 18°5 p, with subtornote ends; frequently with a central knob. Micro-strongyles, scattered about in the tissues, are identical with those of the gemmules, and in all probability have belonged to those bodies. The gemmules ave spherical, 380-425 p in diameter, with one, two, or three pore-tubes, each rising about 18» beyond the sur- face. The position of the pore-tubes varies, and when there are several they may be scattered over the circumference or close together. In one instance a pore-tube is thick-walled, closed at the end, and bent over. The gemmule-spicules are micro-strongyles, arranged tangentially in one or two layers on the chitinous capsule. When there is only one layer, a tessellated or parquet-like pattern is discernible, each tessella being made up of a parallel row of 4-6 micro- strongyles, and fitting in with neighbouring tesselle at varying angles. When the layer is double it is difficult to make out any pattern; here and there the spined ends of the spicules project above the general level. The strongyles are of two kinds: in one, 70 x 12 p, the spicule is slightly curved, of nearly uniform diameter, spined all over with short blunt vertical spines, but less so in the centre; in the other, which is 65 x 16 p, the centre is nearly smooth, swollen, and barrel-shaped, and tapering to the spined ends. Affinities.—The gemmule-spicules somewhat resemble those of Spongilla sumatrana Weber, of which species Weltner describes two African varieties; in all these there are short spined micro- strongyles, but there are no flesh-spicules in the new species, and the megascleres are smooth, whereas in S. swmatrana and its varieties there are flesh-spicules and the megascleres are spined. Spongilla permixta Weltner from German Kast Africa, of which species only the gemmmules are known, has spined microstrongyles for its gemmule-spicules, but these are much more slender, being only 3p in diameter, and with recurved spines. In S. bisertaia Weltner the.oxeas of the skeletal framework are 1906. | OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 29.5 considerably longer and more slender, viz. 31412; likewise the microstrongyles are longer and thinner, being 80-96 x 4 mu. The multiporal condition of the gemmule is found also in Spongilla lacustris var. multiforis Carter from British Columbia and the Yellowstone; at first Carter based a new species (Spongilla multiforis) on this character, but later considered the multiporal condition to be only of varietal importance. SPONGILLA ? ZAMBESIANA, sp. n. (Plate X VII. figs. 6-10.) Sponge in form of a thick, nodulated, hard crust or cake with irregular upper surface. Skeleton a dense network with very thick main fibres and with secondary fibres. Spicules—Megascleres of two kinds, viz. (1) thick, smooth, slightly curved strongyles (180 x 24 y), slightly and gradually swollen at the ends, forming the mass of the skeleton; and (2) a few slender, curved, smooth oxea, 1707 p. Microscleres amphidisk flesh-spicules, with slender stem ending in disks with usually four sharp recurved prongs ; average dimensions :—length 33 p, diameter of disks 13°5 p, thickness of stem in centre 1°6 p, at the ends 2°8 p. Genmules ? Locatity— Above Victoria Falls, Zambesi. (Collected by Miss tibbs ; presented to the British Museum by Prof. A. Dendy.) The specimen on which the new species is based is in the form of a thick hard crust, 2°5x1°8 cm. in area and about 8 mm. thick. The rough surface is covered with a closely applied dermal membrane, in which, however, no pores are visible. ‘There are several oscules 1 mm. in diameter scattered about. The great main fibres of the skeleton are visible under a lens. Permeating the sponge are several little white Chironomid larvee, each surrounded by a sheath of spongin, which the sponge has secreted in self-protection. The spongin-sheath is crowded with the amphidisk flesh-spicules, and often has strongyles partly embedded. Sometimes the sheath encloses a mass of decayed sponge-tissue containing Innumerable amphidisks. Some of these chitin-tubes are slightly branched, but they do not resemble true spongin-fibres, and do not seem to be proper to the sponge itself ; but on this point I am not at all certain. Afjinities—The hard consistence of the sponge and the pos- session of a dense skeleton constructed of thick smooth strongyles are characters of Uruguwaya rather than of Spongilla; but in its skeletal arrangement and megascleres the new sponge closely resembles Spongilla nitens Carter; the latter species, however, has no amphidisks and its strongyles are longer and more slender, being 306 x 20°5. Further, the new species comes near Spongilla loricata Weltner and Spongilla béhmii Hilgend., in both of which there are strongylate megascleres and amphidisk flesh-spicules. The new form differs from all species of Uruguaya in possessing amphidisk flesh-spicules with toothed disks, 296 THE PORIFERA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. | Mar. 6, EPHyDATIA PLUMOSA Carter var. BROUNI, nov. var. (Plate XVII. figs. 11-13.) This new variety is represented by a small nodule 1:5 cm. in diameter growing round a twig, collected on the banks of the White Nile on land previously submerged, about 200 miles above Khartoum, by Mrs. Hilda Broun. The type specimens of the species were described by Carter, who found them growing on the sides of the freshwater tanks of Bombay, in which situation they were uncovered during six months of the year (Carter, Ann. Mag. N. H. 1849, (2) iv. p. 85). In 1885 Potts described (Proc. U.S. National Mus. 1885, p- 587) a variety of this species (var. palmert) from the Colorado River, N.W. Mexico, differing from the type in having spined megascleres. The Colorado River specimens occur in thousands suspended like wasps’ nests on the drooping branches of the Screw Bean, and exposed for ten months in the year. As Potts observes concerning the distribution : “ That it should skip a whole hemisphere and only be found a second time at its own antipodes is indeed remarkable.” Accordingly it is interesting to note an intermediate locality. The example from the Nile resembles the Bombay specimens in having smooth megascleres, but differs from the latter in the characters of the amphidisks and stellate microscleres. In the Nile specimen the stem of the amphidisks is markedly curved and considerably thinner at the centre than at the ends; in the specimens from Bombay and Colorado R. the stem is straight and uniform in diameter. The stellate miucroscleres in the Nile specimen are almost or entirely devoid of a centrum and the rays are not capitate, whereas in the type these spicules have a well- marked centrum andthe rays are capitate. The characters of the spicules of the three forms are tabulated below :— Oweas. Amphidisks. Stellate microscleres. i — Length 62 p. + eee Type specimen. | 425 < 16.) Diam. of disks 24 ps. ie ee Bombay. Smooth. | Stem straight. &< pea | rays’ capitate. Diam. of stem uniformly 4 p. Length 78 m. With slight centrum ; var. palmeri. | 325 X 12 .| Diam. of disks 27 p. rays not capitate ; Colorado River. Spined. | Stem straight. also other peculiar Diam. of stem uniformly 6p. microscleres. | Length 63 p. ! a Diam. of disk 24 pw. . var. brount. 392 XK 16 je. | eae aa aie Rays not capitate ; White Nile. Smooth. | Diam. of stem at centre 4p. without centrum. | Diam. of stem at ends 6 u. 1906. ] MR. R. SHELFORD ON “‘ FLYING” SNAKES, Hi Two species of Hphydatia, viz. H. blembingia Evans from the Malay Peninsula and #. multidentata Weltner from Queensland, resemble in many respects H. plwmosa, but differ in bemg devoid of flesh-spicules. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuaTE XV. Fig. 1. Spongilla carteri Bowerbank (p. 219), from Victoria Nyanza, surface. X 2. Oxea of S. carteri, from Victoria Nyanza. X 210. . Oxea of S. carteri, from Bombay. X 210. . Oxea of S. carteri, from Mauritius. X 210. . Spongilla moorei Evans (p. 219), surface. X 44. . Spongilla moorei, under surface of basal spongin-lamella, with bases of spongin-fibres showing through. X 25. . Spongilla moorei, basal part of skeleton showing spongin-fibres with spicular core arising from detached portions of basal lamella. X 44. . Spongilla moorei, irregular mass of spongin with spicules partly embedded and enclosing granular matter. x 44. . Spongilla moorei, gemmule. X 25. . Spongilla tanganyike Evans (p. 221), spicule partly tornote, partly stron- gylate, X 425. Oo OU cy bo HH (SC) (7 o) Puate XVI. . Spongilla cunningtoni, sp. n. (p. 221). X 2. . Surface of the same. X 100. . Vertical section. X 100. Basal spongin-lamella and fibres. x 160. Strongyle. x 425. . Strongyle, long smooth kind. X 425. a Gi) > Ov Oo LO Pratt XVII. Big. 1. Spongilla vrousseletit, sp. n. (p. 223), section. X 44. 2. Gemmule of same. X 44. 3. Oxea. X 210. 4,5. Micro-strongyles. > 700. 6. Spongilla? zambesiana, sp. n. (p. 225). Nat. size. 7. Vertical section. X 44. 8. Strongyle. x 210. 9. Oxea. xX 210. 10. Amphidisk flesh-spicules. > 700. ll. Ephydatia plumosa Carter, var. browni, nov. var. (p. 226), specimen. X 2. 12. Hphydatia plumosa vax. browni, amphidisk. x 700. 13. Substellate microscleres of H. plumosa var. brount. X 700. 14. Hphydatia plumosa, trom Bombay (type), amphidisk. 700. 5. A Note on “ Flying” Snakes. By R. Ssetrorp, M.A., C.M.Z.8. [Received March 6, 1906. ] (Text-figures 56 & 57.) A large number of the Snakes of Borneo are almost entirely arboreal in their habits, spending much of their life im the branches of lofty trees and feeding on birds, birds’ eggs, and tree-haunting lizards, such as Calotes versicolor and some of the geckos. That snakes can climb tree-trunks is well-known; and Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XVI. 16 228 MR. R. SHELFORD ON ‘ FLYING” SNAKES. | Mar. 6, since in tropical jungles tree-trunks are more or less swathed in lianes and parasitic creepers, the climbing of them presents no special difficulty even to a limbless animal. Descent from a tree by way of its creeper shrouds, we may suppose, is even more easy, and is doubtless often resorted to. Some snakes, however, have been seen to hurl themselves from the top of a tree and to fall in writhing coils into water or bushes beneath ; in the Sadong River, Sarawak, I captured a specimen of Z'ropidonotus maculatus Edel. that was swimming to shore after such a fall from a tree into the river. Individuals of three species have been observed to “fly” out of trees: namely, Dendrophis pictus Gmel., Chrysopelea ornata Shaw, and C. chrysochlora Remw. My attention was first called to this habit by a Dyak collector attached to the Sarawak Museum, who brought in one day in 1898 a dead example of Chrysopelea ornata, and averred that he had witnessed this snake shoot out of a tree and descend to the ground at an oblique angle to the tree, its body being kept rigid the whole time of the “flight.” Not unnaturally I gave but little credence to this state- ment, but my curiosity was stimulated when, some weeks later, a Text-fig. 56. A ventral scale of Chrysopelea ornata Shaw. a, a, hinge-lines. specimen of C. chrysochlora was brought in with the same story. Instructions to bring in these snakes alive were issued, with the result that before very long I was able to test on the living subject the truth of the Dyak’s assertions. It must be noted here, that in these two snakes the ventral scales are provided with lateral sutures, or, as I prefer to call them, hinge-lines (text- fig. 56). if a living Chrysopelea be handled, it may be observed. that, by a forcible muscular contraction, the ventral scales can be drawn inwards, so that the snake becomes deeply concave along the ventral surface (text-fig. 57, B); at the same time there is a slight dorso-ventral flattening of the body: each scale moves on its lateral hinge-lines; when the muscles working these scales relax, the snake re-assumes its ordinary cylindrical shape (text-fig. 57, A). In other words, during the muscular contraction the snake is like iece of bamboo bisected longitudinally. As anyone can test for himself by experiment, a rod of bamboo will fall to the ground more quickly than a longitudinally bisected rod of equal weight ; 1906. | MR. R. SHELFORD ON “ FLYING” SNAKES. 229 the latter by virtue of a pronounced concave surface is buoyed up to a certain extent, and very frequently its fall terminates in a slight upward swoop, so that it reaches the ground with but little violence of impact. The same holds good, as I believe, for those snakes that can convert their cylindrical shape into the semblance of a split bamboo. A specimen of Chrysopelea ornata was taken to a height of fifteen to twenty feet and allowed to fall several times ; after one or two false starts the snake was felt to glide from the experimenter’s hands, straightening itself out and hollowing in the ventral surface as it moved, and it fell not in a direct line to the ground, but at an angle, the body being kept rigid the whole time. The height from which the snake fell was not great enough for it to be possible to determine with any accuracy whether it fell more slowly than when it fell in irregular coils, but it certainly appeared to be so. If the snake was thrown up into the air, it seemed unable to straighten itself out; it had to be launched, so to speak, from the hands in order to induce it to assume the rigid position ; and no doubt in its natural haunts the snake prepares itself for a parachute flight by glding with some force from off a branch, and does not fall in the casual manner of such a species as Z’ropidonotus maculatus. Text-fig. 57. A . Uy ~ 7 Ta ee Diagrammatic transverse sections of the body of Chrysopelea ornata. A, in the normal condition; B, during “ flight.” It was not until 1904 that another Dyak collector brought me a specimen of Dendrophis pictus, with the assertion that he had witnessed its “‘ flight” from a tree; the story of this quite inde- pendent witness was to the effect that he had seen the snake shoot out from a tree and fall at an oblique angle to the ground, its body being held straight during the fall. This species also has the hinged ventral scales characteristic of the genus Chrysopelea, but whereas Chrysopelea belongs to the Opisthoglyphous group of Colubrines, Dendrophis is one of the Aglypha; it is larger than either of the Chrysopelee. Hxperiments that were carried out with this species did not prove so conclusive as those with C. ornata, but it was observed that if the snake was held up by the tip of the tail the ventral surface of the body became concave Ge 230 THE PRINT OF A FORE FOOT OF AN INDIAN ELEPHANT. | Mar. 20, by the in-drawing of the ventral scales, and it fell to the ground with the body rigidly held straight. Dendrophis formosus Boie and Dendrelaphis caudolineatus Gray also have hinged ventral scales, but it has never been reported to me that either of these species “flew,” nor, indeed, can I claim to have satisfactorily established the “flight” of D. pictus; but it is certainly worthy of note that an independent witness should assert it of a species equipped with the same mechanism for a parachute flight as the two species of Chrysopelea. March 20, 1906. Dr. Henry WoopwarbD, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions that had been made to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1906 :— The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the month of February were 112 in number. Of these 33 were acquired by presentation, 15 by purchase, 48 were received on deposit, and 16 in exchange. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 197. Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :— Three Red-handed Tamarins (J/idas rufimanus) from Surinam, deposited on Feb. 3rd. A Jaguar (Felis onca), &, from South America, purchased on Feb. 22nd. A King Parrot (Aprosmictus cyanopygius), 3, from Australia, presented by Miss Jessie Capes on Feb. 16th. A Masked Parrakeet (Pyrrhulopsis personata) from the Fiji Islands, purchased on Feb. Ist. A Red-throated Laughing-Thrush (Janthocincla rufigularis) from British India, presented by Mr. R. Phillipps on Feb. 8th. New to the Collection. Seulye tebe The Secretary exhibited a paper cutting representing the print of the fore foot of a very large wild Indian Hlephant. The measurement was sixty-six inches in circumference, and had been taken by Mr. C. A. Sherring, Deputy Commissioner at Almora, India. Mr. Sherring believed that the measurement was a “yecord” and inferred that the Elephant, which was described as enormous and had been seen by several persons, stood 11 feet high at the withers. The Secretary mentioned that in'the ‘ Records of Big Game, published by Mr. Rowland Ward, one larger measurement had been given, that of a foot-circumference of 674 inches taken from a living Elephant under charge of Lieut.-Col. G. W. Hanson. The Secretary also exhibited, on behalf of Mr. John Bowes, 1906.] MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW FORM OF BEAR. 231 F.Z.8., a tooth of the Mammoth from the sand in the estuary of the Hast Swale, about three miles west of Herne Bay. Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.S., exhibited lantern-slides of sections of the skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of Mammals. Upwards of 70 species had been examined, and the present series comprised 6 Marsupials, 3 Rodents, 10 Carnivores, and 17 Primates. These groups presented certain common features as regards the papillary ridges and the papillary layers of the corium, which two structures were shown to be closely related in their varieties. Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited a skull of a Bear from the Shan States which had been sent to him by Dr. A. Alcock, F.R.S., Superintendent of the India Museum, Calcutta, The Bear had lived for a short time in the possession of the late Mr. Rutledge, a live-animal dealer, who had on its death pre- sented it to the Indian Museum. No Bear had previously been recorded from this part of Asia. The animal proved to be a member of the Ursus arctos group, and appeared to be most nearly allied to the U. a. yesoensis Lydekker, of Hokkaido, the northern island of Japan, but evidently represented a different form. It was proposed to be called URsus ARCTOS SHANORUM Thos. Abstr. P. Z. 8. 1906, p. 17 (March 27th). Size small. General colour dark brown, the hairs of the sides tipped with grey; an ill-defined darker line down the centre of the back. Text-fig. 58. Skull of Ursus arctos shanorum, lateral view. Skull (text-figs. 58, 59a) of the peculiar long, narrow, and vaulted shape of that of U. a. yesoensis, but very much smaller than in that animal. Nasals abruptly and strongly narrowing in their posterior half. Breadth across postorbital processes unusually small. Palate narrow. Premaxille not extending back to the level of the back of the canines. 232 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW FORM OF BEAR. | Mar. 20 5) Teeth peculiarly short and broad in outline. P* very broad and heavy, nearly as broad as long, with low cusps and a low broad internal lobe. M* rather shorter, and yet actually broader, than in the type of yesoensis. Lower teeth similarly broader throughout, the last molar quite unusually broad and square in shape, not narrowing behind (see text-fig. 59 6). Text-fig. 59. a) a, skull, and 6, last lower molar of Ursus arctos shanorwn. Dimensions of the typical skull :— Basal length 295 mm.; zygomatic breadth 162; length of nasals 82; interorbital breadth 59; breadth across postorbital processes 87; intertemporal breadth 62; breadth of brain-case 95; mastoid breadth 141; palate length 169. Teeth: p' 17x15; m’ 2218; m* 36x19; py l4x75 mi 23 oD); am) 2.5 x 11675) me 20 lay: 5. Hab. Shan States. Type. Subadult male. B.M. no. 6.3.16.1. This Bear differed from the Hokkaido Bear, which appeared to be its nearest ally, by its much smaller size and by the marked differences in the shape of the teeth above detailed. By the kindness of the Trustees of the Indian Museum, the typical specimen of this interesting Bear had been ceded in exchange to the British Museum. 1906. | MR. R. E, HOLDING ON VARIATION IN TEETH. 233 Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited and made remarks upon the following specimens, illustrating anomalies and variations in the teeth of certain animals :— (1) Skull of a Monkey (Cercopithecus patas) (text-fig. 60) show- ing supernumerary premolars fixed in the body of the maxilla and Text-fig. 60. My (—. . ici Xx TITAN \ VY aT LOR a) VS ay taal Mo FEBS PRT ES ee vreau Z 4 WV 7 ie =! mt by os Peay y ac Wg Bn Front and side views of skull of Cercopithecus patas hearmg supernumerary premolars. 234 ON DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE. [ Mar. 20, of the lower jaw respectively, an uncommon variation in the eruption of supernumerary teeth. (2) Portion of the skull of a Rabbit and skull of a Mouse showing curved and elongated incisors, due to the fact that these incisors had never met at their cutting-edges. (3) Skull of a Borzoi Hound in which the second left premolar had a single fang and the last right permanent molar had a double fang, both conditions being unusual. (4) Lower incisor teeth of a Cow and of a Horse, showing irregular growth due to injuries to the symphysis or union of the lower jaw. (5) Skull of a Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius) showing displacement of the left upper incisors, due to an injury causing necrosis of the premaxilla. (6) Lower jaw of a Highland Ram showing supernumerary last molars on each side, and lower jaw of a Thar (Hemitragus jemlaicus) showing overgrown and elongated molars, due to necrosis in the upper jaw and loss of the corresponding tooth. The following papers were read :— 1. Note on Deaths occurring in the Society’s Gardens during 1905. By C. G. Seniemann, M.B., M.R.C.P. [ Received March 19, 1906. ] In the annexed table will be found the causes of death, so far as they could be discovered, of 296 mammals and 218 birds which died in the Society’s Gardens and which were submitted to post- mortem examination during the year 1905. In these mammals and birds no cause of death was found in 28 and 36 instances respectively. A few words are necessary as to the method of classification adopted in the table. In the first five sections the conditions specified are classified pathologically according to the anatomical nature of the lesion produced. This arrangement is departed from in Section VI., where, under the heading cerebral tumour, are given two cases which logically belong elsewhere, but which are included here, since pressure on the brain produced the symptoms which caused death. In one of these cases the pressure was due to hydatid cysts, in the other to the growth of what was perhaps a Streptothrix. Under parasites are included only those cases in which it appeared that death was directly brought about by pressure and consequent exhaustion due to the presence of the parasite, which in every case given under this heading was an hydatid. Many other animals had parasites of one sort or another which appeared to have exerted little or no pathological influence. The ninth heading includes a number of birds which it appeared probable their companions had killed or severely injured. ‘TETY S MENAGERIE. 235 ON DEATHS IN THE SCC 1906. ] OsT co ba ey | | | me ‘SCUIG | ‘VLIVINGGY “VITVIdOSuVy, | “VUATAOUIN, (al fels |i e)isl ‘SHLVIOON | ‘VIENTCOY | i! fe! “VHOAINUYV() | “SALVAIN TYLOY, parissppaun ‘snowny ‘sypveqr {wousnnyx yy pun DUNDAT, 02 ENP SYZMEC? “S" sopsplog 07 enp syameq, © ; q SYINOLE) MAKT * = SOATANT [RIOYAIIa gq Hoeeeiencntiss Hog Heese: MOUNT, TRAqara UOTSISUOT PUY STILSUIUA TN 2 WIR, “magslisy s snoadaNy aY4 fo SeeR wuMagshy Miu ay) fo S98D98UT | corpune Jo osvo T surpapour MOAT, AqVe STZLOUB LOYD OAT Jo SISOTGLT |SseboubeabdncsdobaponoderomnAnssAahy OSD (ATEN Gey WOTPNAYSGQ |bbepeebeonuenen noctoabee Saoquossq pues stqr[or) SIPLIOJ UAT TOO] OLI4SBx) SIJLIYSBY) ercbee = s STATIBULOIG ssunhig aaysabcr ayp fo sasvasuy ane “ QSRaSIP [BLIOI.LW Pe ee eee ee eee ee ee eee ee eee STJIPIVOOA TA ENG 30 IBD TR[DATR A SIJIPAVOLL “ays fuoprynoaig CUE fo seers Ga i hed ara laln if VION | _vrmoumoud: -oyouorg, [orev seen eee eevacteneerscee sete * sIgTpoMOAg See ee eee wees SIPLOUAIUT wish iy Aadannleon ay7 fo sasvasiqy feeoeoaanete SuoTgnazUr sg pure vriueo14dag “"" stsopnodeqn y, 4no%) Heese BOTT, Heese Sa oMOTyT ‘sasnasi” 1v.LaUay) nats — Al Til II ———__—— 236 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20, I do not propose to discuss here the deaths from tuberculosis and enteritis among monkeys and birds; the figures given in the appended table are sufficiently striking, and point to the necessity of increased effort to diminish these diseases. Finally, attention may be directed to the following points of special pathological interest :— i, The rarity of new growths, of which but two instances occurred, viz., an epithelioma in a Puma, and a columnar- celled adenoma in a Monkey. ii. The occurrence, in the case of the Sheep with ‘cerebral tumour” caused by hydatids, of perforation of the vault of the skull, due to intracranial pressure with the absence of optic neuritis of such a degree as to be detected on careful examination of the back of eye with a hand-lens. Attention may also be directed to the absence of any marked limb-weakness in this case until very shortly before death. ui, The existence in the Gardens of a chronic disease in birds, mycosis, with well-marked post-mortem signs due to invasion of the tissues by a mould, Aspergillus fumigatus. 2. A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Sciobius Schh. (Curculionide). By Guy A. K. MarsHatt, F.Z.S. [Received December 8, 1905. | (Plates XVIII. & XIX.*) The genus Sciobius was established by Schénherr in 1826 (Disp. Meth. p. 197) for the reception of Curculio tottus Sparrm. and C. pullus Sparrm. In 1834 Gyllenhal described two species, griseus and porcatus, the latter, however, being merely the 2 of tottus. In 18438 Boheman published descriptions of eleven more species, prin- cipally from the collections of Drége and of Ecklon & Zeyher ; adding yet another in 1845 from Wahlberg’s collection. Of the former series, three forms must be regarded as synonyms. In 1862 Wollaston described a single species, paivanus, taken by Welwitsch in Angola, but it is doubtful whether the insect has been rightly included in this genus. In 1871 Fahreus added six more species to the list, all of which had been captured by the distinguished Swedish explorer, Wahlberg. The present paper contains descriptions of no less than twenty- two additional species, which must provisionally be regarded as new; thus giving a total of forty species exclusive of Wollaston’s doubtful insect. * For explanation of the Plates, see p. 276. 1241S, IDOS, soll I Je 2OW I. Horace Knight del.et lith. West, Newman imp. COMMOP tA OF TH GHNUS SCIOBIUS. faa taal 4 Avis wn TAA as nA Wile iit, ai CUR al i Rate aI EOIN RP Sarai Ge Want 7 Aegan t vy at i 12S, IOS pwroll tL, teil, SCN, Horace Knight delet lith. West, Newman imp. COOSA On THE. GENUS SClOBIUS. 1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 237 Three other species have been erroneously ascribed to this genus, namely :— (1) S. subnodosus Woll. (Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) ix. 1869, p. 416). The insect was described from St. Helena, and I have examined the types in the Wollaston collection in the British Museum. The species is clearly identical with Phlyctinus callosus Boh., which is a common vineyard and garden pest in many parts of Cape Colony, and it is probable that it was accidentally imported thence to St. Helena. (2) S. geniculatus Est., which has proved to be identical with Siteutes albicinctus Est. (vide Stett. ent. Zeit. lviii. p. 70). (3) S. mus Fst. Through the kindness of Dr. Walther Horn, LT possess two examples of this species from the Ukami Mts., in German East Africa. They certainly do not belong to the genus Sciobius, nor even to Lacordaire’s tribe of “Otiorhynchides vrais,” owing to the enclosed corbels of their posterior tibie. The species is really referable to the tribe Oosomides, and agrees extremely well with both the description and figure of Sphrigodes margaritaceus Gerst. (v. a. Decken’s Reisen, Glied. p. 226, t. xi. f. 6), with which it is probably synonymous. From all other genera of the Otiorhynchine (except Calyptops and Phlyctinus) Sciobius may be distinguished by the following combination of characters :—the metasternum is very short; the three intermediate segments of the abdomen are subequal in length; the corbels of the posterior tibie are entirely open; the tarsal claws are quite free ; and the second joint of the funicle is always longer, and usually much longer, than the first. Phlyctinus Schh., which contains but a single species, callosus Boh., may be readily distinguished owing to its having the apex of the rostrum entire (whereas in Sciobius it is deeply incised), and also by its very prominent eyes, which are in the form of obtuse cones directed backwards, while their facetting is distinctly coarser than in Sciobius. On the other hand, Calyptops Schh. is much more closely allied to the latter genus, and indeed the only distinctive character would appear to be the two elevations on the forehead above the eyes. I have not had an opportunity of examining the unique species, C'. granosus Boh., but judging from _the description and from Lacordaire’s figure, 1t evidently presents a great affinity to some of the larger Sciobii, which, moreover, in several instances show distinct traces of the supra-ocular ele- vations. It is therefore not impossible that the genus may have to be incorporated with Sciobius. Certain species of the genus Sysiates Gerst. and Jsaniris 'Thom. present a superficial resemblance to some of the more slender Sciobii, while Mitophorus Gerst. recalls the more rotund species. But all these three genera may be differentiated by their tarsal claws which are connate (at the base only), and by their antenne, in which the first two joints of the funicle are either equal or the first is longer than the second. Tf we exclude S. paivanus Woll., the genus Sciobiws as here 238 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [Mar. 20, defined is restricted to the extra-tropical portions of South-east Africa, including the Transvaal, Zululand, Natal, Orange River Colony and Cape Colony east of about 25° H. Long. The following table will give an idea of the relative distribution of the species as at present known :— | } | ] | ] | Species. | Cape. | Natal. | Zululand. | Transvaal.| O.R.C. | | | GTANORUS! Saoadoesscoonsodeosuessl|)\ ocoonn | * % | Cullibracuswe enews sett [igre % CUMELEUS Mpa eee esses seteses|| x | | (JO GSIUIS). | Sse as eaee ne uapetu pear all soneed Sli elie aca sk | dealbatus itesteeeereeteaenee| * COSMENUS, “Yecosanoumebosadsepedooal|, csesas | opalinus re tne Hs. Ria) | impressicollis Peritreeeeees| % | Lome LIS cen dooedbAboteucoeseddcs|| sesooa * % % | bistinrencollis =: ce ree eeeee teen eee x | | OWED EN ere SPU EA an Mer % | | OTAMIVENNIS | \iaeeecerece cece % | | Dlanipennis ccs eee * lateralis aise SRE | * GENUMICONNIS sy tencs eee eerel| Sera % | | VatapPENNIS eessccece cease ete tec Mee ACICWlAtIELONS sess eeeee ene % barker, patcsscns SoA nee aan | Scapularisieney eeeeecee eee eeerel| % PARTE: UISaberieen se eda sariaat ec dade % | | OULU S ite oe ae Ne oe % Mollinosusweemccecs ee eaeeee eens TOPNPERUTPTEBIS). (a dqus pdolce GoD CActiod spatulatusnyy ei eye neenct er ile ae # PETIN SU ey wasresse wiles STU AN aul) Beene Gait eauin edad sale ore tee x viduus RO Sans a ane | x DONC OMe hetsete eereorms eee ee % GOULUS Myce rene om cst ck ment Fue tel Saal aca dea thet | TATE ORNAUIS sngaen uno sb conlaauade bea | a sk EhEAUSTD emu meadodadensecbanooall rane aad™ Nira asseee!) Mili iw oonosb % DANZANUS Mee Noe men ee een | ae % Schonland tes eeeneea ease: % VATLGISH, (ssdaredeemsni eve cic raked ne ean hep AL eA Non DPS nse al eer % MANUS ieee eel Rea tcc | % | DUASTINUSH eet eine Sec arena Uae | | LE TALUS b Seiis 1), CC AGE NNN Tt a Be ot eee Ra | % | arrowl MOTT LR aia UNS enone Wee MU MlOVssHesrl so lsus Sus deceeesaoencnd | i} Squamulosusiic eee ener % | | The predominance of Natal in point of species is doubtless due to the fact that the Colony has been much better worked, as a whole, than the other areas. When the fauna of the Transkei and Pondoland is better known, it will probably be found that the genus attains its greatest development in Cape Colony. Similarly Zululand and the Transvaal will certainly yield many additional forms. Owing to the large tracts of treeless country in the Orange River Colony the genus is not likely to be well represented there; and although Dr. H. Brauns has kindly sent me a number 1906. ] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 239 ~_ of Curculionide from both Bothaville and Hoopstad, there was not a single Sctobiws among them. Of the comparatively few species with whose habits I am acquainted, the majority feed on low trees and shrubs; and on the Natal coast brevicollis and bistrigicollis are among the commonest beetles to be obtamed by general beating. On the other hand, the smallest species, and those with a predominance of bright green colouring, appear to prefer herbaceous plants and are generally obtained with the sweeping-net. The general type of colouring is black or reddish brown varie- gated with grey, whitish or yellowish scaling, which has a fairly constant tendency to form a denser lateral stripe, often accompanied by a transverse band across the summit of the elytral declivity. In only a few instances are bright colours to be found, and then they are of a green or golden-green hue. There can be little doubt that in every case the colouring of these insects will be found to have a simple procryptic significance. There is a well-marked sexual dimorphism in many of the species, so that in one or two cases the sexes have been described as distinct forms. But these sexual characters are often very different in the various species, and the only one which is constant throughout the genus (or, rather, throughout the 24 species of which both sexes are known) is the form of the last abdominal segment. This is always more acuminate in the 2 and is usually slightly convex in the middle; whereas in the ¢ it is more broadly rounded apically and proportionately more transverse, and generally there is a more or less shallow central impression. Another common character is the greater curvature of the tibia, especially the anterior pair, in the ¢. But in the case of obesus, dealbatus, opalinus, pollinosus, and marginatus, the tibie are practically similar in the two sexes. In a few species, such as brevicollis, granosus, and pondo, this distinction is specially well- marked, the tibie of the ¢ being also broader and noticeably compressed. In the great majority of instances, however, the difference is comparatively slight. Horni presents a special feature in that the anterior tibie of the ¢ are distinctly sinuate internally. Another striking sexual character is to be found in the rostrum, in which the genz of the ¢ are occasionally produced into long, recurved, horn-like processes. But this is only the ease with granosus and cultratus. In bistrigicollis and dealbatus there is a similar production, only to a much less extent, and the process is not recurved. In cinereus, scapularis, griseus, and viridis the gene are only slightly more dilated in the ¢ than in the 9 ; whereas in the remaining 16 species the sexes do not differ in this respect. As a rule, the shape of the prothorax is similar in the two sexes, but in brevicollis, bistrigicollis, barkeri, margmaius, pondo, and totius this segment is distinctly shorter and more transverse in the 92 ; in grancsus its sides are more strongly rounded in the ¢ ; while in cwliratus the central portion is more elevated and smoother in the 9 than in the ¢. In the majority of species the shape of the elytra varies considerably in 240 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20, relation to sex, but in cinereus, dealbatus, cognatus, opalinus, prasi- nus, and wahlbergi there is practically no difference; while in obesus, scapularis, and horni the distinction is comparatively slight. The present revision has only been rendered possible by the generous assistance afforded me by many friends. To the Trustees of the British Museum I am much indebted for their kindly permitting me to bring out to Africa practically the whole of the material contained in the National Collection; and my thanks are particularly due to Mr. G. J. Arrow of that Institution for much valuable assistance, especially in supervising the drawing of the insects and correcting the proofs of this paper. My friend Prof. Dr. Sjéstedt of Stockholm was good enough to lend me typical examples of no less than 19 species described by the old Swedish authors, thus immensely facilitating the labour of identification and ensuring more accurate determination. Dr. D. Sharp of Cambridge, Prof. Poulton of Oxford, Mr. Péringuey of Cape Town, and Dr. Schénland of Grahamstown, all generously placed at my disposal the whole of the examples of this genus which were to be found in the collections of which they are respectively incharge. My fellow-collectors in South Africa, Mr. C. N. Barker and Father O'Neil, have kindly contributed to my needs in their usual open-handed manner; while my good friend Dr. W. Horn of Berlin has most liberally procured for me quite a remarkable number of new and rare species, two of which I have not seen in any other collection. The following synoptic Table, despite its many shortcomings, will probably render identification somewhat easier. Specierum Conspectus*. 1. (82.) | Prothorax basi utrinque fovea elongata aut rotundata evidenter impressus. 2. (19.) | Funiculi articulus tertius primo non, aut vix, longior. 3. (6.) | Gene processu recurvo valde producte. 4. (5.) | Elytra late ovata, humeris rotundatis, prothorax equaliter granulatus; antenne breviores, clava ovata. 1. S. granosus Fahy. ¢. 5. (4.) | Elytra anguste ovata, humeris valde obliquis; prothorax medio obsolete granulatus; antenne longiores, clava valde elongata et acuminata ................... 2. S. eultratus, sp. nov., 6. 6. (8.) | Gene non recurvo-producte. 7. (10.) | Gene acute angulariter dilatate. 8. (9.) | Major (93-103 mm.), thorace apice constricto. 3. S. cinereus, sp. nov. 9. (8.) | Minor (7-8 mm.), thorace apice non constricto. 5. S. dealbatus Kahr. 16. (7.) | Gene rotundate aut obtuse angulate. 11. (14.) | Antenne longiores, funiculi articuli terminales evidenter longiores quam latiores. 12, (13.) | Elytra late ovata, humeris rotundatis, prothorax et elytra undique eequaliter granulata ............. 1. S. granosus Fahy. 9. 13. (12.) | Elytra anguste ovata, humeris valde obliquis; prothorax medio parum elevatus ibigue obsolete granulatus; elytra retro obsolete granulata ............ 2. S. cultratus, sp. nov., 2. * Tt must be noted that two species with which I am acquainted, viz. S. lateralis Boh. and S. muricatus Boh., are not included in this Key, owing to the fact that several of the diagnostic characters here utilised are not mentioned in Boheman’s descriptions. > 1906.] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. QA 14. (11.) | Antennze comparate breves et valid, funiculi articuli terminales non, aut perparum, longiores quam latiores. 15. (16.) | Major (10-12 mm.), scapo subcylindrico; interstitiis elytrorum latis, subplanis, omnino levibus. 4. S. obesus, sp. nov. 16. (15.) | Minor (5- -7 mm.), scapo compresso; interstitiis angustis et convexis, aut tuberculatis. 17. (18.) | Fusco-cinereo-squamosus, elytris nou tuberculatis, scapo margine anteriore fortiter curvato ...... 6. S. cognatus, sp. nov. 18. (17.) | Viridi-opalino-squamosus, elytris tuberculis depressis et rotundatis parce adspersis, scapo ante tantum leviter Gunyatow eee . 7. S. opalinus, sp. nov. 19. (2.) | Funiculi articulus tertius primo - evidenter longior. 20. (23.) | Funiculi articulus tertius quarto evidenter longior. 21. (22.) | Prothorax ante fortiter angustatus, lateribus pone medium GIDDY AVS WENAIS ooabaneacsocudsosenaseo sen 8. S. impressicollis Boh. 22. (21.) | Prothorax ante nonnihil angustatus, lateribus leviter rotundatis ....... veces. 9. S. brevicollis Fahy. 23. (20.) | Funiculi articulus “tertius “quarto non, aut perparum, longior. 24, (25. Genz evidenter dilatate et angulariter product, precipue T00\ Be PRE en anes) MPLON SH Oestigecollase Bol 25. (24.) | Genze non, aut vix, dilatatee. 26. (29.) | Prothorax valde transversus, longitudine duplo latior ; minores (43-6 mm.). 27. (28.) | Elytra haud granulata, omnino levia; prothorax anterius modice augustatus; scapus latus, compressus et ad apicem gradatim dilatatus .. Ee vou 11. S. oneili, sp. nov. 28. (27.) Elytra lateribus evanulatis: (minus evidenter in ¢); pro- thorax anterius “valde angustatus; scapus angustior, sub- compressus, nonnthil abrupte clavatus. 12. 8. granipennis Boh. 29. (26.) | Prothorax modice transversus, dimidio latitudinis longior ; majores (73-10 mm.). 30. (31.) | Scapus tenuissimus, non compressus, abrupte clavatus; prothoracis fovee laterales parvee, rotundate et minus profunde .......... . 16, 8. tenwicornis, sp. nov. 31. (80.) | Scapus latus, ‘compressus, eradatim: dilatatus ; prothorax utrinque profunde et longitudinaliter i impressus. 13. S. planipennis, sp. nov. 32. (1.) | Prothorax ad latera non, aut vix, impressus. 38. (50.) | Funiculi articulus tertius primo manifeste longior. 34, (49.) | Scapus numquam fusiformis nec supra carinatus. 35. (36.) | Elytrorum sutura evidenter elevata, interstitio secundo antice fortiter dilatato et subdepresso... 16. S. latipennis ahr. 36. (35.) | Elytrorum sutura non elevata. 37. (38.) | Rostrum a basi ad apicem gradatim angustatum ; elytrorum interstitium secundum versus basin dilatatum et stria secunda sinuata rope in 2); trons subtiliter aciculata. . ‘ ; .... 18. S. barkeri, sp. nov. 38. (37.) | Rostrum parallelum | ‘aut ‘apice “Jeviter dilatatum ; stria secunda versus basin non sinuata, aut aliter cum fronte evidenter striolata. 39. (48.) | Elytra basi haud constricta, angulis externis non tuberculato- productis. 40. (45.) | Scapus latus, evidenter compressus et versus apicem fere parallelus. 41, (44.) | Elytra ovata, ante medium latiora, apice subacuminata. 42. (43.) | Prothorax ad latera utrinaue leviter subdepressus, ibique pallido-squamosus, in dorso granulis depressis adspersus, lateribus leviter rotundatis nec subangulatis. 19. 8. scapularis Boh. 43. (42.) | Prothorax ad latera haud depressus, in dorso coriaceus nec granulatus, lateribus prope basin subangulatis. 17. 8. aciculatifrons Boh. 44, (41.) | Elytra globosa aut a elohee in medio latiora, apice late rotundata...... ce... ves 20. S. griseus Gyl. 45. (40.) Seems angustior, non, “aut Vix, “compressus, apice evidenter clavatus, 242 MR. G. A, K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20, 46. (47.) | Elytra latissime ovata, retrorsum late rotundata; tarsorum articulus primus tertio evidenter angustior, secundo et tertio simul sumptis brevior................ 21. S. pullws Sparrm. 47, (46.) | Elytra anguste ovata, retrorsum subacuminata ; tarsorum articulus primus tertio haud angustior, secundo et tertio simul sumptis longitudine eequalis ...... 22. S. pollinosus Fahy. 48. (39.) | Elytra basi constricta, angulis externis plus minusve tuberculato-productis..................-+ 23. S. marginatus ¥ahy. 49. (34.) | Seapus latissimus, fusiformis, supra medio evidenter CALIMALUS 6. l ev sckeeesceesscseseeeseeleeees 240 Si spatulatus; sp. nov. 50. (33.) | Funiculi articulus tertius primo non, aut vix, longior. 51. (78.) | Oculi laterales, distantes, prominuli aut saltem evidenter convexi. 52. (75.) | Prothorax medio non canaliculatus, interstitia elytrorum eque elevata. 53. (72.) | Tibize posteriores interne haud crenulate. 54, (67.) | Corpus non metallico-viridi-squamosum. 55. (58.) | Elytra fascia pallida transversa pone medium ornata. 56. (57.) | Elytra retro subacuminata, ad latera pallide sulphureo- squamosa, basi prothorace paullo latiora, angulis externis leviter prominulis et subrectangulis ... 25. S. péringuweyi, sp. nov. 57. (56.) | Elytra retro late rotundata, undique cinereo-squamosa, basi prothorace vix latiora, humeris rotundatis. 31. 8S. panzanws, sp. nov. 58. (55.) | Elytra numquam transversim fasciata. 59. (60.) | Elytra pone medium latiora, apice late rotundata, si superne TMOG AYVOUED abe edeceocsanepasoouecasecs ane praccacda.. Ash iS, GUAMiiy Sins WO 60. (59.) | Elytra ante medium aut in medio ipso latiora, apice sub- acuminata. 61. (64.) | Elytrorum interstitia granulata. EFuniculi articulas tertius quarto manifeste longior, elytra setis pallidis longis suberectis adspersa; major (11-12mm.). 27. S. pondo, sp. nov. 63. (62.) | Funiculi articulus tertius quarto non longior, elytra setulis minutis depressis, retrorsum tantummodo perspiciendis, adspersa; minor (8-10 mm.) Walt 28. S. tottus Sparrm. .) | Elytrorum interstitia haud granulata, omnino leevia. 65. (66.) | Elytra elongata et angustata, dense olivaceo-cinereo-squamu- losa, baseos angulis externis prominulis et subrectangulis. 30. S. angustus, sp. nov. 66. (65.) | Elytra late ovata, omnino denudata, humeris rotundatis. 32. S. schénlandi, sp. nov. 67. (54.) | Corpus sequaliter metallico-viridi- aut aureo-viridi-squa- mosum. 68. (69.) | Gene angulate et product .................. 338. S. viridis, sp. nov. 69. (68.) | Genes haud product. 70. (71.) | Rostri carinve exteriores evidentes; elytra breviora, lata, obtuse ovata; prothorax longitudine duplo latior. 34. S. zanus, sp. nov. 71. (70) | Rostri carine exteriores obsolescentes ; elytra longiora, apice subacuminata; prothorax dimidio latitudinis longior. 35. S. prasinus, sp. Noy. 72. (53.) | Tibie posteriores interne evidenter crenulate. 73. (74.) | Elytra convexa, ante medium altiora (a latere inspecta), interstitiis alternis cinereo- et brunneo-squamosis, dorso Ihandysebmlosiseteecen me concnseasse ces cece 36. S. vittatus, sp. nov. 74, (73.) | Elytra dorso antice deplanata, longe pone medium altiora, brunneo-squamulosa et fascia communi pallida angulata pone medium ornata, dorso setulis brevibus erectis parce BISECTS) bn. bua gapjoobamanc seo cnonaapadecanasaHe oi eiioSe CHROCNG, 08 ION: 75. (52.) | Prothorax evidenter sed minus profunde canaliculatus ; elytra interstitiis aliquis altioribus, saltem prope basin. 76. (77.) | Funiculi articulus primus tertio non longior; elytrorum interstitia alterna altiora (minus evidenter in 9) sed Ihadvcaninatapes sone en eos ater SE OOMUS aU LOMIC 2a ST eAMOE 77. (76.) | Funiculi articulus primus tertio multo longior; interstitia 2,3, 4 et 7 carinata, 5 et 8 tantum prope basin, 6 tantum prope apicem, carinata ..................... 39. S. wahlbergi Boh. 78. (51.) | Oculi fortiter depressi, magis approximati et subdorsales. | 40. S. squamulosus Boh. fen — ier) = Ww 1906.] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 243 1. Scroprus GRANosuS Fahr. S. granosus Fahy. Gifv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1871, p. 27. Long. 10-13, lat. 5-63 mm. Bead twice as broad as its length, with scattered punctuation and sparse yellow scaling ; forehead with an ill-defined central impression and a slight tubercular elevation above the eyes, which are very prominent. ostrwm longer than broad, as long as pro- thorax, tricarinate dorsally, and with a short lateral carina just in front of eye; gene produced in ¢ into a long (11 mm.) re- curved horn-like process, rounded and only slightly prominent in 2; upper surface with irregular shallow punctuation and dense ochreous scaling. Antenne moderately long, piceous, irregularly aciculate and with fine pale pubescence ; scape compressed and gently curved, third joint of funicle scarcely longer than first. Prothorax very transverse, sides strongly rounded, especially in the ¢, broadest about middle, base truncate, apex narrower and slightly sinuate, with a faint constriction and an impressed trans- verse line close to the margin ; upper surface convex, but flattened in the median basal area and fairly closely covered with smooth depressed tubercles ; the interstices are thinly clothed with ochreous scales, and there is a short curved lateral impression on each side near the base. Hlytra broadly ovate, shoulders obliquely rounded, sides ampliated, broadest near base; upper surface convex in °, subdepressed in ¢, with shallow striz containing rows of distinct separated granules; the intervals with rows of low rounded tubercles, which are absent on the inflexed margins, the stris there being also simply punctate ; colour black or piceous brown, granules and tubercles bare and shiny, the interstices with thin yellowish scaling. Zegs stout, thicker in the ¢, black or piceous brown, finely aciculate and sparsely punctured, with yellowish scales and setze which are dense near the apex of femora; the anterior pairs of tibiz broader and more strongly curved in the ¢. Types ¢ 2 in the Stockholm Museum. Narau: Upper Tongaat R. (C. V. Barker), Estcourt (G4. A,X. I/,), Durban (A. D. Mi illar), Maritzburg [S.A. Mus.]. ZuLuLANp Hshowe [S8.A. Mus.]. Tt is evident from his description that Fahreus took the 3 of this species for the 9, both sexes being represented in Wahlberg’s series. It is curious that he makes no reference to the striking horn-like rostral processes of the ¢ , which distinguish it from all other species of the genus except S. cultratus. 2. ScIOBIUS CULTRATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 1.) Long. 82-104, lat. 43-52 mm. Head strongly transverse, finely aciculate and with rather thin grey scaling ; forehead finely plicate, with no distinct impressions ; eyes prominent. ostrum distinctly longer than its width base; inthe ¢ the sides are somewhat narrowed from the base to about middle, and the gene are produced into broad but sharp Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vor. I. No. XVII. Wi 244 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20, sickle-shaped processes ; in the 2 the sides are subparallel basally and the gene are only moderately and roundly dilated ; upper surface impressed, tricarinate, the outer carine parallel from base to beyond middle, thence widely diverging, an additional short curved carina in front of eyes; punctuation and scaling as on the head, the central carina bare. Antenne comparatively long and slender, piceous, with fine grey pubescence; scape clavate, slightly compressed and distinctly curved; first joint of funicle about as long as third, the subterminal joints elongate. Prothorax moderately transverse, base gently bisinuate, sides not much rounded, broadest before middle, with a shallow constriction near apex, which is truncate and narrower than the base; upper sur- face convex, with scattered rounded granules, except along a broad central space which is almost smooth, punctured and slightly elevated, being more prominent inthe 9 than in the g; a rounded impression on each side near base; colour piceous, the granules and the central ridge (in the 2) bare, the interstices with grey scaling. Hlytra subtruncate at base, ovate, more acuminate apically in the ¢, so that the sides appear more rounded than in the 9, broadest well before middle; upper surface convex, with broad strive containing shallow rugose punctuation, the intervals convex, more or less distinctly granulate, often subrugose; colour piceous, with uniform grey scaling, the intervals posteriorly with rows of small grey squamiform sete. Legs picecus or ferrugineous, with the knees black, and with fine grey scaling; all the femora more strongly clavate in the ¢ than in the 9, and the tibie more strongly curved, especially the anterior pairs. Tyrer, ¢ in the British Museum, 2 in the Oxford Museum. Natat: Durban (Z. W. SBell-Marley), Pinetown [coll. G. A. K. M.], Maritzburg [S.A. Mus.], Howick (C. WV. Barker). Allied to granosus Fahr., but with much narrower elytra, the obliquity of the shoulders being most noticeable in the ¢ ; the sides of the prothorax are also much less strongly rounded and the lateral impressions deeper; in perfect specimens there is a small round whitish spot at the base of each elytron. 3. SCIOBIUS CINEREUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 3.) Long. 92-103, lat. 5-6 mm. Head transverse, with coarse shallow punctuation which is hidden by dense grey scaling; forehead with a central impression and with a slightly raised fold above the eyes, which are prominent. Rostrum rather longer than broad, sides parallel to beyond middle ; gene sharply and laterally produced in both sexes, but more prominent in the ¢ ; upper surface shallowly impressed, tri- carinate, the outer carinee with a strong outward curve towards apex ; punctuation rugose, but the whole surface covered with dense scaling except the central carina. Antenne moderately long and thick, piceous, with dense grey pubescence; scape sub- cylindrical, evenly curved and gradually clavate; funicle with the first joint equal to the third, the subterminal joints comparatively 1906. ] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 245 short, subconical. Prothorax strongly transverse, subtruncate at base, evidently narrower and truncate at the apex, sides not much rounded, broadest rather before middle and distinctly constricted close to apex ; upper surface convex, set with rather distant smali rounded granules, with a deep rounded lateral impression on each side near the base and a transverse impressed line at the apical constriction ; colour piceous, the granules bare, the interstices with dense even grey scaling. Hlytra broadly ovate, of the same shape in the two sexes, subtruncate at base, sides rounded, broadest about middle; upper surface convex, the strize containing rows of large shallow punctures separated by small granules and more or less hidden by the scaling, disappearing behind middle, where the strie become deeper; the intervals rather narrow, subequal in width, convex (more so posteriorly), uneven owing to the presence of depressed obsolescent granules; colour piceous, covered with uniform grey scaling. Legs stout, piceous, with rather thin pale sealing, the anterior tibie not curved, but the internal apical angle more produced in the ¢ than in the 9. Types, ¢ in the British Museum, 2 in the Oxford Museum. CarE Cotony: Knysna (W. F. Purcell). Transker: Kentani (Rev. Dr. F. C. Kolbe). I am indebted to Dr. Walther Horn for six examples of this species, but they are without exact locality, being merely labelled “ Cape.” This insect is very closely allied to S. cultratus Mshl., cf which it is probably the Cape Colony representative. It is, however, a larger and more robust insect and the elytra of the ¢ are not acuminate posteriorly ; the dilated gene are not recurved in the 3, they are sharp and not rounded in the 9; the antenne are a little shorter and thicker ; the prothorax is much more transverse and entirely lacks the smooth raised central portion of cultratus ; the apical abdominal segment is much broader and less acuminate in both sexes ; finally, in cwlératus the anterior tibie of the ¢ are distinctly curved on their outer edge and the internal apical angle is sharp in both sexes, whereas in cinereus the outer edge of the anterior tibiz is straight and the internal angle is broadly and bluntly produced in both sexes. 4, SCIOBIUS OBESUS, Sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 2.) Long. 102-12, lat. 53-64 mm. Head strongly transverse, its length rather less than half the breadth, black, finely aciculate and densely covered with grey or yellowish scaling witha metallic golden reflection ; forehead with a deep longitudinal impression in the middle and a shallow one on each side of it; a distinct rounded projection above the eyes, which are prominent. ostrum a little longer than the width at base; gene moderately dilated into a blunt angle, similar in the two sexes; upper surface deeply excavate, with a smooth central carina, the lateral carine bisinuate in the (unique) 4, straight and convergent basally in the 9, beyond these an additional La 246 MR. G, A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20, short broad basal carina; punctuation and scaling as on the head, only the central carina bare of scales. Antenie moderately long and stout, densely covered with golden yellow or grey scaling; scape only slightly curved, subcylindrical, very gradually thickened from base to apex; first joint of funicle rather longer than third, the three subterminal joints as broadas long. Prothorax with its width 14 timesits length, base truncate, the sides gradually dilated from there to far beyond middle, suddenly constricted near apex, which is also truncate and only a little narrower than the base ; upper surface convex, moderately closely set with small rounded tubercles and with a rounded lateral impression at base; the central carina variable, complete and distinct in some specimens, abbreviated and irregular in others: colour black, the central carina and apices of the tubercles bare, the rest with dense grey or golden-yellow scaling. Hlytra broadly ovate (a little narrower in the ¢), jointly sinuate at base, shoulders obliquely rounded, sides strongly ampliated, broadest before middle; upper surface convex, with shallow strize containing rows of large shallow closely-set punctures, which are much reduced towards apex and which are partially hidden throughout by the scaling; the intervals broad and smooth, very slightly convex, finely aciculate and without tubercles or granules of any kind; colour black with dense grey or yellowish scaling, usually with a dull metallic reflec- tion, the paler scales being silvery and the darker golden. Legs comparatively short and stout, with yellowish or grey scaling and short pale setee; all the tibize moderately curved and similar in the two sexes. Typr, ¢ in the British Museum, 2 in the Oxford Museum. Nartat : Colenso [Oxf. Mus.], Frere (G..4.4.1/.). TRANSVAAL : Leydenburg { Brit. Mus. & Transv. Mus. }. From the three preceding species, which it resembles in size and facies, obesws may be distinguished by its broad and perfectly smooth elytral intervals, as well as by the more or less complete central carina on the prothorax. 5. SCIOBIUS DEALBATUS Fahr. S. dealbatus Kahr. op. cit. p. 28. Long. 7-8, lat, 32-42 mm. Head strongly transverse, coriaceous, finely plicate on forehead, densely covered with white scaling; eyes moderately prominent. Rostrum short, subquadrate, the length equal to the width at base, as long as the prothorax ; the genz produced intoa short but acute projection, which is rather longer and sharper in the 3 ; upper surface subdepressed, tricarinate, the central carina more distinct than the others, bare, impunctate, the remainder of the rostrum covered with dense white scaling. Antenne moderately long, piceous, with dense white sete; scape subcylindrical and gently curved, third joint of funicle as long as first. Prothorax very transverse, its length equal to half the width at base, which is slightly bisinuate, apex a little narrower and truncate, sides 1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 247 moderately rounded, broadest about middle ; upper surface convex, dispersely granulate and with a rounded lateral impression on each side of the base, the apices of the granules bare, the interstices filled with dense white or yellowish scaling. El ytra ovate, scarcely differing in shape in the two sexes, shoulders very oblique, sides evenly rounded, broadest about middle; upper surface convex, with shallow striz containing rows of large shallow separated punctures ; the intervals slightly convex, smooth and finely aciculate, the third rather broader than the others; colour black or dark brown, with white or yellowish scaling, which is denser apically and throughout the third interval, but the scales vary considerably in density in different individuals ; on the apical half the intervals have rows of very short depressed white sete. egs piceous, evenly covered with moderately dense white scaling and sete ; in shape and thickness they scarcely differ in the two sexes. TypPrE ¢ in the Stockholm Museum. Natat: Durban (C. V. Barker, A. D. Millar, & H.W. Bell- Marley). Varies a good deal in coloration, some examples having the elytra with alternate stripes of lighter and darker scaling. Inthe type the scaling is uniform in colour, dense and even throughout the sides and declivity, but somewhat abraded on the disk except for the usual denser stripe on the third interval. 6. ScIOBIUS COGNATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 6.) Long. 52-62, lat. 3-32 mm. Head strongly transverse, coriaceous; the forehead finely plicate, covered with dense grey scaling, and with a slightly raised fold above the eyes, which are prominent. Rostrum subquadrate, the length equal to the width at base; gens moderately and roundly dilated, similar in the two sexes; upper surface broadly excavate, evidently tricarinate, the outer carine distinctly sinuate, the whole surface except the central carina densely covered with grey sealing. Antenne rather short and thick, covered with grey sealing, scape broad curved and compressed, strigoso-punctate ; first joint of funicle broader than the rest, a little longer than the third. Prothorax nearly twice as broad as long, base slightly bi- sinuate, apex a little narrower and truncate, sides moderately rounded, broadest about middle ; upper sur face convex, dispersely granulate and with a rounded lateral impression on each side of the base, the apices of the granules mostly bare, the interstices filled with dense greyish scaling, Hlytra broadly ovate, jointly sinuate at base, shoulders obliquely rounded, sides moderately ampliated, broadest about middle, similar in the two sexes ; upper surface convex, with shallow strize containing rows of large deep punctures (partially concealed by the scaling) ; the intervals rather narrow, smooth and finely aciculate, the third not broader than the others; colour black or dark piceous, covered with dense dull grey scaling, variegated with paler scales which usually form a 248 MR, G. A, K, MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20, broad but faint chevron-shaped marking behind middle, the intervals with rows of minute depressed white setee which are more noticeable posteriorly. Legs short and stout, piceous and uniformly covered with greyish scaling; the anterior tibiz are slightly more curved at the apex in the ¢, but otherwise the legs are similar in the two sexes. Narau: Umvoti (#. Fry), Estcourt and Drakensberg (G. A. HEN. ae © in the British Museum, ¢ in the Oxford Museum. Closely allied to dealbatus Fahr., which it evidently replaces in the upland districts of Natal. From that species it may be distinguished by the broader scape, the rounded gene, the narrower elytral intervals, the more deeply punctured strie, and the less oblique shoulders. 7. SCIOBIUS OPALINUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 4.) Long. 52-6, lat. 24-31 mm, Head strongly transverse, coriaceous and covered with dense opalescent white scaling; forehead with three shallow impressions and a slightly raised fold above the eyes, which are prominent. Rostrum subquadrate, a little longer than broad, genee moderately and roundly dilated in both sexes; upper surface almost plane, tricarinate, with punctuation and scaling as on the head, the central carina only bare and smooth, the outer carine straight and parallel. Antenne comparatively short and thick, black with fine pale scaling; thescapecurvedand compressed, strigoso-punctate, first joint of the funicle broader than the rest, a little longer than the third. Prothorax nearly twice as broad as long, base slightly bisinuate, apex a little narrower and truncate, sides moderately rounded, broadest about middle ; upper surface convex, dispersely granulate, and with a rounded impression on each side near the base, a few of the granules with their apices bare, the interstices filled with dense opalescent white scaling. Hlytra ovate, slightly sinuate at the base, shoulders very oblique, sides moderately rounded, broadest about middle, the shape similar in the two sexes; upper surface convex, with faint strie containing very shallow punctures. When the scaling is removed these punctures are seen to be uneven and irregular and entirely disappear behind middle ; in unabraded examples the punctures appear to be small and regular and the intervals broad and smooth, with a few very scattered low rounded tubercles and with widely separated minute white sete, but without the scaling the intervals appear narrower and less regular and a few more tubercles are observable, but these are variable in number and disposition. Zegs black or piceous, with uniform pale scaling, moderately short and stout and similar in the two sexes. Natau: Malvern (C. V. Barker), Howick (Dr. F. D. Brown). Type, 2 in the British Museum, ¢ in the Oxford Museum. Allied to dealbatus Fahy. and cognatus Mshl., from both of which it differs in its smaller size and very different coloration. 1906. ] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 249 From the former it also differs in its broader scape, rounded gene, the irregular punctuation of the elytra, and the tuberculation of the intervals. The two latter characters also distinguish it from cognatus, as well as the parallel outer carine of the rostrum, the more oblique shoulders, the less convex intervals of the elytra, the wide separation of the minute white sete on the intervals, and the less compressed and less curved scape. *8, SCIOBIUS IMPRESSICOLLIS Boh. S. impressicollis Boh. Schonh. Gen. Cure. vii. 1, p. 199 (1843). Long. 64-72, lat. 3-44 mm. Head transverse, almost plane, finely plicate; forehead not im- pressed; eyes not prominent. ostrwm about as long as broad, subtruncate at base, rather narrowed anteriorly, gen not dilated; upper surface plane, strigosely punctate, distinctly tricarinate, the outer carine straight and parallel. Antenne moderate, piceous, with sparse grey scaling; scape compressed, strigoso-punctate, strongly bisinuate and gradually thickened to apex; funicle with the third joint much longer than first. Prothorax very transverse, base slightly arcuate, apex much narrower and truncate; sides parallel for a short distance from base, then rapidly narrowed to apex, thus forming a very distinct obtuse angulation ; upper sur- face slightly convex, closely set with very depressed subconfluent granules and with a deep impressed line on each side of the base; colour black, with sparse grey scaling which is denser laterally. Llytra broadly ovate, jointly sinuate at base, sides moderately rounded, broadest about middle; upper surface convex, with distinct strize containing shallow punctures separated by small eranules which become obsolete behind middle; the intervals slightly convex, of equal width, transversely rugose, smoother on he declivity, but with traces of small granules; colour black, with thin grey scaling, which is denser laterally. Legs moderate, piceous, with fine grey scaling ; anterior tibiz very slight, curved externally. Tyre 2 in the Stockholm Museum. ‘“‘Cape oF Goop Hops (Drége).” This description has been made from the type, which is the only specimen I have seen. The strong angulation of the sides of the prothorax is a very distinctive character; apart from this the species much resembles brevicollis Fahy. 2. 9. SCIOBIUS BREVICOLLIS Fahy. S. brevicollis Fahr. op. cit. p. 29. Tag) 39 1 Long. ¢ 5-6, 2 55-63 suet ) 23-31, 2 31-4 mm. Head tvansverse, aciculate, with fine grey or yellowish scaling which is denser laterally ; forehead with a shallow central impres- sion; eyes not prominent. ostrwm longer than broad, obtusely angulate at base, sides somewhat sinuate; gens rounded, scarcely dilated in either sex ; upper surface more or less impressed, finely 250 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20, tricarinate, the central carina sometimes obsolescent, the outer ones straight and parallel. Antenne long and slender, piceous, with fine grey scaling; the scape compressed, strongly bisinuate, gradually dilated to apex; funicle with the third joint distinctly longer than first, the subterminal ones elongate and clavate. _ Prothorax twice as broad as long in the g, more than twice as broad in the 9, base subangulate, apex narrower and sinuate (more markedly so in the 3’), sides slightly rounded, broadest at base; upper surface slightly convex, closely set with low rounded granules, with a smooth subdepressed central line and a distinct curved impression on each side; colour black, granules bare, the interstices with fine grey or yellowish scaling, which is sparse on the disk, except in the three impressed lines, and very dense on the underparts. Zlytra narrowly ovate in the 6, broadly ovate in the ©, jointly emarginate at base, the humeral angle more or less acutely prominent in g, obtuse in 2; sides almost parallel from base to beyond middle in 3, strongly rounded and broadest about middle in 9; upper surface depressed in g, convex in 9, with broad strie containing rows of shallow punctures separated by small granules; the intervals convex, with irregular obsolescent granules, which are distinct and prominent only on the apical declivity, the second interval broader than the third near the base in the 2 only; colour black, with grey or yellowish scaling, which is sparse dorsally, but forms a dense irregular band along the infiexed margins and across the summit of the declivity; on the disk there are some stripes of denser scaling in the g. Zegslong and thick in ¢, short and comparatively slender in 2, piceous, with even fine grey scaling; in the ¢ the posterior pairs of tibie are slightly curved, the anterior pair very strongly so, the posterior femora reach, when fully extended, just beyond the elytra; in the 2 the anterior tibie are only slightly curved and the posterior pairs straight, the posterior femora do not reach the apex of the elytra, TyPs 6 in the Stockholm Museum. Narau: Durban (J. P. Cregoe & A. D. Millar), Malvern (C. NV. Barker & G. A. K. M.), Upper Tongaat R. (C. V. Barker), Lower Tugela R. (H. D. Reynolds). Zuuutanp: Lower Tugela R. (Z. D. Reynolds), Eshowe (A. Windham). TransvAsL: Potchefstroom (Lf. Ayres). in the British Museum there is a series of 8 males and 3 females from the Lower Tugela, which represent a fairly well-marked varietal form. The difference is more marked in the ¢, in which the elytra are distinctly broader in proportion to their length, the sides being gently rounded instead of subparallel; the humeral angle is therefore more obtuse and the intervals appear to be a little broader. The markings on the elytra are pure white, there being a sharply defined stripe on the second interval which unites near the base with a quadrate scutellar patch. The 9 differs only in shape from the type form, two of the specimens having the elytra much shorter and more rotund; the third example, 1906. ] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOEIUS. 251 however, appears to be normal. These distinctions cannot be re- garded as of specific value, for in the long series which I have been able to examine I find a certain proportion of intermediate forms, which render it impossible to separate specifically the two extremes. On one of my females of this species there is a note which I made in Stockholm, to the effect that this was the form which Boheman regarded as the 2 of his bistrigicollis. In this he was certainly in error, as I have taken the latter species i copuld. In the present species the sexes have not been thus definitely ascertained, but, despite its striking difference, I can have but little doubt that the @ here described is that of brevicollis. This insect has a much wider rangethan any other in the genus. The Transvaal record is based on a single 2 in the South African Museum. In the British Museum there is a specimen labelled “¢ Angola,” but the locality seems doubtful. 10. ScroBrus BISTRIGICOLLIS Boh. S. bistrigicollis Boh. op. cit. vii. 1, p. 202 (1843). Long. ¢ 4-52, 9 54-62; lat. g q13. @ 3-34 mm. Head very transverse, coriaceous, with thin pale setiform scaling ; forehead with a shallow eonell: impression; eyes rather prominent. Rostrum longer than broad, arcuate or subangulate at base, sides sinuate, genz angularly produced in both sexes, but much longer and sharper in the ¢ ; upper surface plane, bicarinate, the carne gently sinuate, the central carina absent or obsolescent, scaling and punctuation as on the head. Antenne long and moderately slender, piceous, with fine grey pubescence ; scape subcompressed, strongly curved, gradually clavate, funicle with third joint longer than first, subterminal joints elongate. Prothorax rather broader than long in the 3, more transverse in the 9, the base arcuate, apex narrower and truncate, broadest at base, the sides rounded near apex in the g¢, sublinear and more oblique in the 9; upper surface slightly convex, evenly set with small rounded granules, with a distinct curved lateral impression and occasionally with a faint central impressed line; colour piceous, granules bare, the interstices with fine grey or yellowish pubescence, which is denser along the median line, and there is a broad lateral band of dense whitish scales. Hlytra ovate inthe §, much broader and pyriform in the 2, jointly emarginate at base, the sides moderately rounded and broadest about middle in the ¢, but strongly rounded and broadest much behind middle in the 2; upper surface convex in the 9 , subdepressed in the ¢, with distinct strize containing rows of punctures separated by granules (in the 9 the fifth stria is usually deeper than the others); the intervals slightly convex, smooth and impunctate anteriorly, but more or less strongly granulate on the declivity ; colour piceous, with fine grey depressed pubescence and patches of dense white or yellowish scaling dis- posed as follows: a small, quadrate patch round the scutellum, a broad, very irregular band along the inflexed margins, a narrower, 252 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20, broken, transverse band across the summit of the declivity, and some irregular mottling on the declivity itself; these markings are usually better defined in the ¢. Legs moderately long and stout, piceous or ferruginous, with fine pale pubescence, anterior tibie slightly curved in the ¢, less curved in the 9. Type in the Stockholm Museum. Narat: Malvern (C. V. Barker & G. A. K. M.), Umkomaas R, (G4. A. K. M.), Durban (J. P. Cregoe), Umbilo (H. W. Bell-Marley). The 3 may be readily distinguished from all its smaller allies by its very prominent gene. The ? isnot unlike that of brevicollis, from which it may be recognised by its more prominent genz, much less transverse thorax, and subpyriform elytra. 11. Scroprus ONEILI, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 5.) Long. 44-54, lat. 3-32 mm. Head transverse, slightly convex, almost bare and with numerous fine longitudinal strie; forehead not impressed; eyes not prominent. Rostrum about as long as broad, arcuate at base, slightly narrowed anteriorly, gene not dilated; upper surface plane, distinctly striolate and with three narrow carinee, the outer ones quite straight and parallel. Antenne rather short, piceous, with fine grey scaling; scape broad, compressed, strongly curved and gradually dilated to apex; funicle with third joint longer than first, terminal joints elongate and subconical. Prothorax strongly transverse, 24 times as broad as long, arcuate at base, apex narrower and truncate, sides slightly rounded, broadest near base ; upper surface convex, closely and evenly set with depressed rounded granules, with a deep longitudinal impression on each side of the base; colour black, with very thin fine grey scaling, which is a little more dense underneath. Hlytra very broadly ovate, jointly sinuate at base, obtusely rounded at apex, sides strongly rounded, broadest before middle; upper surface convex, distinctly punctato- striate, the punctures continued to apex, the intervals of equal width, almost plane, quite smooth and finely alutaceous; colour black, with uniform thin grey scaling. Legs moderate, black, with fine grey scaling, the anterior tibiz straight. Typp 2 in the British Museum. Capz Cotony: Grahamstown (“on aniseed ”—Father O’ Neil). The three examples upon which the description is founded appear to be all females. *12. SCIOBIUS GRANIPENNIS Boh. S. granipenmis Boh. op. cit. vii. 1, p. 200 (1843). S. deplanatus Boh. 1. c. p. 201. Long. 42-52, lat. 3-32 mm. Head transverse, black, bare, distinctly and longitudinally plicate; forehead convex and without impressions; eyes moderately prominent. ostrwm a little longer than broad, sides subparallel ; gene scarcely dilated, bluntly angulate at apex, similar in the two sexes; upper surface plane, longitudinally plicate, with three 1906. ] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. Da narrow carine, the outer ones often indistinct. Antenne long and slender, piceous, or piceous with the funicle ferruginous, with very fine thin pale pubescence; scape subcompressed, strongly bisinuate, rather abruptly clavate, funicle with the third joint much longer than the first, subterminal ones elongate. Prothorax very short, strongly transverse, basal margin arcuate or sub- bisinuate, sides rounded, broadest near base, broadly constricted near apex, which is truncate and much narrower than the base ; upper surface convex, closely set with small depressed granules and with a short longitudinal impression on each side of the base; colour black, granules bare, the interstices with fine grey pubescence, which is denser laterally. Hlytra suborbicular, jointly sinuate at base, sides strongly rounded, broadest at middle; upper surface convex in 9, subdepressed in 6, punctato-striate, with the striz deeper laterally and containing rows of shallow punctures separated by small granules, the dorsal intervals broad and almost plane, smooth and coriaceous, the lateral ones subconvex, the seventh and eighth bearing rows of granules, which are sharp and prominent in the 9, but inconspicuous in the 3; colour black, with very sparse, fine, setiform, grey scaling. Jegs slender, thicker in the ¢, piceous, with thin pale pubescence, the anterior pairs of tibize broader and more strongly curved in the 3. Types ¢ 2 in the Stockholm Museum. PonDoLAND: Port St. John (G4. Shortridge). Including the types, I have seen only one ¢ and three 2 9 of this species; yet I have little doubt that the deplanatus of Boheman must be regarded as the ¢ of his granipennis, for the differences in the shape of the legs and elytra are evidently of a sexual character only. The almost circular elytra and the strongly narrowed thorax give this species a very distinct appearance ; when viewed from above the elytra of the 9 appear to be crenulated all round owing to the sharp lateral granulation. 13. SCIOBIUS PLANIPENNIS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 7.) Long. ¢ 73, 9 9; lat. ¢ 33, 9 5 mm. Head transverse, slightly convex, rather coarsely striolato- punctate, with thin pale pubescence; forehead not impressed ; eyes convex but not prominent. ostrwm distinctly longer than broad, sides subparallel ; genze rounded and scarcely dilated, similar in the two sexes; upper surface plane, confluently punctured, tricarinate, the outer carine straight and parallel. Antenne clongate, piceous, with pale grey pubescence; scape compressed, distinctly sinuate and gradually broadened from base to apex; funicle with third jot much longer than first, terminal joints elongate and distinctly clavate. Prothorax distinctly transverse, subtruncate at base and apex, narrow apically, sides slightly rounded, broadest rather before middle; upper surface subdepressed, closely set with low granules, with a very shallow central furrow and a deep longitudinal im- pressed line on each side of base ; colour black, with very thin pale 254 . MR..G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20, pubescence, which is denser and yellowish laterally. Hlyira ovate in the g, broadly ovate in 2, gently sinuate at base, sides evidently rounded, broadest about middle; upper surface depressed, with deep granulated strie, the intervals slightly convex, coria- ceous and with rows of small much depressed granules, which are more evident on the declivity ; colour piceous, with very fine grey pubescence, which is a little more dense apically and laterally, and also forms a denser transverse band across the summit of the declivity. Legs elongate and rather stout, piceous, and with fairly dense grey pubescence; anterior tibiz distinctly com- pressed in both sexes, strongly curved near apex in ¢, slightly so in 2. Type, 2 in the British Museum, ¢ in the South-African Museum. Nata: Ifafa Mouth (C. WV. Barker). Ponpouanp: Port St. John’s. *14. ScIoBIUS LATERALIS Boh. S. lateralis Boh. op. cit. vil. 1, p. 201 (1843). “ As long as Sciobius porcatus, but half as wide again, with the elytra less convex. ‘“‘ Head short and broad, slightly convex above, longitudinally rugulose, black, sparsely clothed with greenish-grey scales, sepa- vated from rostrum by a deep arcuate impression ; eyes rounded, black, moderately prominent. ostrwm scarcely narrower and a little longer than head, stout, porrect, almost plane above, tricari- nate, obsoletely ruguloso-punctate, with grey scaling. Antenne long, black, with sparse grey pubescence; scape reaching beyond the apex of the thorax, compressed, somewhat arcuate in the middle; funicle elongate, very slender, the club oblong, narrow and acuminate. Thorax broad, very short, truncate at base and apex, narrower anteriorly, the sides roundly ampliated; upper surface moderately convex, closely tuberculate throughout, with a longitudinal impression on each side from base to middle; black, with sparse bright greenish scaling which is denser laterally. Scutellum scarcely visible. Hlytra subovate, truncate anteriorly, searcely broader than the base of the thorax, somewhat dilated from base to middle, shoulders sub-rectangular and not elevated ; narrower behind, almost conjointly acuminate at apex, four times as long as the thorax, slightly convex dorsally, declivous behind, sub- Buiee! the sulei with shallow punctuation, the inter “eile convex, transversely rugose and tuberculate; black, with bright ereenish scaling which is sparse dorsally, but dense on the inflexed margins. Body finely granulate beneath, black, scattered with bright greenish scales. Legs elongate, stout, piceous, with sparse grey scaling and pubescence; femora clavate, unarmed; anterior tibie somewhat curved towards apex; tarsi moderately dilated, spongy and fuscous beneath.” “Care oF Goop Hops (Drége).” TYPE missing; in Drége’s collection. 1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 255 This is evidently a well-defined species, but I have been unable to find it among the material at my disposal. The description is transcribed irom Boheman. In general structure it would appear to come nearest to planipennis, but the green scaling is a very distinctive feature. 15, ScIOBIUS TENUICORNIS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 9.) Long. 84-10, lat. 43-44 mm. Head moderately transverse, with shallow confluent punctua- tion and thin grey pubescence, which is denser beneath and round the eyes; forehead almost plane, scarcely impressed in middle; eyes convex, but hardly prominent. ostrwm longer than broad, basal margin obtusely angulate, sides parallel to near apex, genz rounded and slightly dilated; upper surface plane, confluently punctured, tricarinate, the outer carine straight and parallel to near apex, then rapidly divergent. Antenne very long and slender, piceous, with fine grey pubescence; scape narrow, subcylindrical, distinctly curved at middle and abruptly clavate; funicle with third joint longer than first, terminal joints very elongate. Prothorax moderately transverse, truncate at base and apex, the latter a little narrower, sides slightly rounded, broadest about middle; upper surface slightly convex, rather closely set with small, often elongate, granules, and with a very shallow rounded impression on each side near base ; colour black, with thin greyish or yellowish pubescence which is denser laterally. Hlytra broadly ovate, gently sinuate at base, sub- acuminate at apex, sides strongly rounded, broadest before middle; upper surface depressed, but slightly convex, steeply declivous behind and subcompressed before apex, with distinct strie containing shallow punctures, separated by small granules and continued to near apex, the intervals of equal width, rather broad, almost plane and distinctly coriaceous; colour black or piceous brown, almost bare above, the infiexed margins with a very broad continuous stripe of dense yellowish pubescence. Legs long and slender, black, or ferruginous brown with the knees and tarsi black; anterior tibie straight externally, the tarsi rather elongate. Tyen 2 in the British Museum. NataL. ZULULAND: Eshowe (4. Windham). *16. SCIOBIUS LATIPENNIS Fahr, S. latipennis Fahy. op. cit. p. 30. Long. 62, lat. 34 mm. Head moderately transverse, piceous, aciculate ; scaling whitish, sparse, but forming a dense ring round the eye ; ; forehead plane and with a shallow central impression ; eyes not very prominent. Rostrum scarcely longer than broad, subquadrate, sides gently sinuate, genee only slightly and roundly dilated; upper surface plane, with three narrow carine, the central one lower and not 256 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20, reaching the base, the outer ones subparallel, finely aciculate and with sparse pale scaling. Antenne slender, piceous, with thin ale pubescence; scape distinctly bisinuate, compressed and gradually thickened to apex; third joint of funicle much longer than first, subterminal joints elongate. Prothorax very transverse, the base broadly rounded, sides straight and rapidly converging from base to apex, which is truncate, posterior angles acute ; upper surface rather convex, moderately closely granulate, with a shallow depression on each side near the base; colour black, granules bare, the interstices with yellowish-white scaling which is denser laterally. Hlytra broadly ovate, acuminate posteriorly, jointly sinuate at base and a little broader than the prothorax, shoulders acute, sides strongly rounded, broadest before middle ; upper surface slightly convex, the suture distinctly elevated and the sides strongly inflexed, the striz deep laterally but shallower on disk, containing rows of shallow punctures separated by minute granules; the intervals finely coriaceous and with a few scattered granules on the declivity; interval 1 elevated, 2 plane, broader than the rest and subdepressed near hase, 3 and 4 slightly convex, 5, 6, and 7 narrower and subcarinate, those on the inflexed margin plane; colour piceous, almost bare, with very fine thin grey scaling. Legs slender, piceous, with fine short white pubescence, the anterior tibize only slightly curved. Type 2 in the Stockholm Museum. Carrraria (/. Wahlberg). The type is the only example which I have seen of this species. The strong lateral inflection of the elytra, in conjunction with the elevated suture and depressed second interval, gives the insect a very distinctive facies. 17. ScIoBIUS ACICULATIFRONS Boh. S. acicwlatifrons Boh. op. cit. vii. 1, p. 198 (1848). Long. 54-53, lat. 22-22 mm. Head vooderately transverse, convex, finely and longitudinally plicate, with thin grey scaling; forehead without impressions ; eyes not prominent. ostrwm about as long as broad, sides subparallel to near apex, gene slightly and roundly dilated ; upper surface plane, rugosely punctured, with three fine carine, the outer ones straight and parallel. Antenne moderate ; piceous, with fine grey pubescence; scape broad, compressed, strongly curved and gradually dilated to apex; funicle com- paratively short, the third joint longer than the first, the outer ones elongate but subconical.. Prothorax twice as broad as long, arcuate at base, apex truncate and much narrower, sides sub- angulate near base and rapidly narrowed from there to apex ; upper surface evenly coriaceous, without any lateral basal impressions ; colour black, with thin grey scaling which is rather denser beneath. lytra ovate, somewhat acuminate posteriorly, jointly smuate at base, sides moderately rounded, broadest before middle; upper surface not very convex, with fine striz containing 1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 257 rows of close punctures, the intervals almost plane, smooth and impunctate ; colour black, evenly covered with fine and not very dense grey scaling. Legs moderately long and stout, piceous, with the tibize paler and covered with thin grey pubescence, the anterior tibiee broad and distinctly curved at apex, the interior edge bisinuate. Type ¢ in the Stockholm Museum. Narau: Hstcourt (4. #. Haviland). Carn Conony: Kentani (Rev. Dr. Kolbe). I have seen only four examples, all of which appear to be males. In the unique type the second interval of the elytra is not dilated, but in two other examples this is the case to a slight extent. The curvature of the anterior tibie and the lateral inflection of the elytra also vary somewhat. It is possible that two species are involved, but they cannot be satisfactorily discriminated without further material. 18. SCIOBIUS BARKERI, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 8.) Long. 5-6, lat. 22-3 mm. Head transverse, convex, finely aciculate, with thin pale seti- form scaling forming a dense ring round the eyes, which are not very prominent; forehead with a shallow central impression. Rostrum short, as long as the width at base, gradually narrowed towards apex, the gene rounded and not dilated; upper surface plane, aciculate, and with fine pale setiform scaling, with three narrow carine, the outer pair straight and parallel, the apical emargination very deep and acute. Antenne slender, piceous, with fine pale pubescence ; scape subcompressed, strongly curved and gradually dilated to apex; funicle with the third joint a little longer than the first, subterminal joints elongate. Prothorax twice as broad as long in the 2, a little less transverse in the ¢ ; distinctly arcuate at base, narrower and truncate at apex; sides slightly rounded in the 2, more so in the ¢, broadest rather behind middle; upper surface convex, set with scattered depressed granules and without any lateral impressions ; colour black, with thin grey or yellowish setiform sealing which is dense beneath and usually forms three denser lines above. Hlytra ovate in the Q, narrower and more acuminate posteriorly in the 3, jointly sinuate at base, sides gently rounded in the 9, less so in the 3, broadest about middle; upper surface shightly convex, with fine strie containing shallow punctures separated by small granules, the intervals smooth and devoid of granules, in the 9 broad and slightly convex; the second interval is also much dilated and depressed near the base, thus causing the third interval to appear strongly sinuate in its basal half; this character is only faintly indicated in the ¢, which has all the intervals narrower and more convex; colour black, somewhat thinly covered with minute pale scaling which is denser towards the sides and apex, the scales with either a yellow, pinkish, or green reflection. Legs slender, piceous, with fine pale pubescence, 258 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20, the anterior tibi slightly curved in the @, a little more strongly so in the 6. Typr, 9 in the British Museum, ¢ in the Oxford Museum. Nata: Malvern (C. WV. Barker). A very distinct little species. The dilated portion of the second interval in the @ is distinctly flattened and more densely covered with scales. The S comes nearest to aciculatifrons Boh., but the forehead is not striolate, the scape is much more slender, and the elytra are scarcely inflexed laterally. 19. Scropius scAPULARIS Boh. S. scapularis Boh. op. cit. vil. 1, p. 195 (1843). Long. 53-8, lat. 3-42 mm. Head convex ; forehead not impressed, finely plicate ; eyes not prominent. ostrum subquadrate, about as long as broad, base trisinuate or biangulate; gence not dilated in 9, slightly and roundly dilated in ¢ ; upper surface plane, finely punctured and distinctly tricarinate, the outer carine parallel to middle and with a slight outward curve apically. Antenne moderately long, piceous, with fine grey scaling ; scape compressed, broad, distinctly bisinuate and gradually dilated to apex; funicle with the third joint much longer than the first. Prothorax very transverse, distinctly arcuate or even subangulate at base, much narrower and faintly sinuate at apex; sides scarcely rounded, broadest close to base and rapidly narrowed to apex; upper surface slightly convex, rather sparsely set with very depressed and sometimes obsolescent granules, the sides of the disk with a shallow and ill- defined depression ; colour black, with thin whitish scaling which is denser laterally and beneath. Hlytra broadly ovate, jointly sinuate at base, sides moderately rounded, broadest before middle ; upper surface convex, the striz containing distinct punctures which disappear behind middle, the intervals almost plane, of equal width, smooth and without a trace of granules, very finely aciculate; colour piceous black, with fine thin grey scaling (usually abraded), which is denser laterally. Legs moderate, piceous, with fine grey scaling, the anterior pairs of tibie slightly more curved in the g, and with the inner angle a little more produced than in the 9. Typp, missing; in Ecklon and Zeyher’s Collection. Care Cotony: Grahamstown (irs. G. White, Miss Daly, and Dr. Chew). 20. ScroBius GRIsEUS Gyl. S. griseus Gyl. Schénh. Gen. Cure. 1. p. 536 (1834). k r3 AU Tp 21 4 2 Long. ¢ 6-72, 2 62-72; lat. gd 33-44, 2 4-42 mm. Head moderately transverse, convex, rugosely punctured, with sparse grey scaling; forehead plane, without impressions ; eyes not prominent. Lostrwm a little longer than broad, its basal margin arcuate, sides parallel in the basal half; genz slightly and roundly 1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 259 dilated in the ¢, scarcely produced in the 9; upper surface plane, rugosely punctured, distinctly tricarinate, the outer carinz parallel to middle, then curving outwardly. Antenne com- paratively short, piceous, with fine grey scaling; scape broad, strongly compressed, dilated from base to near middle, the sides subparallel from there to apex, upper surface rugosely punctured and with a shallow sulcus; funicle with the third joint a little longer than the first, terminal joints not very elongate, sub- conical. Prothorax strongly transverse, subtruncate at base, narrower and gently sinuate at apex, sides almost straight from base to beyond middle, thence rapidly narrowed to apex; upper surface slightly convex, with close depressed and sometimes confluent ‘granulation; colour black, with sparse grey scaling which is denser laterally. Hlytra very broadly ovate in 6, globose in 9, subtruncate or slightly sinuate at base, sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle; upper surface convex in 9, more plane in ¢, with deep striz containing distinct granules which are continued right up to apex; the intervals of equal width, almost plane, smooth, and coriaceous, but with a few obsolescent granules on the declivity; colour black, piceous, or dark ferruginous, with uniform thin grey scaling, which is con- densed into paler patches along the inflexed margins. Legs moderately long and stout in ¢, shorter in @, piceous or ferruginous, with sparse grey scaling; anterior tibie straight externally in 2, slightly curved towards apex in the 3. Type ¢ 2 in the Stockholm Museum. Capt Cotony: Uitenhage and Bedford (Lather O’ Neil) ; Grahamstown (Mrs. G. White); Steynsburg (Miss Lippan) ; Somerset East and Tsomo [S. A. Mus. }. The 2 of this species has more strongly globose elytra than any other in the genus, although the 9 of pallus approaches it nearly ; but the latter may be distinguished by its much more slender scape and longer and more slender funicle. 21. Sctopius PULLUS Sparrm. 2. Curculio pullus Sparrm. Act. Holm. 1785, p. 56, pl. 3. fig. 38. 3. S. cinctus Boh. op. cit. vii. 1, p. 196 (1843). 3. S. varius Boh. 1. c. p. 197. Long. 3 54-6, 9 51-64; lat. g 23-3, 9? 32-4 mm. Head moderately transverse, convex, rugosely punctured and with thin grey scaling ; forehead plane but not impressed; eyes slightly prominent. tostrwm longer than broad, with the base arcuate, sides subparallel to beyond middle, genx slightly and roundly dilated, similar in the two sexes; upper surface plane, rugosely punctured, distinctly tricarinate, the outer carinz sub- parallel to beyond middle and then curved outwardly. Antenne long and slender, piceous, with fine grey scaling; scape not com- pressed, strongly curved, rather abruptly clavate ; funicle with Proc. Zoou. Soc,—1906, Vou. I, No, XVITT, 18 260 MR. G. A. K, MARSHALL ON THE | Mar. 20, the third joint a little longer than the first, subterminal joints elongate. Prothorax strongly transverse, truncate at base and apex, the latter narrower, sides slightly rounded (but sometimes almost straight in the posterior half), broadest about middle and with a shallow constriction close to apex; upper surface convex, closely set with small granules and without impressions; colour piceous, with fine grey scaling, which is sparse dorsally and denser on the sides. Hlyira broadly ovate in the g, subglobose in the ©, subtruncate at base; sides very strongly rounded in the @, less so in the ¢, broadest about middle: upper surface convex, with deep strice containing shallow punctures separated by small granules; the intervals convex, smooth, coriaceous, with a few small granules on the declivity; in the Q there are usually irre- gular rows of granules on intervals 7 and 8, which may often be seen from above in the form of a lateral crenulation ; colour piceous, with fine grey scaling, which in the ¢ forms the following markings: a dense irregular lateral stripe, a sublunulate trans- verse band above declivity, some small irregular spots on the disk, and occasionally a well-defined sutural stripe (var. cictus Boh.) ; in the 2 the scaling is more evenly distributed and these markings are only vaguely indicated, but the sutural stripe is never present. Legs moderate, the anterior tibie straight externally and slightly sinuate internally in 9, in ¢ broader, curved externally near apex and strongly sinuate internally. Type @ in the Stockholm Museum. Typrs of cinctus and varius also in the same Museum. Carr Cotony: Uitenhage and Port Alfred (Father O'Neil), Kowie and Grahamstown [S. A. Mus.]. Ponponanp: Port St. John (G4. Shortridge). After a very careful examination of Boheman’s types of cinetus and varius together with a further series of ten specimens, I can find no reliable specific character by which the two forms may be differentiated. Both the thorax and elytra vary somewhat in their outline, as also does the curvature of the rostral carine, but these characters all vary independently of each other, and the variations show such gradations as to render them useless as specific characters. That these two forms represent the male sex of Sparrman’s pullus there can, I think, be but little doubt. Of the latter form I have seen eleven examples, and these exhibit variations in the shape of the thorax and elytra similar to those observable in the males. 22. ScloBius POoLLINOSUS Fahr, S. pollinosus Kahr. op. cit. p. 29. Long. 6-62, lat. 22-33 mm. Head a little shorter than its width at base, black, with scattered shallow punctuation and sparse yellowish pubescence; forehead with a slight central impression; eyes moderately prominent. Rostrum distinctly longer than broad, its sides subparallel, the gene only slightly and roundly dilated in both sexes; upper 1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. —- PASI surface impressed, tricarinate, the carine straight and paraliel, the punctuation and pubescence as on the head. mete: = =@, ve. ee. a> rane A Jo Thigh A B 44 454 45 4 E F G H Evolution of Pattern of C. deppet, from 6 to 11 pale stripes. * In all these diagrams of pattern evolution the Arabic refer to the white stripes or their subsequent changes. The Roman numerals refer to the Fields. Field 1 lies between stripes 1 and 2, Field 11 between stripes 2 and 3.—Stripe 1 passes through the Ear, along the flank and upon the Thigh. Stripe 2 passes through the Eye, above the Hip and upon the Tail. Stripe 3 encloses the mid-field when there is no fourth pair of stripes. 1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 291 across Guanajuato to Puebla, and in Southern Mexico, below the plateau, we find an abundance of various kinds. Text-fig. 67. QA ey Zire 4321 Za &) bof li y | | 0 o qo \ o 0 Q . ra) 00 ) 0 0 0 7 Dy liie if Q U otell: al! ) 0 Bill ) 2 Do DO}, ; yt 0 0 00 2 De iils 0 0 0 ° 0 ON ells 8 Cc D E 1234 DBs Ce) o | J oo oo Q Gao 5e A ° ° o isa) tes, | o 00 4 0 8 0 0 0 090 00 00 6 0 6 j fi) 00 oo ) 9 YW @2 ee 0 q - 0 <> On ) 99 oo J WR eae ryt elicer vos eal 090 09 4 oo 0 Oi) 22 cs WoW ) 0 oo Ora co oOo a 00 do 4 Co ara i) 0 00 od 4 Yom oo? (Go fl 0 > ouS Bo OF G ee. are OS =e! (Re oo a orate )2=%= Ne G H 1 Evolution of Pattern of C. immutabilis A to E, and of C. guttatus trom youth F to old age I. Text-fig. 68. ' 7 aie Ss peers Ota p23 fae 2aesy his | “ye i ry | 6 & \- | So o . Sees lee eee Pele] pbeg 1 Uo) © SS) 0 4 6 qn 0" hi Zise0 o | o| 0 ‘1 (0) o OO), O11 oF a 0 p 82 on Oi, 0,90 “ Co = => 0 ones ood th 2 S52 ° bs aye i Op SiPeo ° ; 7 tt yt 1 = ° 2). Gia Pow. 3 Peres re) 00 ‘19 " A 0° wt oO ae Phat «ian COQ"! o > 9100" i re sf : ) 2 0 °¢ 09 ay 2 we ike clon Fs) i D sit seoison aie 28 ra) ol] ° 9 Onn ie) IT ae Gaon 5 9 fo} Te) ; e) ots Evolution of Pattern of C. scalaris from youth to adult; cf. text-fig. 76, p. 336. There isa great gap in the map without any Cnemidophorus, Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XX. 20 ar. 20, ; L “SMUDIIWAUL “ PUR SLUNUUOD *Y JO BSLAS JUAISUBIY LO AMYRULUUT a[3 ‘s24vINA “D Jo oov4s J[UpV [enjow ayy Juosoadat pq pur q % o) =a 2 a 9 Sto be a 5 on 0 0 cee 0 os i! ne yw 6 oQ tie = 0 ee oe z OS 5 hei ) @na OL Ono 0s a) ° La) (e) So 0 Ope ee 5 fo) Ole QU q o O one V) 4 a aise (ooo > db a : hee Sas 761 Co Sere ° ° =) ° ° fo} “snuparwaul “Q pure ‘srunweuoos “Q ‘s~n)Nh *) Jo o8vys [NJYANOK [eNgor ot] spuosoidar w “1CL 03: Y WOLF sruporwaut “~-y FO purv ({ 0F Y WO Senos “YY JO Utd}V| FO UOLFNPOAG 3) SS (Sy easy © g es) y (Oy aye) C) Oo Co 12 e€€Z | "69 “SY-9XOq, | id 2 € i) 7 | \ t SS ie) a) Omze= 0 fo} 1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 293 roughly speaking within a triangle from Tampico and Vera Cruz to Zacatecas. Most of the latter State lies too bigh; and this altitude would bea sufficient factor for stopping the eastward extension of C. communis and its allies. No Cnemidophori have ever been recorded from Jalapa, although that district has been the hunting-ground of many good collectors; none are known from Orizaba district, and the Comision cientifica (cf. Cope’s List, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1885, p. 372) returned none from the State of Hidalgo. The northern half of the State of Vera Cruz is covered mostly with rain-forest. The reputed absence in the triangle is easiest accounted for by the assumption that C. gularis coming from the North, and C. deppei with C. guttatus from the South, have not yet met, perhaps cannot meet on account of unsuitable bionomic conditions. Text-fig. 70. nn 23 3 Ibre2 3 3 I Ba 8 3 123 3 | ' Te | 233 =) O v 3s D5 O68 ay at] WE Gio =) { SO ioe smi 2 Ja a i aa om cee: eae 2 Fe ie eee et §Falf olf 2 3 A ph Lie oS Sr Nica 3 AC] 2, us 58 Ys |Somewhat en-|14/14! | BY Jarged granules. | Pensacola, Fla. = | | 43 a 3 y ... | No field-spots. 7 stripes. San Diego, Cal. (4) ...! 56-64 Strong. | 3 with slightly| 14/14, None with field-spots. enlarged granules. to, | | 3 1 with small | 6 and 7 stripes, 3/3 either polygones. 16/16 parallel, with a long | faint central streak; or | enclosing an island as in | some C. deppeit with more numerous stripes. y y fp ay 1074 48 WwW a : Vie 3 =) The interesting question is whether C. gularis and C. sexlineatus I » > 1 0 According to Cope they do so in Texas, merge into each other. 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 305 New Mexico, and Arizona. ‘If we refer specimens with fewer than 18 pores and no spots between the stripes or on the sides to the C. sexlineatus, we find that in certain specimens from the region in question [e.g. specimens from the Pecos River, from New Mexico, from Plateau Creek in Colorado, and from Fort Cobb in California} the post-antebrachial scales are larger than in the eastern specimens, though not so large as in the true C. gularis, “Tn another series the post-antebrachial scales are equally inter- mediate in size and there are no spots, but the femoral pores are enlarged in numbers ; for instance, specimens from Santa Fe in New Mexico, Camp Whipple in Arizona, and from Chihuahua. From these we pass easily to the true C. s. gularis, with large post-antebrachials and spotted spaces.” This sounds rather conclusive, but when put to a more scrupulous test there appear difficulties. For instance, we should expect, from Cope’s statement, that it should be the Chihuahua district which is inhabited by truly intermediate links between C. gularis and C. sexlineatus. But it so happens that the 4 Sauz specimens have in all only 129 pores, z.e. average 1671; hereby, and by their spotless colour-pattern, they are well on the side of C. sexlineatus, while only one approaches C. gularis in the covering of the forearm; and by their small number of femoral rows and in their small size these specimens stand quite alone. Moreover, the most enlarged polygones of the forearm are associated with only 15 pores. - Specimens from Bloomington and San Diego show that a decidedly low number of pores can be associated with a more polygonal forearm covering, and with a strong as well as a weak collar. Better links are the 69 mm. specimen from Bloomington, Illinois, and the 62 mm. specimen of C. gularis from Duval County, Texas, and this specimen would be a perfect link if it had 18 instead of only 15 pores. If the enormous material in the Smithsonian Institute were examined properly, 1t would no doubt yield truly intermediate links. For the present, the best criterion is the absence or presence of pale field-spots. Absence of such spots is associated with a rather low number of femoral pores, more granular forearm, and a weaker collar. Such small Cnemi- dophori are CO. sealineatus, common in the United States and extending to the plains of Northern Mexico, where they change, or have changed, into C. gularis. Next comes the important question whether it is always possible to distinguish C. sexlineatus from the less intensified specimens of C'. deppei—tor instance, from such as have less than 8 stripes and have no black under parts. Such critical specimens must show the following characters :-— Small size, below 70 mm. Forearm granular. Supraoculars 4. Femoral rows of scales not more than 6. 306 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUYION [ Mar. 20, Femoral pores less than 18. Collar composed of large scales (see above). No pale field-spots. 6 white stripes and a mid-field with 1 or 2 pale stripes. Male with white under parts. It will be found from examination of the tabular statistics of O. deppei, cf. p. 315, that such C. deppei actually occur in the lowlands of South Guerrero, notably between the coast and San Luis Allende. Specimens from other countries are ruled out of comparison either by their numerous stripes or femoral pores, &e. There is in particular one of the specimens from Cocoyul (text- fig. 73 C and text-fig. 65 E) which should be a fair test case. It happens to be a young male of 65 mm., and the only obvious differences from C. sexlineatus of Sauz (text-fig. 73 A, B) are the sharply marked black of the collar, and that the 4th supraocular is represented by a tiny remnant only. Since it is in this district of Guerrero that the 4th supraocular crops up not unfrequently, females, without the criterion of the black under parts, may easily appear undistinguishable from typical C. sealineatus. I consider this an example of extraordinary convergence of two perfectly ‘good species” which nowhere are known to. commingle. Specimens of one clan of the northern species, in the very north of Mexico, and specimens of one clan of the tropical, southern species in South Guerrero, have hit upon the same combination of numerous characters so as to have become practically not dis- tinguishable! There is scarcely a greater difference in physical features imaginable than between the wind-swept, droughty arid plateau of Sauz and the hilly woody lowlands of tropical Guerrero. It is inconceivable that members of the same species of Cnemi- dophorus (lizards which so obviously react upon the physical features of their surroundings) should vary in exactly the same direction in such absolutely different places. On the contrary, we must conclude that the two clans are of different species; in other words, that these Sauz and Guerrero specimens are an illustration of convergence. At the same time, without attempting to quibble, we may consider it fairly proved that C. sexlineatus and CO. deppei are very closely related to each other, so intimately that they might be considered as the two divergent races of one species, upon the ground that, taken in a lump, they have now been shown to ‘yun into each other.” Only, there are these grave difficulties. First, they do not live together but are hopelessly separated. Secondly, C. sexlineatus forms the starting-point for species like C. gularis with strongly enlarged forearm-scales and a strong collar, while the tendencies of C. deppei are the increasing number of stripes, black pigmentation of the males’ underparts, and loss of the 4th supraocular. Lastly, from some form like C. deppei have been developed C. immutabilis and C. guttatus, lizards which have radiated in a direction opposite to that of the “ descendants” of C. sealineatus. 1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 307 The principle here involyed is to a certain extent expressed by the homely saying, “ what is one man’s meat is another man’s poison.” It may be expressed by the following equations :—If x and y are two lizards in an indifferent state, or before they have been subjected to very different modifying cecological con- ditions, 4 standing for Plain, & for Forest, and R the result, then wA=f and yB=f, 1.e. xd can only be =yB if w and y are different, 7. é. reacting differently; it being also inconceivable that the same kind of creature, if modified at all by the absolutely different factors d and #4, should be modified into the same combination of characters. CA = yb . c= yB i.e. @ = 2nd species as it would be if adapted for A Forest life, but modified by the Plain. atts wA i.e. y = 1st species as it would be if adapted for 2B Plains, if it were not modified by Forest life. Let us, for argument sake, assume that Plains favour the development of scutes on the forearm, 4 supraoculars and few pores; and that Forest life increases the number of pores, while it disallows or destroys scutes. Then our equation would mean : «=a Forest species which has been changed into one for Plain life; 7. ¢., it has developed arm-scutes, retains all the supraoculars but requires few pores. y=a Plain species which has been adapted to, or changed by, Forest life; 7. ¢.,scutes are reduced and pores are increased. In other words, x and y, the original stocks of C. sexlineatus and C’. deppei, must have been different. On the other hand, to assume w=y would imply that d4=B; physical conditions which we started with as being opposite to each other. CNEMIDOPHORUS HYPERYTHRUS Cope. Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1869, p. 159, established the genus Verticaria for those Cnenidophorus-like species which are dis- tinguished by the fusion of the two frontoparietal plates into one. Such species are C. heterolepis Tschudi, from the neighbourhood of Lima, Peru, and C. hyperythrus Cope, from Lower California, in which I include, following Boulenger’s advice, C. sericea van Den- burgh and C. beldingi. Hedracantha Bocourt is, as Boulenger has shown, not a Cnemidophorus but an Ameiva, and does not occur in Mexico as stated erroneously by Bocourt and Cope, but near the coast of Peru and Ecuador. The fact that the fusion of the originally double frontoparietals occurs in two difierent genera, and the unique scaling of C. heterolepis, appear sutticient to disallow the fusion as a generic character. I am inclined to look upon these few ‘“ Verticarias” as remnants of a more Western, Pacific fauna, and in my paper Proc. R. 8. 1905, I have given reasons which indicate a former westward extension of Mexico and Central America. Proc. Zoou, 8oc.—1906, Vor. I. No, XXI. 21 308 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, C. HYPERYTHRUS Cope=sericea van Denburgh = beldingi Cope. 4 supraoculars. Collar composed of large scales, without granules; the figure in Cope’s posthumous work does not agree with his description, nor with the specimens in the British Museum. Posterior surface of forearm with very slightly enlarged eranules. Femur with 6 irregular rows of scales. Pores 16 to 17. Length, a gravid specimen, 59 mm.; another 60 mm. Range from Diego County in California apparently through the whole of Lower California to Cape San Lucas, including Cedros Island, and the Island of San José in the Gulf. Coloration of under parts all white, with a slight blue tinge on the abdomen in the male. Upper parts striped, without any field-spots. In a female specimen (Brit. Mus.) the striation is the same as that of a C. sexlineatus from San Diego; there are three pairs of complete stripes with a faint central stripe. In a male specimen the third pair converges from the head backwards, forming an unpaired stripe from midback to tail; a unique case amongst Cnemidophorus with only 5 to 6 stripes, the third pair universally enclosing a broad mid-field. In the triangular short mid-field of this specimen is a very short whitish-grey faint mid- stripe from the head to the neck; fields uniformly dark grey to black. In most of its characters C. hyperythrus very closely approaches CO. sealineatus, which also occurs in Diego County. Deppri-Group. Definition.—Cnemidophorus with normally 3. supraoculars (about 10 per cent. with 4); collar composed of enlarged scales in several rows ; posterior surface of forearm covered with granules. This group is restricted in Mexico to the Atlantic and Pacific Tierra caliente, and contains three well-definable forms. Small, exceptionally up to 80 mm. in length, sharply marked with 7-11 pale stripes. Abdomen of adult male black. Collar and vest of under parts of female white: C. deppei (text-figs. 71 and 72).— From coast of Jalisco and Vera Cruz in the Tierra caliente inland up to 2000 feet, southwards through Central America (Nicaragua, Costa Rica) to Caracas in Venezuela. Concerning island of Cozumel, see p. 316. Larger, up to 138 mm. Collar of both sexes black, in contrast with throat and chest. Abdomen whitish, chequered with blue: C. guttatus. A. Throat pale, whitish. Back with conspicuous white stripes on very dark ground, or the stripes are broken up into 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 309 rows of numerous white spots: C. guttatus immutabilis (text-fig. 74) From Colima to the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, from the coast of Oaxaca and Guerrero extending inland up to an altitude of 2000 feet. B. Throat during life dull brick-red. Ground-colour of back dull olive- inaanee with several obsolescent rows of yellow- white spots: C. g (esr. guttatus (text-fig. 75).—Atlantic Tierra caliente from Vera Cruz to Tehuantepec, restricted to the lowlands of less than 1000 feet elevation. CNEMIDOPHORUS DEPPEI Wiegmann, (Text-figs. 71 D-G & 72 A-G.) Number of specimens examined, 152. Size of adult 2 , 60-71, average 63-65 mm.; of adult ¢, 66-83, average 70-75; exceptional length of 79, 81, and 83 occurring once each. Supraocular shields.—The normal number is 3. Amongst the 113 specimens of my own collecting are 11 exceptions, 7.e. nearly 10 per cent.: 4 with well-developed 4th shields on both sides, 4 with a tiny 4th scale on both sides, and 3 with a tiny 4th scale on one side only. 6 of these exceptional specimens belong to the 20 which were collected between the Pacific coast and San Luis Allende; 3 others belong to the 21 specimens from Tierra Colorada. All the rest are normal, amongst them all the 26 specimens from Rio Balsas and the 26 from Tequesixtlan. Front of humerus protected by 3 longitudinal rows of enlarged scales, or by 4 to 5, or 5 rows which are correspondingly smaller. These scales extend backwards onto the elbow, without their forming a separate nest; but, becoming still smaller, almost granular, they may extend onto the back of the forearm Posterior side of for earm (text- fig. 72 D& F) covered with granules which are arranged in longitudinal rows. In about 10 per cent. these rows are “composed of slightly enlarged granules, which either form a little cluster or nest in the middle of the posterior surface of the forearm, or they form the continuation of the scaling from the humerus and extend more or less down the fore- arm. In no case can these enlarged granules be called polygones ; frequently the difference in size from the surrounding granules is so small as to escape the naked eye. Anterior side of thigh.—Vhere are generally 3 parallel rows of considerably enlarged scales, which rows extend down to the knee. Counting from the outermost or largest of these rows inwards, across the thigh, to the femoral pores, there are in all about 5 or 6 rows, rarely more or less. They are, however, not always complete; frequently a row is represented by a few scales only, which are intercalated and thereby considerably upset the regular lines, which then are not easy to count; but a rule-of- ils 310 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLULION [ Mar. 20, thumb procedure, applied to 86 specimens, gives the following result :— Number of femoral rows ... 4 tod 5 6 6-7 7 8) Mean number : of rows. Southern Oaxaca ............ Be > ose SiO, 1 Zig aye] 6:0 Goastiof Suis (Gu Soee S| feo glow aeeue Mpa e Se 54 ie MierrayColoraday sages: on | eal ey 2 2 6:0 Rio Balsas ale ihe eae Sane e 65 2 14 46 By As} 1 specimens. This tabulation is naturally very imperfect, not to say crude, but the results will not be altered when we throw the intermediate or doubtful cases of 6 to 7 rows either into the column with 6 or into that with 7 complete rows. There were, for instance, amongst the Oaxaca specimens four with 5 or 6 rows, but amongst those of Guerrero only two such doubtful cases. The fact remains, that, if we take Tierra Colorada as normal, those further south tend to possess fewer femoral scales, whilst those further north, at Rio Balsas, have decidedly more scales. This does not seem to be the result of mere chance, because, as we shall see, the Balsas speci- mens are remarkable for other features, although they are not peculiar to them. Amongst the specimens from the State of Oaxaca no difference whatever can be discerned with reference to their habitat nearer to or further away from the coast. At any rate the amplitude is considerable, the extremes being two specimens with an imperfect 5th row, and one with 8 rows; the latter specimen, from Tequesixtlan, is in every other respect a typical C. deppet. Inner side of tibia protected by 2, 25, or 3 complete rows of enlarged scutes. Preanal region.— As a rule there are 3 large scales which form a triangle, with two at the base and a third of equal size on the top, but sometimes a fourth scale forms the apex; or the two basal scales are small, whilst the third is correspondingly enlarged. In the majority the whole cluster is separated from the ventrals by a very short isthmus, sometimes so short that the cluster and the ventrals almost touch each other. The isthmus itself is mostly covered with very small scales, and when these are larger they are fewer in numbers. The whole character is worthless. Femoral pores.—The number of pores frequently differs on the right and left side by one, rarely by two, in the same individual. There is no preference for one side. The smaller number in these cases of asymmetry is always due to one or more pores remaining undeveloped at the proximal, or more frequently at the distal end of the series. For comparison, the higher number should there- fore always be taken. The amplitude of individual variation is considerable, when we recollect that these pores correspond in numbers with transverse rows of scales. But unfortunately the . ale Text-fig. 7 S 311 IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 1906. | met yan nye a oreater rreater number of pores does not always correspond ith a gre : oS rtionate length of the thigh, since in many cases 0 ae ee the pores stop short a considerable distance above the numbers : ‘ipe. first stripe beady. 3 ling into 3. z Sete Oe = ~~ n = cc 2 5 g ~ 4 = ane 4 S a ¢ onl i) Lv ae} 5 je = 5 ors 2 S Oem , > 8p = rt a 1 = Ss aor = es Sones wal ke = Aas Oe aar ress a Ae © SH wot mo aH = Sics} ace o 3 8 Riper. eS S32 28 8 wf © = Qn Ss By SE ple) Ect fe = as mn ne S22 Sas S Bo Boe SS Se Somes = -2 wow 8 6B SS ole BS ee os aa a ‘= He telipey ten tteey bers, S on Res ae oO Sao sade SOLS a ome 2 nOsgsc S Ame 28 S S 3 a 2 CO sa ose 3°35 ay oS a S15 = fel a CS. =o = i ee ie S544 -s- 1S dal selesla=\aay = WF SH Ee ONS) oq Se Ee Oe eG UES a eGine; Ke) ne) Se SsHON Airs & Sy So = 0 Cyt GN =| PS si ee s ry Tall a Sl SO 4 eae » 437 » 17d ,, Coast to S. Luis. 2 - ; oe 19 specimens. § “9 "™ » 828 » 3ll » 162 ,, 1533 1514 17 or 18+ Length of hind limb.—The claw of the fourth toe usually reaches the ear, but sometimes it falls a little short of it. Throat (text-fig. 65 C, E).—Some of the granular scales covering the upper half of the throat ar e,as a rule, slightly larger in the centre than nearer the sides ; occasionally ‘they are large enough to form an ill-defined little cluster, which, however, is rarely § so conspicuous as it is in many specimens of C. immutabilis (text- fig. 65 A), The Collar (text-fig. 65 C, E) varies much in composition. In the majority, one or more rows of the large scales extend right across, while in C. immutabilis the large scales are mostly con- fined to the middle third, becoming considerably smaller towards the sides. The presence or absence of tiny granules on the posterior border of the collar is no criterion whatever in any species of Cnemidophorus. They are either absent, or here and there one is intercalated between the scales, or they form a single, or even several complete rows of eranules. Lastly, it is to be noted that this character is often due solely to the shrinking of the soft granular fold in spirit- specimens. Coloration (text-fig. 66; text-figs. 71 & 72).—The variations in colour and pattern extend far beyond the limits which I was able to describe in my first paper. The range of white or pale longi- tudinal stripes extends from 6 to 11; and the whole of the under parts, from the jaws to the anal region, varies in adult from uniformly silver-white to deep black. It is lmportant to 1906. ] ' IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 313 note that some of these variations seem to coincide with geogra- phical districts. io Balsas: 34 specimens (text-fig. 71 E, F).—The general im- pression made by these specimens is that they are rather effacing than increasing or or passing their stripes on the mid-region of the back. Only stripes 1 and 2 are always white, while the third pair is often thin and dull. The chief variations occur in this mid-field, which is enclosed between stripes 3-3. In the 9-striped specimens stripes 4+5-+4 always form a dull field or complex. The chief variations are as follows :— (1) The space between stripes 3-3 is lined with a dull brown band on either side, enclosing a central, rather broad and green mid-stripe, which is sometimes so broad it can scarcely count as a stripe, looking rather like the pale mid-field of a 6-striped lizard. Such 6- or 7-striped specimens are represented by 1 very young, 2 adult females, 1 immature ¢, and 4 large adult males. (2) This 4th or central stripe is dull or dusky, and lined on either side by a thin whitish line, the beginnings, or remnants, of stripes 4-4, and there is in most cases a central, very weak and pale 5th streak which extends from the ee over the neck, rarely to between the shoulders. Such 8-striped specimens are represented by 2 very young examples and by 11 adult females, in only three of which the stripes 4-4 are at all well defined. In one 7-striped male, 69 mm. length, the central green stripe shows a faint indication of being divided in the centre by a thin dark line; a transitional stage from the 7- to 8-striped condition. (3) As before, but the stripes 4-4 are better marked, and the 5th, impaired streak extends from the head to the middle of the back, rarely to the rump. Such more or less completely 9-striped specimens are 6 adult females and 6 adult males. Field I. is always conspicuously black. or black-brown in the females, and the lateral band or field below it is dull and incon- spicuous. In the males, field I. is mostly dull ashy brown, while the lateral field inclines to brick-red, often with strikingly pretty effect. But there are no white spots in any of the fields nor in the lateral field. All the under parts of the females are white, more or less mother-of-pearl, with an occasional tinge of green or bluish towards the flanks. The under surface of the tail is white, bordered with dusky or bluish colour. In the males the under jaw, whole throat, collar, chest, and abdomen are uniform bluish black, and this extends over the preanal region, and over the under surface of the fore and hind limbs. The tail is white, bluish towards the sides. In both sexes stripe 1 extends upon the front of the thigh, reappears on the whole of the posterior side as an unbroken white line, and is continued along the side of the tail. Tierra Oolorada: 21 specimens (text-fig.72 B), 1 from South slope of Los Cajones, and 1 from Ayutla. — This is an essentially 314 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, 9-striped assembly, in which all the stripes ave conspicuous and well separated or emphasised by dark fields. Jn 1 immature 9-striped male the central or 5th stripe is long, but represented by a dotted line only. In 14 ¢ and 2 @ the 9 stripes are complete. Der In 1 ¢ and 3 @ the central stripe is divided into two, indi- cating 10 stripes. In 1 g and1 Q (the largest 2 known) there are 10 stripes. The females have the under parts white, and the dorsal stripes are all very sharp and white on a mostly black ground. In the males, the under parts are black, with the exception of the throat which is whitish ; in only a few old males the black colour ex- tends from the collar a little way up the throat, sometimes covering its lower half. The lateral field and field I. are uniformly brick-ved to bright red, but this colour, of strikingly beautiful effect in the live lizard, is liable to fade in spirit. In only four males occur pale spots in the first and in-the lateral field, and some of these spots begin to invade stripe I. The white spots are most pronounced in the only male which is devoid of red bands; length 75 mm., throat mottled with black. Pacitic Coast to San Luis, Guerrero: 23 specimens.— With 7 to 10 stripes, which are always sharply marked, and there is no faint mid-field between stripes 3-3. ji 7 stripes occur 3 times, in 1 adult male and in 2 younger males, one of them with an indication of division into 8 stripes. 8 stripes occur 6 times, in young and old of both sexes. 9 stripes, the central stripe being rather faint, or short, occur 5 times, in young and old of both sexes. 9 stripes, all distinct and complete, occur 7 times, in young and old of both sexes. 10 stripes occur twice, in young females. The stripes are most prominent in the females, because of the fields being black. Red or reddish field-bands in the males are rare. Only two specimens have both lateral and first field red ; in a third only the lateral field is red, and in a fourth both fields are pale reddish brown. In the majority these fields are dull, with faint lighter spots in the first field, and the posterior half of stripe 1 is hable to break up into white beads. The under parts of the males are black, with the exception of the throat, which is greenish white, very rarely with a slight suffusion of black; but the 3 males from Miahuichan have entirely black throats like the Balsas specimens. Perhaps the 23 specimens enumerated above, from the Coast land of Guerrero, had better not be dealt with summarily, since they show some marked local peculiarities. Unfortunately I could collect only limited numbers, 5 at Cocoyul, 3 at Miahuichan, and 3 at San Luis Allende, and the remaining 12 are likewise not all from one place only. The following local variations seem to be worth noting :— 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS, 31/5 Of the 5 Cocoyul specimens, one has 7 (text-fig. 71 D), all the others 8 stripes (text-fig. 71 G); throat of males suffused with blackish. Text-fig. 73. Cnemidophorus sexlineatus aud C. deppei. A=C. sexlineatus, Sauz, Chihuahua; with 6 clear and a very faint central stripe, 4/4. supraoculars. Be on ‘3 ss with 7 complete white stripes. 4/4 supra- oculars. D=C. deppei, Cocoyul 5; with 7 complete white stripes. 3/3 supraoculars. The 3 Miahuichan specimens, all males, have 9 stripes; throat and jaw blue-black; flanks without any red. The 3 San Luis specimens (text-fig. 72 Cj) have 9 and 10 sharp stripes ; throat of male mottled; lateral field reddish; in both females the stripe 1 is reddish, and one of these females with 10 stripes has an additional white stripe which runs in an unbroken line from ear to hip. These San Luis specimens are also re- markable for the low number of femoral pores, namely 15 and 16; and two of them possess remnants of the 4th, posterior, supra- oculars. Southern Oaxaca.—These 48 specimens (text-fig. 72 D-G) form the bulk of those described in my previous paper. The cha- racteristic features are :— (1) The range of white stripes from 8 to 11, the increase ap- parently coinciding with age; the percentage of 10 or 11 stripes amounting to 70 per cent. is much greater than in the 88 Guerrero specimens, amongst which occur none with 11, and only about 4:5 percent. of 10-striped specimens. On the other hand, Oaxaca 316 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, specimens with only 8 white stripes and with a narrow uniformly darker centre are very rare. (2) The scarcity of black on the collar and throat of the males ; only in 6 males was the collar black or inclining to black, although in one adult male from Tequesixtlan the whole throat was blue and partly suffused with black from the collar upwards. (8) Tendency of stripe 1 and even of stripe 2 to break up into beads, and the appearance, advancing with age, of white spots im field I. and in the lateral field, so that one or two additional lines of beads may be developed in this lateral field. This breaking up of the first stripe into beads occurs also in some few specimens of Tierra Colorada, and in one of the 7-striped specimens from San Luis. Vera Cruz, near the seashore: 7 specimens collected by Dr. Meek. 1 with 8 stripes, 5 with 9 stripes; and in a young specimen the central, 5th stripe, is restricted to the nape and neck. Throat and collar not black. Las Penas, Jalisco, near the seashore: 4 specimens collected by Dr. Buller, Brit. Mus. 1 very young specimen of 33 mm.; with 10 stripes, and with an additional faint line on the flanks. 1 2 of 45 mm.; with 10 stripes, and with an additional weak line. 1 2 of 54 mm.; with 9 stripes, and with a stronger line. 1 g of 65 mm.; with 9 stripes; with two additional long lines of white beads; moreover stripes 3 and 4 are dissolved into beady lines. Throat and collar black, abdomen blue. Colima.-—Cope’s description of Onemidophorus lineatissimus, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 94. Black, with 10 or 11 pale bands, sides and femora pale-spotted ; throat black. This and the rest of his description refer obviously to 10- or 11-striped male specinens of C. deppei, resembling some of those of Oaxaca and Las Penas in Jalisco. Cope gives “Guadalajara” as another locality, a very doubtful statement. The plain of Guadalajara, with its elevation of more than 5000 feet, is absolutely above the range of C. deppei and C. immutabilis, which are essentially hot- country species; but it is possible that Cope’s specimens came from the barranca, through which flows the Rio Santiago, a few hours’ ride from the town, and 2000 feet lower than the surround-— ing plateau.—Bocourt, Miss. Scient. Mex., described two specimens from “Colima,” with 9 stripes. CNEMIDOPHORUS DEPPEI, var. COZUMELA. 4 specimens from the island of Cozumel, East Coast of Yucatan. British Museum. Length 64-71 mm.; the largest specimen is gravid. Collar like that of C. deppez. Supraoculars : one with 3/3; two with 3 left, right posterior very small; one with 4/4, the posterior very small, In this respect resembling some of the C. deppei of South Guerrero. 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. aT Posterior side of forearm covered with granules, which in three specimens are slightly enlarged towards the elbow ; in one specimen enlarged near the elbow into small polygones. Femur with 6 rows of scales, of which three extend to the knee. Femoral pores 15, 16, 17, and 18. Not only the first, but also the second, and even the third upper labials are denticulated. The under parts are pale, witha mother-of-pearl lustre; but the coloration of the upper parts is very peculiar. There is a very broad mid-field which is uniformly brown; between it and the flanks are on either side 4 to 5 very narrow, continuous, but trembling, white lines. One of the five stripes lies below, ventrally from, the usual Ist stripe, which extends from the ear to and upon the thigh. Such an extra stripe is known in otherwise 10-striped CO. deppei of Tehuantepec, while an unusually broad mid-field occurs in the 8-striped specimens of San Juan Evange- lista.—Combination of an extra stripe on the flanks with a very broad mid-field I have found in one specimen of Tequesixtlan, but in all these continental specimens the stripes are straight, well- defined lines, not wavy or trembling. Summary concerning C. deppel. When we reduce the results of the tedious examination of the 152 specimens to a few sentences, they become vague because of the great amplitude of the variations. As typical averages may be mentioned :— Supracculars 3, exceptionally 4, bordered behind by only one narrow strip of elongated granules. Collar complete, the large rows of scales mostly reaching right across ; posterior border with or without granules. Throat very rarely with a central cluster of larger scales. Front of humerus with 3, 4, or 5 larger rows. Posterior side of forearm covered with granules. Anterior aspect of thigh with 43 torarely 8 rows, mostly 6, the three largest of which reach down to the knee. Femoral pores 14-22 of rare occurrence, usually 17-18. Coloration.—Adult males with blue-black chest and _ belly. Under surface of tail blue and white. Upper surface always striped: 7-11 stripes, of which the first, rarely also the second, may dissolve into beads. White spots appear occasionally in the lateral field and in field 1. The under parts of females are never black or blue, neither collar nor belly. As a rule, with very few exceptions, the first stripe extends upon the thigh, and reappears on its posterior side as an unbroken white streak. Size.—Distinctly small, very rarely surpassing 80 min. Each of the four main districts, in which I have personally 318 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION | Mar. 20, collected a sufficient number of specimens, has its characteristic type: local clans of this small lizard :— I. The Basin of the Rio Balsas.—There are no C’. deppei to the north of it, even a few miles away from the river, and towards the south they are separated from their kindred by the densely wooded and elevated intricate mountains of the Sierra Madre del Sur, which is inhabited only by C. mexicanus var. balsas. The Balsas clan of C. deppei is noteworthy for the greater number of femoral scales, the average number of femoral pores, the black-blue colour of the whole under surface of the males, and the frequency of brick-red lateral fields; lastly, the poorly developed stripes on the mid-back. II. Tierra Colorada, to the south of the main ridge of the Sierra Madre, in Guerrero.—Average number of femoral scales, combined with the greatest number of pores; conspicuously 9-striped; adult males with two red bands on each side; throat not black; collar, chest, and belly black. Il. The Lowlands of Southern Guerrero.—Smallest number of femoral scales and pores; 7-10 sharp stripes, while reddish bands are rare; faint light spots in the first field are frequent and the first stripe tends to break up into beads. Otherwise like Clan I1., with which these southern specimens are geographically continuous. Note the difference in coloration of the three speci- mens from near Miahuichan, which hes on the southern outlying slopes of the Sierra, at an elevation of 1500-1600 feet, agreeing in this respect with Rincon at the foot of Los Cajones. The single Cajones specimen is the most blue-throated of the whole Tierra Colorada clan, and the Miahuichan specimens are remark- able chiefly for the partial extent of blue and black upon the throat. IV. States of Oaxaca and Vera Cruz.—Average, or great, number of femoral scales, with greatest number of pores. Preponderance of 10-11 stripes, with development of conspicuous white spots on the flanks and breaking up of the first stripe into beads. Absence of red bands; black on the throat is very exceptional, rare even on the collar. The structural characters vary too much for generalisation, as shown by 26 specimens, all from Tequesixtlan. The remaining 34 specimens came from eight different districts, and therefore afford no sufficient basis. Now, it is quite conceivable that in two geographically separate clans the following combinations might become universal. A. Supraoculars 3; femorals7; pores 19; stripes7; fields red ; throat and collar black. B. Supraoculars 4; femorals 5; pores 16; stripes 9-10; fields not red; throat and collar white. Hither of such groups would be entitled to at least subspecifie rank. But there is not yet any clan known with such a com- bination. As they stand, they must therefore be satisfied with 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 319 the rank of local races. It so happens that, for instance, the Balsas and the Southern Guerrero groups differ rather much from each other, but they do so only in the aggregate ; whilst not a single individual combines all the extreme combinations of those very extremes of variations which singly are quite frequent in the same group. In other words, each individual still remains within the pale, and it almost appears as if the excursion of one or more characters well beyond the average of another species were care- fully counterbalanced by the most typical behaviour of the rest of the characters. Still, we have in these kaleidoscopic C. deppei a very fair example of the way in which they might settle into ditferent, definable races, varieties, or subspecies. There remains the question, whether C. deppei, as a species, can always be distinguished from other Cnemidophori, especially from small-sized individuals of the striped C. immutabilis*. Now, it so happens that, although these two kinds overlap absolutely in every one of their characters, I have not found one amongst more than 200 individuals examined about which there could be any doubt. Atleast, it so happened that the occurrence of exceptional extremes was always counterbalanced by such a typical develop- ment of the remaining features, that uncertainty was set aside. This is of great importance. The two species, with much the same distribution, and structurally so closely allied that they overlap by all their characters taken separately, do not ‘run into each other.” We have to conclude that they are no longer nascent, but well established forms. It seems probable that they have sprung from the same not remote ancestor, and they now are ‘specifically ” distinct, so much indeed that they now have not only practically the same distribution in Mexico, but that they can live side by side. Their difference in size is sutticient to exclude interbreeding. It would be a pure assumption that an exceptionally large male C. deppet might pair with a small C. immutabilis. But supposing that hybrids were possible, such intermediate specimens have not yet been found. I have caught one immature C. immutabilis, length 81 mm., near Rincon (text-fig. 71 E), at the southern foot of the Cajones, which in most structural respects bears a striking resemblance to a young male C’. deppei, length 61 mm., from Rio Balsas, where C. deppei alone occurs with C’. mexicanus. The Rincon speciinen reveals itself as C. immutabilis by the following characters :—-(1) Collar lead-coloured, rest of under parts pale; ma male C. deppeiof this size the whole chest and abdomen would be deep blue-black. (2) The centre pair of the eight stripes is broken up into series of short streaks. (3) Humerus with at least 7 rows of large scales. On the other hand, the Rincon specimen has only 7 femoral rows, like the Balsas specimen, and three of these rows extend right down to the knee, an essentially deppei-like character. Both specimens have 3 complete * For comparison with C. serlineatus, see p. 306. 320 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, (SU) rows of tibial plates, both have the posterior border of the collar formed by complete rows of granular scales, and both have a long preanal isthmus covered with many small scales. The Rincon specimen has 17/20, the Balsas specimen 19/18 femoral pores. Consequently both are exceptional, aberrant of their own kind taking on the typical features of the other species. If it were not for the pattern and coloration, which in the Rincon specimen are decisive, the decision would lie with the femoral plates, which in their numbers agree with one, in their extension to the knee with the other species! CNEMIDOPHORUS GuUTTATUS Wiegmann. (Text-figs. 67, 74, & 75.) Material examined 61 specimens, from the following localities :— 15 Agua fria, western border of State of Vera Cruz. 2 San Juan Evangelista, State of Vera Cruz. 4 La Antigua, near Vera Cruz. 1 “ Vera Cruz.” 22 typical C. guttatus, all from the Atlantic Tierra Caliente. 1 Salina Cruz.* 1 San Mateo del Mar.* 4 Tequesixtlan.* 4 San Geronimo*, Isthmus. 4 San Domingo dle Guzman *, Isthmus. 4 Cocoyul.* 4 South of and at San Luis Allende. 1 Miahuichan.* 1] Ayutla. 2 Tierra Colorada. 3 South slope of Cajones.* 39 from the Pacific Tierra Caliente. Those marked * are the more typical C. immutabilis. Size, from nose to vent.—-Any Guerrero specimen above 100 mm, is a fairly large male; near the Isthmus and in the Atlantic Hot- lands both sexes reach a larger size, and one giant male from San Domingo measures 138 mm. The smallest are those of the inland districts of Guerrero, from Los Cajones to Ayutla and San Luis Allende. Supraoculars, normally 3, the space behind filled with numerous eranules. About 12to 14 per cent. are exceptional: three specimens out of the four from Tequesixtlan, one with 4/3, another with 4/4, and the third with 5/5, due to an extra rather large scute in front and behind the normal plates. Similar irregularities occur in the typical C. guttatus, for instance from Agua fria, with 3/4 or 4/3. Collar (text-fig. 65 A) as in C. deppei, but the enlarged scales 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. Sel of the transverse rows often decrease more rapidly towards the sides, especially in C. guttatus. One or two rows of granules at the posterior border of the collar are perhaps more frequent in C. guttatus and OC. immutabilis than in C. deppei. Throat (text-fig. 65 A).—In perhaps the majority of C. immu- tabilis the scales on the centre of the throat are somewhat enlarged so as to form a conspicuous cluster, but there are many in which such a cluster is ill-defined, or absent, regardless of age, sex, and locality. Front of humerus protected by scales which vary much in size and in numbers. The size decreases from the anterior or outer margin backwards. Sometimes there are only 3 rows of distinctly enlarged scales, followed by much smaller scales which are con- tinued upon and slightly beyond the back of the elbow ; or there are 4, 5, 6, or even 7 rows of larger scales, and in these latter cases most of the scales are of medium size. Sometimes there is a break, filled by granules, between the anterior larger scales and those on the posterior side above the elbow, which in such cases form a little cluster or nest. Such a nest occurs in Atlantic and in Western specimens. Otherwise the Atlantic specimens seem to be remarkable for possessing only 3 enlarged rows. Posterior side of forearm (text-fig. 62 A).—There are no post- antebrachial plates. Almost universally, without exception in the Atlantic specimens, the posterior surface from elbow to wrist is covered evenly with smail granules. Anterior side of forearm.—Mostly with 23, sometimes with 3, longitudinal rows of transversely broadened plates, very variable in detail. Anterior side of femur.—The number of longitudinal rows of scales and plates, between the granules of the dorsal surface and the row of femoral pores, is considerable, about 10 to 12. One row is always distinctly larger than the rest. Including this row, and counting thence to the pores, across the thickest part of the thigh, there are from 7 to 10 rows, mostly 8 or 9. Only in rare cases are all these rows regular; frequently one or more rows are very incomplete, being represented by a few irregularly intercalated seales. The smallest number of rows, wavering about 7 (in one case with even this number imperfect), I have found in the five specimens from and near San Luis; these specimens are in other respects not at all aberrant, but rather typical C. immutabilis. Tn an adult male from Agua fria ave only 7 rows on the left, and 8 very incomplete rows on the right thigh ; in another specimen 8 complete right and 9 complete left rows. Whilst in C. deppet usually the three biggest rows, rarely only two, reach down to the knee, in C. guttatus+immutabilis even the biggest row does but rarely extend to the bend of the knee. Inner aspect of tibia protected mostly by 3, often by 24, exceptionally only by 2 rows of large plates. The preanal cluster of plates and scales is separated from the ventrals by a rather long and narrow isthmus which is covered 322 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, with tiny scales,and as arule these are sharply marked off against the much larger ventrals. Femoral pores.—The commonest numbers are 20 and 21, the usual range extending from 19 to 23. Quite exceptional was the occurrence of 17/20 in a tall specimen from Ayutla, and another from the foot of Los Cajones. 18 did not occur. 23 pores, mostly on one side only, were observed 4 times. Length of hind limb.—The claw of the fourth toe usually reaches the ear, but in one specimen from Ayutla it only reaches the arm, whilst in another from exactly the same locality the limb is so long that the claw extends to the eye. Coloration of under parts.—Vhe collar isnormally black in both sexes. Even in the young of only 50 or 56 mm. in length, it _ begins to become dusky or speckled on the sides. Sometimes, however, even in adult males during the breeding-season, the collar is not black but leaden, in rare cases almost dull whitish. In other cases the black spreads sometimes onto the neighbouring parts of the throat; in a specimen from Los Cajones the whole throat is blue-black, and in all the four specimens from San Domingo, Isthmus, the throat is black. In the majority of cases the throat is whitish or pale lead-colour. Lastly, in the adult males, and even in some females of the specimens which I observed and caught at Agua fria, the throat was light brick-red, but this red fades away completely in spirit-specimens. Chest and belly ave whitish or greenish yellow ; in the males more or less suffused with dark blue, chequered towards the sides and on the ventral surface of the thighs. But this blue, rarely verging towards black, is only suffused and is restricted to the deeper, cutaneous strata of the scales. The under surface of the tail is white, bordered or chequered with blue on the sides. The colour-pattern of the back (text-figs. 74, 75, and 81 E) consists of an almost black to dark olive-grey to ashy-brown ground, broken by 6 to 9 longitudinal rows of white, slightly greenish or yellowish colour. These rows are either entire stripes, or one or all of them may be broken up into coherent beads, or into separate spots. This breaking up of the stripes into spots proceeds upon a definite plan. First, the breaking-up increases with the size or age of the lizard, but this does not exclude the existence of old and large specimens which retain their stripes throughout life. Secondly, the breaking-up, or the frequency of beads or spots, proceeds from the central stripe or pair of stripes towards the flanks. In this way then in the 7- or 9-striped specimens the central stripe, number 4 or 5 respectively, is the first to break up. In fact, there are none with 9 complete stripes, and there are but few with 7 complete stripes. Specimens with 8 complete stripes (the stripes 4-4 running parallel, or being joined into an unpaired one on the neck) are not uncommon, but more frequently they are dissolved into many white and bright spots. Then follows pair 3-38, then pair 2-2, which is often represented by a series of Text-fig. 74. 1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS, 323 ra) short streaks and beads. The last to break up is stripe 1; this often shows a tendency to become effaced from the neck back- Cnemidophorus immutabilis. wards, so that, in many older specimens, it is represented by a short, somewhat dull line which extends from the hip forwards. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XXII. 22 an Luis 1, with 9 stripes. ripes. Tierra Colorada 2, with 9 stripes. Cocoyul 2, with 8 st G= Pacitic to S H F and a faint central stripe. stripes. 1, with 8 stripes, the 3rd and 4th pair broken up into beads. 1 & 3, with 7 San Luis Allende 2, with 8 stripes. 39 99 Tequesixtlan 4, with 6 clear D He A B&C [Mar. 20, DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION 324 ont side of inued upon the fr 2 cont 5D s the 1 ipe, instead of bei This first stripe ly by a few re represented on Oyo C. deppe as 1n the thigh, saynooRldns JUS WFP Aug Bw YEN f oULySsrUBA sjods otf} ‘auLo.ttoououL Burmosaq duna pue ‘sxepwoys PLING ss Ws ee =) “yuonpuoo ATA oAB J E SOUL] JO sjods otf], a ss ss =i “sqjods oyu uayxoig PW ‘E “B sodtays ‘jurez T odtiyg sf a as =q ‘sqods OUI WOYOLd "p WE sadiags “ures Z 3 T sediyg £ G3 a =([ “srpnoowldns Upp [[BUIS WPI + BLT BUSY ULOAF sngnqynb “D=) sryjnoovadns yp Auly YyLAN ¢ sjods Jo smot azoTAuLod B TYILM “8 BNAY Woz srpeqoynwur “O=A ‘srvpnoowtdns Upp [Lats ITs ‘ sjods [Bajzuao FO MOL B_QuOp qoazaod ult UB YL “T Zna/) BULLBS TOY SULgvynUUe ‘O=V “sngvzgnb “LQ purrs syprqvgiruur snioydoprmauy GJ 8U-4X0 to be continued regular series of gh, 1 behind the th ther as a wh it reappears . 7 white spots te line or as an Ir 1 arel along the tail spots. 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 325 Thirdly, the stripes have a tendency to break up first near the root of the tail or rump, and this feature proceeds for- wards. Fourth. The spots themselves can become effaced ; this likewise proceeds from the rump forwards. In some very old specimens the rump and lower back are uniform dull, and all that remains of the Ist and 2nd pair of stripes are the pale greenish streaks which border the dull-black field I. above and below. Fifth. These variations and changes are further complicated by the gradual appearance of pale, never bright, small spots in the dark fields, rarely in the black field I., often in fields IT. and III., especially on the lower back. These additional field-spots give the lizards a much speckled and spotted appearance, if at the same time some of the stripes are dissolved into spots. When I wrote the paper published in Proc. R. 8. 1903, it was easy to distinguish between a striped and a spotted race; but during my second collecting-tour in 1904, in the State of Guerrero, I have brought together an ample number of specimens which completely bridge the two extremes. The important facts are, first, that the two varieties in their typical appearance are geo- graphically distinct; secondly, that the intermediate kinds occur in those parts of Guerrero which geographically and physically are also intermediate. The two extreme races are easily distinguished :— I. C. guttatus of Wiegmann * is the large spotted race, in which the evanescence of stripes has reached its maximum. The important feature of this dull-coloured race are the complete breaking up of the original 4th and 3rd pair of stripes into whitish- yellow spots, the breaking up or fading of the 2nd and Ist pair, and lastly the disappearance of nearly all the spots from the root of the tail forwards over the lower back. These changes are gradual and proceed regularly with age. Old specimens show, moreover, partial confluence of neighbouring spots of the 3rd and 4th rows; a very interesting although slight indication of a combination into a transverse or cross-bar pattern. In very young specimens, about 40-50 mm. in length, from Agua fria and San Juan Evangelista, all the under parts, including the collar, are still uniformly white. Lines 1 and 2 are still pronounced white stripes, although sometimes already broken into short streaks and fading towards the arm. ‘The original stripes 3 and 4 are already dissolved into rows of about 25 small, pale dots, reaching from the neck to the tail. Such typical C. guttatus are known only from the open forests with dense undergrowth, or similar patches of woodland, in the State of Vera Cruz and its confines with those of Oaxaca.—It has the * Wiegmann’s diagnosis, although not complete, is sufficient: “Cnemidophorus cineraceus guttis albidis in series 4 longitudinalibus dispositis, adspersus. Latera superne vitta lata, stria pallide viridi supra infraque inclusa, intense nigrescenti ; inferne maculis multis pallidis adspersa. .. .” 22* 326 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION | Mar. 20, priority of name; genetically it is the terminus of a series which begins with the entirely striped race : Il. C. imnwutabilis of Cope. By irony of fate this is the proper name of one of the most variable of lizards. It is what I called C. guttatus var. striata in Proc. R.8. 19038, Cope’s types came from “ West of Tehuantepec.” The characteristic feature of this brighter-coloured race is the 6 to 8 continuous white stripes cn a rather uniform and dark ground, Such typically striped specimens are now known from San Mateo del Mar, Salina Cruz, Tequesixtlan, Cocoyul and Pacific Coast east of Acapulco, Miahuichan, and southern slope of Los Cajones. In general terms: the coast region of the States of Oaxaca and Guerrero; how much further west along the Pacific Coast remains at present unknown. T have found it exceedingly difficult to keep free from bias whilst assorting these very variable lizards according to the prevalence of either stripes or spots, and still more difficult clearly to pronounce upon the physical features of their localities. How- ever, I can affirm the result that in the small open localities the striped lizards prevail, almost to the exclusion of more than two vows of spots; while in places with many shrubs, much underwood, absence of large grassy and sandy patches, the spotted forms prevail, in the more typical bush forests of the Atlantic side almost to the exclusion of stripes. Open localities, either strips near the sea-shore, sandy beds of frequently dry rivers, grassy stretches with scanty trees, and nowhere covered during half the year with rank and dense herbaceous growth, were the collecting spots of Cocoyul, Salina Cruz, San Mateo, Tequesixtlan, San Domingo de Guzman; also Miahuichan, a spot on higher ground and just above the luxurious tropical growth of forests; likewise the open grassy slopes near Rincon at the southern slope of Los Cajones, amongst scanty pine-forests. Much tangled underwood, broken terrain, well- wooded ravines, or meadows with tall grass and herbs, or rivers fringed with masses of shrubs, were the features of Tierra Colorada, Ayutla, and San Luis Allende; those very spots which yielded the most inter- mediate specimens. In the Atlantic Tierra caliente, with its decidedly denser vegetation, with fewer deciduous trees, and much greater annual rainful, the typical C. guttatus alone is found, for instance at Agua fria, San Juan Evangelista, La Antigua (V.C.). Of course there are many and large Savannahs in the lower coast-districts cf the State of Vera Cruz, and it would be interesting to ascertain whether any large Cnemidophori occur in the open Savannah, and not only in the vicinity of the typical clusters or patches of trees. Personally I have but little experience of these parts. All I can affirm is that I have seen no Cnemidophorus near Tetela, only C. guttatus at Agua fria, the same form and (. deppei at San Juan Evangelista 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 5 327 (deppei within the sandy river-bed, guttatus in the wooded parts near the same banks), and deppei only at Juanita which lies within typical Savannah. I consider it safe to affirm that C. guttatus is an enlarged species of C. deppei, and that the striped or spotted condition of its wpper parts depends directly wpon the amount and character of the vegetation : stripes in the open, spots in the more bushy, shrubby, Sorest-like districts. Guiaris-Group. If we consider the great number of specimens, about 210, scheduled in, the following pages, as one mass, their characters show such a great amplitude of variation that the diagnosis of the gularis-group becomes extremely vague. Supraoculars 4. Collar composed mostly of at least one row of large scales, but the edge may be formed by this row or entirely by granules. Frenocular present or absent. Size, from nose to vent from decidedly small to distinctly large, i.e. from 60 to 140 mm. Humeral rows of scales from 3 or 4 or 5 to 8 or 9, either all large when there are but few, or some larger than the rest, or all small when there are many. Posterior surface of the forearm covered entirely with granules, or, the other extreme case, with several long rows of transverse scutes or plates; every intermediate stage being represented, but the granular type is distinctly exceptional. Femur with only 5 or 6 very regular rows, to as many as 8 or 9. Front of forearm and tibia with 2 to 3, or even with a 4th row of scutes. Femoral pores from 15 to 26, without a break between these rather rare extremes. The same wide uncertainty applies to the pattern and coloration. Under parts.—At least this can be said: the throat is whitish, often pink, never black; but from collar to vent the under surface may be whitish or yellowish, suffused with blue, or chequered blue and black and white, or entirely blue-black, at least in the males. Upper surface.—All start with at least 6 pale stripes, and the mid-field may be divided by an unpaired centre stripe or by a 4th pair of stripes. The fields may have light spots, whitish or brown, or no spots. The stripes may remain entire throughout life, or they may become ragged by confluence with neighbouring pale field-spots, or by encroachment of black field-spots ; or the stripes may become dull and fade away unless new whitish, bluish or yellow spots develop within them. The fields, originally dark, may remain spotless, or white, bluish or yellow or brown spots develop within them. These field-spots remain ill-defined, or they turn into round, separate spots; or two 328 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, and two neighbouring spots in each field become confluent transversely, and this process, accompanied by active encroach- ment of the dark field-pigment upon the stripes (themselves fading away, or breaking up), may lead to a marbled, partly cross-barred, or completely tiger-barred transverse pattern. Lastly, a partly monochrome condition may gradually assert itself with advancing age, proceeding from the neck towards the back, or from the rump forwards, but with black spots upon the lighter ground-colour. Or the monochrome tendency proceeds from the neck backwards, and in this case the ground-colour is dark with pale spots. Key to the Species de. of the GULARIS-Group. (Text-figs. 68 & 69.) Small, less than Stripes and pale field-spots persistent. 80 mm. North Mexico, Arizona, and Texas. gularis. Large, 100 mm. Stripes broken by the encroaching black of and more. the fields. Stripes broken on lower back. Few field- SPOtS ....ccc0ccesesseeeeeeeeees. California. septemvittatus. Stripes completely broken by the field black and by the transversely combining field-spots. Resulting in tiger-barred pattern ..................... South Mexico. mewvicanus. Stripes dissolved into rows of pale spots. Fields with rows of spots. Resulting in narrowly cross-barred yellow- and-black pattern ......... Chihuahua. scalaris. Resulting in many longitudinal rows of pale and round spots .................. Mexico. communis. Forearm with scutes or polygones. 5-7 humeral and femoral rows. Chest and abdomen pale ................ var. occidentalis. Bs S blue-black ...... var. bocourti. 8-9 humerals and femorals ................ var. copei. Forearm entirely granular .................. Var. australis. Stripes vanishing or cut up except the second. No field-spots. Collar black in adult. Tres Marias Islands. mariarum. Uniformly olive, with 6 rows of black spots. Texas, Coahuila. semifasciatus. CNEMIDOPHORUS MARIARUM Gunther. Five specimens collected by Forrer on the Tres Marias Islands : 3 very young, one immature, one adult of 121 mm. Supraorbitals 4. Collar composed of rather weak scales, but of the type of the gularis-gvoup ; without granules on the posterior edge. There is a perceptible nest of somewhat larger granules on the throat. Humerus with about 5 rows of larger scales, followed by a few of much smaller size. Posterior side of forearm with a very large row of scutes, besides smaller scutes. Femur covered with 7, 8 and 8 to 9 rows of scales, counting from the largest row to the pores; but there are several rows beyond the largest row, as is often the case in Cnremidophorus, and IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 329 1906.] i Mp Ul YOVl ABTTOO—"papypoy, “Surureure.r sadugs jo aed T ‘sjods-ploy ON ‘sjods Moy[a£ Jo SMOI ZT yuoqy ce (73 “SUIpRT sed Lg | ‘sivq-1a.61} oped pue yourq “ce ce ce ee | “yorq uo syods eyed Fo sMoa OT ynoqe ATozvuUt “TQ ‘sjods aqry-n ogut dn yearq sadtayg “Yovlq pue Moypad Jo sawq-sso.t0 snoaauIN Nv ‘sjods yup YIM aAr[o oULOATOOUO TT SPPY eT4 FO youl suLpovo1ous Aq uayorq ApQaed sodtays 9 ‘sjods-ppay oyM puw sodrys quaystsaad ogetdurog “UI9} VV [BS.LO(T JO Sa] BOF ULE TT SI-SI €6-ST €G-9L Ve-6L 96-G6 06 8T/9T 6I-ST “SOLO 6-4 *sagnog 9 *somostpog 9 (g) |tsamoSATod 10 saqnog *(sopnuBis 900) L-G__|saaosAyod 10 soqynog 8-4-9 ECA A 6-8-L-9 “sa. 6-L *SOPNUB.LY) 6-8 |‘setosdjod 20 saqnog *(SeTNURLS 9DU0) 8-L-9 | sauoscAyod 10 saynog (1-9) ¢ *saqnog oes *sauosAog i; ce | 4-9=S *sagnog “MUA “UULTBA.I0 9-S Sn.toudn Fy ‘sous Ou “YBa AA ROM OOAGTT, aSAVT “OT QBLIV A, “OT VIIB A “OBIB'T a “O.G.1VIT OGARIT ‘ay BIOPOTW "0 AA OS1VIT | “SopnURAs OU fa51vrT *IRTTOD ‘Anoup-Strepns ay) fo svapov.wnyy) *Spuvysy SULIV], SOL, “purysy jauinzoy “BOBXRO) “UISU SvsTeg “BOBNRG) VORXG “URpyvoIMNH, SNUUST “vuUNsery ( csnurygsy > 1 ‘OSUITLO(T *S *BULITOD) Op ODSTTRS* 0} “BUY BUTI) "SUxoT—vIMyLoy) “BIULLOFITBC) “AUIPROO'T BUYSBNYLY/) | “OOIXOTE YAO NV | if | Oye SE AWN ADV DU 4 8 eon cc dvadoa svumuuoa | QOL [ttc saguneaog | 60T— Sees at ened + O6L ° Ore ‘ * suppAgsnD “ QEL= || + reek J verve vadoa as OOL | s2y09Uapra90 srunrumoa eg— fon “sees snp as OOr | sngnrosnfimas (01) Baring pe Sac snqznqquawuaydas | os— | son a oo wun supp (‘uut) | “‘yysuary | 330 DR. H GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, counting these also the total sum would be 8 to 10 as stated by Boulenger, scarcely 10-12 as described by Giinther. Tibia with only 23 rows of scutes. Femoral pores from 19-22. Coloration.—Throat whitish yellow, with a faint blue tinge across the middle. Collar black in the adult! Chest and belly black with many white specks on the sides of the body. The thighs, legs, and the whole tail are uniformly reddish yellow in the youngest forms and in the immature; in the adult the thighs are blue-black and chequered with white. The preanal region is blue; the tail beneath is speckled dusky. Upper parts (youngest forms): 3 pairs of thin stripes; mid-field broad and buff. Immature: the 3rd pair of stripes is partly vanishing on the rump, so that field IT. is merging into the buff of the mid-field. Adult: the first pair of stripes begins to be cut up by the encroaching black of field I. and by the black of the lateral field. The result is a ight brown or buff ground-colour, with only one pair of pale stripes, and mottled with black on the sides of the body. The absence of light spots in the fields and in the vanishing stripes constitute a remarkable pattern in this large and com- pletely isolated kind of lizard. CNEMIDOPHORUS GULARIS Baird. The collar is composed of several rows of large scales, and the posterior margin of the collar is formed entirely of large scales, without granules. The posterior side of the forearm is covered with one or more rows of large polygones or scutes, instead of granules; 6 pale stripes persist as unbroken lines. The dark fields are at first spotless, but soon a row of pale, mostly whitish spots appears in the first and second fields, without breaking up these fields (text-figs. 69 & 70). It is not easy to abstract a satisfactory, further definition from Cope’s writings of what he understood by his C. gularis gularis. The femoral scales are said to be in 6-8 rows. ‘The femoral pores are stated, in the key, to vary from 18-23, but in the text specimens with less than 16 are mentioned. The frenocular ‘“oceurs occasionally.” The chest of the males is black, while the scales of the belly are margined with black; there are light spots on the flanks below the first stripe. Amongst an apparently large number of specimens from Chihuahua Cope mentions some, distinguished by him as €. g. gularis obsoletus, with wider and very obscure stripes, and with small obscure spots in the fields. Some of these specimens were the largest of the collection. In others, including “a good many small specimens,” the stripes were wider, and the field-spots enlarged so as to be confluent occasionally with the light stripes. 1906.] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 331 The size of these lizards is not mentioned, except that ‘ the size of the adults exceeds a little that of the Eastern form [C. sealineatus|, a specimen from Arizona measuring 100 mm. This is, however, larger than the average.” According to Cope, C. gularis gularis is found in Western Texas, New Mexico, and Arizona, and in Mexico as far south as Chihuahua and Monterey. A locality almost at sea-level is Mata- moros, near the mouth of the Rio Grande, Cope mentions it especially as inhabiting the Staked plains of Texas. Tucson and Fort Lowell in Arizona, Chihuahua, Monterey, are all situated in flat, practicaily treeless plains. Only a few specimens examined by myself agree with the typical C. gularis gularis. ‘They are the following :— I. British Museum: 6 specimens from Fort Lowell, Arizona, and from Duval County, Texas. fae Collar. Forearm. | Pores. | } Fort Lowell 77 Row of Large ... | Numerous sharp white (2). | large scales. | polygones. specks in the stripes, | indicating change to- | wards C. communis. | | Field-spots. Duval Co., 62 Edge formed; Enlarged 15 | Faintest field-spots. Texas. by row of | polygones. granules. | 9 67 _|Larger scales.) Large scutes.; 18 | 3 pairs of stripes and sub- | divided mid-field. Field- | spots. ) 65 sf s 17 | 4 complete pairs of stripes. | | Brown spots in fields I. | | and II. - Very i | M Already with 4 pairs of | young | | stripes, 4/4 enclosing an form. | | island. , Il. One of four specimens, taken by Dr. Meek at San Juan, south of Monterey, agrees with the typical gularis, and contrasts considerably with the three others in size and arm-scaling. It is a female of 72 mm. Without frenoculars. Posterior surface of forearm with a short row of large scutes. Femoral rows 6. Pores 17. Throat and collar pink. Chest and abdomen white, suffused with bluish green. Upper surface with 7-8 pale stripes ; the normal three pairs being white, but the mid-field is sharply marked by a black band against the median side of each third stripe, and the resulting grey central region is imperfectly divided by a row of black dots inthe mid-line. A row of rather large, but ill-defined pale spots in the first and second fields. The posterior thigh-stripe is partly broken. This specimen indicates, by the pink throat and by the sub- division of the mid-field 3-3 into a 4th pair of stripes, a tendency which becomes preponderant in the lizards which are found to the south of the home of the typical gularis. 332 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLUTION | Mar. 20, It is important to note that San Juan lies close to, and between, Monterey and Montemorelos, from both of which places some of Cope’s C. gularis gularis are said to have been received; and that he mentions Monterey specimens as having the low number of pores. To judge from the specimens described below, it seems to me that this is the critical district in which the change from the typical gularis into the slightly more southern var. meeh? is taking place. This can be settled definitely only by examination of the specimens in the Smithsonian Institution. The following specimens I distinguish as C. gularis, var. meek :— Two specimens from Montemorelos, collected by Dr. Meek.— One 62, the other (male) 65 mm. in length, agree in coloration and pattern with the typical var. meekz, but the collar is distinctly weaker, the scales decreasing rapidly towards the sides. There is only a nest of moderately large scutes on the forearm ; the scutes being distinctly less developed than in the San Juan specimens. Humerus with 6 rows of scales, all rather large. Femoral rows 5 to 6 irregular in one, 6 to 7 irregular in the other. ¢ with 16/15, the smaller specimen with 19/20 pores. The frenocular is present in one, absent in the other. Six specimens from Garza Valdez, collected by Dr. Meek.— 60-75 mm. in length; two females with eggs measure 64 and 68 mm. Consequently a decidedly small kind of lizard. Frenoculars present in 3, absent in 3 specimens. Collar composed of large scales, except in one specimen in which the scales are rather small; rarely with a few scattered granules on the posterior edge. Humerus with only 5 or 6 rows of scales, which, in conformity with their small number, are all rather large. One or two of the last rows are continued upon the forearm’s posterior side. Forearm : front with 24, rarely 3 rows of scutes. The posterior surface is covered with at least one row of very large scutes. Femur with 6 rows of scales, of which three extend down to the knee. Tibia with 3 rows of scutes, with sometimes a small fourth on the fibular side. Pores: 4 specimens with 15/16, one with 17/18, one with 19/19. Coloration of under parts: Throat bluish white in young and in females ; in males with a pink tinge and faintly mottled with bluish pigment on the sides. Collar white, but mottled on the sides in the males. Chest and abdomen in young and females white, suffused with bluish on the sides; this suffusion increases in males first on the chest and then spreads backwards, until in the old males all the under parts inclusive of the arms and thighs are uniform black. Under surface of tail and tibia uniformly yellowish white.— Upper surface with 3 pairs of white or bluish- white stripes. The fields are nearly black, with rather faint bluish or whitish spots in the first and second fields. The mid- 1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 333 field 3-3 is bordered by black bands enclosing a grey centre, which is more or less clearly subdivided by a darker central line, so that in all 7 or 8 pale stripes can be counted. In the oldest male the first stripe is broken up into a row of bluish spots owing to the black of the bordering fields joining across the stripe ; an arrange- ment which leads on the sides of the thorax to the formation of imperfect black, short cross-bars. In this respect this old male agrees with the old male from Lerdo, gq. v. Two specimms from La Cruz, collected by Dr. Meek (63 and 76 mm.). Frenoculars present in one, absent in the other specimen. Collar composed of large scales, in the younger with granules on the sides of the edge. Humerus with 6 rows, the fifth continuous across the elbow with the main long row of much enlarged scutes of the forearm. Femoral rows 5, all unusually large, three of which continued to the knee. Tibia with 3 rows of scutes, and in the larger specimen with a small fourth row. Pores 15/16 and 17/18. Colour of under parts: Collar and throat flesh-colour to pink, sides of collar slightly mottled. Chest, abdomen down to the last ventrals and anus blue-black; the same colour, but somewhat mottled on the thighs, Behind the thigh a white stripe. Upper parts: 3 pairs of bluish-white stripes and rather faint pale spots in the almost black fields. Mid-field 3-3 bordered by black bands enclosing a fourth pair of grey stripes, which are separated by a ventral streak, or row of black specks, indicating in all 8 stripes. Three specimens from San Juan, collected by Dr. Meek (57, 58, and 59 mm.),. Frenoculars present in all. Collar composed of larger scales. Humerus with 6 rows. Forearm with enlarged scutes, none of which reaches beyond the proximal half of the arm. Femur with 5, 6, and 7 rows. Tibia with 3 rows and a small 4th on the fibular side. Pores 16 in all specimens. Throat pink, collar yellowish or mottled on the sides. Chest and abdomen black, gradually changing to flesh-colour towards the groins, which is also the colour of the preanal region of the whole under surface of the hind-limbs, tail, humerus, and fore- arm. Upper parts very dark, the fields I., II., and III. being nearly black, with only one row of faint pale spots in the first two fields. On the back are 8 pale bluish stripes, the third and fourth pairs being dull grey and the latter pair divided by a black central line. There is no doubt that the 13 specimens from Montemorelos, Garza Valdez, La Cruz, and San Juan are closely allied to each 334 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, other, and differ in the average from the typical, Northern, C. gularis gularis by their larger forearm-scutes, small number of rows of scales on the humerus and femur, the small number of pores, the pink throat and decidedly strong and uniform black pigmentation of the chest and abdomen, and lastly the tendency to develop a 4th pair of pale stripes in the mid-field besides the usual 3 pairs. I therefore distinguish this small race as C. gularis, var. meeki. In favour of its claim to distinction is the fact that this combination of characters does not occur elsewhere but in North-eastern Mexico. CNEMIDOPHORUS SEMIFASCIATUS Cope. Based by Cope upon three specimens, one from San Diego, Texas, and two from near Patos in the State of Coahuila, west of Monterey. Cope gives the following definition: No light stripes; oliva- ceous with three rows of black spots on each side on anterior fourth of body ; femorals 8 (but 6 in the text and in the figure !) ; limbs unspotted ; medium size. To judge from his description and the figure in the text, the collar is but feebly developed, although the scales are larger than in the ¢essellatus-group. Humeral scales in 6 rows. Postante- brachials with enlarged polygones in 3 or 4 rows, all distinctly small in the figure. Femoral pores 20. Length 100 mm. The colour of all the under parts is uniform olivaceous, without any spots. The upper parts are uniform olivaceous with the following black marks: three rows of black spots on each side ; the superior small, subquadrate; the second larger and trans- verse, the inferior forming short cross-bars, The lower row is - the longest ; the upper is the shortest, extending only to the middle of the trunk. These two specimens from Coahuila are interesting as showing that a race of Lizards belong to the gularis-group has reached the light-coloured monochrome stage with black marks or spots, which, being the remainder of the originally dark fields, are themselves reduced from behind forwards. This race therefore forms an analogon to the var. rubida of the tessellatus-group (text-fig. 70). If, as Cope himself suggested, the solitary specimen from San Diego, Texas, described by him as C. gularis sericeus, is the female of semifasciatus, we can follow the coloration of the latter a stage further back. The specimen measures only 81mm. Throat, limbs, and tail “‘ yellow,” with a bluish patch across the throat ; chest and belly bluish olivaceous. Ground-colour above anteriorly black, posteriorly olive. With 7 paler stripes which fade away towards the rump. The fields are black, with olive spots anteriorly, which enlarge further back, breaking up the fields. Pores 21. It may be accidental, but in all these three specimens the 4th supraoculars are broken up each into two smaller scutes : 1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 335 C. semifasciatus with, C. sericews without frenocular. The dis- tinctly feeble collar, only polygones on the forearm, and the high number of pores, combined with the peculiar dorsal patter n, justify us to treat these specimens as a distinct subspecies, especially since they differ so remarkably from the other kinds of Cnenrdophorus of closely neighbouring districts, e. ¢., CO. melano- sthetus of Parras, C. gularis gularis and var. meeki of Monterey, &e. CNEMIDOPHORUS SEPTEMVITTATUS Cope. Based upon one female specimen from Eldorado County, California. Length 110 mm., which, for a female, indicates a very large kind of Cnemidophorus. Supraoculars 4. Collar composed of large scales. Humerals in 6 rows. Posterior side of forearm, according “to figure, with 5 mostly very large scutes in a row, surrounded by granules. Femorals in 7 rows. Pores 16/18. Coloration.— Under parts all yellowish, with a few black specks on the sides of the throat. Upper parts light olivaceous brown, with 7 longitudinal broad black stripes, three on each side and one in the middle, &e. From Cope’s long description I gather the following, if momen into the language employed in the present paper:—There are 6 pale stripes, “separated by black fields and a black mid-field. Towards the lower back and upon the rump the stripes 2 and 3 are broken into spots by the gradual encroaching of the black pigment from the neighbouring fields, which themselves have but few and small field-spots, restricted to the anterior half of the body. To judge from this solitary specimen, it seems to belong rather to the C. communis of the gularis-group. CNEMIDOPHORUS SCALARIS Cope. (Text-figs. 68 & 76.) 19 specimens from Chihuahua, near the City. Field Museum of Natural History. Length 50-95 mm.; 95 mm. only one male, while three or four other males come near 90 mm. This is consequently a small and slender species, inhabiting the arid plains with their sparse vegetation of Mesquite and Fouquieria shrubs, Yuccas and Opuntias. Hitherto recorded only from Chihuahua. Supraoculars 4, mostly with only one row of elongated granules behind. Collar sharply marked and composed of moderate scales. In only one specimen is the posterior margin of the fold formed by a complete row of granules, while in one other the granules are restricted to the lateral third of the collar. Humerus.—3 or 4 large rows of scales cover the front, then follow 2 or 3 shorter and somewhat smaller rows; about 6 in all, or only 5, in which case the first or first and second rows are extra large. But 8 rows cannot possibly be counted in these Specimens, as stated by Cope for his scalaris from Chihuahua, Text-fig. 76. 336 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, Forearm, anterior surface, with mostly 3 complete rows of scutes, of which the outermost row increases in width of the scales towards the wrist, while the innermost row is composed of much smaller scales. Field Museum of Natural History. Sy Cnemidophorus scalaris trom Chihuahua 1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 337 Forearm, posterior surface, always covered with much-enlarged scutes, the largest in the middle, reaching towards the wrist ; on the elbow continuous with the 6th or 5th, rarely with the 4th row of humeral scales. Femur: Mostly with 5 very regular rows, rarely with 6, which are then rather irregularly disposed ; the three largest rows reach the knee as in C. deppei. One specimen, 60 mm., has 7 unmis- takable rows; another of 50 mm. has 7 incomplete right and 6 regular rows on the left thigh. Tibia covered with 2 very large rows, with a third smaller row on the fibular side, 7. e. the side turned towards the tail. Preanal isthmus short, with only one or two transverse rows of small scales between the ventrals and the preanal plates. The detail is very variable. Femoral pores: From 15/17 once, to 21/21 once. Usually with 17, 18, or 19 rows; 20 did not eecur. The solitary oceur- rence of 21/21 refers to a specimen 60 mm. in length; the only one possessing 7 femoral rows of scales, and further distinguished by the almost complete absence of pale spots in the black dorsal fields. Coloration and pattern.—Under parts of young white and mother-of-pearl; immature specimens have the chest and abdomen suffused with pale bluish, and dark pigment appears in the basal portion of the scales. In the adult, throat, collar, thighs, and tail are yellowish white; chest and flanks, less so the belly, are mottled blue-black, the edges of the scales remaining whitish. Upper surface (figs. 68 & 76). The young start with 6 sharp white stripes, with single or double rows of pale spots in the fields, and also with a row of white spots in the middle line. In specimens of about 70 mm. the stripes have become dull to pale grey, with small white dots in the dulled stripes. Field-spots brown, yellow, or brown-yellow, and more numerous, and their double rows in each field become confluent. Ultimately the stripes are lost, remaining traceable longest on the neck; the whole back is covered with numerous cross-bars or vermiculations of deep black and vivid yellow, or orange, with many white spots on the thighs, legs, and rump. In some beautiful specimens the tiger- bar pattern is complete, there being about 30 black cross-bars from nape to tail; whilst the back approaches the cross-bar stage, the white stripe on the hinder surface of the thigh is dissolved into irregular white spots. C. scalaris is known only from near Chihuahua town, and plateau to the south of it, except two specimens “from Arizona” according to Cope. According to the evolution of the pattern from youth to adult age (for instance, the very pronounced white spots in the stripes), this lizard is closely allied to C. communis. CNEMIDOPHORUS COMMUNIS Cope. Diagnosis,—4 supraoculars. Collar strong, composed of at least 338 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION | Mar. 20, one complete row of large scales which form the edge ; upon this follow, towards the throat, several shorter rows of scales which decrease in size. Posterior surface of forearm with at least some ‘large scutes. Frenocular variable. The young start with from 6 to 8 whitish stripes, which become dull, whilst white spots develop within most of these stripes. Fields at first dark, later on light spots develop in them, mostly rounded and well-defined. Ultimate resulé: many spots on very dark ground in about 10 longi- tudinal rows, and numerous small whitish spots on the rump, root of tail, and on the thighs. Throat and collar light-coloured, often pink. Chest and abdomen are early suffused with blue; with advancing age chequered blue and black, with whitish edges to the scales. Cope was quite justified in separating Mexican Cnemidophori of larger size, with essential gularis structure (4 supraoculars, strong collar, andl large forearm scutes), and in which the stripes bre ak up into rows of spots, as C. gularis communis ; but he did not know, or he ignored, C. bocourti, and he had ‘only a very insufficient Mexican material. The diagnosis or description given above suits the majority of those Onemidophori which are known from the western half of the Mexican plateau and its western and south-western slopes, from the north-west of Chihuahua to Colima and Manzanillo ; and across the plateau from, roughly speaking, Guadalajara, to Guanajuato and Puebla. But in this wide stretch of varied country they exhibit considerable changes,—changes which at first crop up as unimportant, individual variations, but which in neighbouring districts have become the rule; and to these are added changes of other characters, until their combination com- pletely upsets the original diagnosis. Thus, for instance, in Michoacan the stripes are more persistent and the scutes of the forearm are more polygonal, smaller, even reduced to granules. In Colima, the pores and the rows of scales on the humerus and femur are distinctly more numerous. At Manzanillo, these changes are combined with smaller collar- scales; while on the Isthmus of Tehuantepec and in Oaxaca, at Cuicatlan, an entirely granular forearm is added; so that nothing is left w hich could justify us to enumerate these specimens as a subspecies or a race of C. gularis, whilst they could well figure as a race of C. communis. At the same time, they approach the less typical specimens of C. immutabilis and C. guttatus to such an extent, that it is not always easy to keep them asunder. Further, in the basin of the Balsas River C. communis is represented by a form which is structurally an intensified C. gularis, and removed as far as possible from the southern variations, but the spotty character is gone, and the tendency to destroy the stripes by cross-bars begins to assert itself, until further east, in Oaxaca, the old specimens are tiger-barred with a variable, partly granular collar and with smaller and fewer scutes on the forearm, These are C. meaicanus, which may well ©) 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 339 be called C. gularis mexicanus, i opposition to C. gularis com- munis, but not possibly could it be named a race of commamnis. Lastly, on Cozumel Island, off Yucatan, C. communis reappears, so that we may infer its occurrence in Yucatan. CNEMIDOPHORUS COMMUNIS OCCIDENTALIS. (Text-figs. 69,77 A—F (8 By (9 AX) Diagnosis.—4 supraoculars. Strong collar. Posterior side of forearm with scutes or enlarged polygones. Stripes broken up, in the adult, ito rows of round Spols) fields with similar rows of spots. Humeral rows of scales 5-7. Femoral rows 6-7, mostly 6. Pores 16-21. - Length rarely exceeding 100 mm. Range the same as that of the Sierra Madre occidental, from N.W. Chihuahua to Jalisco. Specimens from Ixtlan differ considerably in their colour- pattern, approaching thereby C. mexicanus of Oaxaca—a very significant case of convergence, On the Central plateau C. communis seems to remain somewhat smaller, with less emphasised characters in coloration ; but it reappears intensified at Puebla. Such an extension across the country, from Jalisco, across Guadalajara towards and beyond Guanajuato and Queretaro, conforms well with the physical features of the country ; and in my paper on “ The Distribution of Mexican Amphibians and Reptiles,” Proc. Zool. Soe. 1905 (vol. 1. p. 191), I have been able to show the existence of such an exchange. Whether these Cnemadophori ascended through this Jalisco gap, or descended thither from the plateau and from the bases of the Western Sierra Madre, is another question. Lake Santa Maria (text-fig. 78 B) in N.W. Chihuahua.—The single specimen is remarkable for having only 3 supraoculars on the left side, whilst the 4th right is very small. The collar consists of only one row of scales, which are rather small, and nearly all of the same size. The posterior surface of the forearm shows three rows of large polygones, none of which can be called large scutes. The other structural features likewise afford no decided clue to the affinity of this specimen. Throat and collar are white, with a bluish tinge across the mid-throat and across the collar excepting the row “of lar ger scales. Chest and abdomen white, with bluish bases to some So the seales. Tail, hind and fore limbs, and anal region are white beneath. The upper surface is uniformly slaty grey, rather dark, with many small whitish specks, especially on the lower back, rump, thighs, and root of tail. Of the original stripes, only faint traces of stripes 1 and 2 are still visible. The dusky band across the collar and the small whitish and bluish dorsal spots undoubtedly point to the relationship of this specimen with those of Tuxpan (text-fig. 79 A). Durango, from the foot of the Iron Mountain, on rather barren ground (text-fig. 77 C).—Supraoculars 4. Collar composed of large scales, mostly with an imperfect, once with a complete row Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XXIII, 23 [ Mar. 20, DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION 340 61/61-91/9T ST ‘LI ‘OT CT/9T 81/8 61/21 16/0 61/06 “ST/6T | | Go-L1 0G ‘8ST ‘ST “LT | ST/81 ‘ST/Z1 | | L1/61-91/ST 13/1 *SaLOg “L-9 YIM G "sMOIg ATISOTT oy} Sp fe) “BND Alaa Q pure ‘fy MEE ‘ds [ Ayuo f9 9 “so[Bos JO SMOL [BLOW] “Sends V5IBT JO SMOL a10U 10 90 TYJIMG ‘*sauosAjod aSIV[ JO Sou BYGIM [T ‘“sou0s -Ajod pasieyue Jo ysau B YQIM V2 | | ‘sauosAjod pasiepua 10 saynog | *SdNOS BIL] JO SMOT [BIIAVS TUM T | ‘souosf[od Jo ysou v YIM T | punor pasivpua Jo ysou B YIM T| ‘so[NUB.Ls | "SONOS JO SMOI ABIL] | "SOMOS V5.IKT JO 10 sauoSATOd are] JO SMOL SUO'T *saqmos ABIB[ JO SMOA BLOUL IO GUO ITAA | G 10 F AG PAMOT[OF SMOI OAT ¢ | ; | ‘souosAjod a51ey, YQUM T | “SOMOS VAL] YIM G | *SaqMOS BSAL[ JO MOI SuOT ou yonut ay} JO aloUL 10 9G 8 YIM T 2 YIM ¢ $9 YIM LIDAR] 4S “SMOL sABM[B SMOL “Lay [RUIS GZ lO T Aq PaMOT[OF SMOX OSIVT F | “SMOL FH JIM T ‘SMOL G TIM G ‘][VUls F IO E YAM ‘osaey e “L-9 ‘T[etus Tle UE L-9 ‘anivy AIA pUOdaS puB 4s. ‘9 "SMOL YJIM T fgt0ys A104 *SOJNDS BIT JO MOI SUOT 9UGQ | YI9 WY YIG ‘soods ZuT *g ATISOP ‘sauosAjod aBIVT FO SMOL E Jo AoysnO asaerT | “ULIBILOF JO IPIS LOLIJSOT “‘[[B UL SMOT E | *SolBos FO SMOL [VIOUIN FL | | | | | if “ATMO apis 9ulo UO T ey OU TIM, “TM "aU0 NT ‘au N TUM “OUON “ATMO apis au UO T “qNOUyIM @ “YIM 9 {NOY JIM fF “YPM T “"qnoqyIM & ‘TJIM € “OUONT “a0 NT “ABT NOOUIL ‘OIL ‘SOT 4sasie'T 88-87 88 “e9 801 OOT ‘OOT a0) nO) 0) TL pie "6 “YW “IG i erence epaan ‘9 “SOTE “Jug salle ce cee vesiovs ce ojenfeurny '€ AW Aq UBOBOYITY ‘OlVNdz4Vq oostep ‘uepyodez, OOT ysaSuey E | ‘ge qsor[vug 6-98 | 06 ‘e9 66 (‘urut) “"Yyouory "16 ‘88 JSaSIV'T |: abr ‘sO I ig) SUIN AME ‘olday, ‘ejarwhUNy ap B.LIOIG “SNL JA. Sl MOLPISOTeT) Yoo “A op.1ary 7 9 “2 “IT See ee ee eee ee eee osuvingy ‘TL ‘Yo Aq “EMYENUYLTD “MAN *poulurexe sueuttoads fo soquinu pue AqI1TvOOTT TL “yooW AC Ciscieseh ge oe Tae B YOOW Aq OOSTTBE SUBT}XT ‘BLIBIY BURG ayLT “SUDIWAPIIIO SLUNUMUWOD */) 1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 341 of granules at the hinder edge. Posterior side of forearm with large scutes in at least one row.—Consequently these specimens combine the intensified features of the C. gularis group. The immature have 6 clear whitish stripes, and faint brownish spots in the very dark, almost black first and second fields. The centre-field 3—3 is also black, with a short white centre streak on the nape and neck, and this streak is in one specimen continued upon the back by a double row of pale spots ; in another it is continued as a dull unpaired stripe. These variations demonstrate the possibility of 7 to 8 stripes in all.—In the 88 mm. specimen all the stripes are reduced to faint lines on the neck. The rest of the back shows a uniformly black ground with numerous whitish spots in about 10 rows; the thighs are similarly spotted. In the oldest specimen (97 mm.)the ground-colour is very dark, blackish, with numerous, very conspicuous white and bluish round spots in 10 or 1] rows. The three pairs of stripes are faintly visible on the neck, where the spots are far less pronounced. Throat and collar are pink. Rest of under parts, including the arms, blue-black, mottled with particoloured scales. Tail bluish beneath. This 97 mm. specimen much resembles a 90 mm. specimen from Lerdo, near Torreon; this town would, with our present state of knowledge, represent the North-eastern limit of the typical C. communis. The collar of the Zerdo specimens is composed of large scales, without granules. Throat of the adult red-pink ; sides of collar erey. Rest of under parts, including thighs, blue-black with whitish scale-edges. Tail bluish_—Above: the smaller specimen with 6 complete stripes and a pale centre-line. Double rows of grey-brownish spots in the dark fields. In the larger specimen the stripes have disappeared completely ; ground-colour black, with numerous bluish-white spots, arranged in rows, from neck to tail. Sides of trunk with black and light bars, some of which reach far upon the back. Ixtlan.—The specimens were collected by Dr. Buller near the River Santiago, near the confines of the State of Jalisco and the Territory of Tepic, at altitudes from 1500 to 3500 feet. This district is sandy, rather tropical, and produces much vegetation. It is remarkable that none of these specimens belongs to the essen- tially spotted-colour variety, but ends in the partly cross-barred type. The evolution of the dorsal pattern proceeds as follows :—They start with 6 to 8 pale stripes and black-brown fields. Pale, light- brown spots in one or two rows appear in all the fields, proceeding from behind forwards. Against the inside of the third pair of stripes appears a double series of blackish spots. Stripes 2 and 3 become dull, and within each of these stripes appear, or remain, white spots. The field-spots become pale, buff or whitish, and then they become transversely confluent within each field. Ulti- mately alternate black and whitish cross-bars are produced, which, reaching from the flank through stripe 1, through field I., through stripe 2, cause a cross-barred appearance. This procedure much resembles that of the typical C. meaxicanus. 23* 342 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION | Mar. 20, In opposition to the essentially spotted variety of C. communis, the Ixtlan specimens retain a fair amount of their stripes. For instance, in the largest specimen the fourth pair is still retained ; but the first and second stripes are mostly dissolved into white spots, in the way characteristic of C. communis. The throat is white, sometimes pink, or even with a strong brick-reddish tinge ; collar whitish ; body in the adult chequered, especially on the flanks. The thigh-stripe breaks up early. Tail beneath either reddish or bluish. Sierra de Nayarete.—Dr. Buller collected the five specimens in Ranchos, in the walls of corrals, on the eastern side of the Sierra, at an altitude of about 4600 feet, apparently in open, treeless surroundings. ‘These are the specimens referred to im my paper (Proe. Roy. Soc. 1903, p. 118) under C. bocourti, and as aberrantly coloured; but they belong undoubtedly to the C. communis. Supraoculars 4; collar composed of large scales; forearm with typical scutes. There is much individual variation in these few, probably all adult, specimens :— 85 mm. Stripes 1 and 2 broad and conspicuous, white ; stripe 3 narrow and complete; 4th pair narrow, somewhat zigzag, enclosing a black centre-field. The fields are black- brown, with very faint red-brown spots. There is an extra white line below stripe 1, extending from the ear towards the thigh! Throat and collar pale, yellowish, with dusky mottling! Chest and belly still yellow. ‘Tail bluish beneath. 93 mm. Stripe lis nearly gone; stripes 2 and 3 are being dissolved into whitish spots; the 4th pair is still complete. Fields with large round yellow-brown spots in double rows. Throat and collar yellow, much mottled with black! Chest, belly, preanal region, and thighs yellow, chequered with black. 97 mm. Stripe | is lost, stripe 2 much broken up; stripes 3 and 4 still present. Large pale brown spots in the fields. Throat and collar mottled black and yellow! Rest of under parts with much black and blue pigment, chequered with yellow. Tail bluish black. 98mm. Stripes 1 and 2 are quite gone; only narrow traces of the others. With about 10 rows of large round yellow spots on a uniformly black ground. Under parts like the 97 mm. specimen. 98mm. The 6 stripes are still well preserved, but getting dissolved into white spots. Two rows of pale spots in the blackish first and second fields. The broad, unicoloured mid-field is bordered by black dots. General ground-colour olive-grey. Throat and collar yellowish white. Chest and belly much pigmented with black and blue. Tail red.—This male specimen was caught at a different rancho, and it is distinguishable from the previous four specimens by the presence of a frenocular, a very unimportant character. Presidio, south-east of Mazatlan in Sinaloa,—Presumably the 1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 343 specimens collected by Forrer are related to the Tepic and Jalisco Cnemidophorus. ‘They possess 6 white or whitish stripes, with faint field-spots which increase in number with age. There is no trace of a fourth pair of stripes, and no breaking-up of the stripes into spots is indicated, not even in the largest specimens. The throat is sometimes speckled with dark pigment; chest and abdomen are chequered blue-black and white. The tail is reddish beneath. Zapotlan in Jalisco, between Guadalajara and Colima. (‘Text- fig. 77 A.)—Throat across the middle with a dull bluish tinge ; lower throat whitish, and mottled with grey. Collar bluish, except the large row of scales which is white. Upper chest blue with white edges to the scales. Rest of body black, chequered with white. ‘Tail beneath very dark, all the whitish scales having much blue-black pigment. Under surface of arms blue-black with whitish patches.—Upper parts :—First specimen: 6 complete dull stripes ; mid-field dark grey, bordered on each side by a row of black spots. Fields I. and II. black, with irregular rows of large, round, grey spots. None of the stripes is dissolved into spots, but whiter Spots are visible in the second stripe. The second specimen is beautiful. There are no traces of stripes left. Neck and shoulders are dusky. The whole back shows about 10 rows of large round yellowish-white spots upon a dark ground. Smaller yellow spots on the rump, thighs, legs, and upon the first two inches of the tail. On the sides of the chest the black colour forms cross-bars because the rows of large pale spots below the first stripe are transversely confluent. This specimen conforms exactly with Cope’s typical C. communis, whilst the first, also a male, scarcely shows the characteristic development of spots within the stripes. Unfortunately I did not catch a single specimen at or near Zapotlan, but I saw several in the striped and in the spotted condition. Tuxpan (text-fig. 79 A), south of Zapotlan.—Fourth supraocular very small, Throat tinged with bluish across the middle ; collar bluish white. Rest of under parts, including arms and thighs, dark blue with some white specks on the flanks. ail blue all round, The ground-colour of the upper parts olive-brown, with 6 dull stripes, each of which is broken up into whitish beads. The first and second fields with conspicuous black cross-patches. Mid-field olive-brown, with a few small black specks along the inside of the third pair of stripes. Numerous small, whitish spots on rump, thighs, and tail, and a few such spots in the second field. This specimen, having lost most of the small white spots on the back, in conformity with the prevalence of olive- brown ground-colour, is in the incipient tiger-stage, connecting in this respect the Colima specimen (C. communis coper) with the 88 mm. specimen from Patzcuaro (text-fig. 77 B). Puebla. Nine specimens collected by Dr. Meek near the town of Puebla on the railway embankments.—Throat and collar white Text-fig. 77. 344 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [Mar. 20, or pink. Chest and belly white, and chequered with blue owing to the dark bases of the scales. Tail beneath yellowish white. Immature with 6 stripes, of which t narrow. Pale faint field-spots appear appear in the evanescent stripes and pr he third pair is dull and late. Then whitish spots oduce a spotted stage with ‘s occidentalis; Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Cnemidophorus communtr b) +o, the most conspicuously spotted specimen. from Durang from Puebla. C D, EH, F from Zapotlan from Patzcuaro. A B 1906.] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 345 many, about 10 or more, rows of whitish-blue spots, especially numerous on the lower back, rump, and thighs, upon a very dark ground. In large and old specimens the ground-colour becomes olive-grey, with bold transverse black tiger-bars across the middle of the trunk ; the white stripes and spots having changed completely into grey. The black pigment encroaches upon the breaking-up stripes, and the neck of some old specimens tends to become monochrome. There is no doubt that this clan of rather large-sized Lizards conforms more with C. g. communis than with C.c. balsas. It is all the more interesting that these Puebla lizards come to resemble the more or less tiger-barred specimens of C. c. balsas (which are probably their neighbours) if they pass beyond the white-spotted stage. Patzcuaro (text-fig. 77 B), south-west of Morelia, in Michoacan. —The smallest specimen with 6 complete stripes and a broad mottled mid-field. In the gravid female and in the adult male the stripes are broken into streaks or numerous spots, bluish- white and similar spots have appeared in the fields. Chest and belly suffused with blue owing to the underlying dark pigment. Acambaro, north-east of Morelia. Only one immature speci- men, collected by Dr. Meek.—Still with 6 very sharp, white stripes; pale spots just appearing in the outer and in the second fields. Celaya, north of Acambaro, west of Queretaro: 4 specimens collected by Dr. Meek; largest about 75 mm.—With 6 whitish stripes ; the younger specimens still without field-spots, but new whitish spots appear in the older, still immature specimens ; chest and belly blue, with white-edged scales. Throat and collar white. San Juan del Rio. 3 specimens, Dr. Meek; 70-76 mm. Guanajuato. 6 specimens in the British Museum, collected by Dr. Dugés, three of which only 48 to 50 mm.—These very young forms have 6 very sharp white stripes and very dark spotless fields. Faint pale brown spots in one row appear in the first and second dark brown fields of the 62 mm. specimen. In the two 86-87 mm. specimens the field-spots are white, very sharp and more numerous; and in one of these specimens numerous small white specks have appeared within some of the three pairs of stripes, which themselves have become dull. Unfortunately most of the specimens from Acambaro to Guanajuato are young, or immature, whilst few, if any, are adult. However, the fact of a gravid female from Patzcuaro seems to indicate that all these lizards belong to a rather small race. The breaking-up of the stripes into whitish spots, characteristic of C. communis, is clearly shown at Patzcuaro and at least in one specimen from Guanajuato. It is impossible, with the present material, to say whether the lizards of Acambaro, Celaya, and San Juan del Rio represent the transition from C. communis to C. mexicanus var. balsas, or whether they are potentially C. com- ny 346 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, munis and lead on to the Puebla clan, in which the characters of C. communis are again intensified. There is still a gap between San Juan del Rio and Puebla, a distance of 150 miles, whence no Cnemidophori have been recorded. I myself have never seen a single specimen in the Valley of Mexico, an absence due no doubt to the high eleva- tion, the limit for this genus being apparently near 7100 feet. Dr. Meek found them in abundance near Puebla, 7100 feet, but the Capital, itself in the depression of the so-called valley, lies some 300 feet higher. San Juan’s elevation is 6000 feet, and any way thence to Puebla would imply an ascent of more than 8000 feet, an elevation which may well be prohibitive to any species of Cnemidophorus. At Amecameca, which lies at this altitude, I looked for them in vain. It is therefore more likely that the Puebla clan have arrived there by some roundabout way at present unknown. But it is certain that there is no communication between them and those of Yautepec and Cuantla in Morelos, although the distance would be less than 40 miles. Consequently it seems rather likely that the spotted clan at Puebla, with its isolation from the other C. commumis, represents acase of convergent evolution. Cc. balsas itself is a case of isolation ; they are restricted to the basin of the Balsas, bounded on the north by the impassable barrier of high mountains, the southern fringe of the Central plateau, and on the south by the Sierra Madre del Sur, the low pass of which, at Los Cajones, these lizards just manage to .cross, but they do not descend beyond, into the Coastal region. What happens to these Creme- dophori 11 Western Michoacan, whether they change or not, into the western form, remains for the present unknown. The same applies to the zoologically undiscovered wide districts of the upper basin of the Balsas. CNEMIDOPHORUS COMMUNIS CoPEr. (Text-figs. 78 A, C, E.) Differing from C. commis occidentalis by the increased number of humeral and femoral rows, greater number of pores, and larger size of the body. Although these are differences of degree only, they are signi- ficant because they lead to and are combined with further modi- fications which change such lizards in Oaxaca and on the Isthmus into a form to which the name of communis is no longer applicable. Of the specimens described in the accompanying table (p. 348), only those from Colima, Manzanillo, San Domingo de Guzman, and apparently those from the island of Cozumel, conform wate C. communis copet. Possibly those mentioned by Cope from Guatemala may exhibit the same characters, especially the forearm scutes. Cope’s types, about 40 specimens, were sent to Washington by Xantus, who had collected them in the State of Colima, Western Mexico. In the original description, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 95, it is stated that C. communis has a frenocular, large post- 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 347 antebrachial scutes, 8 to 9 rows of femoral scales; and from p- 606 of his posthumous work, 1900, the number of pores is to Cnemidophorus communis; Field Mus. Nat. Hist. be inferred as 19-23. In the paper of 187% he says: “ Olive, with 6 light bands with light spots in the intervals, the former salis, from Laguna. i, from Manzanillo. E = C. communis copei, from Colima. unis copet C. communis austi C. com) ei, from Manzanillo. identalis, trom Lake Santa Maria, Chihuahua. C. communis cop B = C. communis oce A [ Mar. 20, DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION 348 98 Irooaseca “ | “EL “99 “UL 8P aie EEX) ul AGEN) OfL fo col | Saapacaseaeatene “c I0L Pe eee ee ee eee cc OOT les ce 66 | wee its 86 lls00 000600,.000000 ce 4 POW AC SL ee ee ee eee eee wees SvUNSB'T (‘uiut) | ‘poururexa suauttoeds ‘YySueyT = jo zaquimu pues AyI[BI0TT *re[N90 4ST €6/BS 4 ‘9 S 2 ‘][BUs 4sar “ASIET Z YIM pasn iy ‘99UY OF sra8.iey ATquadeosed ysnf | « *1O[[BUIS 61/61 | pusyxe yorya JO g ‘9 SENOHELO| UO’ SB fawpnuBy | 5u1y308 Aypenpeas'y, POG set €Z/GS | "8.10 J | SATNUBIS posre[Ua AIUSIS | ‘soTURIS | P/GS | ue Ou pesayyue JO SMO (eres | sf 66/66 8 . : yOetT -: 93/96 : 8 | : es | is t0yZ| si PS/GS . oft ce ce } 8 | ‘SOTMUBLS pasle[ua | Gon ( PG/ES > 6 ApJysys Jo smox [ereaeg | F 10 ¢ yw ur 6 40 8) e “soUuRIs “AT [TeNp OCP Ge ts = eee "8/L, paSavjua JO SMOX [BIBAVG | -BIT SuIsvaioep “TB UL J | “quasad gd | ea Cae ae parnnaes eee & = salvos Jo WLIBa.L0F evan ae R Bet solo SMOA [B.LOULO IT | JO apts 10L.taysog | sayBos FO SMOL [BLOWIN FT | IB NIOUIL | “SUDAYSND SUUNUWULOD *) | ees oer Gee | % me am 3 ‘souosAjod P2/SS *g 0} 8 | paSavpua JO SMOI SUOCT gE 6048 *yuasod OS1BT | CS/PS seeee . °g “e ce “ “ce “‘quasald ee ve ‘saqMos Moy “TOT [VUIS srBNUBIS aymMb | B Sutsopous ‘souosAjod Apgdnaqe yso.t ‘acivy aspa ‘salvos 96/&S ross + | paBiv[Ue JO SMOI [RIOAIG | F 10 g ySAE +L Ody LEONG Tews woe Y | MOT[BUIS SUII4065 ‘SaTNUBIS OU CG/TS “IB[NGLI g |" SayNos FO SMOL [BAOAG | AT[VUpeLs “G Jnoqy “quesolg ‘OBIT ; *saTBos Jo “ULIBALOT | *saTBOS JO : ; ecu SMOL [BLOW jo opls 101104s0g SMOL [BAOUIN FT yeoman BAUS) | seems UNG LET “Snug yS] O6T dh | ‘uemzn4y op osuttuog urg T Sn Pela OT Heese QTTTURZURPL TL SUN Pet g8 OA, T “SUN PINT Fa oe VUITTON (“utu1) ‘paururexe susurtoeds ‘yysuery =| jo aaquinu pue AppeRoorTy *1aL09 SYUIUWULOD *; 349 IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 1906.) ‘9g | ‘souosAjod pasiepus yony, e+e “quasal ‘sauosAjod *[BarOT WLAN | aS1vyl Surpunotms sapnu poasng Apz.1ed 4707 ‘g -wis [euossjod paSivpug | e+e £ quesoid 4ysiy *saulos “qUOSGe JV LI/9T : ‘g -AJod pasiepua jo 1e4snyQ | e+e :quosaid yysryy | ‘aqMos [BUD /euo SuUIpuModims sopnu | 9T/ST pau cose ee ‘g -eis yeuosAjod pasaivpug e+e | “quesaad gyory ‘sauosdpod oSavy YL T | ST/9T aa 9 SS9yNOS OSIVE YJIM [| “sMOI T[VUUS Z puL aSILT F | “quasadg “UZLNOIOG SYUMUUWOD ° () ‘ "sao -Ajod aaypeuts Jo smo i Cece || he Rtas ae 9 | taq10YS OMY YILM MOA se Eee eee Sa ea ae “aay OF SIG auo 10 ‘sauoSATod GG ptezxe YIM Jog Y| c1q JO SMOX qaoyS OMT, ae SS a are eYatsdtiteteofel! 6 (it 66 TR UL 6G ay “san “BIS pasivpua ATYSITS P6/VS “IB[NGIU G04 Bg) ATOA jo sMOI AULT | ‘[[BUIS [e1oANS puR asuRT 9 ++ ‘MOQ[A ABOU SeTNUV.LS €6/8S “AB[N.SAAII G 07 8 | posavjue ApQYSys A194 y ‘5 ++ “LOT TBULS 06/16 See Ge pales “ores KT10 senuBy | 3u1V308 Ajpenpeas “g 10 g de tt ‘saTNU 61/0% es eS ‘| -BIS pasiejue jo hae ‘IGIL] E ‘TB UI G 10 g ++ i "Go bshae [2 ‘se[NURIS pasielua IZ “4797 9 |ATQY SIS A19A JOSMO.L [RIAN ss Bi ++ ‘so[NUBIS pasie[ua Jo 61/0G ss ‘IB[NSII J | MOQTa Avo SMO [BIOARG S 8 00 ‘So[NUBIS pose] -ua ATJOUTYSIP JO 4SLtA *puryaq 9T/LT as % ‘Z| 0} Moja Worf sMmor g| [[eWs AUBUL pue adie, E +4 ‘soTnuvis ras1ey A[qiyde0 “AvTNOO YITAL 1Z/1S S ss *4,0}.9|} -aed ysnf Jo sMo1r amg ‘roT[BUIs ATTenpeas ‘g | pasny jer + 4YSyy 61/6L ce “ 9 Pere eee eee eens rejnuvas IV 118 ul 6 10 8 + fk LL €8 OVI 8éT ‘S650 JIM ‘06 TZ G4 "S550 9A | “69 69 19 6g d00'GN9 000600 Gon 000BBN 005 ‘ec BOBXB() ‘T ‘eddy, Ree cc OOIXOTA ,, ‘% ‘sodAy, cc BIULOFTTEY) ,, (¢adoa sxunmmoa “p) | G wees cerns Jeumnzog “ec ‘ST “IMG “ oe (73 “ee oe (73 (73 (73 (t3 300 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, breaking up into spots in the adult male.” Further, there are two varieties of this lizard :—‘ I. With rows of light spots in the female; in the male the stripes break up into round spots ; known from Colima and from Coban in Guatemala.” [These I distinguish as C. communis copei.rH.G.] “II. No spots, and the bands are unbroken, resembling the young of var. 1.” Such are said to be known from Guadalajara, Cordova, Guate- mala, San Antonio. Which of the various places called Cordova and San Antonio are meant, is left to our imagination. There is a San Antonio in Western Yucatan; but Cope became very vague about his C. communis, as shown by the fact that in Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1885, p. 379, he returned this kind as from Matamoros, and from 8. Antonio in Texas! Concerning this second variety, its definition is too vague; the indifferent cha- racters apply to the young of almost any C. gularis in the widest sense; but Cope at that time thought that the possession of a frenocular plate was a distinctive character of his C. communis. He partly amended this in his paper in Proc. Am, Phil. Soe. xxiii. 1886, p. 283, where he managed to describe the various evolutionary stages and individual variations of the true C. gularis as 4 subspecies, and those of his future C. scalaris as 2 subspecies. This, again, he has partly amended in his posthumous work. ‘The synonymy has consequently become rather intricate. In Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. xvii. 1893. p. 47, it is stated that C. communis, from Colima, “reaches a larger size than any others of the C. gularis, and its peculiar coloration of small (or sometimes large) yellow spots on a dark olive ground gives it a very distinct appearance.” Lastly, in Cope’s key of his subspecies of C. gulavis, p. 601 in his posthumous work, C. g. communis, from “ South-western Mexico,” is diagnosed as follows :—* Stripes broken up into rows of spots ; interspaces with yellow spots; hind legs with or without yellow spots; no posterior femoral stripe ; a frenorbital ; 5 or 6 infra- labials ; large.” T have examined the following few specimens, which I refer to as C. communis copet, since they seem to conform most completely with Cope’s types. One specimen from Colima (text-fig. 78 E).—Throat white ; scales of the large collar with bluish bases. Part of under parts blue, with white edges to the scales. Tail blue all round. Ground- colour above blue-grey, without any black bars or black spots. There are remnants of six faint stripes, each broken up into a row of white spots, and there is one row of whitish spots in each field. Total number of rows of spots about 12. Thighs above and behind, and root of tail, with smaller spots. One specimen from San Domingo, [sthius.— With many small, rather irregular yellow spots on the root of the tail, thighs, rump, and lower back. Further forwards these pale spots disappear and faint dark spots appear in the dark brown fields, together with traces of the vanishing stripes 1 and 2. The region of the 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 351 original mid-field is pale greenish, without any spots.—This speci- men has obviously entered the monochrome stage on the anterior half of the body; a feature not uncommon in exceptionally large specimens of various kinds of Cremidophorus. ; Two specimens from Manzanillo, the harbour of Colima.—Both are remarkable for the smaller scales which compose the principal row of the collar, the edge of which is formed by several complete rows of small granules. One specimen has 4/4 supraoculars, followed by several rows of small granules behind; in the other the 4th left supraocular is tiny, whilst on the right side the 4th or posterior is split into two. This is interesting because it represents a condition leading to the 3/3 supraoculars which are normal in C. immutabilis and deppet, in either of which, however, about 10 per cent. show a fourth supraocular as abnormal. In the larger Manzanillo specimen (text fig. 78 C) the sides of the whitish collar are lead-coloured; on the back are 7 bluish- white stripes, each broken up into a row of paler spots connected by duller portions. Besides a series of larger irregular spots below stripe 1, there are no whitish spots in any of the fields except a few spots in field I. The ground-colour of the back and of the thighs and upper surface is uniform dark blue-grey. The smaller specimen (text-fig. 78 A) has 6 clear bluish-white stripes running from head to rump, and a short central stripe from head to mid-back partly dissolved into whitish mottlings. The fields are all uniform blackish without any trace of spots. These two Manzanillo specimens are consequently very much like C. mmutabilis, from which they differ only by the possession of polygones or scutes on the posterior side of the forearm. One might be inclined to assume that in this coastal district of Colima the transition from C. immutabilis into C. communis coper takes place; just as much as in certain parts of Oaxaca there are large Cnemidophori which might be interpreted either as the most aberrant clans of C. communis trending towards C’. bocourti and C. mexicanus, or as aberrant C. immutabilis and guttatus, which assume characters typical of C. communis. Such are the C. communis var. australis. But to return to these Manzanillo specimens. Although the whole stretch of lowland from Manzanillo to Acapulco, a distance of 350 miles, is zoologically unknown, the fact remains for the present that the nearest bona fide specimens of COC. immutabilis were found more than that distance away from Manzanillo, namely by myself still further east of Acapuleo. I do not doubt that they extend much further west along the coast, but I also know that the lower Balsas flows through a broad belt of dense forest of a size and type sufficient to exclude these lizards. Cope’s statement that his C. communis occurs also at Coban in Guatemala is as worthless as that of Bocourt that he had C. mexicanus from Salama in Guatemala. It is quite possible, but until these specimens are critically examined comment is use- less, We know that quite a number of Reptiles and Amphibians 352 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION { Mar. 20, which are typically at home in Mexico extend far into Central America, occasionally cropping up very locally—a sporadic dis- tribution most likely due to our want of data. Two specimens ( Brit. Mus.) from the Island of Cozumel, east coast of Yucatan, have to be referred to C. communis copei until more Cnemidophori * * from the huge peninsula of Yucatan have been collected. There are 4 supraoculars. The collar-scales form complete rows, but are distinctly small, as in the Cuicatlan specimens, with which those of Cozumel agree also in the number of femoral rows and pores. The large polygones on the forearm agree with those of San Domingo and Colima. There are 7 pale stripes on the back, all narrow and still complete, but each stripe contains small white specks, and similar small specks are numerous in the fields, on the rump and on the thighs. It is noteworthy that several of the upper labials are denti- culated, exactly as in the C. deppei specimens from the same island ! CNEMIDOPHORUS COMMUNIS AUSTRALIS. (Text-figs. 62 C, D; 64C,D; 65 F; 79 B,C.) Diagnosis: like C. copei, but with entirely granular forearm. Seven specimens collected by Dr. Meek at Lagunas, a station a little further east than San Domingo, still on the western slope of the Isthmus.—They agree with the typical C.c. copei in the large number of femoral pores, of femoral and humeral rows, composition of the large-scaled collar, the large average size of the adults, and by the colour-pattern; but they differ without exception by the complete absence of any scutes or enlarged polygones on the posterior side of the forearm. It is to be remembered that this character is not very reliable in Southern Mexico; see certain specimens of C’. mexicanus from Cuautla, Sojutla, and Oaxaca, and of C. communis occidentalis from Puebla. In some of the 7 specimens the 4th supraocular is very small. The evolution of the colour-pattern seems to proceed as follows :— In the youngest specimens the first and second pairs of stripes are still white and complete, quite conspicuous ; the third stripe is becoming faint and breaks up into white spots on the lower back and rump. FieldsI. and II. are still black, without any spots. Thighs above still without specks; behind reddish, with spots or traces of a pale stripe. In specimen 98 mm., stripes 3 and 2 are fading or becoming grey from the neck backwards, neck and shoulders becoming grey. Small whitish spots appear in one or two rows in fields I. and IT. * OC. angusticeps Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. xvii. 1877, P. 95. The four specimens seem to be the only Cremidophori known from “ Yucatan. According to Cope they are like his C. communis, but distinguished by the very narrow parietal and interparietal plates. Four supraoculars. Edge of collar composed of large scales. Frenocular present. Ground-colour black, and fields much wider and not broken up. The stripes send off lateral processes which give the dark ground-colour a very broken character. Fields green. Adult male of the size of C. communis and C. guttatus. 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 353 on the lower back and rump, others in stripe 3, in the mid-field and upon the thighs. Ground-colour brown, with dark bars in fields I. and IJ. Specimen 99 mm. About 12 rows of small whitish spots on the lower back and rump &e, Neck and anterior half of trunk dusky, marbled with dark cross-bars. Specimens of 100-105 mm. Back dusky, on neck and shoulders with large dark spots or with dark cross-bars. All the stripes are dissolved into small white or yellow spots on the lower back, rump, and root of the tail; ground-colour warm reddish-brown, Text-fig. 79. Cnemidophorus communis occidentalis and C. c. australis. A=C. communis occidentalis, from Tuxpan; Field Mus. Nat. Hist. B=C. communis australis, 138 & 140 mm., from Cuicatlan; Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Specimen 130 mm. Whole neck, shoulders, and mid-back uniformly dusky greenish; sides of back rich brown with many small whitish specks, which extend also over the lower back and rump. Legs and thighs above bluish, with many small spots. The throat is pale, partly with a pink tinge, especially in the largest specimen; collar white, mottled with blue. Chest and abdomen soon become mottled or chequered, each scale becoming dark blue or black, but retaining a whitish edge. The terminal half of the tail is red in all specimens. Twelve specimens collected by Dr. Meek near Cuicatlan. (Text- figs. 64 C; 65 E; 69 B, C.)—This is a station of the Mexican 354 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, Southern Railway, about 70 miles N.W. of the town of Oaxaca, and situated almost at the bottom of the deep depression in which collect the head-waters of the River Papaloapan, which mighty river empties itself into the lagoons near Alvarado, south of Vera Cruz. The bottom of the depression is only 600 metres, about 1900 feet, above sea-level, and a rather steep ascent leads to the plateau of the Valley of Oaxaca, 1600 m. = 5250 feet, with an intervening ridge of still oveater height. Wovends the north-west the ascent out of the gorge is more gradual, but it reaches, before Puebla, an altitude of nearly 8000 feet. To the west is a succession of high mountains. The climate in this long depression is very hot, - thoroughly tropical, but of the dry type, as shown by the prevalence of Organ-cactus, small Mimosas, and scrubby Acaci las, with scanty low vegetation on the red, gravelly rubble which oy ms the subsoil. Weare still in complete zoological ignorance about the country for at least 120 miles all around Cuicatlan, except the neighbour- hood of the town of Oaxaca. There occur only C. mexicanus and C. bocourti; to the east of the depression are dense mountain- forests, in which lower down lives only C. guttatus with Ameiva ; at Puebla lives C. communis occidentalis, which in its striking pattern, but not structurally, bears a great resemblance to the Cuicatlan specimens. Supraoculars always 4, followed behind by many small granules, especially when (3 specimens) the posterior supraocular is ex- tremely small, almost reduced to the vanishing point. Frenocular present in 11 specimens; two specimens have a frenocular on the right side only ; in the 12th, a young specimen, the frenocular of both sides is fused with the first preocular. Collar (text-figs. 64 C, 65 F) composed of mostly medium-sized to rather small scales, sometimes passing quite gradually into the gulars. In nearly all specimens at least some granules are visible between the seales of the posterior border, and sometimes these granules form a complete row. But in the largest specimen, and in one of 72 min., the scales forming the edge are distinctly large. Humerus covered in front with many rows of scales, about 8 to 10 in all; sometimes they decrease in size from before backwards, and as a rule the hindmost rows are continuous with the slightly enlarged granules of the forearm; but in most cases some of the front rows, either 2, mostly 3, rarely 5 or 6, are distinctly larger than the rest. Forearm covered in front with 23, mostly 3, complete rows of scutes. Forearm, posterior surface, never covered with scutes or scales. In 5 specimens the granules are almost imperceptibly larger than the rest; in 5 other specimens are several rows of slightly en- larged granules, either near the elbow or near the wrist ; only in 2 specimens enlarged polygonal granules form three long rows. Femur.—The rows of scales show a continuous variation from 6 to 9. 6 occurred 3 times; 6 to 7 irregular twice; 6 right, 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 305 7 left once; 7 regular 3 times; 8 to 9 irregular twice; 9 regular rows once. ‘The average is consequently rather high. Tibia with 23, mostly 3, rows of scutes. Femoral pores: ranging from 17/16 to 24/24 each once, 19 twice, 20/19 twice, 21/20 twice, 21/22 once, and 23 twice. Average distinctly high, about 21. Size.—The 12 specimens range from 48 mm. to 138 and 140 mm., thetwo largest being exceptionally fine males. A female of 90 mm. and another of 69 mm. with eggs. Coloration of under parts.—The throat is yellowish, or clearly pink. The collar of the female is whitish, sometimes with a blue tinge on the sides; in the medium-sized males quite black, but pink lke the chest in the two largest specimens. The chest and abdomen change from whitish or leaden hues through mottled blue to uniform blue-black in the males. This dark pigmentation extends upon the arms and thighs, and partly upon the preanal region. The under surface of the tail, at least its distal half, is yellow to red. Pattern and coloration of wpper surface.-—These lizards start with 3 pairs of stripes, of which only the Ist and 2nd are whitish, whilst the 3rd is dull. Frequently there is a grey central stripe, bordered with black. The fields are black, at first spotless. Faint pale spots appear later. When the specimens have passed about 70 mm. in length a few small, but sharply marked, white-blue spots appear in the fields I. and IT., and stripe 1 is quite broken up into large black and white patches Then stripe 2 is transformed into a series of round blue-white spots, whilst stripe 3 fades away, leaving a very broad mid-field region 2-2, which is green with blackish tiger-bars. Or, all the stripes are broken up into rows of large white-blue spots, and large tiger-bars run right across the back from flank to flank, producing a strikingly handsome pattern upon the otherwise almost uniform dark olive ground (text-fig. 79 B, C). The continuation of stripe 1 on the hinder side of the thigh breaks up early mto pale spots, which disappear in the largest specimens. The change of pattern from youth to age of these Cuicatlan Lizards is absolutely different from that of C. mexicanus, and still more from that of C. immutabilis and guttatus, while it agrees with that of C. communis. C. bocourti, although geographically the nearest so far as at present known, is structurally too different. The same applies to the C. communis occidentalis with its out- lying clan of Puebla. These Cuicatlan specimens differ much more from those of Puebla than from those of Lagunas ; in fact, the only difference is the frequent occurrence of a smaller-scaled collar with a granular edge in the Cuicatlan specimens: but since in some of them the collar-scales are as large as in those of Lagunas, the importance of this character vanishes. The same applies to the number of femoral rows and the pores, which varies considerably. Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XXIV. 24 396 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, Thus it has come to pass that some of these Cuicatlan specimens (those with very small 4th supraocular, small collar-scales, and granular edge, entirely granular forearm, and with only 6 femoral rows) have become so different from the typical C. communis of Colima, that nobody could or would refer them to C. communis, nor to any of the gularis-group at all, if the specimens of Lagunas and San Domingo were not known. The most reliable guide happens after all, in this case, to be the colour-pattern. ; It may well be asked why the Cuicatlan specimens should not be grouped in the immutabilis lot: but, first, the collar, when large, is of the unmistakable gularis type; secondly, when the number of pores is decidedly high this feature is never associated, either in immutabilis or in guttatus, with three regular rows of femoral scales extending down to the knee; thirdly, the evolution of the pattern. Although in immutabilis and in guttatus the stripes break up into rows of spots, transverse bars are quite unknown, while again in C. mexicanus, of Oaxaca, in spite of its tiger-bars, this mode of breaking up the stripes and the appearance of new white spots in their place are equally unknown. Consequently it is not due to chance that the Laguna- Cuicatlan specimens are considered as of the C. commuiis stock, modified in the direction of the typical Tierra caliente species C.immutabilis and guttatus. In short the var. australis, although in many respects intermediate, is not a true link between the gularis-communis and the immutabilis-deppei groups, but is the terminal outlier of the former. CNEMIDOPHORUS COMMUNIS BocoURTI Blgr. (Text-fig. 80.) Diagnosis.—4 supraoculars. Collar composed of large scales, which form the edge. Humerals 6; femorals 5 to 6. Posterior side of forearm with some large polygones or scutes. Pores 15-18. About 12 rows of small yellow spots on red-brown ground-colour. Length about 100 mm. Oaxaca. Unfortunately the three type-specimens in the British Museum are without satisfactory localities. One is from ‘“ Mexico,” the others were got by ‘‘ Cumming, California,” a locality which may safely be dismissed as erroneous. In 1902 I caught three speci- mens in the outskirts of the town of Oaxaca, indistinguishable from the types of this well-marked lizard. Boulenger gives the number of femoral rows as 8 or 9, but according to the plan adopted throughout this paper, 7. e. counting from the row nearest the pores to the largest row on the anterior side of the thigh and not beyond, there are only 6 or 5 rows. Throat and collar are pale with a greenish tinge; rest of under parts, including thighs, blue-black, mottled with bluish-white scales. General colour above warm reddish brown, turning into olive towards the shoulders and the neck; with numerous yellow, small, and sharply defined spots, which are arranged in about 12-14 longitudinal rows. These spots are most numerous on the rump, extending also upon the root of the tail and over the 1906. ] IN MEXIUAN LIZARDS. B35 // whole thigh; towards the shoulders they become scarcer, and further forwards they disappear, while faint traces of the original pale stripes 1 and 2 remain visible. it In very old specimens the spots are small and irregular, re- stricted to the lower back, rump, and thighs, the rest of the back being spotless brown with a warm reddish tint. Text-fig. 80. Cnemidophorus bocourti from Oaxaca. There is no doubt that the original stripes become dull and merge into the ground-colour, whilst new spots of pale tissue develop in these stripes, and a row of equally numerous spots 1s developed in each field and below stripe 1. The spots remain small and do not become confluent. The evolution of the pattern is the same as that of O. communis in general, but it also recalls C. guttatus. Structurally, however, C. bocourti forms the very 24* 358 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, opposite to C. guttatus and to those specimens of C. communis copei and C. ¢. australis from Colima, the Isthmus*, and Cuicatlan, which are very similarly coloured. In fact C. bocourti is structurally indistinguishable from many specimens of C. communis occidentalis, and from some of the C. mexicanus of the Balsas basin. Fundamentally, the evolution of its pattern is that of the former, but when most agreeing in coloration with the copei or australis varieties it differs most from these structurally; or, vice versé, when structurally most like mexicanus it is diametrically opposed to it in coloration. Upon this ambiguity rests the best claim for separate recognition of C. bocourti, which after all happens to be one of the most easily recognised forms of the whole C. gularis group. CNEMIDOPHORUS MEXICANUS Peters. (Text-figs. 69; 81 A, B, C, D, F; 82 A—-D, &c.) Diagnosis.—Large-sized C. gularis in which the original stripes do not develop pale spots, but are broken up by the encroaching black of the fields and by the transversely combining brownish field-spots, resulting eventually in a tiger-barred pattern. The most extreme development is reached in Oaxaca; this variety I distinguish as var. typica. They reach the largest size, the tiger-pattern is most pronounced, but the collar and the covering of the posterior side of the forearm are variable, inclining more towards granules. Those of the Balsas River-basin are distinguished by a strong collar, prevalence of scutes on the forearm, and far less pronounced, more incipient tiger-pattern. They seem, moreover, as fits their distribution, to pass into aberrant C. communis occidentalis. These I refer to as C. mexicanus var. balsas. It is significant that these Oaxaca specimens exhibit the same trend of variation away from their relations (decreasing collar and more granular arm-scales and tendency to tiger-pattern) as do the representatives of C. convmunis coper in the State of Oaxaca in the shape of C. ¢. australis. It is irony of fate that the three type-specimens of C'. mexicanus are all immature, and show but little of the typical features. Range.—The temperate regions of the States of Oaxaca and Guerrero, descending into the tropics of South Oaxaca and into the tropical portion of the Balsas basin. Supraoculars 4, apparently without exception; the posterior separated from the parietal plates by one row of three or four elongated granules. Frenocular variable. Collar variable. It reaches its largest development in the var. balsas, being composed of very large scales, one row of which * In my paper Proc. R. S. 1903, p. 118, I had referred to C. bocourti the large specimen from San Domingo, now mentioned as C. communis copei, p. 850; and the Nayarete specimens now described on p. 342. iter) IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 1906.] dS NO ® Sees £5) JERS Rear # oS 3 @) & Sa - © B, Se ane ® Os a aA a x 4 low esl at an © a) on 2 a 1 thout any intermed More frequently the scales of the la ge wi (text-fig. 64 B), bordered beh moderate size forms the ed 65 B. pasaepuyp «= savpnoowadns amoy — ‘syods-pyoy t ‘suzjnoovddns vaupy, ‘“sodrgs g 0F 4 YQlLAA “JUIUPUOD pu ‘snonordsiod gsout ayy st g adtays § ppay-prut p “ULIBALOF LOLaysod WO saynos pure ‘savossjod LLM ‘sauolty sory WO svsppg “AGA srupoiwaUW “Q aINYRUU]T “AV[NUBLS [[B ULIVALOF LOLIOSOg, “souoley SOTT AVG SUODUIYT WOA, seprgvgnue “Q anyVULUAT ZS “OY-4x9} AG pozuosatdot ov svovgs guondasqns oy, B pasiv[ud atv szods-pjoy [[Ap oy} !Z ‘ON uedryoqog, ce ‘TI perv Ty sppoy ur sgods qurey yt “7 ‘ONT BoeXNG “odngvULUty apjjour puv sadrays 9 YILAA ‘snaidhy snuparvauw snsoydopruar “The APSE “T ‘ON uvdvypoqoy, “sun0 x BOBXLG, WAZ UoUOads Sunod A104 19) | aa) On is that of C. sea- granules. eppei-group, differing rather much from the ypica ’ t , or even by one or more complete rows of age, the collar-type of the var. S (ab) a TS) ey jo) Z Sq a (| ~w aes ~ eS Sos “I . bus 360 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION | Mar. 20, large-scaled collar of the var. balsas and of C. communis occi- dentalis. Humerus mostly with 4 large and about as many smaller rows of scales, some of which pass gradually on the elbow into those of the posterior side of the forearm. Forearm (text-fig. 63 A~D ; 61 C).—Here prevails considerable variation. It is rarely covered entirely with granules, several rows being enlarged, although sometimes but slightly ; as a rule more obviously so that a cluster, or several rows of large polygones, are present; only in one specimen, the smallest of the types, is the one long row of large, transverse scutes in the var. typica. But in the var. balsas large scutes are much more common. The great variability, even in specimens from the same locality, is shown in the table, p. 362. Front of forearm (text-fig. 61 A, B, D).—Mostly with three complete rows of plates, rarely with only two large rows, some- times with a smaller fourth lateral row. Attention may be drawn to the peculiar arrangement (text-fig. 61 1) which was observed in a specimen from Cuernavaca and one from the southern slope of the Cajones ridge, a very good illustration of the fact that in the kaleidoscopic changes of this scutellation exactly the same arrangement may be hit upon “accidentally” in widely separated specimens. Front of tibia with 3 to 4 rows. Femur mostly with 7 rows, 3 of which extend to the knee, as is the case in C. sealineatus and C. deppet. Femoral pores mostly from 16-20; cases of 23 or 24 being quite exceptional. The males reach a great size; Scalia of 120 mm. being quite common. The lar gest, of 132 mm., from Totolapan, is one of the record specimens of ‘Onemidophor 7, surpassed only by two specimens of C. communis australis from Cuicatlan, likewise in the State of Oaxaca. CNEMIDOPHORUS MEXICANUS, Var. TYPICA. Material examined :— J. The three type-specimens in the Berlin Museum, collected by Uhde, and supposed to be from the neighbourhood of the town of Oaxaca. II. 16 specimens collected by myself a few miles to the west of Oaxaca town on oper, rather barren terrain, or on the slopes of stony ravines with scanty scrub. Til. 4 specim: .s at Totolapan, a similar terrain, near the southern foot 0° the Mexican plateau, in the Tierra caliente. Unfortunat iy all the type-specimens are young. They happen to agree with each other, and differ from those collected by myself by decidedly larger scutes on the posterior side of the forearm. Coloration.— Under parts mostly uniform pale yellowish white, with a reddish tinge on the hind limbs and on the throat, while 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 361 the under surface of the tail and the whole of its terminal half all round are of an orange to almost brick-red colour. The collar is never dark. The chest and abdomen of old specimens, especially males, are suffused with greenish or faint blue, while the basal parts of the scales are blackish. After removal of the horny portion of the epidermis, which is quite opaque, the scales appear entirely blue-black—The 61 mm. type-specimen is quite exceptional ; chest and belly being much mottled with black, this pigment being almost preponderant on the chest. Upper parts: During their growth these lizards pass through an extraordinary series of changes in their colow’s and pattern (text-figs. 69, 81, 82). Text-fig. 82. ae Cnemidophorus mexicanus typicus. A = Oaxaca No. 9. ‘Third pair of stripes partly vanishing and cut across by the increasing pale field-patches. B = Oaxaca No. 8. Third pair of stripes restricted to faint narrow traces on the neck. C = Totolapan No.3. Old specimen; completely tiger-barred. D = Oaxaca No. 16. Bp 5 op Stage A.—The young, up to about 50-60 mm., possesses three pairs of complete white stripes, sharply alternating with dark 362 “‘pordhg “WBA ‘suns */) a =) “I 4 oo "dOUY “SMOL 9A.LIT} UL SOLOS ea 91/S1 oy Ajavpnsott g@ $4) -Apod asuey Jo aoysnypo suory e+P ‘souosAod aoTpVus ‘DOU, OT} OVAL Aq popuno.ims ‘saqnos 9T/9T ZB yous Fo ‘A[uo g |} asavy AdoA FO MOA 4.AOYS OU G+e ‘IU AY} OF *SoqMS OS.1OA 6I/LT puloyxo YY Fo Eg fg | -SUBAZ OSALT JO MOL SUOT UO pt+p OG Gi era ee eee Z| ‘sopnuvas pasrvepuo AQ SI[g 3 s A *SOPMUBAS Pasavpuo —) 9T/9L ao paige oa es L|Apysys jo «oysnpo 404g sf ee S | ssttatatoads [pV ut ) dU oY} OF Puzo = 02/06 4soslvp oy} Foe: L039 | “sopnur SB paolvpua FO SMO ie sr ia] ‘sopnueas peuosApod x; 6L/8L 21 | pasavpua fO SMOL [BIOAIG es es —) “SoTNUBALS S Cie ilies sapere sce hae Z| posavpoo AYYSs AwoA ATUC # sf i) “sopnuels 3 G/kS g | peuosAjod pasavpua jo sMoxy ae) xs o) souossjod x LU/L1 g | posivpus Jo Aojsnpo 40g me ee | ‘sopuurais peuos «pod A OT/LT 4949 | pasavputo FO SMOL [R10AIG vs “ | ‘suoutoads [Lv UL | | doy at{} OF puayxo *soTMUR 0G. 0G | qSIGAV] OIF JOG $R 091, pasavpuo Apgysyps Ato A | “Ao][ BUS [R10A08 + -sa10q *Sa[BOS JO SMOL “TULUGOLOF *So[BOS JO SMOL [BLOW JO opts 1OLI0ySOg [etoun yy] ce “qQuosq Vy ce “ee “quasal ee “‘yuIsSq WV “VUISOA “TV LOOUOL 08 9000 ce ce 19 AO O ce ce < BOVXRGO) ,, “SOJT Og smuporeau “YQ jo sadcy, OOT a 09 Be tee ear D “uvdvpoqOT, OGL LU (19 O8t - e8 ce 18 ss fe se uxt (uu) “pourtaexe suautoeds Jo “yy ouary LoquMu puw AALPRoOry 1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. ; 363 brown fields. The mid-field between the narrow stripes 3-3 is pale, bordered by rows of dark specks. Stage B.—Faint, pale brown spots appear in the first and second fields, and the mid-field becomes lighter in this way that the dark. pigment is arranged in more continuous lines against the inner borders of the third stripes; and occasionally there appears a darker central streak in the broadening mid-field. Then, with a length of about 70 mm., the field-spots, which are never sharp, become lighter and more numerous, and arrange themselves in one or two rows in each field, and the pale portions of the widening mid-field become greenish. Stage C.—When the lizards approach maturity, length about 100 mm., the stripes | and 2, hitherto very conspicuous, become dull and lose their sharp contours. The pale field-spots become transversely confluent where they existed in double rows in a field, or they become enlarged transversely, so that each field is broken up into some 20 or more dark cross-bars, alternating with pale bars. Both kinds of bars encroach upon the dissolving g stripes 1, 2, and 3, whilst the remaining portions of these lines join, or merge into, the pale brown or Blige: grey, which gradually becomes the predominant ground-colour. Stage D.— Ultimately the whole back and the sides of the body assume a very complex pattern: brown, pale brown, olive, and whitish colours, mottled or vemiculated; on the whole, however, decidedly cross-barred. The black bars are of course most conspicuous, and in some cases the black bars of the right and left sides meet across the back, producing a strikingly handsome tiger-pattern. The extent to which the longitudinal stripes disappear varies much, and in the adult of both sexes the detail of the whole complicated pattern is scarcely the same in two individuals from the same locality. A noteworthy character of these lizards is the complete absence of any pale spots except those transitory faint spots in the fields of young specimens. In this respect they differ conspicuously from C’. communis and its relations, with their numerous sharply marked white, yellow, or blue spots either all over the upper surface, or at least on the rump, root of the tail, and on the thighs. The thighs of specimens from Oaxaca and "Totolapan are ‘always marbled, and the usual white stripe on the posterior side of the thigh is broken up and disappears at an early stage. CNEMIDOPHORUS MEXICANUS, var. BALSAS. (Text-fig. 83.) Number of specimens examined about 71. Within the Basin of the Balsas River, from Cuernavaca in the north to Chilpancingo in the south, the genus Cnemidophorus is, besides C. deppei, represented by a form which differs from the typical C. communis occidentalis mainly in the evolution of the dorsal pattern. It might be described as an intensified, enlarged C’. gularis of which the stripes become destroyed by invasion from the fields, whilst they are not broken up into series of light spots, 364 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION | Mar. 20, nor are such new spots developed in the stripes. Pale brown field- Spots are invariably present in youth and middle age. The collar is the strongest and most complete in the whole genus, without granules, except here and there a granule inserted between neighbouring scales of the edge. i tiger-pattern ; all traces of stripes lost. Txtla-Iguala No. 6. FEF & G=Ixtla-Iguala Nos. 11 and 12, with moderate Cnemidophorus mexicanus, var. balsas. ‘ipes and broad pale centre. y small white spots on . 4, with 7 stripes. Cuernavaca No. 1, with man Balsas No. 6, with 6 sti Juernavaca No. 3. c B=Ixtla-Iguala No A C D The evolution of the dorsal pattern is somewhat complicated in detail, owing to the considerable amount of individual variation rump, tail, and thighs. 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 365 and to the fact that many specimens stop short at a stage, while others, in other localities, pass through and beyond, when they have reached the corresponding size or age. The young start with 6 pale, sharply marked whitish stripes upon very dark, almost black ground, but the mid-field is grey, with inner dark borders, and this mid-field is frequently subdivided into one or two greenish stripes, so that the total number of stripes is 7 or 8. The fields are originally uniform dark, blackish ; then turn up pale field-spots, mostly light brown or reddish brown, in one or two rows. These spots become transversely con- fluent within each field, first in the lateral field and in field L., then in field II.; and thus the fields are cut up into irregular alternating black and brown bars. Theseshort cross-bars, restricted to within their fields, often remain imperfect ; so that the total effect is one of black and pale spots or patches. Meanwhile the stripes change from whitish to pale grey-green. The originally brownish spots and bars are likewise liable to change colour. Hither they become dull white, especially on the lateral field, or they become grey-green, especially in fields IT. and III.; those in field I. retain their brown colour longest. As a rule the stripes remain intact unless they are joined by the spreading grey-green bars. This fusion of the stripes with the spreading greenish patches and bars imitates the tendency of turning the grey-green into the prevailing ground- colour; whilst the black portions, originally the dominant colour, are henceforth allowed to grow into narrow cross-bars, which can spread over several fields by crossing the self-effacing stripes. The ultimate result is a moderate black tiger-barring upon an ever-increasing green-grey ground, which itself tends to become duller and darker. This condition is in C. mexieanus var. balsas reached but rarely, for instance by a few specimens from Chilpancingo, Rio Balsas, and Iguala. Another complication initiates what becomes the characteristic feature in C. communis. The thighs, the root of the tail, and the rump develop numerous small but conspicuous whitish spots or specks#which are partly the modified original field-spots, and, most important, white or yellowish spots which appear in the original pale stripes, hand in hand with a blackening of the ground-colour. This tendency to spottiness gradually extends fiom the rump upon the lower back and especially along the first stripe. These white or yellowish spots on thighs, root “of tail, rump, and lower back show no tendency to fuse with each other; on the contrary, they seem to become more pronounced and more numerous with age. Such specimens, all adult, are some of those from Cuernavaca, Tguala, and Chilpancingo (text-fig. 83 D, E, F). Colour of under surface.—The throat and collar are always whitish, never blue or black or mottled, but the throat is often strongly suffused with pink, especially in the adult males. Chest and abdomen are at first whitish, but they soon become suffused with blue, and the scales of the flail and belly become with age [ Mar. 20, DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION 366 e | : yey “SMOL ‘TOE ‘souoled sory | ‘OT/LL “SMOL UV[LGOLIL 9 [vurxord at]} WO sons oGAVTT | [[LUIS G PUB OIL P “quasar | “LL & | Jo Joos YAnos “uoouryy BLY LT ast.9a y |'9 Wey Sse ‘MOT OSR.IOAW | | “oq CULL Spe ae iG, | saepnooa.td OVI PIUL1oy UL 79 Sf eiigh Se =-soqnos 10 Mod octUNy | ‘qsat ayy | pug to gsT YqrA "28S Gets) AqoAO GUM 909g “ €/% ‘saqnos JosMor uietgne S Jo JSON | ULI Josie] Plog | pasnfsourrjouios | yr 4 196 6 DH 61/6L 9} ST/ST "SMOIG UNM TZ Says oyv.Aopout Jo ysany APJsour “Z ATWO v9UG | Quasqvao JUosoTT | ‘EG P ysosaery poo osurouRdyryy | “QoL LZ pur FUL B YAM T | | 0G ASRIOAW ‘9 uvyy J "8S/PZ | AaAIBAT OSVIOAW *L YIM G | E Baqngs, ISIVT JO SMOL SUOTT | 5 90IM} 16/1Z | ‘Avnsorm 4 og YM Tg - 304NS & Od. JO Lo4SnpO Suory | “pops "BL Sa £06/06*6T/OG | ‘VU oyY yorare yor | z “4SLIM 07 WAOD |-auo soturjoutos | agin Af 901 ‘1 DH S2U/S8T * L£T/LT | JO SMod repnsat9 YIM souosdjod posanpua JO sMoyy | “J 0} g | Quasqe 10 quasorg | ‘26 P ysoBaery foo skSTRE, OLY o} “c Ge | | 9 fF 8O).0) = TE ONL SMOL AoT[VUUS KG potopsoq — | ‘O6-8T ATSOW | sO here cab, fsaynos asavp AOA JO MOL OUGC “repnooaad "63/25 18) MOG SE ATL Gp Seowocneowponsnact peor GNI uO —|| “qsotouyy | 4ST (FIM Fol GE/6G | “SMOL G JIM Z SOJNIS OGAVT MOF V JO Jsoll Y | UBYZ daosavy aw Ee | ‘avpnoosad pug ‘OL OD'H ‘0¢/Ie “ ‘DU aT} YOvat eE |Z souosAjod puv soynos posavp | ysayp oyy ATPRns/ YILM posug Jolt T | “GOT ‘86 | (URNS pues ‘vygXxT “OT/LZT WIEM T | POLS fo *Z 2 g vovloay “uo ATJYSI[S JO SMOL [BIOAVG | ‘ootI0 ATUO Z 6407 Gg) “Quasaad APYSOTT qsvolvy | op aguong JO 4SaAA G 4SLIM 07 atNoyp saqnos aB.LU'T T “ue Jo E uo say Nos aDAvT] *‘qHOUYLA T Agri “= SaINdS AGI] FO 489 NT “QJO] T “QU OLL GM T ‘08 pue gg 19) 2192 N 06/06 94 L1/9T “L pUvg}T Moqja tarvou souosAyod Jo 4sa py ‘9 pue g |OPIs [Av T TIM ZG alspkenuuap Pee mesa peannneee a alo “MOqja OY “LOSAV] ‘€ “YOOTAL “6T puv BT} ‘sMot 4 099 £9 $9 09g JAMA SayNOS IISIVE JO ysoNy | E asa oy} “9 puv Ee “VUOSAT | SG eG (Giles te ~~ podarne yg, ‘sou, |p “soqnos puoadq Alo A “J OF posva.rout *JHOYYLM T LAT | at} surgovat sot ¢ |g SPER “= sayMog | 40 Te ur g ATWO | [VuarF-a posny fF | pue-9T Apsoyy "SMOL QO} f |p ots souosAlog | Ajoava { teqpeus @ se Cae eae Cen O GRE ‘TT “L997 06/06 WHIM T] 90u0 FZ pue g Apsopp) To ATWO SoTUBLD | pus eSavy E ATYSOT [pts OVO T WJIMg | 6 42 5 ysosuery po BEGMBNL) ‘SOTBOS Lo][RUUS PL Jsos.srq ayy eyes ayy ‘smot | Aq poMoT[oF pus fe Us BEG [ereaos UL ATJSOUL ‘SOqNds asa] | oSIVT G “Pp “Ee oF O68 APSO | SG OMG en 72 ULB JO afpplur 04 | aSavy [[w g uloay "C6 4sa51e| TZ/06 9% “SMOL G ATUO YUM T PePLESa.t Says FO SMOT JAOYY | | SUOTFVIIVA YRALS £99 S550 YIM ‘SL OD HH “CT/ST WIM T ‘SMOLY ATJSOP | [T SouoSATod Jo 4sou TpeUTg | yyLM {pV uty 07 g |] “guasard APSO & Jsoypeuig fo BOBABTLION) “s0.l0q, "SOTBOS FO SMO. “ULIBALOF ‘sayeos JO SMO. sau oouar (urn) “pourtvxa suauoads Jo [BLOAT JO aps LOLtaySog [v.19 UN FT | i “yysuery LoquINU puw AIIPBOOTT SDSIDQ “IBA ‘sreuporcaut 40) 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. ; 367 mottled with blackish. Although much black pigment may become deposited, it is always restricted to the deeper strata, so that the under parts never appear dark. The light stripe behind the tail is invariably broken up. The under surface of the tail is white to yellowish flesh-colour. Remarks upon the Pattern prevailing in various Localities. Cuernavaca (text-fig. 83 C, D).—The 6 principal stripes remain intact, except In specimens with many yellow spots on the rump, when stripe | is broken into white beads; and in some old males the black cross-bars invade the stripe 3. Even in the oldest specimens the black and brown cross-bars are mostly confined to their respective fields. In one handsome male the upper chest is mottled pink and blue. Cuautla—None reaches the stage in which the stripes are anywhere destroyed. The largest male shows no cross-bars, only double spots. Jojutla.—Striped ; nowhere with white spots. Ixtla and Iquala (text-fig. 83 E, F, G).—In old males the stripes are very dull; black and light cross-bars encroach upon the stripes, producing tiger-bars; with or without numerous small white spots on rump and thighs. io Balsas (text-fig. 83 A).—The stripes vanish into the ashy- brown or olive-grey ground-colour, which becomes studded with numerous small black spots on the back. On the flanks and sides of the trunk short irregular black bars alternate with grey or whitish short bars. There are no whitish spots on rump, thigh, or tail. These Balsas specimens, in their isolation, are remarkable for their general coloration and pattern, combined with a rather high number of femoral scales and pores. Chilpancingo.—Pale grey and black tiger-bars combined with vanishing first and second stripes are rather prevalent. Pale small spots are restricted to the hind hmbs. The number of femoral pores 1s rather low. Tessext 4rus-Group. Specimens examined: — C. perpleaus. 2, Brit. Mus., 72 and 69 mm.; from Bernalillo Co., New Mexico. C.. tessellatus. 2, Brit. Mus., 56 and 92 mm.; from Arizona, or New Mexico ? 1, Brit. Mus., 82 mm.; from Julian Mountains, Cal. (C. stejnegeri \ 1, Field Mus.,93mm.; from El Paso. (C. multi- scutatus.) C. maximus. 2, Brit. Mus. C.melanostethus. 2, Brit. Mus.; Fort Lowell, Arizona. 2, Field Mus.; Lerdo, Durango-Coahuila. (C. variolosus.) 368 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, Key to the Species &e. of the TESSELLATUS-Group. Nasal not touching second labial. Throat pale, not spotted. 7 stripes, no field-spots. Length 86 mm. New Mexico. C. perplexus. 8 stripes, no field-spots. Length 60 mm. Nuevo Leon. C. octolineatus. No stripes, no field-spots. Length 56 mm. Nuevo Leon. C. énornatus. Throat pale, with dark spots. Brown marbled. Length 120 mm. Lower California. C. maximus. With field-spots and stripes, ultimately spotted and barred with black and white. Length { Cee TOP ATTN ceccnsnodhobaos South-western U.S.A. Z : =stejnegeri. Becomes unicoloured, with 3 rows of blackish spots. Thighs and tail below vermilion. Length 100mm. San Margarita Island, West Lower California. C. rubidus. Throat and rest of under parts blackish. Vermiculated and spotted on bluish thzone,§ CURES Leneth 86 mm. North Mexico to Arizona. : : 2 =C. variolosus. Monochrome blackish. Length 82 mm. Sonora and San Martyr Island, | @. grentaints OfGalitouniay ee reeee eee ee 2G), cui. Nasal in contact with second labial. Only 12 or 13 pores. Length 55 mm. Cedros Island, Lower California. C. labialis. TESSELLATUS-Group. Definition.—Cnemidophorus with 4 supraoculars, a collar com- posed of many small scales, and the posterior side of the forearm covered with granules oniy. This group, centred in Sonoraland, is composed of a great number of definable forms and has a very wide distribution ; roughly speaking, from San Francisco across Nevada to the Great Salt Lake, thence south-eastwards through the whole basin of the Rio Grande down to Laredo, from El Paso to Hermosillo in Sonora, and from the southern end of Lower California again to San Francisco. Nearly the whole of this wide range is inhabited by the central form C. tessellatus with its correspondingly greatest amount of variation in structure and pattern of coloration. Almost all the other forms are rather local. CNEMIDOPHORUS PERPLEXUS Baird. Unfortunately only two specimens of this apparently least specialised kind could be examined. Some have been recorded from the Valley of the Rio Grande near and north of El Paso ; others from Pecos in Texas by A. HE. Brown, Proc. Acad. Phil. 1903, p. 547. According to Cope, the colour-characters are the possession and retention of 7 stripes, absence of pale spots in the fields, and absence of dark spots on the throat and on the rest of the under parts. Larger humeral scales in 4 rows, femorals in 6 rows, counting from the largest to the pores which number 19; size from snout to vent 86 mm. 1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 369 Two specimens in the Brit. Mus. from Bernalillo Co., New Mexico, 67 and 72 mm. in length, possess 7 complete white stripes, the central being zigzag, but there are white spots in the first and second fields. Under parts all creamy white; throat without spots. Structurally they agree with C. perplezws. Humerus with 4 rows of large scales, femur with 6 or 7 rows; anterior side of forearm and tibia with 3 rows; pores 18 and 19, Specimens from Pecos according to Brown :—Largest 64 mm. ; 7 stripes; pores 13-18, averaging 15 only. He remarks that a few of the scales (granules) of the posterior side of the forearm are sometimes a little enlarged, and that two of the specimens have “large scales on the edge of the collar” instead of granules. Brown therefore considers C. perplezus as a subspecies of CO. sexlineatus. CNEMIDOPHORUS TESSELLATUS * Say. (Text-figs. 70 & 64 A.) Length of adult 80-100 mm. Humerus with 4 or 5 large rows (Brown, 4 to 7); femur mostly with 7, rarely with 6 or 8 rows. Pores, according to Cope, 17-21, according to Brown two specimens from Pecos with 24 and 25; fifteen specimens from Alamogordo, New Mexico, with 22-25, average 23. There is a variable number of stripes which tend to become destroyed by white field-spots. Throat and rest of under parts with sparse black spots. Range. From the Coast of California to Nevada up to 6500 ft., Utah, Arizona, New Mexico, Basin of Rio Grande and Pecos in Texas. Also in Lower California and on Cedros Island. The variations of the colour-pattern are enormous and seem to be progressive, bearing several striking analogies to those observed in the gularis and deppei groups. The successive changes, mainly as pointed out and figured by Cope, are as follows. It must be borne in mind that the individuals of local clans may stop short at any of these stages, cases of Himer’s ‘‘ Genepistasis.” The young start with 6 or more stripes; the first and second of which break up into longitudinal spots, and a series of white lateral spots seems likewise frequent. White spots appear in the fields, and either join the white stripes, or they gradually break up the fields transversely. This may result in the formation of * CNEMIDOPHORUS GRAHAMI Baird & Girard. Based upon two specimens from between El Paso and San Antonio in New Mexico; two other specimens reported from Jule Cafon on the Staked Plain of Texas. According to Cope, C. stejnegeri (which itself is synonymous with C. tessellatus) differs from C. grahami in coloration only. If this were the case, the latter would also belong to the ¢essellatus-group, most likely to C. perpleaus, with which the pattern of colour agrees very well. Possibly the grahami specimens have somewhat enlarged scales forming a central cluster on the mesoptychium, as is not uncommon in C. tessellatus, e. g., from San Diego, aud this feature has been exaggerated in fig. 117 of Cope’s work. ‘The figures on pl.37 of the Mexican Boundary Comimission are too fanciful to be considered. A. E. Brown records one specimen from Pecos, Texas, with 21 pores, “almost identical with C. sexlineatus in scale characters.” 370 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, white and black ecross-bars on the flanks. The stripes prevail on the neck, shoulder, and mid-back, while spots become predominant on the rump. To such specimens applies the name of C. gracilis 1B}, dts Clg? The next question is whether the white colour becomes prevalent and represents the ground-colour, with black spots and lines; and this condition leads to an extreme in which the white ground- colour turns to dull or brownish, interspersed with black spots only, which ultimately may be counted in transverse or in longi- tudinal rows (C. rubidus, text-fig. 70 E, see p. 293). Or, the black becomes prevalent ; and this condition leads to various appearances, namely, dark-coloured white-spotted (leopards), or with a trans- verse black and white gridiron pattern on the rump, or black and white cross-barred on rump and flanks (tigers). Such leopards, gridirons, or tigers, as the case may be (e. g. (. tigris of Baird & Gir., and also of Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soe. 1886, p. 283), occur in the Sonoran zone on the open desert, some- times together with the Leopard-lizard Crotaphytus wislicent, as pointed out by Merriam, quoted by Cope, p. 578. They are also common in the Mojave desert; in Utah, and in Nevada on Juniper Mountain up to 6500 ft. These spotted and barred individuals represent one kind of desert form; another kind is C. rubidus, in which the whole dorsal surface has become uniform light brown, interspersed with black spots. These spots again may become evanescent from neck and shoulders backwards; such specimens are recorded from 8. Margarita Island, Lower California. It would be interesting to ascertain to what extent the more striped individuals coincide in their habitat with those districts which are decidedly not deserts, ¢. g., the neighbourhood of Laredo from El Paso to 8. Antonio in New Mexico, Fresno, Bernalillo and Los Angeles in California. CNEMIDOPHORUS MULTISCUTATUS Cope, based upon four specimens from Cedros Island, West Coast of Lower California, can scarcely claim distinctive rank. Cope gives the following data:—Length 85 mm. Humerus with 7-8 rows, but he adds that this number is not quite constant, one specimen having but 6 rows. Femoral rows 8-9, but I fail to count even 8 in Cope’s figure. Pores 20-22. Throat and collar with transverse black spots and bands; tail with black spots below; “belly black and light olive mixed.” Dorsal coloration like that of the (. gracilis stage of C. tessellatus. He adds that he caught a specimen structurally exactly like this multiscutatus near Pyramid Lake in Western Nevada. This, coupled with the fact that Cope himself records four specimens of * To none of these stages applies C. guttatus Hallowell, as Cope would have it. Hallowell distinctly states that the subgular fold is margined with a row of large smooth scales. 1906.] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 371 the typical C’ tessellatus from Cedros Island, restricts the supposed differences of his C. multiscutatus to a mere individual variation. Further, a specimen (text-fig. 64 A) obtained by Dr. Meek at El Paso fits exactly the C. ¢essellatus multiscutatus. Length 93mm. Humerus with7 to 8 scales; femur with 7; pores 22/20. The throat and collar are pale blue, both with scattered jet-black spots. Chest white, with scattered black spots. Belly white to greenish yellow, here and there with half a black scale. Thighs below greenish yellow; tail below with blackish spots. Dorsal surface of black ground-colour with 4 pairs of light stripes, of which the first is broken up into yellow spots and bars, while the others are partly broken and zigzag. On the shoulders and neck the general colour is grey with about six rows of black spots, while the last traces of the former pale stripes are completely lost. Thighs above and behind with large greenish-yellow spots on bluish ground, As a peculiarity I mention in this specimen the existence of three enlarged scales across the lower eyelid, exactly as those figured by Cope, p. 584, in tessellatus rubidus. The artist no- doubt saw correctly, but the author does not mention this peculiar arrangement. CNEMIDOPHORUS MAXIMUS Cope. From Lower California: Cape St. Lucas, La Paz, and the little island of Hspirito Santo. ‘The largest species of the genus”; Boulenger returns the largest as of 120 mm. Humeral rows 4-5 in Cope’s key, p. 568, but in the text, p. 571, are stated 6-8. Anterior surface of forearm with 4 rows; posterior surface granular, but according to the figure with slightly enlarged granules on mid-arm. Femur with 7 rows; but in the figure I should certainly count 9. Pores 24-25; in the figure only 21 or 22. The young are said to have a median light stripe and two paired stripes on blackish ground, Each of the fields with two rows of pale spots. The adult are olive-brown with three brown stripes on each side as broad as the fields, “and so broken by spots of the ground-colour as to resemble series of confluent brown variations.” ‘Gular region blackish varied ; abdominal shields black-tipped.” Apparently these specimens from the southern part of Lower California constitute a large, coarsely marbled, and rather dull- coloured race of C. tessellatus. CNEMIDOPHORUS RUBIDUS Cope. From 8. Margarita Island, West Coast of Lower California. Length 100 mm. Humeral rows 5-6; femoral rows 8-9. Pores 22. The young have traces of six stripes on light brown ground, and the fields are cross-barred with olive and black, as in the adult of C. gularis mariarum. Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1906, Vou, I. No. XXV. 25 312, DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [Mar. 20, The adults have the upper parts dove-brown, with three rows of more or less obsolete black spots on the back, and vertical bars on the sides. There are no light stripes. The throat is spotted with black; the chest and belly are straw-coloured, tinged with green, and varied with black and red, the pale scales being black- edged. The under surface of the thighs, hands and feet, and of the distal half of the tail is bright vermilion. This race presents an unmistakable desert type, verging as it does towards the monochrome condition, with few dark spots. The isolated occurrence of these lizards, and their bright- coloured under parts, combined with the comparatively large number of pores, femoral and humeral scales, justify their sub- specific rank to C. tessellatus, with which they are closely allied. CNEMIDOPHORUS MELANOSTETHUS Cope=variolosus Cope. . The types of melanostethus in the Smithsonian Mus. are from the Lower Colorado River, others from Tucson and Fort Lowell in Arizona, The single type of C. variolosus is from Parras in Coahuila. Dr. Meek brought identical specimens from Lerdo in Nuevo Leon. These four localities lie in an almost straight line. This small species measures, adult, from 62 to 86mm. Its most striking character is the coloration: black-blue under parts ; upper parts bluish, all over vermiculated and spotted with white. The following description refers to a male and a female specimen from Lerdo:—4 supraoculars, with granules behind. No fren- ocular. Collar composed entirely of very small scales, and eranules in several rows from the edge of the collar. Humerus of the male with 3 large and 3 smaller rows; of female with 5 large and 1 smaller row. Front of forearm: male with 3 complete very regular rows ; female with 3 very irregular rows. Posterior side of arm entirely eranular, Femur with 6 to 7 rows. Tibia with 2 large and 1 or 2 smaller rows. Preanal isthmus with 2-3 rows of small scales. Pores: male 22/23; female 23/25. Two specimens from Fort Lowell have 18/19 and 21 pores. Cope’s type-specimen from Coahuila is said to have 25 pores (pp. 568, 587), but the figure on p. 588 shows only 20. The hind limb of the type is said to reach the prenasal plate. That of the Lerdo male reaches between ear and eye; that of the female reaches the posterior angle of the eye. Tpiorition of male: Throat blue, collar and chest black; abdomen black with white edges to the scales; tail below much speckled with black-blue. Female: Throat, collar, and chest blue ; abdomen blue with white-edged scales; thighs blue and white; tail mostly blue——Upper surface: bluish ground-colour, all, vermiculated and spotted with yellowish white; in the female without traces of stripes, while in the male stripes 2 and 3 are still discernible. In a female specimen from Fort Lowell, British Museum, 70 mm., with eggs, stripe | is nearly gone, while stripes 1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 373 2 and 3 are still present, but grey; fields still with double rows of numerous spots; throat mottled. Cope, who had many specimens from the Colorado River, adds that the young have two pairs of narrow stripes, that the fields between them show a row of pale spots, and that the thorax is not black. ‘The adult he describes as having about 14 rows of grey-yellow spots on grey-olive ground. In colour and pattern of the upper parts, this species strikingly resembles the C. scalaris of the C. gularis-group; on the other hand, the mottled throat of the Ft. Lowell female and the dorsal striation show that C’. melanostethus is a smaller and nigrescent form closely allied to C, tessellatus. CNEMIDOPHORUS MARTYRIS Stejneger = ethiops Cope. From San Martyr Island in the Gulf of California, and from Hermosillo in Sonora. Length 82 mm. Humerals 4-5 ; femorals 6—7 ; pores 20-21. Immature, or females’: with 7 narrow stripes, which are a little paler than the ground-colour ; fields obscurely spotted, but one of the females has the fields spotless and black; under parts white, throat and collar dusky. Old specimens are black above and below, except the hind limbs and the ventral line of the tail. The posterior side of the thighs is marked with three black longitudinal stripes. The following two species are based upon very insufficient material, possibly young specimens. They belong without any doubt to the tessellatus-group. CNEMIDOPHORUS OCTOLINEATUS Baird. The single specimen, from Pesqueria Grande in Nuevo Leon, measures 60 mm. Bluish olive, darker above, lighter below ; with 8 pale narrow stripes of the same tint; without any spots on body, tail, or limbs. Humeral rows of scales 5, femorals 6, tibials 3. Pores 17. Scales of the back depressed. CNEMIDOPHORUS INORNATUS Baird, Two specimens, from Pesqueria Grande, Nuevo Leon, of 56 mm. Uniform dark olivaceous above, pale olivaceous below ; without spots or stripes. Scales of the back tubercular and elevated. Humerus with 6 rows. Femur with only 4 or 5 rows according to Cope, but I count 6 very regular rows in the figure on p. 591. Pores 16-17. I am inclined to think that these are very young specimens. Cope remarks that “it is the smallest species, and yet shows no indication of stripes.” However, in very young examples of C. guttatus, the spotted and dull-coloured forest-variety of C. im- mutabilis, the stripes are frequently at first so very faint that they are visible only in certain lights, and they appear only later as stripes, soon to be broken up and to partly vanish again. OR* ad 374 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20, CNEMIDOPHORUS LABIALIS Stejneger. Based upon five specimens from Cedros Island, Lower California. Distinguished from all the other Cnemidophori by the nasal being n contact with the second upper labial, which latter completely separates the postnasal from the first labial. Supraoculars 4, but in the figure given by Cope the 4th or posterior supraocular is broken up into two or three smaller scales ; a condition which may be an individual abnormality, but which also is shown in the figures of C’. sericeus and semifasciatus. The collar, to judge from the figure, is composed of decidedly small scales, only those of the middle being somewhat larger ; all the scales, however, form the posterior sharp margin of the collar, there being no granules. The posterior surface of the forearm is covered with granules, about three rows of which are slightly enlarged. Femoral rows 5, or only 4, Pores 12 to 13. Only two large preanal plates, the usual posterior pair being fused into one broad plate. Total length 55 mm. “Colour above dark brown, with six longitudinal light lines and a median clay-coloured band of the same shade as the top of the head ; two light longitudinal lines on fore limbs and three on hind limbs; under side whitish, more or less suffused with bluish, especially on the flanks.” This little species is very puzzling. The arrangement of the labials and nasals is unique. The condition of the collar is essentially that of the tessellatus-group, but recalling the gularis- group by the sharp edge without granules. However, a very similar collar is given to C. octolineatus and C. inornatus in Cope’s figures. The slightly enlarged granules on the forearm point to C’. deppei and to C. seaxlineatus, which latter is, moreover, closely approached by the colour-pattern. The three peculiar pale stripes on the hind limb recall the equally peculiar three black stripes of C. martyris. References to the original descriptions of species of Cnemidophorus. C. sexlineatus Linné, Syst. Nat. xit. 1766, p. 364. DeEpreE!-Group. C. guttatus Wiegm. Herpetolog. Mexicana, 1834, p. 29. =microlepidopus Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. xvii. 1877, p- 93. = wunicolor Cope, ibid. C’. deppet Wiegm. Herp. Mexic. 1834, p. 28. =decemlineatus Hallowell, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1860, p. 482. =lineatissimus Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 94. =alfaronis Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1894, p. 199. C. immutabilis Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 93. =(. guttatus var. striata Gadow, Proc. Roy. Soc. 1903, p. 155. 1906.] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 375 GucaAris-Group. C. gularis Baird & Girard, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1852, p. 128. =guittatus Hallowell, nec Wiegm. op. cit. 1854, p. 192. C. mexicanus Peters, Monatsb. Berl. Ak. 1869, p. 62. C. gularis communis Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 95; 1886, p. 283. C’. angusticeps Cope, ibid. 1877, p. 95. °C. costatus Cope, ibid. 1877, p. 95. C. mariarum Giinther, Biol. C.-Americ., Rept. p. 28. C. sexlineatus var. bocourti Blgr. Cat. Liz. 11. 1885, p. 367. C. gularis scalaris Cope, Americ. Naturalist, 1891, p.1135; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1892, p. 47. C. gularis semifasciatus Cope, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1892, p. 49. =C.q. sericeus Cope, op. cit. p. 48. C. septemvittatus Cope, op. cit. 1893, p. 40. TESSELLATUS-Group. Cnemidophorus (Ameiva) tessellatus Say, Long’s Exp. Rocky M. ii. 1823, p. 50. =C. gracilis Baird & Girard, Proc. Ac. N. Sc. Philad. 1852, . 128. ig tigris *, Baird & Girard, ibid. p. 69. =, tessellatus multiscutatus Cope, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1892, p. 38. C. steynegert Van Denburgh, Proc. Cal. Ac. Sci. 1894, p. 300. C. perplexus Baird & Girard, Proc. Ac. N. Se. Phil. 1852, p. 128. C. grahami Baird & Girard, ibid. 1852, p. 128. . octolineatus Baird & Girard, ibid. 1858, p. 255. . inornatus Baird & Girard, ibid. 1858, p. 255. . maximus Cope, ibid. 1863, p. 104. . melanostethus Cope, ibid. 1863, p. 104. =(. tessellatus variolosus Cope, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1892, p. 39. C. labialis Stejneger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1889, p. 643. C. martyris Stejneger, ibid. 1890, p. 407. =«thiops Cope, Report U.S. Nat. Mus. for 1898, p. 582. C. tessellatus rubidus Cope, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1892, p. 36. RAR * Peters has remarked that C. tigris B. & G. is “undoubtedly ”=C. sackii Wiegm. Herpetol. Mexic. 1834, p. 29. I have been able to corroborate this, by examination of the type-specimen in the Berlin Museum. This synonymy does not apply to the three specimens collected by Sallé at Oaxaca, determined by Bocourt as C. sexlineatus var. sackii, Wiegm. 376 ON ABDOMINAL RIBS IN A SKINK. | Apr. 10, April 10, 1906. Hersert Drucer, Hsq., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. F. EK. Beddard, F.R.S., exhibited a partially dissected specimen of the Scincoid Lizard Trachysaurus rugosus, and made the following remarks :— The existence of a parasternwm (“abdominal ribs”) is more Text-fig. 84. Portion of ventral surface of Trachysaurus rugosus. a, abdominal ribs; e, cut edge of superficial abdominal muscles; +, ribs. obvious for purposes of demonstration in this Lizard than 1906.] oN THE SKULL OF A HORSE SHOWING PREORBITAL Pits. 377 Tiliqua scincoides, in which species I have recorded * the structure in question as I believe for the first time; for the elements are larger and more thoroughly chondrified, and thus more easily distinguishable from the tendinous intersections of the abdominal muscles in which they lie than in 7%liqua, as will be seen in the figure (text-fig. 84). When the outermost layer of the abdominal musculature is raised from the deeper layer, the abdominal ribs are raised with the former and can thus be seen to overlie the true ribs which occur in the deeper layer of the ventral musculature, Three pairs of abdominal ribs meet in the middle line and thus form a series of three chevrons. The first two of these possess a forwardly-directed process of the triangular plate which forms the region where the two ribs of the pair are fused. Behind these comes one pair of abdominal ribs, which does not—but only just does not—meet in the middleline. A fifth and sixth rudimentary pair exists; there is a true rudiment on the right side of a seventh abdominal rib. Behind this only the tendinous inter- sections of the abdominal muscles are visible. In the region of the parasternum the true ribs do not reach the middle line as cartilaginous rods, and, as already mentioned, they are overlapped by the gristly rods of the parasternum. As Prof. Parker has pointed out T, there are five pairs of true ribs attached to the sternum in Trachysaurus. He does not, however, mention thata pair behind these also meet and fuse in the middle line a little way behind the sternum. ‘These true ribs meet and fuse superficially and exactly resemble the succeeding abdominal ribs, so far as the median region is concerned. This, however, can invalidate no homology, for the exposure of a true additional piece of xiphisternum is simply due to the absence of pectoral muscles; and in any case the remaining pieces of cartilage so entirely overlap so considerable a portion of the true ribs that they cannot possibly be regarded as the equivalent of their median ventral extremities, which, indeed, themselves reach to within a millimetre or two of the ventral middle line. Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S., exhibited the skull of a Horse to show the preorbital pit, and made some remarks upon the occurrence of this feature in the skulls of extinct and existing Equide, and ° commented on its supposed homology to the preorbital pit of Hipparion and upon the systematic value that has been attached to it. The following papers were read :-— * “On the Presence of Parasternum in... Tiliqua, &c.,” P. ZS. 1904, vol. ii. p. 154. + Monograph on Shoulder-Girdle, Ray Soc. 1868 p. 114. 378 MR. C.sTATE REGAN ON [| Apr. 10, 1. On the Fresh-water Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, based on the collection, notes, and sketches made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, Junr. By C. Tare Regan, TB TWAS [Received January 26, 1906. } (Plates OSC) The Fresh-water Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, West Indies, formed the subject of an important memoir by Dr. Th. Gall 7 in 1858. The following is a list of the species which he described, together with the names used to designate them in the present paper :-— Polycentrus tricolor Gill ~ Polycentrus schomburgkii. Ctenogobius fasciatus Gill = Gobius fasciatus. Cychlasoma pulchrum Gill = Acara pulchra. i tenia Benn. = Cichlosoma bimaculatum. Crenicichla frenata Gill = Crenicichla saxatilis. Pimelenotus wilsoni Gill — Pimelodus wilsoni. Callichthys kneri Gil — Callichthys kneri. Hoplosternum levigatum Val. = 4 littoralis. 43 stevardil Gull = 33 thoracatus. Hoplosoma eneum Gill = Corydoras eneus. Hypostomus robinii C. 5° V. = Plecostomus guacari. Ancistrus guacharote C. SY V. = Ancistrus trinitatis. Macrodon ferox Gill = Macrodon trahira. Erythrinus cinereus Gill = Erythrinus uniteniatus. Peecilurichthys brevoortii Gill == Tetragonopterus maculatus. 5 teniurus Gill = - teeniurus. ss pulcher Gill = Chirodon pulcher. A unilineatus Gill = Tetragonopterus unilineatus. Curimatus argenteus Gill = Curimatus argenteus. Stevardia albipinnis Gill Corynopoma riisei Gill 4 veedonii Gill Nematopoma searlesii Gill = Corynopoma riisil. In Dr. Giinther’s Catalogue of Fishes (1859-1870) a little Cyprinodont was described from Trinidad under the name Girardinus guppyt t, and in 1873 and 1874 the late Prof. Liitken § published some critical notes on the Siluroid and Characinid fishes described by Dr. Gill. The present paper deals with a collection made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, Junr., who has followed out a suggestion made by Mr. Boulenger to such good purpose that he has sent to the British Museum a series of well-preserved specimens representing thirty-five species, including all but three of those which have previously been described from the island. He has also sent # Hor explanation of the Plates, see p. 393. + Ann. Lyc. N. York, vi. pp. 363-430. *~ This species was named after Mr. L. Guppy, Senr. i § Vid. Medd. Kjébenhavn, 1873, pp. 214-217, and 1874, pp. 220-240. 1906. ] FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD, 379 notes on the habits and the life-coloration of these fishes, and a set of beautifully executed water-colour drawings made by him- self, some of which have been reproduced by Mr. Green to illustrate this paper. Mr. Guppy’s collecting was done in the northern part of the island, and most of the fish were taken on the Streatham Lodge Estate in muddy streams draining into the Caroni River, flowing through narrow ravines in which there is a considerable growth of rank grass. In times of drought these streams form a series of almost isolated pools. The Caroni River has a fair current ; during heavy rains it overflows its banks and the surrounding country is swamped; floods extending for miles round sometimes occur in the wet season, the egress of water from the river being checked by the high tides caused by the quantity of water poured into the Gulf of Paria by the Orinoco. Mr. A. J. Pasea, of Streatham Lodge Estate, accompanied Mr. Guppy on all his expeditions, put his seine nets and trained labour at his disposal, and gave him the benefit of his experience as to the best localities to fish in, while Mr. Balfour, of Frederick Estate, lent him a boat for use on the Caroni. Assistance was also given in various ways by Dr. Tulloch, Sir C. C. Knollys, the Hon. 8. W. Knagg, and Sir A. Maloney. To all of these gentle- men, and especially to Mr. Pasea, Mr. Guppy wishes to express his gratitude. I have prepared a key to the fishes which have so far been recorded from the fresh-waters of Trinidad, and I follow it with a list arranged in systematic order, with extracts from Mr. Guppy’s notes, and with full descriptions of those species which are not well known. Whenever possible I have placed the extracts from Mr. Guppy’s notes in inverted commas. Synopsis of the Species of Fresh-water Fishes so far recorded From Trinidad. I. Body scaly; ventral fins present, abdominal ; fins without spines. A. No adipose fin. 1. Mouth small; teeth unicuspid. Anal fin with 15-17 rays 00.0... ceeseeseteeeesses 25. Haplochilus harti. Anal fin with 8-9 rays oo... eieeeseeseeseeseeees 26. Girardinus guppyi- 2. Mouth large; teeth conical. Dorsal fin with 13-15 rays. 38-40 scales in a longitudinal BEMIS) ecie ss Seiten on eee ee eae Ve nies AT eM pero omMenahina: Dorsal fin with 10-11 rays. 32-33 scales in a longitudinal GENO: Soppeoode bonose che soe codend adcaaceescos eno OUNE 2. Erythrinus uniteniatus. 3. Mouth small; teeth compressed, notched or denticulated. 3. Corynopomea riisii. B. An adipose fin. 1. Teeth well developed, compressed, notched or denticulated. a. Premaxillary teeth in a double series. a. Lateral line complete. * Depth of body 3-33 in the length. Diameter of eye 2 the length of head (in specimens of 60- 65 MM.) 6... eects 4, Detragonopterus teniurus. Diameter of eye 7-3 the length of head (in specimens of 65- SGiaranas PAN ceieeavaeterices loess csssensovonvaceceoeie » Dole geppyis 380 ; MR. C. TATE REGAN ON | Apr. 10, ** Depth of body 2-23 in the length 6. 7. maculatus. 3. Lateral line wanting posteriorly ... 7. 7. unilineatus. 6. Premaxillary teeth in a single series . 8. Chirodon pulcher. 2. Teeth wanting ............cccccceceseeseseeeeee 9. Curimatus argenteus. Il. Body elongates: aay no ventral fins; no dorsal; anal very long.......... veseeseceeeee LO. Carapus fasciatus. Ill. Body naked or can thong ide. ventral fins present, abdominal ; an adipose fin. A. Body naked ; adipose fin normal. 1. Gill-membranes with free posterior edge, not united to the isthmus. a. Adipose fin short. Teeth on the palate in two small separate patches. 11. Arius spivii. Teeth on the palate forming a broad continuous band. 12, A. herzbergii. 6. Adipose fin very long ..................... 18. Pimelodus wilsoni. 2. Gill-membranes broadly united to the isthmus. Caudal fin deeply forked 1.0... ........ccseseeeereereeeeee 14, Pseudauchenipterus guppy. Caudal fin obliquely truncate .....................0.... 15. Parauchenipterus pasee. B. Body covered on each side with 2 series of lamella, overlapping on the mid-lateral line; adipose fin with a movable spine. 1. Two pairs of nuchal plates between parieto-occipital and basal shield of spine of dorsal fin. a. Coracoids not exposed on ventral surface. 16. Callichthys kneri. 6. Coracoids exposed ventrally. A median series of plates extending the whole of the distance from dorsal to adipose fin .............4.. 17. C. littoralis. A median series of plates in front of the adipose fin, not extend- ing forward to the dorsal................... _ 18. C. thoracatus. 2. Parieto-occipital prpaued into a process en reaches the basal shield of the spine of dorsal fin. 19. Corydoras eneus. C. Body covered on each side by 4 or 5 series of bony plates ; adipose fin with a movable spine. 1. Upper surface of snout covered with small granular plates. a. Interoperculum little movable, not notably spinate or bristly. Eye moderate; snout ovate .. testecereeeenees 20. Plecostomus guacari. Eye small; snout broadly rounded | booudoneso noob pally TEA TAA DOR b. Interoperculum freely movable, with a bunch of slender spines with hooked pre which can be everted .. UE Sa ates Boars ole . 22. Ancistrus trinitatis. 2. Upper ae of snout naked! bearing pr a fleshy tentacles in the males ............ 23. Xenocara cirrhosum. IV. Body elongate, eel-shaped, He no ee fins; gill- openings represented by a single ventral slit. 24. Symbranchus marmoratus. V. Body elongate, enclosed in a series of bony rings ; no ventral fins ; snout produced, tubiform ............... 27. Doryichthys lineatus. VI. Body scaly; anterior part of dorsal fin formed of spines or a separate anterior dorsal formed of spines or of simple flexible rays. A. Ventrals separate, each formed of an outer spine and of five branched rays. 1. A single dorsal fin. Dorsal XVI-XVIII 7-8. Anal XIII-XIV 7-8... 33. Polycentrus schomburgkii. Dorsal XVII-XX 18-16, Anal III 8-10 ......... 34. Crenicichla saxatilis. Dorsal XITI-XIV 9-11. Anal III 7-9 ............ 35. Acara pulchra. Dorsal XIV-XV 9-11. Anal IV 8-9 ............... 86. Cichlosoma bimaculatum. 1906.} FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. _ 381 2. Two dorsal fins. a. Anterior dorsal of 4 spines. a. Jaws with bands of small pointed teeth. 28. Agonostomus monticola. 8. Jaws with minute ciliiform teeth *; anal fin usually with III 8 rays; 32 to 36 scales in a longitudinal series. Second dorsal with a series of small scales behind each ray, other- wise naked .. 4 seccsveee. 29. Mugil brasiliensis. Second dorsal covered with small scales ............ 30. I. trichodon. 6. Anterior dorsal of 7 or 8 spines; anal with 3 spines, the second and third strong +. 65-75 scales in a longitudinal oo second and third anal spines subequal ........ 4 . dl. Centropomus undecimalis. 50-60 scales in a a longitudinal ; series ; 9 ; second anal spine consider- ably longer than third .. sus obouEaeae . 82. C. ensiferus. c. Anterior dorsal fo 6 or 7 aie flexible spines ; anal with a single feeble spine f. Vomer toothed ; lower jaw projecting; scales small. 37. Philypnus dormitator. Vomer toothless ; jaws equal anteriorly; scales rather large. 38. Dormitator maculatus. B. Ventrals united to form a disc. 1. Jaws with bands of small pointed teeth and an outer series of larger teeth. 32 scales in a longitudinal series........................ 89. Gobius fasciatus. 60-76 scales in a longitudinal series .................. 40. Chonophorus banana. 2. Teeth in the jaws in a single series ...... 41. Hvorthodus breviceps. * Although only I. brasiliensis and M. trichodon have been actually recorded from Trinidad, there can be but little doubt that all the species of Mugil which occur on the Atlantic coasts of America are to be obtained there. These may be distinguished as follows :-— I. Second dorsal naked except for a series of small scales behind each ray ; anal with III 8 rays (rarely III 7 or III 9). 38 to 42 scales in a longitudinal series ..................... cephalus L. 32 to 36 scales in a longitudinal series ............... 00000 brasiliensis Ag. II. Second dorsal covered with small scales. A. Anal with III 9 rays (rarely II! 8). 42 to 45 scales in a longitudinal series ..................... ineilis Hancock. 36 to 39 scales in a longitudinal series ..................... curema C. & V. B. Anal with III 8 rays (rarely III 7 or III nee ; 32 to 36 scales in a longitudinal series . ees . trichodon Poey. } Probably all the Atlantic species of Centropomus occur in the rivers of Trinidad. They may be distinguished thus :— I. Anal with III 7 rays, the second and third spines subequal. pectinatus Poey. II. Anal with III 6 rays. A. Second and third anal spines subequal: 65 to 75 scales in a longitudinal series.. Bo sesseeeee Undecimalis Bl. B. Second anal spine longer fot third, 75 to 90 scales in a longitudinal series ..................... parallelus Poey. ab to 60 scales in a longitudinal series ..................... ensiferus Poey. f Allied to Philypnus dormitator and certainly to be found in the rivers of Trinidad are two species which may be distinguished thus :— Vomer toothless ; lower j ay, ‘projecting ; scales small. Dorsal with VI, I 8 rays... uy on don ono neases cen osunes eon LOMA OaIS jadstanias (Cav. Dorsal with VIL, 110 rays sng pNQoDS Add noDERA Spa aLsuIEde bandon Le UUs OLED Opree Ne 382 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON [ Apr. 10, 1. MAcRopoN TRAHIRA Spix. “* Guabin.” “ Much appreciated as an article of food, although rather bony ; they are purchased readily by the labouring classes. * A very small specimen’(30 mm.) was caught at Cumuto ; it was skimming along the top of the water when captured. Examples of this size can vibrate the pectoral fins with extreme rapidity ; they often rest as if asleep, hence the name ‘ Dormeuse.’ “Colour: greenish, a more or less distinct blackish longitudinal band and irregular cross-bars; vertical fins with series of dark spots.” Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela. 2. ERYTHRINUS UNITENIATUS Spix. “Yarrow.” “ Found all over the island in muddy streams. “Colour; greenish or olivaceous ; sometimes a dark longitudinal lateral stripe ; fins pink.” Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela. Genus CoryNOPOMA. Stlevardia Gill, Ann. Lye. N. York, vi. 1858, p. 424. Corynopoma Gill, t.c. p. 425; Giinth. Cat. Fish. v. p. 287 (1864). Nematopoma Gill, t. c. p. 428. This genus appears to be allied to Zetragonopterus, from which it differs in the more posterior position of the dorsal fin, the absence of an adipose fin, and in the curious sexual characters. 3. CoRYNOPOMA RIISstI. (Plate XXII. fig. 3.) Stevardia albipinnis Gill, Ann. Lyc. N. York, vi. 1858, p. 425. Corynopoma riisei Gill, t.c. p. 426; Giinth. Cat. Fish. v. p. 287 (1864); Liitken, Vid. Med. 1874, p. 223. Corynopoma veedoni Gill, t.c. p. 427; Giinth. l.c. Nematopoma searlesw Gill, t.c. p. 429. Corynopoma albipinnis Giinth. |. ¢. Corynopoma searlesti Giinth. t.c. p. 288; Liitk. l.c. fig. Body compressed, subfusiform, the depth 3-34 in the length, the length of head 43-43. Snout much shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 23-24 in the length of head and nearly equal to the interorbital width. Mouth small, very oblique, the maxillary nearly vertical, just in front of the eye. Teeth compressed, with strong median cusp and 1 to 3 smaller cusps on each side, in 2 series in the upper jaw, 1 in the lower. Operculum, in the female, with a short pointed projection ; in the adult male with a long, slender, curved process terminating in a compressed expansion at the level of the dorsal fin. Scales 38-44 = 5 or 6 between lateral line and root of ventral ; lateral line complete. Dorsal 9-11, commencing 1906. | FRESH- WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. 383 above about the seventh anal ray ; when laid back, in the female not nearly reaching the caudal, in the adult male extending well beyond the base of caudal. Anal 25-30, commencing at ora little behind the middle of the length of the fish; last ray, when laid back, in the female not reaching the caudal, in the adult male extending well beyond the base of the caudal. Pectorals and ventrals extending to or nearly to the origin of anal; ventrals 7-rayed. Caudal deeply forked, the lobes equal in the female, the lower considerably produced in the adult male. Caudal peduncle 13-2 as long as deep. Olivaceous, with silvery reflections; a blackish stripe along the middle of the side ; fins pale. 14 examples, measuring up to 45 mm. in total length. The genus Stevardia was founded either on females or on very young males, with the operculum ending in a short pointed process and the fins not produced. Corynopoma included males of small size, with the opercular process short and the fins moderately pro- duced, whilst Vematopoma was for the fully developed males. Liitken pointed out that these supposed generic differences were to be found in examples of the same species, according to the size of the specimen taken. These changes are now found to be con- fined to the males, and I see no reason to believe that more than one species has formed the basis of Dr. Gill’s descriptions. ‘This genus has only been recorded from Trinidad. “The ‘Swallow-tailed Sardine’ is fairly plentiful in the Tacarigua River. Some have a peculiar pair of ‘ paddles’ attached to the gill-covers, whilst others have no trace of them nor do they have the exaggerated fins which the ones with ‘ paddles’ possess. They are caught in company and are, presumably, the same species. The scales are faintly defined, generally silvery; the back is translucent greenish.” 4, TETRAGONOPTERUS THNIURUS Gill. (Plate XXII. fig. 4.) Depth of body 3-3} in the length, length of head 4-41, Snout much shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 23 in the length of head and a little greater than the interorbital width. Maxillary extending to below the anterior + of eye, with a more or less evident series of small teeth. Scales 38 * 5» between lateral line and root of ventral fin; lateral line complete. Dorsal 10, with 8 branched rays, its origin a little nearer to tip of snout than to base of caudal; anterior rays longest, nearly as long as the head, Anal 29-31, with 26 to 28 branched rays. Pectoral extending beyond base of ventral; ventrals originating in advance of the dorsal, extending to the anal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle as long as, or a little longer than deep. Olivaceous or greenish above, silvery below; a silvery longitudinal band from operculum to base of caudal; a more or less distinct dark humeral spot ; a black longitudinal band on the middle caudal rays, edged with yellow above and below. Here described from two specimens from Trinidad, 60 and 384 MR. C, TATE REGAN ON [ Apr. 10, 65 mm. in total length, one received from the Copenhagen Museum as 7’. trinitatis*. Giull’s description of 7’. teniwrus is, so far as it goes, perfectly applicable to 7. trinitatis, and there can be but little doubt of their identity. This species is known only from Trinidad. 5, TETRAGONOPTERUS GUPPYI, sp.n. (Plate X XI. fig. 1.) “¢ Mountain-stream Sardine.” Depth of body 3-33 in the length, length of head 44-42. Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3-33 in the length of head and less than the interorbital width. Maxillary extending a little beyond the vertical from the neo? margin of eye, with a series of small teeth. Scales 38-40 a ay 52 to 63 between lateral line and root of ventral fin; later al line completet Dorsal 10, with 8 branched rays, its origin a little nearer to tip of snout than to base of caudal; anterior rays longest, shorter than the head. Anal 29-32, with 26 to 29 branched rays. Pectoral extending to or a little beyond the base of ventral ; ventrals originating in advance of the dorsal, extending nearly to the anal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Silvery, back dark greenish; traces of a dark humeral spot; a blackish longitudinal band on the middle caudal rays; caudal lobes yellow. Five specimens, 65-85 mm, in total length. This species is allied to the preceding and also to 7’, wappi Cuv. & Wal., which has a much larger head. « Found in clear pebbly brooks with rapid current and plentiful in the Glenside Estate Stream, at the foot of the Northern Range of hills.” 6. TETRAGONOPTERUS MACULATUS L. “ Pink-finned Sardine.” ‘“‘ By far the commonest of the Sardines; they swarm in the Maracas River, which is clear and at times very rapid. “ Colour : Silvery, back darker; a dark humeral spot and a blackish spot at the base of caudal : fins bright pink.” Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela. 7. TETRAGONOPTERUS (HEMIGRAMMUS) UNILINEATUS Gill. (Plate XXII. fig. 5.) “‘ Sardine Dorée.” Depth of body 23-23 in the length, length of head 4. Snout much shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 22 3 in the length of head and slightly greater than the interorbital width. Maxillary extending slightly beyond the vertical from the anterior margin of eye, with a series of minute teeth. Scales 32-35 ae m0 43-52 be- tween lateral line and xoot of ventral fin; lateral line on 9 to 12 * Liitken, Vid. Medd. 1874, p. 234. 1906. ] FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. 385 seales only, absent posteriorly. Dorsal 10-11, with 8 or 9 branched rays, its origin equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal ; anterior rays longest, nearly as long as the head. Anal 26-30, with 24 to 27 branched rays, produced anteriorly. Pectoral extending beyond the base of ventral; ventrals originating in advance of the dorsal, extending to the anal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle as long, or nearly as long as deep. Olivaceous, with silvery reflections; an indistinct stripe from operculum to base of caudal; a blackish spot on the middle of the dorsal fin ; an oblique blackish stripe from the origin of anal to the extremity of the third branched ray; dorsal and anal yellowish ; caudal pink, with a pale margin. Here described from two specimens, 32 and 36 mm. in total length, from Trinidad. This species has not been recorded from other localities. “Found in drains and ravines in the high woods, Cumuto ; they cruise in small shoals.” 8. CHIRODON PULCHER Gill. (Plate XXII. fig. 2. “‘ Sardine Dorée.” Depth of body 23-2? in the length, length of head 43-42. Snout 3 as long as eye, the diameter of which is 2 in the length of head, interorbital width 21. Maxillary extending to the vertical from the anterior margin of eye. Scales 32-34 zp 33-43 between lateral line and root of ventral fin; lateral line complete. Dorsal 11, with 9 branched rays, its origin equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal; anterior rays longest, longer than the head. Anal 23-25, with 21 or 22 branched rays. Pectoral extending to base of ventral; ventrals originating in advance of the dorsal, extending to or nearly to the anal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Olivaceous; sides silvery or a silvery longitudinal stripe from operculum to base of caudal; an indistinct dark humeral spot ; a blackish spot at the base of caudal, posteriorly ending in a point and margined with yellow above and below ; dorsal and anal pink. Four specimens, measuring up to 40 mm. in total length. This species is known from Trinidad only. Found in drains and ravines in the high woods, Cumuto ; they cruise in small shoals, 9. CURIMATUS ARGENTEUS Gill. (Plate XXII. fig. 3.) “Stout Sardine.” Depth of body 24 in the length, length of head 32-4. Snout as long, or nearly as long as eye, the diameter of which is 33-33 in the length of head, interorbital width 2. Maxillary extending to below the nostrils. Scales 36 2%, 5 or 54 between lateral line 63-1’ and root of ventral fin. Dorsal 11, with 9 branched rays, its origin nearer to tip of snout than to base of caudal; anterior branched rays longest, about as long as the head. Anal 9, with 7 branched rays, reaching the base of caudal when laid back. Pectoral extending ? or more than ? of the distance from its base 386 MR. C, TATE REGAN ON [ Apr. 10, to the base of ventral. Ventrals 9-rayed, originating in advance of. the vertical from the middle of the dorsal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle deeper than long. Silvery; a blackish spot on the caudal peduncle, another on the basal part of the dorsal fin ; fins pale yellowish. Three specimens, 70-100 mm. in total length. There are examples of this species from Dominica in the British Museum collection, but it has not yet been recorded from other localities. “ Plentiful in the Ravines of the Streatham Lodge Kstate.” 10. Carapus Fascratus Pall. “ Cutlass Fish.” “¢ Found in the Bejucal Swamp and Cumuto. ‘¢ Colour: head and back dark olive-green ; sides with alternate oblique bars of blackish and grey; anal fin blackish ; head and body sprinkled with metallic specks.” Hab, Paraguay to Guatemala, 11. Artus sprxit Ag. “A silver-grey Cat-fish, found in brackish water at the mouth of the river Caroni, where it attains a large size.” Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela. 12. Arius HERZBERGII Bl. Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela. 13, Pimetopus (RuAmpIA) wiLsonr Gill. Depth of body about 5 in the length, length of head 43-4%. Head covered with skin, nearly as broad as long. Snout twice as long as eye, the diameter of which is 6 in the length of head ; interorbital width 2}. Jaws equal anteriorly; maxillary barbel extending to middle, or even beyond the end of adipose fin ; outer mandibulary barbel about reaching end of pectoral. Occipital process 24-3 times as long as broad, extending back beneath the skin, separated posteriorly by a distance about equal to its own breadth from the basal shield of the dorsal spine. Dorsal I 6; spine slender; middle branched rays a little more than ? the length of head; free edge of the fin convex. Adipose fin com- mencing a short distance behind the dorsal and extending nearly to the caudal, its length 24-23 in that of the fish. Anal 11, low anteriorly, rounded posteriorly, the rays gradually increasing in length to the eighth or ninth, which is + the length of head. Caudal forked ; lobes of equal length, the upper pointed, the lower rounded. Pectoral spine with inner edge finely serrated, about # as long as the fin, which is 4 the length of head. Ventrals extending #—4 of the distance from their base to the origin of anal. Back olive-green or grey; sides blackish blue splashed with whitish ; lower parts white; body sometimes covered with dark 1906. ] FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. 387 spots; fins dusky, the dorsal with a light band along the basal part. 4 “¢ Found all over the island, fairly plentiful, sometimes exceeding a foot in length.” Here described from two specimens of 180 and 200 mm. Known only from Trinidad. 14, PSEUDAUCHENIPTERUS GUPPYI, sp.n. (Plate XXIV.) “Yellow Catfish.” Depth of body 44-4? in the length, length of head 4-42, Snout not longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4-5 in the length of head and 2-3 in the interorbital width. Head nearly as broad as long; upper surface, excepting the snout, rugose, not covered by skin ; frontal bones not swollen; profile rising evenly from snout to dorsal fin. Lower jaw scarcely shorter than upper; maxillary barbel extending to anterior 4 or middle of pectoral. Dorsal I 6; spine serrated posteriorly, as long as head. Anal 21; anterior rays longest, in the male thickened and considerably produced. Pectoral spine with serrated inner edge, as long as the head. Ventrals 8-rayed, extending to the origin of anal. Caudal forked. Upper half of body blackish green, with several vertical series of small yellowish-white spots ; lower parts white, anteriorly with a dark longitudinal band ; fins yellow, the dorsal dark at the base, the caudal with a blackish margin. Caroni River. Two specimens, 145 and 185 mm. in total length. “Caught in numbers, especially where small streams empty themselves into the Caroni.” 15. PARAUCHENIPTERUS PASEH, sp.n. (Plate XXIII.) ‘“‘ Grouper Cat-fish.” Depth of body 34 in the length, length of head 4. Snout as long as eye, the diameter of which is 43 in the length of head and 3 in the interorbital width. Head as broad as long; upper surface rugose, not covered by skin ; interfrontal fontanel oval, continued anteriorly as a narrow groove ; parieto-occipital a little longer than broad, a little longer than its distance from the base of the dorsal spine ; nuchal shield rounded posteriorly, its length equal to that ot the basal shield of the dorsal spine (measured in the mid-dorsal line). Lower jaw somewhat projecting; maxillary barbel extending to anterior + of pectoral; mental barbel extending a little beyond the base of the post-mental, which reaches the base of the pectoral. Dorsal I 6; spine smooth except for a median anterior series of nodules, a little more than # the length of head. Anal 23, rounded anteriorly and posteriorly, slightly emarginate medianly. Pectoral spine serrated on both edges, nearly as long as the head ; humeral process extending beyond the middle of the pectoral spine. Ventrals 6-rayed. Caudal obliquely truncate. Yellogish, spotted and marbled with blackish ; belly white, with small greyish spots. Caroni River. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I, No. XXVI, 26 388 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON [Apes 10. A single specimen, 210 mm. in total length. ‘¢ Uncommon, only two specimens taken in a large pool near the Frederick Estate ; they were covered with thick slime, which peeled off in sheets soon after they were put in spirit.” 16. CALLICHTHYS KNERI Gill. ‘¢ Blat-headed Cascadura.” Depth of body 4-43 in the length, length of head about 43. Head broader than long. Snout broad, rounded, its length 3} in the length of head. Diameter of eye 9 in the length of head, interorbital width 12. Parieto-occipital broader than long. Inner barbel longest, extending beyond the middle of the pectoral fin. Coracoids not exposed on lower surface of body. Scutes sot am irregular series of small scutes in front of the adipose fin. Dorsal 8; firstray a short flat spine, second simple, the rest branched, the. middle rays longest, 2 the length of head. Anal 6, when laid back extending to base of caudal. Pectoral spine from more than 3 to nearly 2 the length of head. Caudalrounded. Brownish or greyish brown, with obscure darker spots ; fins yellowish, with dark spots. Here described from two specimens, 115 mm. in total length, from Trinidad. This fish has not yet been recorded from other localities. “ Plentiful in the Bejucal Swamp, but found all over the island. This fish can shuffle along the ground rapidly and grunts faintly when handled.” 17. CALLICHTHYS LITTORALIS Hancock. ‘“ Common Cascadura.” “Very plentiful in muddy swamps and also found in rivers and in ravines with muddy bottoms. In the dry season they are caught and sold in thousands, being much appreciated as food. When the water has subsided in the swamps they are easily captured by baling out the muddy pools. They can move along the ground rapidly and can live a long time out of water; when handled they make a grunting noise. This species constructs a floating nest on the top of the water, and according to Mr. Pasea they breed in the wet season in drains which dry up in the dry season ; they are very savage at this period and will make an offensive display when the water is disturbed near their nests.” Hab. South America, from Paraguay to Heuador. 18. CaLuicutHys THORAcATUS C. & V. Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela. 19. CoryporAS =NEvS Guill. “ Small Cascadura.” Depth of body 25—3 in the length, length of head 34. Diameter of eye 44 in the length of head, interorbital width 2. Profile evenly convex from snout to origin of dorsal. Lower lip free, with 1906. ] FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. _ 389 a pair of barbels which are shorter than the diameter of eye ; barbels at the angle of the mouth extending to the base of pectoral fin. Exposed parts of the coracoids widely separated below. Scutes 2 or 3 unpaired ones in front of the spine of the adipose fin. Dorsal 17; spine 4-2 the length of head ; anterior branched rays longest, 2? the length of head. Anal I 6, when laid back extending to base of caudal. Pectoral spine with serrated inner edge, extending nearly to or a little beyond the base of ventral. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle much deeper than long. Head and upper part of body dark greenish ; lower parts abruptly lighter; fins pale yellow, the dorsal and caudal more or less dusky. Here described from 5 specimens, 65 mm. in total length, from Trinidad and Grenada, This fish has not yet been recorded from other localities. 20. Piecosromus Guacart Lacep, Hab. Paraguay to Venezuela. 21. PLECostoMUS ROBINI C. & V. Hab. Montevideo; Trinidad. 22. ANCISTRUS TRINITATIS Gthr. This little-known species may prove to be allied to A. bachi Bouleng. Apparently Liitken had a specimen of another species of this genus from Trinidad, which may be related to A. mega- cephalus Giinth. . 23. XENOCARA CIRRHOSUM C. & V. “ Bearded Teta.” Hab. Paraguay to Venezuela. 24, SYMBRANCHUS MARMORATUS Bl. “‘ Hel” or “ Zangie.” ‘““They live in holes or under rocks or buried in the mud and come out in search of prey, especially after heavy rain. They lie among the dead leaves at the bottom of the pools and grab at the small fry as they pass. During the wet season they may often be seen lying perfectly still at the bottom of the pools. “Colour: greenish or yellowish, spotted with brownish.” Hab. Tropical America. 25, HapLocuitus Harti Blgr. (Plate XXI. fig. 2. “Small Guabin.” Depth of body 43-53 in the length, length of head 33-4. Snout a little shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 33-37 In the length of head, interorbital breadth 1 3-2. Maxil- lary not extending to below the eye; jaws equal anteriorly ; 26% 390 MR, ©. TATE REGAN ON. [ Apr, 10, bands of small pointed teeth, with an outer series of enlarged teeth ; on each side of the lower jaw 1 or 2 teeth of the outer series are stronger than the others, curved, canine-like. 40-42 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 8-9, rounded, the longest rays $-? the length of head. Anal 15-17, commencing at a point equidistant from tip of snout and extremity of caudal, ending below the middle or posterior part of the dorsal fin; rays in- creasing in length posteriorly. Pectoral about ? the length of head or of the distance from its base to the base of ventrals. Ventrals 6-rayed, extending nearly to the origin of anal. Caudal rounded or subtruneate, a little shorter than the head ; outer rays gradually increasing in length, several terminating at the upper and lower edges and comparatively few at the posterior edge of the fin. Olivaceous or greenish above; sides with bright green or blue longitudinal stripes alternating with series of dark red spots along the rows of scales ; vertical fins usually orange ; dorsal with 3 or 4 series of small dark spots; anal with 2 or 3 series of very small dark spots on its basal part, often with a narrow dark edge ; caudal often with a blackish ocellus on the upper part of its base, sometimes with undulating striz or series of spots, sometimes with a dark edge. Here described from 3 specimens, 60-85 mim. in total length, from Trinidad. Three much smaller specimens from Trinidad and Venezuela were described by Dr. Giinther under the name Riwulus micro- pus. The doubt which he expressed as to their identity with the Fundulus micropus Steind. of the Rio Negro was well founded, as these specimens show want of agreement with Dr. Steindachner’s description in several important respects. ‘Found everywhere and the sole occupants of the large pools worn out of the solid rock by the rapid descent of the water in a series of cascades. They are able to reach these mountain pools, which are often situated at considerable elevations, through their powers of leaping. They travel overland during wet weather. Very active and voracious ; a female kept in an aquarium swal- lowed two good-sized ‘ Belly-fish’ (Gérardinus guppyt), alive and entire, one after the other. They always jump out of any vessel in which they are placed, and if the sides are too high to clear at one leap they can stick on with their fan-like tails and leap higher; when about to leap, or to make an attack, they bend their backs and drop the dorsal fin.” 26. GrraARDINUS GuPPYI Gthr. (Plate XXII. fig. 1.) ‘¢ Belly-fish.” “‘This fish receives its name from the fact that the females usually have the abdomen distended with young. It is very plentiful, especially in such places as the ‘ Dry River,’ at Belmont, a suburb of Port-of-Spain, where they swarm in the filthy soapy water that drains from the yards of the dwellings along the river. They save a deal of trouble by consuming the mosquito worms. 1906. | FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. __ 391 The male is a very elegant little fish and varies considerably in colour and marking. “Colour: Male olivaceous, silvery below; a dark longitudinal stripe from eye to middle of side, another on the posterior part of the body; usually two to four blackish spots, including one at each end of the posterior stripe; these may be accompanied by reddish spots. Female olivaceous, silvery below, without spots ;or stripes.” 27, DoryvICHTHYS LINEATUS Kaup. Hab. Atlantic Coasts and Rivers of Tropical America, the African D, aculeatus being apparently distinct. 98. AGONOSTOMUS MONTICOLA Bancroft. Hab. Fresh-waters of the West Indies (Jamaica, Barbados,. St. Vincent, Dominica, Trinidad) and of Mexico. 99. MUGIL BRASILIENSIS Ag. Hab. Cuba to Patagonia. 30. Muaiu TricHopon Poey. Hab. Florida to Brazil. 31. CenTROPOMUS UNDECIMALIS Bl., and 32. CENTROPOMUS ENSIFERUS Poey. b) “These fishes, known as ‘ Broche,’ ‘ Robalo,’ or ‘Snook,’ were caught in the Caroni River, where they have been taken over 20 pounds in weight. They are marine, but go a long way up fresh-water streams in search of food. According to Mr. Pasea, they can be bred in artificial ponds or in large fresh-water pools that have no connection with the sea.” Hab. Atlantic Coasts and Rivers of Tropical America. 33. PoLycentTRUS scHomBuRGKM Mill. & Trosch. (Plate XXV. fig. 2.) “The ‘King or Black Cascarob’ is a very peculiar little fish, which, when alarmed, changes almost instantly from black to whitish or pinkish white, rapidly vibrates the pectoral fins, and, instead of running away, turns on one side and remains for a long time in a crouching position. They are uncommon, and were caught by means of a circular hand-net in the thick rank grass: which grows at the sides of the ravines.” Hab. Trinidad; Venezuela; Guiana. 34. GRENICICHLA SAXATILIS L. ‘Name ‘ Mulet’ (pronounced Mil-lay). Head olive or greyish green; eye with a dark crimson splash ; back dull olive and. yellowish green, belly greyish or bluish grey; pale green metallic spots on the sides often present, or if they be absent, blackish cross-bars ; sometimesa blackish longitudiral stripe ; fins varying: 392 ON FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. [ Apr. 10, from yellowish to blackish blue, sometimes edged with black and white. “‘ Found singly or in pairs in most streams and pools and take a hook readily at times.” Hab. Rio Grande do Sul to Venezuela. 35. ACARA PuLCHRA Gill. (Plate XXV. fig. 1.) ‘Small Cascarob.” “This is a very elegant fish, prettily marked with bright green and blue spots and with dark cross-bars on the sides. It was interesting to see one of these beautiful fish in charge of its family of about one hundred young ones, which he or she was vigorously defending. These small fry were moving under its body, and when any other fish made an attempt to snatch one, he or she snapped viciously at the offender. This species is plentiful everywhere.” Hab. Colombia; Venezuela; Trinidad. 36. CICHLOSOMA BIMACULATUM L. “ Large Cascarob.” “ Plentiful in muddy rivers, ponds and swamps, but not in the clear streams.” Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela. 37. PHILYPNUS DORMITATOR Lacep. “Taken in the Caroni River; the specimen was very docile, allowing us to handle it and making no display of resistance.” Hab. West Indies and Atlantic Coast streams from Mexico to ‘Guiana. 38. DoRMITATOR MACULATUS BI. “ Taken at Bejucal Swamp in muddy pools.” Hab. Atlantic coasts and rivers of Tropical America. 39. Goxsius FAScIATUS Gill. Body compressed, elongate, the depth 6 in the length, the length of head 34-33. Snout as long as eye, the diameter of which is 4 in the length of head. Interorbital space narrow. Cleft of mouth slightly oblique, entirely below the level of the eye; maxillary extending to below anterior part of eye; jaws with bands of small pointed teeth and anteriorly with an outer series of larger teeth ; posterior tooth of outer series in lower jaw a curved canine. Gill-openings vertical, in front of the bases of the pectorals, not produced forwards below. Head and nape, thorax and lower part of abdomen naked; scales finely ctenoid, increasing in size posteriorly, about 32 in a longitudinal series. Dorsal VI, 12; rays of anterior dorsal, especially the third, pro- duced as filaments in the male. Anal 13. Pectoral without free rays above, as long as head, extending to the origin of anal. Ventrals extending nearly to the origin of anal. Caudal rounded, vather elongate, } the Jength of the fish. Greenish, with dark = bn & OS? = i ean a PAS NGOS, vol, ie lel, LOCI. Bale & Danielsson *¢ ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. G.Davidson del. Sy SOS, 6 Te Sl LOONIE Bale & Daniels son, L& ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR G. Davidson del. DZS NCO, Ole Uke [RIG DOWADOT. CaRL HENTSCHEL (4906) Lrp. G. DAVIDSON DEL. ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. ID Sy IGOVOS, oi, Io IRS ROK G. DAVIDSON DEL. CarR~L HENTSCHEL (1906) Lp. ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. DIAS NSOEy wells lk iL OOOX. Bale & Danielsson, It RIANS FROM ZANZIBAR dson del. G. Dawu ERIC SAOINUAL PAS ISOS, Nelle ils ls SOS. Bale & Danielsson, LY? ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR G.Davidson del. 1906. } ON ALCYONARIAN FROM ZANZIBAR. 393 spots; upper part of head and body with irregular spots; an oblong spot on the lower part of cheek and a triangular spot on the operculum ; a series of 3 or 4 linear spots along the middle of the side; a spot at the base of caudal; series of small spots on the dorsal and caudal fins. Four specimens, 70 mm. in total length, from Trinidad. I believe this must be the species described by Dr. Gill as Ctenogobius fasciatus, although he gives the number of fin-rays as: Dorsal V, 11; Anal 10. 40. CHONOPHORUS BANANA C, & V. Hab. Tropical America. 41, EvortTHopUs BREVICEPS Gill. Hab. Trinidad; Surinam. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuatTEe XX. . Tetragonopterus guppyt, p. 384. . Haplochilus harti, p. 389. . Curimatus argenteus, p. 38d. Prats XXII. Girardinus guppyi, 6. la. 2, p. 390. . Chirodon pulcher, p. 385. . Corynopoma riisit, . 3a. 2, p. 382. . Letragonopterus teniurus, p. 383. . Tetragonopterus unilineatus, p. 384. PraTE XXIII. Parauchenipterus pasee, p. 387. PLatTe XXIV. Pseudauchenipterus guppyi, p. 387. PratE XOXV. Fig. 1. Acara pulchra, p. 392. 2. Polycentrus schomburgkii, p. 391. (oo OV Who 2. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British Hast Africa, from Collections made by Cyril Crossland, M.A., B.Se., F.Z.S., in the Years 1901 and 1902.—Alcyonaria. By Prof. J. ArrHuR THomson, M.A.,University of Aberdeen, and W. D. Henperson, M.A., B.Sc., Carnegie Fellow, University of Aberdeen. (Plates XX VI-XXXI.* and Text-figure 85.) This report deals with the Aleyonarians in the rich collection of marine animals made by Mr. Cyril Crossland at Zanzibar m 1901-2. The Alcyonarians are mostly littoral forms, e.g. species * Wor explanation of the Plates, see p. 442. 394 PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10, of Clavularia, Sympodium, Xenia, Spongodes, Lithophytum, and Sclerophytum; but there are also some representatives of the deeper water fauna, e. g., species of Pieroeides and Virgularia. A few specimens * collected by Mr. Crossland at Cape Verde Islands have been included in the report. We have been indebted to the indefatigable collector for some notes on the colours of the living animals, List oF SPECIES. Order I. STOLONIFERA Hickson. Family CoRNULARIIDS. Clavularia garcie Hickson. var. inermis, Nov. 2 33 a flava May. a gracilis May. 5 reptans Hickson. 35 strumosa Ehrenberg. 3 margaritifere Thomson & Henderson. a crosslandi, sp. 0. 53 repens, Sp. n. ee pulchra, sp. n. ag zanzibarensis, sp. 0. a; mollis, sp. Ni. ws parvula, sp. n. 5) pregnans, sp. 2. Sympodium punctatum May. SS cerulewm Khrenberg. 4 5 fuscum, sp. n. splendens, sp. ii. bby Family TUBIPORID®. Tubipora chamissonis Ehrenberg. Order IT. ALCYONACKA Verrill (pro parte). Family XENIIDZ. Aenia umbellata Savigny. » guinqueserta May. + membranacea Schenk. coerulea Khrenberg. ternatana Schenk, var. elongata, nov. » wrigida, sp. 0. Heteroxenia elisabethe Kolliker. Cespitularia coerulea May. Family ALCYONIID2&. Alcyonium pachyclados Klunzinger. Sinularia brassicu May. = fungoides, sp. n. Sclerophytum polydactylum Dana. 3 querciforme Pratt. es marenzelleré Pratt (= Lobophytum marenzelleri). 5 hirtum Pratt. te viride, sp. Ni. Lobophytum pauciflorum Ehrenberg. * Viz. Clavularia parvuia, sp. n., Lophogorgia erista Mobius, Leptogorgia ochracea, sp. n. 1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 395 Family NEPHTHYID2. Subfamily SPonGoDINz. Nephthya zanzibarensis, sp. 0. a ss var. mollis, nov. 3 armata, sp. 1. Spongodes hemprichii Klunzingeyr. 5 crosslandi, sp. n. a zanzibarensis, sp. i. 4 kiikenthali, sp. n. [All these species of Spongodes should, according to Kiikenthal, be named Dendronephthya, but we see no reason to change. | Stereonephthya zanzibarensis, sp. n. Lithophytum elegans (Kiik.) = Ammothea elegans May. 5 viride (Kiik.) = Ammothea viridis May. is brassicum (Ktik.)=Ammothea brassica May. 5 ramosum (Quoy et Gaimard). 3 thyrsoides (Kiik.) = Ammothea thyrsoides Ehrenberg. x var. durum, nov. 3 JSlavuin May. Paraspongodes striata Thomson & Henderson. Subfamily S1pHOWOGORGINZ. Siphonogorgia intermedia, sp. 0. Order III. PPEUDAXONIA G. von Koch. Family ScLEROGORGIDZ. Suberogorgia kéllikeri Wright & Studer, var. zanzibarensis, nov. Family MELITODID &. Wrightella erythrea Gray =Mopsea erythrea Kiunzinger. a variabilis, sp. n. Order 1V. AXIFERA G. von Koch. Family GORGONIDZ. Leptogorgia ochracea, sp. n. Lophogorgia crista Mobius. AA littkent Wright & Studer. Order V. STELECHOTOKEA Bourne. Section A. ASIPHONACEA. Family TELESTID 2. Telesto rupicola Hickson & Hiles. » arborea Wright & Studer. Family C@LoGORGIIDZ. Celogorgia palmosa Wright & Studer, 35 repens, Sp. 0. Section B. PrynarvLackA. Family VIRGULARIID®. Virgularia mirabilis amouroux, var. pedunculata Kolliker. i multicalycina, sp. 0. Family PENNATULIDS. Subfamily PrERonIpIn 2». Pteroeides brachycaulon Kolliker. i rigidum, sp. 0. 0 pulchellwn, sp. n. 396 PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON | Apr. 10, GENERAL NOTES. Before proceeding to the systematic description of species we may call attention to some facts of general interest :— (1) The collection includes specimens of over 60 species, of which 25 are new. But seven of these new forms belong to the prolific genus Clavularia. (2) The most interesting new forms in the collection are the following :—Clavularia pregnans (viviparous), Siphonogorgia intermedia (which seems an annectent type), Wrightella variabilis (a Melitodid with great variability of coloration), Cologorgia repens (with encrusting habit), Virgularia multicalycina, Pteroeides rigidum, and Pt. pulchellum. (3) Mr. Crossland’s Zanzibar collection (63 species) and Prof. Herdman’s Ceylon collection (42 species) have only 3 species in common, namely :— Clavularia margaritiferce, Xenia umbellata, Paraspongodes striata. Lophogorgia liitkeni, here recorded from the Cape Verde Islands, also occurred in the Ceylon collection. (4) We have given some illustrations of the great variability of the species of Clavularia and Xenia, e.g. as to the number of rows of pinnules, the number of pinnules, the bare streak on the tentacles, the spicules, and so on. (5) Vivirarity.—In Clavularia pregnans, sp.n., there are large embryos which cause a unilateral protuberance on the polyp-tube a short distance below the mouth. They seem to be liberated by a rupture of the delicate body-wall. Embryos were also found in Clavularia parvula, sp.n. Viviparity was recorded by Hickson in Gorgonia capensis, and it is probably not infrequent in Alcyo- narians, as we have observed it in Chrysogorgia flexilis (Th. & H.); Ceratoisis gracilis (Th. & H.); Pennatula indica (Th. & H.); Distichoptilum gracile (Th. & H.); Umbellula elongata (Th. & H.), and Puniculina gracilis (Th. & H.), all from deep water in the Indian Ocean. Mr. James J. Simpson has also observed embryos in Jsis hippuris. Note on LocALities By Mr. CrossLAND. As the Aleyonaria are the most abundant and conspicuous part of the littoral fauna of East Africa, and as certain species and genera are characteristic of different localities, topographical information is of especial importance in connection with their description. As collections from East Africa have been described by some investigators who have contented themselves with giving as locality a small village or islet not to be found on any map, and 1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 397 only known to those having special acquaintance with these coasts, I give here some notes on the various loealities referred to in this report *. Tt must be borne in mind that the Island of Zanzrpar has a length of 60 miles, and is 20 miles wide at the latitude of the town. It is unfortunate that as the same name refers to both island and town, the locality ‘Zanzibar’ would include every kind of habitat, while ‘Beach near Zanzibar Town’ refers to only one, or to two, including the special point towards Kruneanz which is referred to later. Zanzibar Harbour is really an open roadstead, partially protected by scattered islets to the north and west and by reefs to the south-west. A considerable amount of my collecting was done on Prison Island, which is one of these, while the name of another, Baui (or Bawe), occurs frequently in the reports of Stuhlmann’s collections. At low spring-tide the shores of Prison Island are over large areas literally bright blue with Xenias of that colour, and this is the case in very many parts of these coasts. Above the level of low spring-tides very little of anything occurs, the rock-flats being nearly bare. This applies to every part of these coasts, but some specimens, referred to in the report, were collected higher up the shore. The shore at ZANZIBAR Town is, at low-tide level, muddy, and Aleyonaria are nearly absent, except at one point towards Kiuncant, where a copious salt-spring issues from under the slabs of conglomerate which form the upper part of the shore. Here an oasis of wonderful richness occurs in the desert of mud, and corals and aleyonaria cover the whole shore. Brown Xenide and several fleshy Aleyoniide are found here in great abundance, some colonies of the latter attaining to the size of a yard across. Dredging just below this level gives good results, but at depths over 3 fathoms or so most of the eastern part of Zanzibar Channel is very barren. GuvaKa Bay is a large indentation on the East Coast of Zanzibar Island, physically conspicuous, and so coming to be marked on good atlases, but of no commercial utility, producing only a little mangrove timber. At low spring-tides it presents a great expanse of mud, with channels of water one or two fathoms deep. ‘The lower parts are thickly covered with Halimeda sp., and the sides of the channels with grass-like Zostera. A large bank in the centre of the bay is covered with large sponges, looking like stones at a little distance. There is no coral anywhere in this area. Aleyonarians, chiefly Xeniide, abound among and upon these weeds, encrusting forms on the bases of the Zostera. * For more detailed information, see Proc. Camb. Phil. Soe. xi. p, 493 & Xli. p. 35 (1902). ; 398 PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON on [ Apr. 10, Towards the mouth of the Bay, on the north side, there are three fathoms of water at low tide, and here another marine Phanerogam is abundant, one with a strong hard rhizome and stems, a tuft of opposite leaves arising from the top of each of the latter. On these hard stems great quantities of bright blue encrusting forms were brought up, and among them quantities of brown Nephthyide, &c. The quantity and variety of these were most striking, Alcyonarians of one kind or another coming up literally by the sackful at many hauls, This spot was almost the richest in Opisthobranchs and other interesting forms that I ever dredged in. Kokotoni Harbour is a broad lake-like enclosure between the Island Tumpatvu and the north-western shores of Zanzibar. The village, now very insignificant, lies at its south-western corner. A bank in the narrow southern entrance to the channel upon which corals grow, is a garden of Aleyonarians of wonderful variety and beauty, but on the whole the shores are rather barren even of Xeniide. Dredging reveals a current-swept bottom practically barren of all life over the greater part, but in shallower water (5 fath. and under) off the north-west shores an area of great wealth was found, where Pteroeides is common. On the mainland Mompasa harbour and the reefs in its vicinity are very barren, even Alcyonaria occurring but sparsely and corals being absent. Sir Charles Eliot had seen a good deal of the coast before I arrived and had selected Wastin harbour as the best collecting-ground. This isa canal-like channel separating the island of Wasin from the mainland; the Anglo-German boundary is a few miles south of this. The richness of the shores was found to extend over the whole bottom of the channel. The dredge generally filled with Aleyonaria and sponges in a few minutes, a variety of branched and massive forms occurring in the inner or western parts about the Government station of Shimoni, while towards the open sea great quantities of a Z’elesto, generally more or less overgrown with a red sponge, were brought up time after time, while large colonies of Lophogorgia with commensal ophiuroids and cirripedes, the latter embedded in the ccenenchyme, are common. One expects corals, not Alcyonaria, to be the most conspicuous and abundant form of animal life in tropical seas, but when it is considered that large strips of the East African shores are bare of coral, whereas Aleyonaria occur almost everywhere, and in many places with the profusion one associates with corals, their claim to be of first importance is seen to be well established. The corals are easily first in the Red Sea, where they abound practically everywhere. Alcyonaria, having the same macroscopic characters as those of East Africa, are present in magnificent abundance, but I have not seen numerous Clavulariide, and all the Xeniide seemed to be brown or grey, not green or blue. 1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 399 DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES. Order I. STOLONIFERA Hickson. Family CORNULARIIDS., Clavularia garcie Hickson. garcie Hickson, var. inermis, NOV. x flava May. gracilis May. reptans Hickson. strumosa Ehrenberg. margaritifere Thomson & Henderson. crosslandt, sp. 1. i, repens, Sp. 0. pulchra, sp. 0. sanzZioarensis, Sp. N. mollis, sp. 1. parvula, sp. 2. 5 pregnans, Sp. 0. Sympodium punctatum May. ceruleum Khrenberg. fuscum, Sp. 0. splendens, sp. i. 2? 2? 99 CLAVULARIA. Note on the Genus. The problem of species in this genus is very difficult. The differences between species are within a narrow range, and many of the distinctions utilised, ¢. g. number of rows of pinnules, number in each row, seem to be too quantitative in character to be very satisfactory. Moreover, what seem to be well-marked species are connected by intermediate forms, and even in one colony there is sometimes considerable diversity. Let us give some illustrations. (a) To Clavularia garcie, of which Prof. Hickson had one specimen, we are inclined to refer several separate colonies. In some of these the pinnules vary from 13 to 30 on each side, yet the proportions, the general appearance, and the spicules seem ) In specimens which agree well with C. flava May, we found the pinnules in one row, in three rows, and in four rows; yet these forms were otherwise alike, showing, for imstance, very minute ovoid spicules 0-02 in length by 0-015 in breadth. In another quite similar colony the spicules were rod-like—0°02 in length by 0°005 in breadth—and there were also some discs. 400 PROF, J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [| Apr. 10, (c) To C. gracilis May we have referred a colony with pinnules in three rows as May described, and to the same species we have referred another colony with only one row. This seemed at first unjustifiable till we saw that in the colony with three rows in the majority some polyps only showed two rows, while in the colony with one row in the majority some showed two rows. (2) The total number of pinnules seems to us of more diagnostic importance than the number of rows, but in what we believe to be C. garcie we find in one colony a range from 16-30 pairs. (ec) Comparisons of different colonies of the same species show that there is little use attaching much importance to the length and breadth of the bare streak on the tentacles unless one is sure that the forms compared are similarly preserved and in similar states of extension. (f) Cases like that which we have for purposes of convenience called C. garcie, var. mermis, lead us to agree with Prof. Hickson that the mere absence of spicules does not make a new species. Our general conclusion is that further investigation will show that a number of species of Clavularia should be merged in one, and that at present attention should be paid to the ‘tout ensemble ” of characters rather than to any single peculiarity when that is of a quantitative nature. These remarks may serve to support our impression that some of the species of Clavularia are in a state of flux, but they may also suggest an inquiry as to the justifiability of adding seven new species to the already lengthy list. The general answer is supplied by the descriptions given; the characters of the new species seem to exclude the possibility of referring them to any of the species known to us from previous memoirs. It may be useful, however, to indicate briefly some of their outstanding features :-— C. crosslandi has characteristic exceedingly minute spicules like water-worn sand-grains and they are crowded in eight longitudinal white ridges. C. repens is like the well-defined C. margaritifere, but has very different spicules—minute capstans and some quadrangular forms with an axial cross. C. pulchra has unusually long polyps, tentacles, and pinnules. C. zanzibarensis has 6-8 rows of wart-like pinnules practically covering the short blunt tentacles, and the colour is peculiar. CO. mollis has grouped polyps, thread-like pinnules almost covering the tentacles, and an unusual amount of contraction. C. parvula has very unusual tentacles with only 9 pimnules on each side, though certainly mature, as the eggs and embryos show. C. pregnans has short conical pinnules all round the tentacles and a very large genital expansion with embryos. We may also call special attention to the viviparity readily demonstrable in C. pregnans and also apparent in C. parvula. Very noteworthy in some of the species is the profuse abun- dance of zoochlorelle. 1906. ] ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 401 The beginning of a differentation of calyx and anthocodia in C. margaritifere may be regarded as a hint of the Sympodiwm type; the slight union of the bases of the polyps in C, mollis may perhaps be regarded as pointing towards the Xenia type. CLAVULARIA GARCL& Hickson. Several specimens appear to be referable to this species, if its diagnosis is made rather more elastic. The polyps are 10-13 mm. in length, with thin transparent walls, and show no sign of being able to contract. Mr. Crossland states that the living forms had very mobile tentacles opening and closing regularly. The tentacles are from 6-8 mm. in length and have the pinnules. arranged so as to leave a wide bare space on the oral and a narrower bare space on the aboral surface. The long pinnules. are in one row and they vary in number from 16 to 30 on each side. There is occasional simulation of two rows. The fact that the pinnules vary from 16-30 pairs shows that the number of pinnules is not in itself a character of much diagnostic importance. Minute, slightly roughened, rod-shaped spicules are abundant throughout the colony and give ita peculiar glistening appearance ; they are from 0:04-0:05 mm. in length and 0-007 mm. in breadth. Hickson describes the spicules of C. garcie as scattered and not crowded ; they are here densely crowded. Locality. Chuaka, E. Zanzibar. Previously from Chagos Archipelago. In another group of polyps, which we are inclined to refer to the same species, there are some interesting differences. The bodies of the polyps are more substantial, but they are more con- tracted (5°4 mm. in length). The tentacles are about 4 mm. in length, and while some show two rows of pinnules with perfect clearness, others show three rows equally distinct. The number of pinnules in a row varies from 12-15. In the body of the polyp and on the tentacles the spicules are closely packed, thus giving a granular glistening appearance to the polyp. The spicules are 0°05 mm. in length, ‘and seem to be identical with those above described. Locality. Wasin, British Hast Africa. CLAVULARIA GARCI& Hickson, var. INERMIS, nov. The polyps, which rise from a membranous stolon to a height of 9 mm., are marked by annulations and also by longitudinal lines. The tentacles are long and pointed, from 3-3°5 mm. in length by 0°8 mm. in breadth at their proximal end, The pinnules are “arranged in three rows on each side, in the outer row they may vary from 19-23 in number. They leave a free space on both the oral and the aboral surface. In some polyps we found no trace of spicules; in others we found a few small rods. There are crowded zoochlorelle. 402 PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON oN [Apr. 10, CLAVULARIA FLAVA May (non Hickson). (Plate XXX, fig. 4.) Four small pieces of a light brown colour appear to be referable to this species. The basal membrane is soft and about 1 mm. in thickness, and bears crowded polyps. The polyps are substantial, marked by annulations and also by longitudinal furrows, 3-4 mm. inlength by 0°75-1 mm. in breadth, with lanceolate tentacles fully 3 mm. in length, with acute ends. The pinnules are very short and blunt, arranged in four rows on each side, usually 17 in a row. The spicules are densely crowded, extremely minute, smooth oval discs, about 0°02 mm. in length and 0-015 mm. in breadth. Prof. Hickson speaks of the spicules of C. garcie as the smallest he had seen, but these are much smaller. Locality. Zanzibar shore, low tide among coral. Previously recorded from Zanzibar. In another clump, growing on a monocotyledonous twig, the polyps are usually 9 mm. in length by 1-15 mm. in breadth and are longitudinally ridged. The tentacles are 3—3°2 mm, in length by 0:8 mm. in breadth, with the pinnules arranged in three rows on either side of the middle line. The pinnules, many of which ave slightly clavate at the tip, leave a long bare space on the aboral surface which extends the whole length of the tentacle and tapers slightly, but on the oral surface the bare space is very wide at the base, narrows quickly, and becomes almost linear for the greater part of the length of the tentacle. The pinnules are from 0:°18-0°-25 mm. in length by 0°13 mm. in breadth. Abundant ova were present in the lower part of the polyps. The spicules are small rod-like bodies 0°62 mm. in length and 0:005 mm. in breadth, and there were also some discs. Tn another colony spreading on MWillepora some of the polyps showed only one row of pinnules on each side, while contracted forms showed three. The spicules were very minute, smooth, ovoid discs, 0°02 by 0018 mm. CLAVULARIA GRACILIS May. A small colony agrees with this species in having: («) polyps of very diverse lengths, up to 20 mm. ; (6) short and thick pinnules in three irregular rows (some- times apparently in two rows) ; (c) no calcareous bodies ; (d) tentacles about 5 mm. in length. There is no funnel-like expansion * at the top of the polyp as was frequently observed by May; the bare streak on each side of * From what we have seen in C. pregnans, sp. n., we are inclined to suggest that; these expansions, noted by various authors in different species, may be reproductive enlargements. 1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR, 403 the tentacles is broad rather than narrow; there are 20-30 pinnules in each row. Locality. Chuaka, Zanzibar. Previously recorded from Mozambique, Tumbatu. To the same species we refer another colony with a thin basal membrane, polyps about 12 mm. in length, tentacles 2-5 mm., and no calcareous corpuscles. In most of the polyps examined there is most distinctly only one row of pinnules, whereas in C. gracilis May there are three irregular rows. We have disregarded this difference because some of the polyps on our specimen showed two rows. As before indicated, this does not seem a specific character of much importance. Locality. Chuaka. CLAVULARIA REPTANS Hickson. A colony spreading over a monocotyledonous leaf seems referable to the Clavularia reptans of Hickson. The narrow stolon is from 0°5-1 mm. in breadth and forms a network. The polyps are distant, separated by an interval of 4mm. Oval or bean-shaped | 0°018mm. Xx 0:008 mm. clear discson pinnules.| and less. As on polyps, but | As on polyps. less abundant. Circular discs. Ovals. 0°28-0°3 mm. x 0'02- 0°03 mm. Also more elongated spicules. In the axis of ten- tacles, long simple spicules and smaller forms as in pinnules. As in polyps. Usually without spicules. 0°008 mm. in diameter. | 0°003 mm. 0°01 mm. | 9°004:mm. X 0°012 mm. 0:075 mm. X0'01 mm. || 0:085 mm. X0°012 mm. 0°36 mm. 0°06 mm. [Zo face p. 408. | Ternate (Schenk). Ternate (Schenk). Ternate (Schenk). | North Atlantic, 80° 3’ N., 8°26’ E. (Danielssen). ! Trondhjem (Koren ¥ | Danielssen). \| Varanger Fiord. Trondhjem. — ae a a Proc. Zor. Soc. 1906, Vol, I.] i Comparative Tante or Spectres or CrsyuLsers. 1 POLYPS. f SPICULES. | | 1 7 { ett } ! PoLrrs, Test: } Species. Colour. Nature of Stolos. | Disposition. Surface. Tentacles. inaales. Bees | | } if f Kinds. | Size. | Saas ‘Size. { } a —4} a ry , \ 5 i j | White. Branching threads Stand vertically at | Height 3mm. Smooth. Short. Few, blant. | Reds bearing blant | Length 008 to GU7 | Klonsatel andarved Length 02 mm | | "fonning’n network | interrale of 2-25] dutal | sass often’ in | macs! breadth OOS | sols longitadinally (een). | | Os to 00 mm. in| mm. Seated | whorls of Sat cach, to Ow4 Siposeds mostly | | | diameter 1 ineter 3-065 mmm. (ead smooth. { jemata | Whites | (a) Sympodial plates. | 2mm. apart. | Corruzatal. (Numerous simple O14 toO16imm. lone. foaetaliess ; | (6) Broa und marrow | | | inalti-taberculate as var. A. | strands. } | spindles. 2 te a be 2 ie a j C.anstraliensis, Ditto. Ditto. | Ditto. i | Ditto. | var De | \ | (ramos Dirty yellowish | Thin | branching Arise singly 3mm. ‘Niners fan-|8 deep Surrons | Numerous double 01 to 015 mm. long. | Few: qa @1 wm. lors. [Cast of Victoria | owhir 1s 0'5 mm. to | apart. ‘oungest nel taped, 15 mw.| at the clabs. shay cules wit! 4 -Ex02). (Wiekso0). anes | odumeter, | polypalrays atthe! jnidiaweter at the! eod. | ireculaiy identate aa j Ramify by bifars | end of the younzest | distal end, 0% mmm. | | ae i } cation. | branches. | af the proximal. | | ‘Orange. Thin andribbon-like, | Few, 4 mw.to6mm. 4-Gmm-long,1°6mm. | Smooth. Fonndeusearmatare, | G1 to 016 mm. long. | Elongated stylelik . | Shallow water, coast not ctalescing into || | aparte (io diameter, i. «. (a) Short and broad With) few al | of Victoria (Hr membranous plates. | with tentacles r= | doatile cones with pointed tubercles. |) som), i tract | nomerous blunt Y | | | tubereles. | | | H | | (8) Trrezular, i VC. gareie { [| Thin membranous | Evenly distributed at | 0-10 mm, long- Bmm.lonz. | Hollow, 30 on Ver 005 mm. 0003 mm. | | Diego Garcia) in| the (Hickson). | plate 1 tr. in | short intervals: No | cach side, Rbombic in shape, | | | Chigos Archipelago. ) thickness. sign of retraction. with rounded cor. | \ i Hf | wers and with a) | \ i | number of sainulal | || | } i thorn-like projec- | | { | \ | | tions. | | | [Grepan | {Thin strands—1 mua. | Arise on any part. | Whenretracted2mm.| 0... | Short. Numerous, Absent. Tabsent. (Hickson). | | indiameter, growing | in diameter; when | | {densely packed. | 3 i like a Canariensis expanded 7-10 mn, | | | creeper. | | | } | Largest 8 mm. lovg, Smooth. _ Long and point- | Numerous, long, tial ex Absent (?) || Shallow water. CO. celebensis (ilickson), | Dallolivebrown, | Thinstrands1-3 mm. broad sometimes co- alescing to form small plate-like ex- pansions. tentacles bright green. In groups. 26 mm. in moxie | introversion. great retraction, | Longest 16 mu. ed, capable of densely crowded. In 4 rows on) 5 X 0-794 mm. | cach side (May). |, || Talisse Inland, Ne || Celebes (Hickson), | Tumbata (fay). | | (fou). | ji Olivcbrown to Clomps 6 to Ginches ‘Tabalar conncetions | Longest | Few very large long | 23mm. XO°14 mun. | Vanikoro (@. §° G). green. high and 1 foot in between the body- | Averaze Io spindles with wunue- Ara Tilands (WWat- \ diameter, or small walls of ndjacent | 40-60 \ rous small spines. j | tace ! creeping’ colonies | polyps. S mm. | Colebes (Hickson). \ ) forming a network | ameter (Hicksow). | | Shallow water, of tubes ; never very | i | i extensive plates. |! | | ‘There is a horny | | | | rkeleton, the pro- | i | | 1 duct of the weso- | | I | | glus, | i | l C, concrete White, ‘Thin basal membrane. 1 ram, apart. Calicesbin.X2mm, 8 ridges tenni- | ‘Short thick spindles | 02 to 0-08 min, Yong | Spindles, nrranged | 0240 X 70205 mm, | OM Newfoundland (Studer). ‘| Refractile portion, wating in & {with spines which | and003to@021mm.| "en chovron" at the (Studer). ( $main. long. teoth. are often bifarcatal. | broad. extymity. 7 gregaria White. Thin tusal mernbiranes Sometimes arranged ized | Cylindrical, 7toSium, Corrugated. | | Thick spiny spindles ‘Smaller spindles. i cy ery Tngcoupeof2 ord | high. Tetmetile | aud clubs, straight whe oe For E. \ | part 2 mu. long. or curved. 07 to || (Studer). i | i | | 034 mm. long and | | | | 016 to 0007 mm. | | |) thick. ‘They extend | | to the base of the tentacles und form i | | | weollaret. \ ©. rosea (Stader)|| Rosy red. es | Closely crowded. | 9-10}nm. high. Tough, rough, Short. Longitudinally dis- 03-015 mm. im | Sos | Kergucten, 120) { i } i nae | | with 8 ridges. posed thorny, Jength, fathoms (Studer). | | \ | || spindles. } C.mayeltaniea | Orange-red, | Membranous basis, distant. Cows, high, 2mm.|Sstrougribs |. Spiny spindles. | 01-03 mm. in Magellan Straits, 42 (Stuer), | | Drow. | Tength. fathoms, . tubaria | White. Flattenel stolons, | V7 anes. high, 2 anm. | Ribbed through- || Spindtes, warted, also | 0-33 nm. 0-007 tum, | Swaller. spindles not | (71 to 018 mm. long || 450 fathoms, (WLS). ulate, U8 to V2) | in diaweter at top. | out their entire \| warty clubs, There | Os mm. X01 mim. | continned into the ‘aud 0°07 mm. broad. || West Indies TSS.) | { | vm. inv bread } | Very market calyx, | length. | is a collaret at the) 023m, <01G mm, | pine. Flores, Axoro | | | | at base. || ||_bateof the tentacles. | 0-32 mm. x03 mm, | (Studer). O-tongata jGmaicwnie: ‘Chin basal membrane, || Singly or in groups. pies Swollen. nt Diatnet Bewad | |geetaericarues TE. X00! mm.) Smaller spindles, | OFmm.x033 mm. |) AW. &8,). \ 4 min, in | grooves. Show || clubs with sharp | 0:35 mm.% 0058 mun. ( i | \ | diameter. an S-rayed star || spines. % y a zn \ when retracted. || Form n collar at base | | || of tentacles. : C, cylindrica | YeMowislewhite. Uasal membrane re- | Arise vertically at | Cnlyets cylindrical ;| 8 ribs becoming “| Thickspiudlescoveret | 0-49 snm,€0007 mm. 02 mm. x 0026 mm. || OM Nightingale Ts, (W,&S), | latively thick, patra of 1 to) 4-Gimn. high. obliterate etn with spiny warts. 016 mm. X005 mm. 018 mu.X005 mm. || Tristan da Cunh: . 25 wo. ase and con 7 cant | | = taining longita- | | senile 1 | } inal "bundles | \ | | | | { of spicules. || | Calougisvina | Light or bight Delicate membranous | ‘Touching basally, | 15-64 anm.; eylin- 12mm. Cyline |1 row, long || Absent. Seer Kokotoni, Zanzibar: (May). ) brown. Vanis ou Madropore. | | rainedl or inilatediat tical, pointed, | snusage-Tike, || (ay). 7 | either end. curved upwants, || C.yracitis | Lightor bright ‘Thin bast membrwe | At intervals of 1 to 1-12 ynm.; funnel & win.XO5 nm, | 3 irregular rows || Abscnt. || Mozambique, (May). | Wrown. on Laminarinn: 2 mmn.; very lank, — like above. | Anarrowstreak | on each side, | ‘Tumbatu (May). p | sound, and! | fongest’ O46 min. free on cach | shortandthick, | 1 | Madrepore. at middle, | surface. wart-like, {| { | ©, flaca (May), | Bright yellow. membrane ow | Touching basally oF | TOXT yum. wee |G anw.X1 mim. |b rows on each || Oval yellow-brown | aco || Zancibar (Route). i | sponge. swith slightintervals.! | {Lancet like, | sideshort, thick, |) discs 0-02 x 0012 } i | i axis free through. blunt. | numerous, | | | out length. | | klingana |) Thick basal mem- | No regular disposi: Wherg contracted af | 4 to 5 mm. long. iD or 10 on each || Spindles. covered 025-0 mum, To Spindles covered | 70-200 p. || Franklin Is. (Route). (Route). | Vrane. Vou} not woandanel iy 26nnmeRLIah =} | | sido cylindrical, || with « with small spines. | | Touching basally, | Gime, diameter. | | often a long’ || times i } | | i | spacescparating || fobeds numerous, | | 1 | | the tenninal |} | asl H | ones. i | bt yellow to Thin basal membrane.) Almost touching, or 10 iip., 2 mm, of | 10mm.X2 mm, | 2 tod rows thick || Small blunt roogh (033 X 07008 1mm. | Ax on polyps. Zanzibar brown, at intervals of talk and @ un. of | | Annecolate and blunt. js, sometimes | (Ehrenberg). j 5 min. broad calyx. | | absent. Ciamboinensis | Palo yellow, Network of thi Tu crowded groups, 6 mui. high when | Smooth. ‘elicate,! Cylindrical) | None to be scen, |) Absent. Absent, See Amboinn (Burebinrdlt), stolous usual rarely singly. halt; contracted; | transiicont, "rather blunt. | although sexu 1 (Bucchard)). rower than po 2 mm, broad at opes, ally mature. || { narrower at base. l i i heat —— —= ©. coronata Olive-grey with Ritibon-like stolons, || Singlyor grouped) 17 anu hi 2-3) A crown of 8) About 1: imi.) About 40 thick | Elongated anand 0-045 min, x0°012mm.)) Amboina (Burchantt), | white ines not clove together, {nmnetin, Ginmeter,| brow point + inthiokness at | orin-tike 07033 mu, 0°008 min.) (Burchard). 7 5-2. nm, broad, often united by 2-3 Welow bare of) base, unites, often in ———— » —S = fooniR angular | cross bridges above} tentacles, = bifid. —_— plates It they cross, | ase | Tn) tho calyx Jong 026 mn. X04 rom, Divegrewittiang | } | | Wwarly neces up to | OZ mOOS ian { white is Taug | | \ x Ol mm, if Oval or bean-shaped | 0°018 mm. < 0-003 nm, SAC a | | and smaller warty | eletrdiscsonpinuules,| and less. | regular spicules. | espriateas | ela Tiiratann |Yellowiiegny Thin, membranous | Donel erowdal, or Up to 30 mm; | With 8 shallow Up to12 ‘Oirelijrregsl PSeen e [Tremate (Schenk), (Sehienk). in spirits Dusigorinavariets, cinavarnetyntinter:| 2-Onnun, in breadth, Yongitudinal Host 0 a ee =H0 | ae EU Raraiae Oe nig Cosas Ba oo a a een rele Wises Ree stolone shiimins) 2 cymle of 8-4 uns. farrows: breathcusNels|Contfeath ata; i] diretieusee | 2 | broad, Towegrey and| 2-3. mm, in { | { | brow, Teugth. | SSNS RATS NSR Coe <= lata Volyps yellowish« ‘Thin, sarrow, mem- Not crowdel, at in 0-16 mm, Ton, Ih Short, rather 17-20 long cy- Long simple, slizhtl In pivaulh ‘Ternate (Schenk). nk). seay tn 9p Vranous basis, Soh Meoft-bimin. des rains) ay 4 one tmp lbs bt3 fas Lame Cer sce ) PUNY MELE 5 tervals of SL tam, 5 rain, broad thiek. Tindeieal pin- | “bent, neal sp | q0so0s am. | Circular sce ) Lower down ook men sccO1sn 5 Nes nn. at Onan. XO1 sain. (ay Schmk | | Sean Poe ‘and clavate spicules. see ee ies fnspitit, | Narrow membrane. A point. | | tf oT A sobstantial — FS sire at well of spicules ing 8 \ upwanks, 8 fairl ne ba furrows it inti al and on pels. ic faa te | not numerous E a in spicules, Short, thick ‘win, long, rch | Straight ot base is Tossa mmx On werrucse or. a onsouene x Le | (057-0247 mam. 7036 mim, X 0012 mam Also more elongated paeoe mom, X002~ | spicules 703 mins the maxis of ten- len spicules and s formsx as inc pines se a eas ary < errr enn seria Were 1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 409 stand. Between the larger meshes there are smaller ones on which young polyps are seen. The polypsare about 5 min. in length, with tentacles of 1:5 mm., with about 8 short pinnules in a single row on each side. On the lower part of the polyp-body there are no spicules, but just below the base of the tentacles spicules become abundant, at first arranged transversely, then in more or less regular converging double rows running perpendicularly. There are also a few small irregularly-disposed spicules in the tentacles. This species closely approaches Synypodiwm (Aleyonium) fulowm Forsk., but differs in that the upper part of the polyp has no transverse ring of spicules markedly different in size from the longitudinally-disposed spicules, in the presence of spicules on the tentacles, and in other features. Localities. Wasin, Chuaka, Kiungani. Common. SYMPODIUM SPLENDENS, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 8.) A beautiful purplish-crimson colony, spreading around a mon- axonid sponge. The sponge has a tubular form (probably due to some foreign axis which has been lost). The basal membrane is about 2 mm. in thickness; the polyps occur irregularly, some- times almost touching, elsewhere separated by intervals of 4 mm. or so. ¢0- 1d, 052'< ORG: Of the last set (¢) some are almost globular in form, owing to the strong development of the wart-like tubercles. Among them there are also a few six-sided flat plate-like scales which have a maximum length of 0-14 mm. and a maximum breadth of O-1l mm. Locality. Kiangani, near Zanzibar, and wherever coral abounds. LopopHytuM PAUCIFLORUM Khrenberg. Large brown specimens of this widely distributed species were found at Stations 13 and 16. Family 3. NEPHTHYID2. Subfamily Sponcopin&. Nephthya zanzibarensis, sp. 0. £ - var. mollis, nov. aA armata, sp. 1. Spongodes hemprichii Klunzinger. “§ crosslandi, sp. Nn. zanzibarensis, sp. 0. é kiikenthali, sp. n. Stereonephthya zanzibarensis, sp. 1. Lithophytum elegans (Kiik.) = Ammothea elegans May. 55 viride (Kiik.) = Ammothea viridis May. ss brassicum (Kiik.) = Ammothea brassica May. 4 ramosum (Quoy et Gaimard). ki thyrsoides (Kiik.) = Ammothea thyrsoides Ehrenberg. - ihrysoides (Kiik.), var. durwm, nov. * flavum (May). Paraspongodes striata Thomson & Henderson. Subfamily SrPHONOGORGINA. Siphonogorgia intermedia, sp. ni. Subfamily SPoNGoDINA. NEPHTHYA ZANZIBARENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XX VII. fig. 3.) Two yellowish-white colonies, one attached to a monocotyle- donous twig, the other to a leaf. They are respectively in height and breadth, 4 by 3, and 5°5 by 4 centims. The whole colony in its preserved state is flaccid, but is densely covered by a layer of small white spindles with numerous larger ones distributed irregularly over them. 28* 422 PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D, HENDERSON ON [Apr. 10, The main stem gives off elongated conical branches, and these bear, especially on their lateral surfaces, numerous finger-shaped lappets covered with polyps. The Stiitzbiindel consists of 5, 6, or 7 straight warty spindles ; the polyp-stalk is covered by regularly arranged closely-fitting small spindles; the anthocodie are at right angles to the Stiitz- biindel and are directed inwards towards the general surface of the colony. On the anthocodia there are eight double rows of ten to twelve spindles in each row; the opposite spindles in the double row converge and the whole double row tends to stand out like a ridge on the surface. There is no sign of spicules on the tentacles. This species resembles WV. cupressiformis Kiikenthal in general appearance, but the polyp-bearing lobes are more finger-like, and both the general spiculation and the architecture of the antho- codize are quite different. Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms. NEPHTHYA ZANZIBARENSIS, var. MOLLIS, nov. (Plate XX VIL. fig. 5.) A somewhat flattened whitish-grey colony, 7 centims. in height by 3°5 centims. in maximum breadth and about 1 centim. in thickness. Ata short distance from the base it gives off a strong side branch, and both it and the main stem bear numerous elon- gated finger- like lobes or secondary branches bearing these. Almost all the branches and lobes are dev eloped to the sides. The colony is soft and flaccid, but the general ceenenchyma. 1s covered with a feltwork of transversely disposed colourless spiny spindles (0°2 to 0°9 mm. in length) which give it an almost striated appearance. No other type of spicule was to be found in the colony. The polyps stand almost at right angles to their short stalks ; the Stiitzbiindel is composed of about four to six straight spindles (0:75 and 1-25 mm. in length), one of which projects for about 025mm. The anthocodia is supported by eight double rows of about ten spicules in each row. This form is characterised by the absence of the irregular superficial layer of spicules and by its darker colour, so that we feel justified in making it a new variety. Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms. NEPHTHYA ARMATA, Sp. n. (Plate XXVILI. fig. 4.) A stiff colony of a drab-grey colour, 3:5 centims. in height, 3°5 centims. in maximum breadth, and 2 centims. in thickness. A short trunk bears five main branches, from which arise numerous blunt and short finger-like lobes. The polyps are not densely crowded, but form an irregular spiral on the lobes. In every case the singer is turned inwards. There is a well-developed Stutzbindel, often with four strong spindles and sometimes projecting for about 0-5 mm. The Stiitzbiindel spicules 1906. ] ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR, 423 vary from 0°8 to 1 mm. in length and have an average diameter of O-lmm. ‘They are straight warty spindles. Covering the anthocodie there are numerous small spindles arranged in double rows ; the average dimensions are 0°5 min. in length and 0:06 mm. in breadth. There are also minute spicules on the tentacles, horizontally disposed in two rows. A prominent feature is that the general ceenenchyma, bears very large transversely-disposed spindles, which give it a wrinkled appewance. The following measurements in millims. were taken :-— LO Se Oey PALES ORIG. UE 6 x 0: 16, and 1:4x0:15. No other forms of spicules were to be found in the colony. This species should be referred to a position near WV. digitata Kukenthal. Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms. SPONGODES HEMPRICHIT Klunzinger. A form closely resembling this species, but the spicules are not red. The trunk has a leathery and rigid character and is rough in appearance, the larger spicules being easily seen. At its lower end it gives off a number of rhizoid-like offshoots, by means of which it is anchored in the sand. The colour in spirits is yellowish white, but in the living colony was a weak chocolate. One colony is 7 centims. in height, 6 in breadth, and 2°5 in thickness, while the corresponding measurements for another are 5, 7, and 3°5 centims. ‘The stem divides almost immediately into three chief divisions, which bear numerous conical lobes densely covered with polyps. In architecture the polyps agree closely with the description given by Kiikenthal of S. (Dendronephthya) hemprichii. Kach double row of spicules on the anthocodia consists of four to six pairs, but five seems to be the commonest number. We cannot attach much importance to the fact that the spicules are not red as they are in the type, for the colour of the spicules in Spongodes is often variable. In S. hiikenthali, sp. n., we found red, yellow, orange, and colourless spicules. The spicules are long spindles, either straight or curved, and covered with numerous rough spines which are often branched, Their measurements, length by breadth in millims., are as follows :— Stiitzbimdel spicules: 2°2x 0714; 2-40-15. Other spicules: 2°6x0°18; 2°2x0714; 2:3x015; 0:3 x 0-03. Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms; very common at lowest tides and below. Previously recorded from the Red Sea. SPONGODES CROSSLANDI, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 2.) A complete small colony of apparently divaricate type, 13 mm. in height by 12 mm.in breadth and 7 mm. in thickness.